WBCHSE Class 11 Chemistry Structure Of Atom Questions And Answers

Structure Of Atom Long Questions and Answers

Question 1. Which one of the following is associated with Ans. A = A Broglie wave of longer wavelength—a proton or an I electron moving with the same velocity?
Answer: \(\lambda=\frac{h}{m v}\)

∴ \(\frac{\lambda_p}{\lambda_e}=\frac{m_e}{m_p} \text { Since } m_p>m_{e^{\prime}}\)

∴ \(\lambda_e>\lambda_p\)

Question 2. Mention the difference in angular momentum of the electron belonging to 3p and 4p -subshell.
Answer: In the case of p -p-orbitals, the value of the azimuthal quantum number Is 1. Hut the magnitude of angular momentum of an electron present in any subshell depends on the value of l. It is Independent ofthe value of the principal quantum number n. Orbital angular momentum \(=\sqrt{l(l+1)} \times \frac{h}{2 \pi}\)

Thus, there is no difference in angular momentum of the electrons belonging to 3p and 4p -subshells.

Question 3. Are the differences in energy between successive energy levels of a hydrogen-like atom the same? Explain.
Answer: No, the differences are not the same. The energy of an electron revolving in ‘ n ‘th orbit, En \(=-\frac{2 \pi^2 m z^2 e^4}{n^2 h^2}\)

Hence, the difference in energy between first (n = 1) and second (n = 2) shell, \(E_1-E_2=-\frac{2 \pi^2 m z^2 e^4}{h^2}\left(\frac{1}{1^2}-\frac{1}{2^2}\right)=-\frac{2 \pi^2 m z^2 e^4}{h^2} \times \frac{3}{4}\)

Similarly \(\begin{aligned}
E_2-E_3 & =-\frac{2 \pi^2 m z^2 e^4}{h^2}\left(\frac{1}{2^2}-\frac{1}{3^2}\right) \\
& =-\frac{2 \pi^2 m z^2 e^4}{h^2} \times \frac{5}{36}
\end{aligned}\)

Obviously, E1- E2±E2- E3

Question 4. Energy by associated the expression, with the \(E_n=-\frac{13.6}{n^2} \mathrm{eV}\) orbite V of. Show-atom \(E_{(n+I)}-E_n=\frac{13.6 \times 2}{n^3} \mathrm{eV},\)
Answer: \(E_{(n+1)}-E_n=\left[-\frac{13.6}{(n+1)^2}-\left(-\frac{13.6}{n^2}\right)\right]\)

\(=\left[\frac{13.6}{n^2}-\frac{13.6}{(n+1)^2}\right] \mathrm{eV}=\frac{13.6(2 n+1)}{n^2(n+1)^2}\)

If the value of n is very large, then (2n + 1)= 2n and

\((n+1) \approx n \quad\)

∴ \(E_{(n+1)}-E_n=\frac{13.6 \times 2 n}{n^2 \times n^2}=\frac{13.6 \times 2}{n^3} \mathrm{eV}\)

Question 5. de Broglie wavelength of the wave associated with a moving electron and a proton are equal. Show the velocity of the electron is greater than that of the proton.
Answer: According to de-Broglie’s theory applicable to microscopic particles like electron-\(\lambda=\frac{h}{m v}\)[m =maSsofthe moving particle, v = velocity ofthe moving particle].

Now if the mass and velocity of the electron are me and ve and the mass and velocity of the proton are mp and vp respectively then according to the question

\(\frac{h}{m_e v_e}=\lambda=\frac{h}{m_p v_p}\)

∴ \(m_e v_e=m_p v_p \quad \text { or, } \frac{v_e}{v_p}=\frac{m_p}{m_e}\)

But, mp > me so, ve > vp (proved)

Question 6. Calculate the accelerating potential that must be applied on a proton beam to give it an effective wavelength of 0.005 nm.
Answer: \(\lambda=\frac{h}{m v}=\frac{6.626 \times 10^{-34}}{1.67 \times 10^{-27} \times v}\)

∴ v = 7.94 x 104m.s-1

If the accelerating potential is V volts, then energy acquired by the proton =eV. This becomes the kinetic energy ofthe proton.

Hence \(e V=\frac{1}{2} m v^2\)

\(e V=\frac{1}{2} m v^2\)

∴ v=32.8v

Question 7. The second line of the Lyman series of H-atom coincides with the sixth line of the Paschen series of an ionic species ‘X. Identify ‘X. (Suppose the value of the Rydberg constant, R is the same in both cases)
Answer: For the second line of the Lyman series of H-atom,

\(\bar{v}=R\left(\frac{1}{1^2}-\frac{1}{3^2}\right)\)

For the sixth line of the Paschen series of the species ‘X with atomic number Z, v \(=R Z^2\left(\frac{1}{3^2}-\frac{1}{9^2}\right)\)

Since the Second Line Of Lyman Seriea Coincides With The Sixth Line Of the Paschen Series Of The Species X We Can equate

\(R\left(\frac{1}{1^2}-\frac{1}{3^2}\right)=R Z^2\left(\frac{1}{3^2}-\frac{1}{9^2}\right)\) \(\frac{8}{9}=Z^2 \times \frac{8}{81} \quad \text { or, } Z^2=9\)

Z = 3

∴ The Ionic Spec ies Would Be Li2+

Question 8. An element of atomic weight Z consists of two isotopes of mass number (Z-l) and (Z + 2). Calculate the % of the higher isotope.
Answer: Let the % of the higher isotope [mass number (Z + 2) ] be x.
Hence other isotope [mass number (Z- 1) ] will be (100- x)

Average atomic weight (Z) \(=\frac{x(Z+2)+(100-x)(Z-1)}{100}\)

100Z = Zx + 2x+ 100Z- 100- Zx + x

Or, 3x = 100

or, x= 33.3%

Question 9. Show that the sum of energies for the transition from n = 3 to n = 2 and from n = 2 to n = 1 is equals to the energy of transition from n = 3 to n = 1 in the case of an H-atom. Are wavelength and frequencies of the emitted spectrum also additive to their energies?
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
& \Delta E_{3 \rightarrow 2}=R_H\left(\frac{1}{2^2}-\frac{1}{3^2}\right) \\
& \Delta E_{2 \rightarrow 1}=R_H\left(\frac{1}{1^2}-\frac{1}{2^2}\right) \\
& \Delta E_{3 \rightarrow 1}=R_H\left(\frac{1}{1^2}-\frac{1}{3^2}\right)
\end{aligned}\)

From equation (1), (2) and (3) we have,

\(\Delta E_{3 \rightarrow 2}+\Delta E_{2 \rightarrow 1}=R_H\left(\frac{1}{1^2}-\frac{1}{3^2}\right)=\Delta E_{3 \rightarrow 1}\) \(\text { Thus, } \Delta E_{3 \rightarrow 1}=\Delta E_{3 \rightarrow 2}+\Delta E_{2 \rightarrow 1}\)

Since, E – hv hence frequencies are also additive but \(E=\frac{h c}{\lambda}\) and thus wavelengths are not additive

Question 10. In the case of a 15X-atom, five valence electrons are. If the spin quantum number of B and R is +1 then find the group(s) of electrons with three of the quantum numbers the same.
Answer: The spin quantum number of ‘R’ is given as \(+\frac{1}{2}\) and hence that of ‘P’ and ‘Q’ will also be \(+\frac{1}{2}\).

Electrons P, Q, and R are in 3p -orbital, so their n and l values i.e., principal and azimuthal quantum numbers will also be the same.

Therefore, P, Q, and R form a group having three quantum numbers the same. Both A and B belong to 3s having the value of n = 3, l = 0 and m = 0. Hence they also have values of three quantum numbers the same.

Question 11. The Schrodinger wave equation for the 2s electron of a hydrogen atom is, \(\psi_{2 s}=\frac{1}{4 \sqrt{2 \pi}}\left[\frac{1}{a_0}\right]^{3 / 2} \times\left[2-\frac{r}{a_0}\right] \times e^{-r / 2 a_0}\) Node is defined as the point where the probability of finding an electron is zero.
Answer: 

∴ \(\text { If } r=r_0, \psi_{2 s}^2=0\)

∴ \(\frac{1}{32 \pi}\left(\frac{1}{a_0}\right)^2\left(2-\frac{r_0}{a_0}\right)^2 e^{-r_0 / 2 a_0}=0\)

The only factor that can be zero in the above expression is \(\left(2-\frac{r_0}{a_0}\right)\)

∴ \(2-\frac{r_0}{a_0}=0 ; \quad \text { or, } r_0=2 a_0 \text {. }\)

Question 12. If the uncertainty in the position of a moving electron is equal to its DC Broglie wavelength, prove that Its velocity is completely uncertain.
Answer: Uncertainty in the position of the electron, Ax = λ.

\(\lambda=\frac{h}{p}\) [From de Broglie equation]

∴ \(p=\frac{h}{\lambda}=\frac{h}{\Delta x} \quad \text { or, } \Delta x=\frac{h}{p}\)

According to Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle

∴ \(\Delta x \cdot \Delta p  \frac{h}{4 \pi} \quad \text { or, } \frac{h}{p} \cdot \Delta p\frac{h}{4 \pi} \quad \text { or, } \quad \frac{\Delta p}{p}\frac{1}{4 \pi}\)

or, \(\frac{m \Delta v}{m v}  \frac{1}{4 \pi} \quad \text { or, } \quad \Delta v  \frac{v}{4 \pi}\)

The uncertainty in velocity is so large that its velocity Is uncertain.

Question 13. The electron revolving In the n-th orbit of Be3+ ion has the same speed as that of the electron in the ground state of the hydrogen atom. Find the value of n.
Answer: The velocity of an electron in the n-th orbit of hydrogen-like species is given by, \(v_n=\frac{Z}{n} \times v_1\)

[where v1 = velocity of the electron in the 1st orbit of H-atom i.e., the velocity of the electron in the ground state of H-atom and Z = Atomic number of hydrogen-like species]

Now for \(\mathrm{Be}^{3+} \text {-ion } Z=4 \text {, so } v_n=\frac{4}{n} \times v_1\)

But it is given that, v n = v1

∴ \(v_1=\frac{4}{n} v_1 \quad \text { or } n=4\)

Question 14. When Be is bombarded with a -particles, a new element viz carbon Is formed whereas, when gold is bombarded with a -particles, no new elements are formed. Explain.
Answer: There are 79 protons in the nucleus of a gold (7gAu) atom, while o’ -particles are helium nuclei with 2 unit positive charges.

The approaching a -particles are repelled strongly due to high positive charges of Au nuclei and thus suffer deflection.

On the other hand, there are only 4 protons in the nucleus of the beryllium (4Be) atom are very weak compared to those between the gold nuclei and o – particles, due to the low positive charge of the Be nucleus. Thus, the fast-moving a -particles collide with Be nuclei and cause splitting \({ }_4^9 \mathrm{Be}+{ }_2^4 \mathrm{He} \longrightarrow{ }_6^{12} \mathrm{C}+{ }_0^1 n\)

Question 15. Why are atomic spectra not continuous?
Answer: Each electron in an atom is associated with a definite energy corresponding to different energy levels.

These electrons absorb energy from various external sources (like heat, light, etc.) and are promoted to higher energy-levels. These excited electrons radiate different amounts of energy and return to the ground state.

Since the difference between any two energy levels is fixed, the atomic spectra obtained are discontinuous line spectra having fixed wavelengths.

The spectrum so obtained consists of a few bright lines but does not contain all the possible spectral lines corresponding to a range of given wavelengths. Thus, atomic spectra are not continuous.

Question 16. With the help of Bohr’s theory, how will you determine the kinetic energy of hydrogen or hydrogen-like atoms?
Answer: Let the no. of positive charges in the nucleus of a given atom or ion be Z.e (Z = atomic no., e = charge of a proton).

According to Bohr’s theory, the electron present in that atom or ion revolves around the nucleus only in stationary orbits.

Let the radius ofthe stationary orbit be ‘r’ For the stability of the atom, the coulombic force must be equal to the centrifugal force of the electron moving with a velocity \(\frac{Z e^2}{r^2}=\frac{m v^2}{r} \text { or } \frac{1}{2} m v^2=\frac{Z e^2}{2 r}\)

Question 17. What is the precessional motion of the orbit?
Answer: According to Sommerfeld’s relativistic correction of the atomic model, an electron revolves in an elliptical orbit around the nucleus, which is located at the focus of the ellipse. This results in a continual change in the mass and velocity of the electron. The mass of the moving electron increases with its velocity.

The velocity of this electron is maximum when closest to the focus of the ellipse (perihelion) and minimum when farthest from the focus (aphelion). Because of its increased mass at the perihelion, the electron experiences a stronger force of attraction from the nucleus.

This compels the electron to deviate from its original orbit to a new and identical orbit, which lies in the same plane. The perihelion moves each time the electron completes a revolution.

Thus the entire electron orbit moves about an axis passing through the nucleus. This phenomenon is known as Sommerfeld’s precession or precessional motion of the orbit.

Question 18. Name the noble gas and give its atomic number if the number of d -d-electrons present in this atom is equal
to the difference in the no. of electrons present in the p and s- s-subshells
Answer: The noble gas is krypton (Kr). Its atomic number = 36

Electronic configuration: ls22s22p63s23p63d104s24p6

  • Number of s -electrons = 2 + 2 + 2 + 2 = 8
  • Number of p -electrons = 6 + 6 + 6 = 18
  • Number of d -electrons = 10

∴ Number of p -electrons number of s -electrons =18-8 = 10= number of d -electrons

Question 19. There is a wavelength limit beyond which the spectrum of any given series of the H-atom becomes Ze2 continuous. Why?
Answer: The energy difference between the first and second orbits is maximum. With the increase in the value of the principal quantum number (n), the energy difference between two successive orbits decreases. Consequently, after a particular value of n, the energy levels become very closely spaced and as a result, they seem to be continuous.

Structure Of Atom Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1. The ionization potential of a hydrogen atom is 13.6 eV. A hydrogen atom in the ground state is excited by monochromatic light of energy 12.1 eV. The spectral lines emitted by hydrogen according to Bohr’s theory will be.

  1. One
  2. Two
  3. Three
  4. Four

Answer: 3. Three

Question 2. The number of waves made by a Bohr electron in an orbit of maximum magnetic quantum number 3 is-

  1. 4
  2. 3
  3. 2
  4. 1

Answer: 1. 4

Question 3. In which of the following cases would the probability of finding an electron residing in a d -d-orbital be zero

  1. xz and yz -planes
  2. xy and yz -planes
  3. z -direction, yz and xz -plane
  4. xy and xz -planes

Answer: 1. xz and yz -planes

Question 4. An electron beam with a de Broglie wavelength of P A is accelerated till its wavelength is halved. By what factor will kinetic energy change

  1. 2
  2. 1/4
  3. 4
  4. none

Answer: 3. 1/4

Question 5. If the Aufbau rule is not followed then the percent change in total (n + l) value for unpaired electrons in 25Mn is-

  1. 60
  2. 50
  3. 40
  4. 30

Answer: 3. 40

Question 6. If the shortest wavelength of the IT -atom in the Lyman series is X, then the longest wavelength in the Paschen series of He+ is

  1. \(\frac{36 X}{5}\)
  2. \(\frac{36 X}{7}\)
  3. \(\frac{7 X}{36}\)
  4. \(\frac{6 X}{5}\)

Answer: 2. \(\frac{36 X}{7}\)

Question 7. The atomic numbers of elements X, Y, and Z are 19, 21, and 25 respectively. The number of electrons present in the ‘M’ shells of these elements follows the order —

  1. Z<Y<x
  2. X<y<Z
  3. Z>X>Y
  4. Y>Z>X

Answer: 1. Z<Y<x

Question 8. Hydrogen atoms are excited in the n = 4 state. In the spectrum of the emitted radiation, the number of lines in the ultraviolet and visible regions are respectively—

  1. 2:3
  2. 3:1
  3. 1:3
  4. 3:2

Answer: 4. 3:2

Question 9. Which orbital has only a positive value of wave function at all distances from the nucleus—

  1. 3d
  2. 2p
  3. 2s
  4. 1s

Answer: 4. 1s

Question 10. The number of photons of light having wave number ‘a’ in the 32 energy source is

  1. \(\frac{h c}{3 a}\)
  2. 3hca
  3. \(\frac{3}{h c a}\)
  4. \(\frac{3}{h c a}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{3}{h c a}\)

Question 11. The wavelength of the de Broglie wave of the electron in the sixth orbit of-atom is—( rQ = Bohr’s radius

  1. πr0
  2. 12πr0
  3. 6πr0
  4. 24πr0

Answer: 2. 12πr0

Question 12. In an orbit, the velocity of an electron in the excited state of Hatom is 1.093 X 108 cm-s-1. The circumference of this orbit is —

  1. 13.3A
  2. 6.65A
  3. 3.33A
  4. 26.65A

Answer: 1. 13.3A

Question 13. Which have the largest number of unpaired electrons in p -p-orbitals in their ground state electronic configurations—

  1. Te, I, Xe
  2. F, Cl, Br
  3. Ne, Ar, K
  4. N, P, As

Answer: 4. N, P, As

Question 14. Which orbitals have two nodal planes passing through the nucleus —

  1. de
  2. p
  3. s
  4. None

Answer: 1. de

Question 15. Compared to the mass of the lightest nuclei, the mass of an electron is only-

  1. 1/80
  2. 1/800
  3. 1/1800
  4. 1/2800

Answer: 3. 1/1800

Question 16. Among the following sets of quantum numbers, which one Is Incorrect for 4d -electrons-

  1. \(4,3,2,+\frac{1}{2}\)
  2. \(4,3,2,+\frac{1}{2}\)
  3. \(4,2,-2, \frac{1}{2}\)
  4. \(4,2,1, \frac{-1}{2}\)

Answer: 2. \(4,3,2,+\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 17. Which d -orbitals have a different shape from the rest of all d orbitals—

  1. \(d_{x^2-y}\)
  2. dx
  3. dz2
  4. dyz

Answer: 3. dz2

Question 18. Which element possesses non-spherical shells

  1. he
  2. B
  3. Be
  4. Li

Answer: 2. B

Question 19. Which have the same number of s -electrons as the d electrons In Fe2+

  1. li
  2. Na
  3. Na
  4. Fe

Answer: 4. Fe

Question 20. An anion X3 has 36 electrons and 45 neutrons. What is the mass number ofthe element X-

  1. 81
  2. 84
  3. 78
  4. 88

Answer: 3. 78

Question 21. Consider the set of quantum numbers \(3,2,-2,+\frac{1}{2}\), if the given subshell is filled. The next electron will enter orbital with n and l value—

  1. n=3, l=3
  2. n=4,l=1
  3. n=1,l=1
  4. n=2,l-1

Answer: 2. n=4,l=1

Question 22. Given that an orbital is symmetric about the nucleus, then the value of azimuthal quantum number and magnetic quantum number are respectively

  1. -1+1
  2. +1+1
  3. 0,0
  4. 1,0

Answer: 3. 0,0

Question 23. A certain F.M. station broadcasts at a wavelength equal to 3.5 m. How many photons per second correspond to the transmission of one kilowatt–

  1. 2.24×1027
  2. 1.76×1028
  3. 2.26×1028
  4. 1.43×1026

Answer: 2. 1.76×1028

Question 24. A Bohr orbit in H-atom has a radius of 8.464 A. How many transitions may occur from this orbit to the ground state-

  1. 10
  2. 3
  3. 6
  4. 15

Answer: 3. 6

Question 25. The angular momentum of the electron in the 4/-orbital of a one-electron species according to wave mechanics is —

  1. \(\sqrt{3} \frac{h}{\pi}\)
  2. \(2 \frac{h}{\pi}\)
  3. \(\sqrt{\frac{3}{2}} \frac{h}{\pi}\)
  4. \(\sqrt{\frac{1}{2}} \frac{h}{\pi}\)

Answer: 1. \(\sqrt{3} \frac{h}{\pi}\)

Question 26. Consider the Structure of the ground Atom Mato of cnCr atom (z= 24).-The1 number of electrons with the azimuthal quantum numbers, =1 and 2 nrc respectively

  1. 12 and 4
  2. 12 and 5
  3. 16 and 4
  4. 16 and 5

Answer: 2. 12 and 5

Question 27. The magnetic moment of Mx+ (atomic number of M = 25 ) is Jl5 BM. The number of unpaired electrons and the value of x respectively are—

  1. 5,2
  2. 3,2
  3. 3,4
  4. 4,3

Answer: 3. 3,4

Question 28. Radial part of the wave function depends upon quantum numbers

  1. n and s
  2. 1 and m
  3. 1 and s
  4. n and 1

Answer: 1. n and s

Question 29. Which ofthe following pairs of nuclides are in diapers

  1. \({ }_6^{13} \mathrm{C} \text { and }{ }_8^{16} \mathrm{O}\)
  2. \({ }_6^{13} \mathrm{C} \text { and }{ }_8^{16} \mathrm{O}\)
  3. \({ }_1^3 \mathrm{H} \text { and }{ }_2^4 \mathrm{He}\)
  4. \({ }_{25}^{55} \mathrm{Mn} \text { and }{ }_{30}^{65} \mathrm{Zn}\)

Answer: 4. \({ }_{25}^{55} \mathrm{Mn} \text { and }{ }_{30}^{65} \mathrm{Zn}\)

Question 30. The dissociation energy of H2 is 430.53 kfrmol-1. If hydrogen is dissociated by illumination with radiation of wavelength 253.7 nm, the fraction of the radiant energy that will be converted into kinetic energy is given by

  1. 100%
  2. 8.76%
  3. 2.22%
  4. 1.22%

Answer: 2. 8.76%

Question 31. The correct order of penetrating power of 3s, 3p, and 3d electrons is

  1. 3d>3p>3s
  2. 3s>3p>3d
  3. 3s>3p>3d
  4. 3d>3s>3p

Answer: 3. 3s>3p>3d

Question 32. Hund’s rule pertains to the distribution of electrons in

  1. Principal energy shell
  2. An orbital
  3. Degenerate
  4. None of these

Answer: 3. Degenerate

Question 33. A principal shell having the highest energy subshell to be V can accommodate electrons to a maximum of—

  1. 18
  2. 32
  3. 25
  4. 50

Answer: 4. 50

Question 34. When an electron of H-atom jumps from a higher to lower energy, then—

  1. Its potential energy increases
  2. Its kinetic energy increases
  3. Its angular momentum remains unchanged
  4. Its de Broglie wavelength increases

Answer: 4. Its de Broglie wavelength increases

Question 35. What will be the number of spectral lines (AO observed if an electron undergoes a transition from n2 excited level to nl excited level in an atom of hydrogen—

  1. \(N=\frac{\left(n_2-n_1\right)\left(n_2-n_1+1\right)}{2}\)
  2. \(N=\frac{\left(n_1-n_2\right)\left(n_2-n_1+1\right)}{2}\)
  3. \(N=\frac{\left(n_2+n_1\right)\left(n_1+n_2+1\right)}{2}\)
  4. N = 2(nl-n2)(n2 + n1-l)

Answer: 1. \(N=\frac{\left(n_2-n_1\right)\left(n_2-n_1+1\right)}{2}\)

Question 36. The given diagram indicates the energy levels of certain atoms. When the system moves from 2E level to E, a photon of wavelength X is emitted. The wavelength of photon produced during its transition from level to E iS-

  1. \(\frac{3 \lambda}{3}\)
  2. \(\frac{4}{3} \lambda\)
  3. 3 lambada

Answer: 4. 3 lambada

Question 37. Electromagnetic radiation with maximum wavelength Is-

  1. Ultraviolet
  2. Radiowaves
  3. X-way
  4. infrared

Answer: 2. Radiowaves

Question 38. Brackett series are produced when the electrons from the outer orbits jump to—

  1. 2nd orbit
  2. 3rd orbit
  3. 4th orbit
  4. 5th orbit

Answer: 3. 4th orbit

Question 39. The following sets that do NOT contain isoelectronic species—

  1. \(\mathrm{BO}_3^{3-}, \mathrm{CO}_3^{2-}, \mathrm{NO}_3^{-}\)
  2. \(\mathrm{SO}_3^{2-}, \mathrm{CO}_3^{2-}, \mathrm{NO}_3^{-}\)
  3. \(\mathrm{CN}^{-}, \mathrm{N}_2, \mathrm{C}_2^{2-}\)
  4. \(\mathrm{PO}_4^{3-}, \mathrm{SO}_3^{2-}, \mathrm{ClO}_4^{-}\)

Answer: 2. \(\mathrm{SO}_3^{2-}, \mathrm{CO}_3^{2-}, \mathrm{NO}_3^{-}\)

Question 40. The hydrogen-like species Li2+ is in a spherically symmetric state S1 with one radial node. Upon absorbing light, the ion undergoes a transition to a state S2. The state S2 has one radial node and its energy is equal to the ground state energy ofthe hydrogen atom-

The state is

  1. 1s
  2. 2s
  3. 2p
  4. 3s

Answer: 2. 2s

Question 41. The energy of the state S1 in units of the hydrogen atom ground state energy is-

  1. 0.75
  2. 1.50
  3. 2.25
  4. 4.50

Answer: 3. 2.25

Question 42. In an atom, an electron is moving with a speed of 600 m/s with an accuracy of 0.005% certainty with which the position ofthe electron can be located is{h = 6.6 x 10-34 kg-m2 s_1, mass of electron, mg = 9.1 x 10-31 kg).

  1. 3.84 x 10-3 m
  2. 1.52x 10-4 m
  3. 5.10×10-3m
  4. 1.92 x 10-3m

Answer: 2. 1.52x 10-4 m

Question 43. The ionization enthalpy of a hydrogen atom is 1.312 x 106J-mol-1. The energy required to excite the electron in the atom from n – 1 to n = 2 is

  1. 7.56 X 105 J-mol-1
  2. 9.84 X105 J-mol-1
  3. 8.51 x 105 J-mol-1
  4. 6.56 X 105 J-mol-1

Answer: 2. 9.84 X105 J-mol-1

Question 44. If we apply potential difference so that an electron is accelerated continuously in a vacuum tube such that a decrease of 10% occurs in its de-Broglie wavelength. In such a case the change observed in the kinetic energy of the election will be approximately—

  1. A Decrease Of 11%
  2. An increase of 11.1%
  3. An Increase Of 10%
  4. An increase of 23.4%

Answer: 4. An increase of 23.4%

Question 45. The approximate wavelength of matter wave associated with an electron, that is accelerated by applying 100 V of potential difference in a discharge tube, will be-

  1. 123pm
  2. 12.3pm
  3. 1.23 pm
  4. 0.123pm

Answer: 1. 123pm

Question 46. If two particles are associated with the same kinetic energy, then the de Broglie’s wavelength (A) ofthese particles is—

  1. Directly proportional to the velocity
  2. Inversely proportional to the velocity
  3. Independent of mass and velocity
  4. Cannot be predicted.

Answer: 1. Directly proportional to the velocity

Question 47. The ratio of magnetic moments of Fe (3) and CO (2) is

  1. \(\sqrt{3}: \sqrt{7}\)
  2. \(\sqrt{3}: \sqrt{7}\)
  3. 7:3
  4. 3:7

Answer: 2. \(\sqrt{3}: \sqrt{7}\)

Question 48. If it were possible for a hydrogen atom to exist with a position as the extra-nuclear particle, then the energy of position in the first excited state would be—

  1. 13.6v
  2. 3.4ev
  3. -3.4ev
  4. 6.8ev

Answer: 2. 3.4ev

Question 49. Identify the orbitals for which n = 4 and / = 1 —

  1. 4py
  2. 4px
  3. 4dxy
  4. 4dx2-y2

Answer: 1. 4py

Question 50. The orbitals which have the same number of nodes are

  1. 2s,3p
  2. 3p,3d
  3. 2s,2p
  4. 3s,4d

Answer: 2. 3p,3d

Question 51. In the ground state, an element has 13 electrons in its Afshell. The element is

  1. Mn
  2. Cr
  3. Ni
  4. Fe

Answer: 1. Mn

Question 52. The angular momentum of an electron may have the values—

  1. \(0.5 \frac{h}{\pi}\)
  2. \(\frac{h}{\pi}\)
  3. \(0.2 \frac{h}{\pi}\)
  4. \(2.5 \frac{h}{2 \pi}\)

Answer: 1. \(0.5 \frac{h}{\pi}\)

Question 53. The line spectrum is noticed during the transition of an electron from a higher excited state to a lower one in the H-atom only when it falls from

  1. 2s→ls
  2. 2p→ls
  3. 3s→2p
  4. 4p→2p

Answer: 3. 3s→2p

Question 54. Select the pair of atoms having the same no. of electrons in their outermost shell —

  1. Na, Ca
  2. Mg, Fe
  3. As, Bi
  4. Rb, Sb

Answer: 3. Rb, Sb

Question 55. Which consists of particles of matter—

  1. a -rays
  2. 0 -rays
  3. y -rays
  4. X-rays

Answer: 1. a -rays

Question 56. Which have two radial nodes-

  1. 2p
  2. 3s
  3. 4p
  4. 3p

Answer: 2. 3s

Question 57. The ratio of λα to λβ for the Balmer series ofhydrogen spectra is given by

  1. \(\frac{108}{80}\)
  2. \(\frac{108}{90}\)
  3. \(\frac{40}{54}\)
  4. \(\frac{20}{27}\)

Answer: 1. \(\frac{108}{90}\)

Question 58. Indicate the conditions under which the ratio of Broglie wavelengths of a -particle and a proton will be—

  1. When the ratio of their velocities is 4: 1
  2. When the ratio of their velocities is 1: 8
  3. When the ratio of their energies is 128: 1
  4. When the ratio of their velocities is 1: 16

Answer: 2. When the ratio of their velocities is 1: 8

Question 59. Which ofthe following ions is paramagnetic—

  1. Zn2+
  2. Cu2+
  3. He+2
  4. O2-

Answer: 2. Cu2+

Question 60. The energy of an electron in the first Bohr orbit of the H-atom is -13.6 eV. Then, which of the following statement(s) is/ are correct for He+ —

  1. The energy of electron in the second Bohr orbit is -13.6 ev
  2. Kinetic energy of electron in the first orbit is 54.46 ev
  3. Kinetic energy of electron in second orbit is 13.6 ev
  4. The speed of an electron in the second orbit is 2.19 x 106m-s-1

Answer: 1. Energy electron in second Bohr orbit is -13.6 ev

Question 61. For which of the following species, the expression for the 13 6Z2 eV-atom-1 energy of an electron in nth orbit, En = \(-\frac{13.6 Z^2}{n^2}\) eV. Atom-1. has the validity—

  1. He2+
  2. Li2+
  3. Deuterium
  4. Li2+

Answer: 2. He2+

Question 62. According to Bohr’s atomic theory, which of the following relations is correct—

  1. The kinetic energy of electron oc z2/ n2
  2. The product of the velocity of the electron and the principal quantum number oc z2
  3. Frequency of revolution of the electron in an orbit zp/n3
  4. Coulombic force of attraction on electron oc z3/n4

Answer: 1. Kinetic energy of electron oc z2/ n2

Question 63. Which is correct in the case of p -p-orbitals—

  1. They are spherically symmetrical
  2. They have strong directional character
  3. They are three-fold degenerate
  4. Their charge density along the x, y, and z -axes is zero

Answer: 2. They have strong directional character

Question 64. An isotone of \(\mathrm{f}_{32}^{76} \mathrm{Ge}\) is –

  1. \({ }_{32}^{77} \mathrm{Ge}\)
  2. \({ }_{33}^{77} \mathrm{As}\)
  3. \({ }_{34}^{77} \mathrm{Se}\)
  4. \({ }_{34}^{77} \mathrm{Se}\)

Answer: 2. \({ }_{33}^{77} \mathrm{As}\)

Question 65. Which of the following is correct—

  1. Only the Lyman series is observed in both emission and absorption spectrum
  2. The continuum in the line spectrum is noticed after a certain value of n
  3. the wavelength of the mth line of Balmer Series is \(\frac{1}{\lambda}=R_H Z^2\left[\frac{1}{2^2}-\frac{1}{m^2}\right]\)
  4. The number of spectral lines given when an electron drops from the 5th to the 2nd shell is six.

Answer: 1. Only the Lyman series is observed in both the emission and absorption spectrum

Structure Of Atom Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1. What is the value of the elm of an electron?
Answer: 1.76 x 108Cg-I/

Question 2. How many times a proton is heavier than an electron?
Answer: 1837 times (approx.),

Question 3. Mention one similarity between isobar and isotone-
Answer: Atoms of different elements,

Question 4. What is wave number?
Answer: No. of waves in 1 cm,

Question 5. Arrange in order of the increasing wavelength
Answer: γ-ray

Question 6. What is meant by stationary orbit?
Answer: Orbits in which the energy of revolving electrons remains fixed

Question 7. Who proposed the quantum theory of radiation?
Answer: M. Planck

Question 8. What is the value of Planck’s constant in the SI unit?
Answer: 6.626×10-34

Question 9. What is the value of the angular momentum of an electron
occupying the second orbit in an atom?
Answer: \(\frac{h}{\pi}\)

Question 10. Mention the symbol and the mass number of an element
which contains two neutrons in the nucleus.
Answer: \({ }_2^4 \mathrm{He}\)

Question 11. Why is the spectrum of H+ not obtained?
Answer: Because H+ does not contain any electrons,

Question 12. How many proton(s) & electron(s) are in H- ion?  
Answer: One proton and two electrons,

Question 13. From which principal energy state, the excited electron
comes down to yield spectral lines in the Balmer series?
Answer: L-shell (n = 2),

Question 14. How many neutrons are present in 2oCa2+ ion?
Answer: 20 neutrons,

Question 15. What is the nature of hydrogen spectra?
Answer: Discontinuous spectrum or line spectrum,

Question 16. Mention one ion that obeys Bohr’s theory.
Answer: He+,

Question 17. Write the relationship between wavelength and momentum of a moving microscopic particle. Who proposed this relationship?
Answer: \(\lambda=\frac{h}{m v}\)

Question 18. Indicate the limitation of Broglie’s equation.
Answer: Not applicable to macroscopic particles,

Question 19. Is the uncertainty principle applicable to stationary electrons?
Answer: Not applicable

Question 20. Energy associated with which of the following waves is not quantized?

  • Electromagnetic wave
  • Matter-wave

Answer: Matter waves,

Question 21. What is an orbital according to quantum mechanical
model?
Answer: The region around the nucleus has the maximum probability of finding an electron,

Question 22. How do you specify an electron in an atom?
Answer: By using four quantum numbers (n, l, m and s),

Question 23. What is the maximum number of orbitals in the ‘j’th orbit?
Answer: n2,

Question 24. Which is the lowest energy level containing ‘g1 sub-shell?
Answer:  n = 5 (fifth shell),

Question 25. Identify the orbital with n = 4 and 1 = 0.
Answer: 4s,

Question 26. Which ‘d’-orbital does not contain four lobes?
Answer: dz2,

Question 27. Which quantum electron?
Answer: Azimuthal quantum number (/),

Question 28. Write the electronic configuration of Mn
Answer: ls22s22p63s23p63d5,

Question 28. What is the total number of nodes in 3d -orbital?
Answer: Total no. of nodes =(n-l) =3- 1 = 2 ,

Question 30. Which subshell has the lowest screening power?
Answer: F

Question 31. Which quantum number is used to distinguish between the electrons present in a single orbital?
Answer: Spin quantum number, S,

Question 32. What are the quantum numbers used to indicate the size and shape of orbitals?
Answer: Principal & azimuthal quantum numbers,

Question 33. State the condition under which electronic energy is considered to be negative.
Answer: When the electron is at an infinite distance from the nucleus ( n = oo )

Structure Of Atom Fill In The Blanks

Question 1. The cgs unit of Planck’s constant is unit is _____________
Answer: erg-s, J.s,

Question 2. The angular momentum of an electron in the nth orbit is _____________ 2+ ion.
Answer: nhl2n,

Question 3. If an a -particle and two (i -particles are emitted from a radioactive element, the element produced becomes an _____________ofthe parent element.
Answer: isotope,

Question 4. With the help of Bohr’s atomic model, the idea of _____________quantum number was first obtained.
Answer: principal,

Question 5. Bohr’sunitatomic of Rydberg’smodel ignored constant _____________
Answer: three-dimensional,

Question 6. The unit of Rydergs’s Constant In CGS UNit is _____________
Answer: Cm-1

Question 7. The range of wavelength of visible light is _____________
Answer: 4000-8000A,

Question 8. The ionization potential of hydrogen is _____________
Answer: cm-1

Question 9. Uhlenbeck and Goudsmit introduced the concept of_____________ quantum number.
Answer: 13.54eV,

Question 10. The product of uncertainties in the position and momentum ofan the electron is always equal to or greater than_____________
Answer: Spin,

Question 11. The product of uncertainties in the position and momentum of electron is always equal to or greater than_____________
Answer: h/4n,

Question 12. The number of magnetic quantum numbers required to describe the electrons of-subshell is _____________
Answer: 1. 12.5

Numerical Examples

Question 1. A sample of gaseous oxygen contains only 180 isotopes. How many neutrons are present in 11.2 L of the gas at STP?
Answer: No. of neutrons present in an atom of 180 isotope
=(18-8) = 10

∴ No. of neutrons present in 11.2L ofthe gas

\(=\frac{2 \times 10 \times 6.022 \times 10^{23} \times 11.2}{22.4}=6.022 \times 10^{24}\)

Question 2. Calculate the energy required for the promotion of electrons from the 1st to 5th Bohr orbit of all the atoms present in 1 mole of H-atoms.
Answer: Electronic energy in the n-th orbit ofH-atom

\(E_n=-\frac{1312}{n^2} \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

∴ Total energy required

\(=\left(E_5-E_1\right)=-\frac{1312}{5^2}-\left(-\frac{1312}{1^2}\right)=1259.52 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Question 3. Calculate the velocity (cm-s-1) and frequency of revolution of electron present in the 3rd orbit of H-atom.
Answer: Velocity of revolving electron present in the 3rd orbit of H atom

\(=\frac{2 \pi z e^2}{n h}=\frac{2 \times \pi \times 1 \times\left(4.8 \times 10^{-10}\right)^2}{3 \times 6.626 \times 10^{-27}}\)

Frequency of revolution ofthe electron

\(=\frac{v}{2 \pi r}=\frac{v}{2 \pi\left(\frac{n^2 h^2}{4 \pi^2 m z e^2}\right)}=\frac{2 \pi m v z e^2}{n^2 h^2}\) \(=\frac{2 \times 3.14 \times\left(9.11 \times 10^{-28}\right) \times\left(7.27 \times 10^7\right) \times 1 \times\left(4.8 \times 10^{-10}\right)^2}{(3)^2 \times\left(6.626 \times 10^{-27}\right)^2}\)

= 2.4242×1014

Question 4. Calculate the wavelength and frequency associated with the spectral line having the longest wavelength in the fund series of hydrogen spectra.
Answer: In the case of the Pfund series, the spectral line with the longest wavelength is obtained when the electronic transition occurs from n2 = 6 to nl = 5. Thus

\(\bar{v}=\frac{1}{\lambda}=109678\left(\frac{1}{5^2}-\frac{1}{6^2}\right)=1340.5\) \(\begin{aligned}
\lambda=7.4 \times 10^{-4} \mathrm{~cm} & \\
v=\frac{c}{\lambda}=\frac{3 \times 10^{10}}{7.4 \times 10^{-4}} & =4.05 \times 10^{13} \mathrm{~s}^{-1} \\
& =4.05 \times 10^{13} \mathrm{~Hz}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 5. Calculate the energy of 1 mol of photons associated with a frequency of 5 x 1010s-1.
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
E=N_0 h v & =6.022 \times 10^{23}\left(6.626 \times 10^{-34}\right)\left(5 \times 10^{10}\right) \\
& =19.95 \mathrm{~J}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 6. The wavelength associated with a moving particle of mass
0.1 mg is 3.3 x 10-29m . Find its velocity.
[h = 6.6 X 10~34 kg-m2-s_1]
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
& \lambda=\frac{h}{m v} \\
& \text { or, } v=\frac{h}{m \lambda}=\frac{6.6 \times 10^{-34}}{\left(0.1 \times 10^{-6}\right) \times\left(3.3 \times 10^{-29}\right)}=200 \mathrm{~m} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 7. Calculate the kinetic energy of a moving electron associated with a wavelength of 4.8 pm.
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
\nu & =\frac{h}{m \lambda}=\frac{6.626 \times 10^{-34} \mathrm{~kg} \cdot \mathrm{m}^2 \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}}{\left(9.11 \times 10^{-31} \mathrm{~kg}\right) \times\left(4.8 \times 10^{-12} \mathrm{~m}\right)} \\
& =1.51 \times 10^8 \mathrm{~m} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

Kinetic energy

\(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{1}{2} \times\left(9.11 \times 10^{-31} \mathrm{~kg}\right) \times\left(1.51 \times 10^8 \mathrm{~m} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\right)^2 \\
& =1.038 \times 10^{-14} \mathrm{~J}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 8. Calculate the frequency and wavelength of the energy emitted when the electron jumps from the 4th orbit to the 1st orbit of the H-atom.
Answer: \(\bar{v}=\frac{1}{\lambda}=1.09678 \times 10^7 \times\left(\frac{1}{1^2}-\frac{1}{4^2}\right)=10.28 \times 10^6 \mathrm{~m}^{-1}\)

\(\text { Frequency, } v=\frac{c}{\lambda}=\frac{3 \times 10^8 \mathrm{~m} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}}{9.73 \times 10^{-8} \mathrm{~m}}=3.1 \times 10^5 \mathrm{~s}^{-1}\)

Question 9. The wavelength of the first line in the Balmer series of H-atom is 15200 cm-1. Calculate the wavelength of the first line in the same series of Li2+ ions. 10. The ionization potential of sodium is 4.946 x 102kJ-mol-1. Calculate the wavelength of the radiation required to ionize a sodium atom

\(\begin{aligned}
& \bar{v}_{\mathrm{H}}=R_H\left(\frac{1}{2^2}-\frac{1}{n^2}\right)=15200 \mathrm{~cm}^{-1} \\
& \bar{v}_{\mathrm{Li} \mathrm{i}^{3+}}=\bar{v}_{\mathrm{H}} \times z^2=15200 \times 3^2=136800 \mathrm{~cm}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 11. The wavelength range of the visible spectrum extends from violet (400 nm) to red (750 nm). Express these wavelengths in frequencies (Hz) (Inm = 10~9m)
Answer: For violet light, \(v_1=\frac{c}{\lambda_1}=\frac{3 \times 10^8}{400 \times 10^{-9}}=7.5 \times 10^{14} \mathrm{~Hz}\)

For red light, \(v_2=\frac{c}{\lambda_2}=\frac{3 \times 10^8}{750 \times 10^{-9}}=4.0 \times 10^{14} \mathrm{~Hz}\)

Thus the frequency range of visible light extends from 11.0 X 1014HZ to 7.5 x 1014Hz.

WBCHSE Class 11 Chemistry Redox Reactions Notes

Redox Reactions Introduction

Chemical reactions, according to their nature, are divided into different classes, such as combination reactions, decomposition reactions, elimination reactions, polymerisation reactions and many other types.

Oxidation-reduction or redox-reaction is a class of chemical reactions in which oxidation and reduction occur simultaneously. A large number of chemical and biological reactions belong to this class. Some processes that are associated with oxidation-reduction reactions are the rusting of iron, the production of caustic soda and chlorine by electrochemical method, the production of glucose by photosynthesis, the generation of electric power by battery, fuel cell, etc.

Redox Concept Reactions According To Electronic

Oxidation reaction: A chemical reaction in which an atom, an ion or a molecule loses one or more electrons is called an oxidation reaction. An atom, ion or molecule is oxidised by loss of electron (s).

Examples: Oxidation reactions involving—

Loss of electron(s) by an atom: Generally atoms of metallic elements such as Na, K, Ca, etc., undergo oxidation by losing electron(s), thereby producing positive ions.

⇒ \(\mathrm{Na} \longrightarrow \mathrm{Na}^{+}+e ; \mathrm{K} \longrightarrow \mathrm{K}^{+}+e ; \mathrm{Ca} \longrightarrow \mathrm{Ca}^{2+}+2 e\)

Loss of electron(s) by a cation: Some cations such as Fe2+, Sn2+, Cu+, etc., undergo oxidation by losing one or more electrons, thereby forming cations with higher charges.

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
\mathrm{Fe}^{2+} \longrightarrow \mathrm{Fe}^{3+}+e ; \mathrm{Sn}^{2+} \longrightarrow \mathrm{Sn}^{4+}+2 e ; \\
\mathrm{Cu}^{+} \longrightarrow \mathrm{Cu}^{2+}+e
\end{gathered}\)

Loss of electron(s) by an anion: Anions such as I- and Br- ions oxidise to neutral atoms or molecules by losing electron(s).

⇒ \(2 \mathrm{I}^{-} \longrightarrow \mathrm{I}_2+2 e ; 2 \mathrm{Br}^{-} \longrightarrow \mathrm{Br}_2+2 e\)

Loss of electron(s) by a molecule: Neutral molecules such as H2, H2O2 and H2O oxidise to cations by losing one or more electrons

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
\mathrm{H}_2 \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}^{+}+2 e ; \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2 \longrightarrow \mathrm{O}_2+2 \mathrm{H}^{+}+2 e \\
\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \longrightarrow \frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2+2 \mathrm{H}^{+}+2 e
\end{gathered}\)

Reduction reaction: A chemical reaction in which an atom, an ion or a molecule gains one or more electrons is called a reduction reaction. An atom, ion or molecule is reduced by the gain of electron(s).

Examples: Reduction reactions involving—

Gain of electron(s) by an atom: Atoms of different elements in particular, such as, atoms of chlorine, bromine, oxygen and other non-metals are reduced to anions by gaining electron(s).

⇒ \(\mathrm{Cl}+e \longrightarrow \mathrm{Cl}^{-} ; \mathrm{Br}+e \longrightarrow \mathrm{Br}^{-} ; \mathrm{O}+2 e \longrightarrow \mathrm{O}^{2-}\)

Gain of electron(s) by a cation: Cations such as H+, Fe2+, Fe3+, Cu2+ etc., are reduced to neutral atoms or cations with lower charges by accepting electron(s)

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
\mathrm{H}^{+}+e \longrightarrow \mathrm{H} ; \mathrm{Fe}^{2+}+2 e \longrightarrow \mathrm{Fe} \\
\mathrm{Fe}^{3+}+e \longrightarrow \mathrm{Fe}^{2+} ; \mathrm{Fe}^{3+}+3 e \longrightarrow \mathrm{Fe} \\
\mathrm{Cu}^{2+}+2 e \longrightarrow \mathrm{Cu} ; \mathrm{Cu}^{2+}+e \longrightarrow \mathrm{Cu}^{+}
\end{gathered}\)

Gain of electron(s) by a molecule: Neutral molecules such as Cl2, O2, H2O2 etc., are reduced by gaining one or more electrons.

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
\mathrm{Cl}_2+2 e \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{Cl}^{-} ; \mathrm{O}_2+4 \mathrm{H}^{+}+4 e \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2+2 \mathrm{H}^{+}+2 e \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{gathered}\)

Oxidant and reductant in light of electronic concept

Oxidant: In a redox reaction, the species that itself gets reduced by accepting electron(s) but oxidises other substances is called an oxidant or oxidising agent. So, an oxidising agent is an electron acceptor. The greater the tendency of a substance to accept electrons, the greater the oxidising power it possesses.

Examples: Oxygen (O2), hydrogen peroxide (H2O2), halogens (F2, Cl2, Br2, 12), nitric acid (HNO3), potassium permanganate (KMn04), potassium dichromate (K2Cr2O7), sulphuric acid (H2SO4), etc.

Reductant: In a redox reaction, the species that itself gets oxidised by losing electron(s) but reduces other substances is called a reductant or a reducing agent. So, a reducing agent is an electron donor.

The substance having a high tendency to lose electrons acts as a strong reducing agent. Alkali metals (Na, K, Rb, Cs, etc.,) of group-IA of the periodic table show a strong tendency to lose electrons and hence behave as powerful reducing agents.

Example; Hydrogen (H2), hydrogen sulphide (H2S), carbon (C), some metals (Na. K, Fe. Al, etc.), stannous chloride (SnCl2), sulphur dioxide (SO2), oxalic add (H2C2O4), sodium thiosulphate (Na2S2O2), etc.

According to an electronic concept;

  1. Oxidation involves the loss of one or more electrons. Reduction involves the gain of one or more electrons.
  2. Oxidants are electron acceptors. Reductants are electron donors.

Identification of oxidants and reductants with the help of electronic concept

Reaction: 2KI(aq) + Br2(l)→2KBr(aq) + l2(s)

The reaction can be represented in ionic form as—

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{~K}^{+}(a q)+2 \mathrm{I}^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{Br}_2(l) \longrightarrow \\
& 2 \mathrm{~K}^{+}(a q)+2 \mathrm{Br}^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{I}_2(s)
\end{aligned}\)

This equation shows that in the reaction, the K4 ion does not undergo any change. The only function that it does In the reaction is to balance the charge. So, the K+ ion only acts as a spectator ion in the reaction.

Hence, the net ionic equation of the reaction is-

⇒ \(2 \mathrm{I}^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{Br}_2(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{I}_2(s)+2 \mathrm{Br}^{-}(a q)\)

Equation(2) shows that the 1 ion produces I2 by losing electrons, while Br2 forms Br ions by gaining electrons. 1 lenco, In this reaction, the conversion of I- into [2l(aq) → l2(s) + 2e] is an oxidation reaction. On the other hand, the conversion of Br2 into Br →2Br (l)] is a reduction reaction. Thus, in this reaction, ion, i.e., Kl is the reductant and Br2 is the oxidant.

Oxidation-reduction occur simultaneously

Neither an oxidation reaction nor a reduction reaction can occur alone. Oxidation and reduction reactions are complementary to each other. In a reaction system, if a reactant loses an electron, then there must be another reactant In the system that will gain the lost electron. Thus, oxidation and reduction reactions must occur together.

In a redox reaction, the reducing agent gets oxidised by losing electron(s), while the oxidising agent gets reduced by accepting the lost electron(s). For example, Metallic zinc reacts with copper sulphate in a solution to form metallic copper and zinc sulphate.

⇒ \(\mathrm{Zn}(s)+\mathrm{CuSO}_4(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{ZnSO}_4(a q)+\mathrm{Cu}(s) \downarrow\)

In an aqueous solution, CuSO4 and ZnSO4 exist almost completely In dissociated state. So, the reaction can be expressed in the form of an ionic equation as

⇒ \(\mathrm{Zn}(s)+\mathrm{Cu}^{2+}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{Zn}^{2+}(a q)+\mathrm{Cu}(s)\)

In this reaction, the Zn atom loses two electrons, forming the Zn2- ion (oxidation). On the other hand, the Cu2+ ion accepts these two lost electrons to produce Cu atom (reduction)

Redox Reactions The Two Lost Electrons To Produce Cu- Atom Reduction

In this reaction, the Zn-atom can lose electrons only because the Cu2+ ion present in the reaction system accepts those lost electrons. Alternatively, the Cu2+ ion can get reduced by accepting electrons only because the Zn-atom present in the reaction system lose electrons.

So, in a reaction, when a substance undergoes oxidation, another substance present in the reaction system undergoes reduction. Tints it can be said that oxidation and reduction occur simultaneously.

Half-reaction

Any redox reaction consists of two half-reactions, one is for an oxidation reaction and the other is for a reduction reaction Both of these reactions are called a half-reaction.

In a redox reaction, the half-reaction Involving oxidation Is called oxidation half-reaction, and the half-reaction involving reduction is called reduction half-reaction.

Redox reaction = Oxidation half-reaction Reduction half-reaction

Reaction: Zn (s)+Cu2+(aq)→Zn2+(aq)+Cu(s)

Oxidation Half Reaction: Zn(s)→Zn2+(Aq)+2e

Reduction Half- reaction: Cu2+(aq)+2e→Cu(s)

Oxidation State And Oxidation Number

According to electronic theory, redox reactions can be explained in terms of electron transfer. The electronic theory can be applied in the case of ionic compounds because, in the formation of ionic compounds, one reactant gives up the electron(s) and another reactant accepts those electron(s).

However, this theory cannot be applied in the case of a redox reaction involving covalent compounds due to the absence of cations or anions in such compounds. Thus this theory is unable to Identify the oxidant and reductant in such types of reactions.

To overcome this problem, the concept of oxidation number has been introduced. All types of redox reactions can be explained based on oxidation number. Each constituent element of any compound has a definite valency. Similarly, it can be assumed that each atom of any element has a definite oxidation number.

Oxidation state

An atom of an element converts into an ion when it loses or gains an electron. The loss of one or more electrons by an atom results in the formation of a cation, while the gain of one or more electrons produces an anion.

Cation is the oxidised state and anion is the reduced state of an element For example, the Na+ ion is the oxidised state of the Na atom and the Cl- ion represents the reduced state of the Cl -atom. The state of oxidation or reduction of an element presenting a compound is called the oxidation state of that element.

Oxidation state Definition: The state of oxidation or reduction in which an atom of an element exists in a compound is called the oxidation state of the element in that compound.

From the element charge of the compound ion of an element present in an ionic compound, the oxidation state of that element can be easily determined. If the element exists as a cation in the compound, the element is said to be in the oxidised state. On the other hand, if the element exists as an anion in the compound, then the element is said to be in a reduced state.

Example: In the formation of the compound ZnCl2, the Zn atom loses two electrons to produce a Zn2+ ion and two CIatoms accept two electrons, one electron each to yield two Cl- ions. Zn2+ ion combines with two Cl- ions to form a ZnCl2 molecule.

Thus, in ZnCl2, the Zn -atom exists in the oxidised state, while the Cl -atom exists in the reduced state. Cations or anions derived from the same element may exist in different oxidation states in different compounds. For example, in CuCl2, Cu exists as Cu2+, while in CuCl, it exists as Cu+ ion. Thus, the oxidation state of Cu in CuCl2 is higher than that in CuCl.

Oxidation number

Oxidation number Definition: The oxidation number of an element in a compound is a definite number, which indicates the extent of oxidation or reduction to convert an atom of the element from its free state to its bonded state in the compound.

If oxidation is necessary to effect such a change, then the oxidation number will be positive. The oxidation number will be negative when such a change requires reduction. The oxidation number of an atom or molecule in its free state is considered to be zero (0).

The number expressing the die oxidation state of the atom of an element in a compound denotes the oxidation number of the elements in the compound.

The oxidation number of elements in electrovalent compounds:

The charge that an atom of an element In the molecule of an electrovalent compound carries, is equal to the oxidation number of the element In a compound, According to the nature (positive or negative) of the charge, the oxidation number may be positive or negative. The number of electrons (s) lost or gained by an atom during the formation of an Ionic compound determines the oxidation number of the clement in that compound.

Examples: ln NaCl, sodium and chlorine exist ns Na + and (11- ions, respectively. So the oxidation numbers of sodium and chlorine are +1 and – 1, respectively. In PeCI2> Iron and chlorine are present as PO2+ and Cl- Ions, so the oxidation numbers of iron and chlorine are +2 and -1, respectively.

The oxidation number of elements in covalent compounds: The formation of a covalent compound does not involve the direct transfer of electron(s) between the participating atoms; instead, a covalent bond Is formed by the sharing of electrons.

When two atoms of different electronegativities form a covalent bond(s) through the sharing of one or more electron pairs, they do not get an equal share of the electrons.

The more electronegative atom acquires a greater possession of the shared electron pair (s) than the less electronegative atom.

As a result, the more electronegative atom acquires a partial negative charge. It Is assumed that the atom of the more electronegative element has gained electron(s) i.e. it has been reduced and the less electronegative atom has lost electron(s) i.e., It has been oxidised.

The oxidation number of an atom In a covalent compound is considered to be equal to the number of electron pair(s) the atom shares with one or more atoms of different electronegativities in the compound, If the atom concerned is of higher electronegativity, then Its oxidation number is taken as negative, and if It is of lower electronegativity, its oxidation number is taken as positive.

In the case of a molecule of an element, such as H2, N2, O2, Cl2 etc., the two atoms of the same electronegativity are covalently linked by sharing electron pair (s) between them. Hence, these two atoms use the electron pair(s) equally and none of the atoms acquire a positive or negative charge. Therefore, the oxidation number of the atoms In the molecule of these elements is regarded as zero.

Example: In hydrogen chloride molecule (HC1) one electron pair exists between H and Cl-atoms, As the electronegativity of chlorine is more than that of hydrogen, the oxidation number of H – +1 and that of Cl =-J,

In water (H2O) molecule, the O -atom shares two electron palms, one each with two separate H -atoms. As oxygen is more electronegative than hydrogen, the oxidation number of H -atom -+l and that of O -atom =-2.

Redox Reactions In water H2O Molecules

In a carbon dioxide molecule (CO2), a carbon atom shares four electron pairs, to each with two separate O atoms. As oxygen has higher electronegativity than carbon, in CO2 molecule, the oxidation number of C = + 4 and that of O =-2

Redox Reactions In water H2O Molecules

In the ethylene (C2H4) molecule, two equivalent carbon atoms share two C=C electron pairs between themselves, Since these two electron pairs are equally shared by two C -atoms, they have no role in determining the oxidation number of C.

Again, each carbon atom shares two electron pairs with two separate H -atoms. As carbon is more electronegative than hydrogen, the oxidation number of each H -atom = + 1 and the oxidation number of each C -atom =-2.

Rules For Calculating the Oxidation Number Of An Element

The following rules are to be followed in determining the oxidation number of an element in a compound.

The oxidation number of an element in its free or elementary state is taken as zero (0).

Example: \(\stackrel{\oplus}{\mathrm{Z}} \mathrm{n}, \stackrel{0}{\mathrm{Cu}}, \stackrel{0}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{L}_2, \stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{P}}_4, \stackrel{0}{\mathrm{~S}}_8 \text {, etc. }\) Etc.,

The oxidation number of a monoatomic ion in an ionic compound is equal to its charge.

Example: In FeCl2, iron and chlorine exist as Fe2+ and Cl-. So, in i.e., Cl2, the oxidation number of Fe and Cl are +2 and -1 respectively.

In the case of a polyatomic ion, the sum of the oxidation numbers of all the atoms present in it is equal to the charge of the Ion.

Examples: The sum of oxidation numbers of all the atoms presenting [Fe(CN)8]4- =-1.0 The sum of the oxidation numbers of the atoms Cr2O2-7  ion =-2.

Determination of the oxidation numbers of the atoms in covalent compounds has been discussed in

The algebraic sum ofthe oxidation numbers of all atoms in a neutral molecule is zero(O).

Example: In the FCC13 molecule, the oxidation number of Fe is +3 and the oxidation number of Cl is -1. So, the total oxidation number of the atoms in the FeCl3 molecule =(+3) + 3 X (- 1) = 0.

The oxidation number of hydrogen:

In metallic hydride, it is always \(\stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{NaH}}, \stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{CaH}_2\)

In all hydrogen-containing compounds except for metallic hydrides, it is +1.

Example; \(\stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{NH}}_3, \stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{H}} \mathrm{O}, \stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{H}_2} \mathrm{SO}_4, \mathrm{NaHCO}_3 \text {, etc. }\)

The oxidation number of oxygen in its compounds: The oxidation number of oxygen in most compounds=-2

Example:

  1. In peroxide compounds (H2O2 Na2O2), the oxidation number of oxygen =-1.
  2. In superoxides (Example; KO2), the oxidation number of oxygen =-1/2.
  3. Since fluorine is more electronegative than oxygen, the oxidation number of oxygen in F2O = +2.
  4. In all fluorine-containing compounds, the oxidation number of fluorine =- 1.
  5. There are some elements which always show, fixed oxidation numbers in their compounds.

Example: Alkali metals (Li, Na, K, Rb, Cs) always show a +1 oxidation state in their compounds. The oxidation number of alkaline earth metals (Be, Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba, Ra ) is +2 in their compounds. The oxidation number of Zn in its compounds is +2 and the oxidation number of A1 in its compounds is +3.

The maxim oxidation1 number of an element cannot exceed its group numbering in the periodic table.

The following always have definite oxidation numbers in their compound

Redox Reactions The Following Ions Always Have Definite Oxidation Numbers In Their Compounds

Calculation of oxidation number in some compounds

The oxidation number of an element in a compound can be calculated if the oxidation numbers of other elements in the compound are known.

Oxidation number of S in H2SO4: Suppose, the oxidation number of S in H2SO4 = x.

Total oxidation number of two H-atoms in H2S04 molecule = 2 X (+1) = +2 Total oxidation number of four O -atoms in H2SO4 molecule = 4 X (-2) =-8 .% Total oxidation number of all atoms in a H2SO4 molecule = +2 + x + (-8) = x- 6.

Now, the sum of the oxidation numbers of all atoms in a molecule = 0.

Therefore, x-6 = 0 or, x = +6

∴ The oxidation number of S in H2SO4 = +6

The oxidation number of Cl in KC1O4: If the oxidation number of Cl = x, then the total oxidation number of all the atoms in the KC1O4 molecule =+1+x+ 4x (-2) = x- 7 Sum of oxidation numbers) all the atoms present in a molecule = 0.

∴ x-7 = 0 or, x = +7

Hence, the oxidation number of Cl in KC1O4 =

The oxidation number of N in NH4NO3: NH4NO3 is an ionic compound in which NH4 and NO-3 are the cation and anion, respectively.

Let the oxidation no. of in NH+4 ion be x. Then the total oxidation no. of the atoms present in this ion = x + 4.

For a polyatomic ion, the oxidation no. of the ion is equal to its charge i.e., the oxidation number of NH4 ion = +1. x + 4 = +1 or, x = -3 Again, if the oxidation number of N in NO3 be y, then y + 3 X (-2) = -1 or, y = +5.

Hence, in NH4NO3 the oxidation number of one Natom is -3 and that of another N -atom is +5.

The oxidation number of Cl in Ca(OCl)Cl: In this compound. The cl -atom in OCl- is linked with the O-atom, and another Cl atom exists as the Cl- ion. The oxidation number of the Cl -atom that exists as Cl- ion =-1.

Let the oxidation number of Cl atom in OCP be x.

∴ – 2+ x =-1 or, x =+l

So, in Ca(.OCDCl, the oxidation number of one Cl atom is 1 and that of another Cl -atom is +1.

The oxidation number of Mn in KMnO4: Suppose, the oxidation number ofMn.in KMn04 = x.

Total oxidation number ofthe atoms in KMnO4 =+1 + x+ 4 x (-2) = x-7

∴ x-7 = 0 or, x = +7

Hence, the oxidation number of in KMnO4 =+7

The oxidation number of P in H4P2O7: Let the oxidation number of P in H4P2O7 be x. Hence, the total oxidation number of P-atom in H4P2O7 molecule = 4 x (+1) -+2 x x+ 7(-2) = 4-+2x-14 =2x— 10 2x- 10 = 0 or, x = 5

Therefore, the oxidation number of P in H4P9O2 = +5

The oxidation number of Fe in Fe(CO)5: CO is a neutral ligand (molecule) and its oxidation number = 0. So, the oxidation number of Fein Fe(CO)- is zero (0).

The oxidation number of Fe in K4[Fe(CN)6]: Suppose, the oxidation number of Fe in K4[Fe(CN)6] =x. Hence, 4 x (+1) + x+ 6 x (-1) = 0

The oxidation number of an element in 3 compounds may be zero(0); In compounds like C6H12O6, HCHO, CH2C12 etc., the oxidation number of carbon is zero (0). Suppose, the oxidation number ofCin C6H12O6 = x. So, 6x+ 12x(+1) + 6x(-2) = 0

∴ x=0

Some exceptions regarding the determination of oxidation number

The anomaly fractional oxidation state:

Since electrons can not be transferred fractionally, the fractional oxidation state of an element seems to be a hypothetical case. But in compounds like Fe3O4, and NaS4O6 the oxidation states of Fe, and S are \(+\frac{8}{3}\) and +2.5, respectively.

The fractional oxidation state is only the average oxidation state of an element when two or more of its atoms with different oxidation states are present in a compound. For such compounds, the actual oxidation state can be determined by knowing the structure of the compound.

The oxidation number of Cr in CrO5: According to the usual method, the oxidation number of Cr in the CrO5 molecule would be +10. TAT -2 [CrO5, or x = +10]. However, the oxidation number of Cr can never exceed 6 because the total number of electrons in its 3d and 4s orbitals is 6. From the chemical structure of CrO5, it can be shown that the oxidation No number of Cr in CrO5 is, in fact, +6.

Let the oxidation number of Cr in the Cr05 molecule be x. x + lx (-2) + 4 X (-1) = 0 (for O) (for O-atoms linked O — O bond) -V x = +6. Hence, the oxidation number of Cr in Cr05 = +6.

The oxidation number of S in H2SO6: According to the tyre .usual method, the oxidation number of sulphur in the H2SO6 molecule is +8

⇒ \(\left[\stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{H}_2} \stackrel{x-2}{\mathrm{SO}}_5^{-2}, x+2-10=0 \quad \text { or, } x=+8\right] \text {. }\)

The oxidation number of sulphur can never exceed + 6. The chemical structure of H9SO6 shows that the oxidation number of sulphur in H2SO5 is Suppose, the oxidation number of S in H2SO5=x

Hence, the oxidation number of the S -atom in H2SO5 = +6

The oxidation number of S in Na2S2O3: According to the usual method, the average value of oxidation numbers of S in Na2S2O3 molecule = +2 However the reaction of Na2S2O3 with dilute H2SO4, one of the two S -atoms in Na2S2O3 is precipitated as sulphur and the other is oxidised to SO2.

Therefore, the two S -atoms in the Na2S2O3 molecule are not identical. Consequently, their oxidation numbers cannot be the same. The chemical structure of the Na2S2O3 molecule indicates that the two sulphur atoms in it are linked by a coordinate bond.

The oxidation number of the S -atom accepting the electron pair in the coordinate bond is considered to have an oxidation number of -2. If the oxidation number ofthe other S -atom is taken as .v, then.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \times(+1)+3 \times(-2)+x \times 1+1 \times(-2)=0 \\
& \text { (For Na-atoms) (For } \mathrm{O} \text {-atoms) (For } \mathrm{S} \text {-atom held } \\
& \text { by coordinate bond) } \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

∴ x=+6

Hence, the oxidation number of S -atoms H2SO5= +6

The oxidation number of S in Na2S2O3: According to the usual method, the average value of oxidation numbers of S in Na2S2O3 molecule = +2

⇒ \(\left[\stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{Na}_2} \stackrel{x}{\mathrm{~S}}_2-2 \mathrm{O}_3, 2 \times(+1)+2 x+3 \times(-2)=0 \text { or, } x=+2\right] \text {. }\)

However, in the reaction of Na2S2O3 with dilute H2SO4, one of the two S -atoms in Na2S2O3 is precipitated as sulphur and the other is oxidised to SO2. Therefore, the two S -atoms in the Na2S2O3 molecule are not identical.

Consequently, their oxidation numbers cannot be the same. The chemical structure of the Na2S2O3 molecule indicates that the two sulphur atoms in it are linked by a coordinate bond. The oxidation number of the S -atom accepting the electron pair in the coordinate bond is considered to have an oxidation number of -2. If the oxidation number ofthe other S -atom is taken as .v, then

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \times(+1)+3 \times(-2)+x \times 1+1 \times(-2)=0 \\
& \text { (For } \mathrm{Na} \text {-atoms) (For } \mathrm{O} \text {-atoms) (For } \mathrm{S} \text {-atom held } \\
& \text { by coordinate bond) } \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

Therefore, in the Na2S2O3 molecule, the oxidation number of one S -atom is -2 and that ofthe others +6.

The oxidation number of S in Na2S4O6: According to the usual method, the average value of oxidation numbers of S in Na2S4O6 molecule would be + 2.5.

In atoms that molecule, are covalently the oxidation linked number is zero. If the two oxidation sulphur numbers of each of the remaining two s- atoms is x then

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& x \times 2+2 \times 0+6 \times(-2) \times 2 \times(+1)=0 \\
& \text { (For } \mathrm{S}) \text { (For } \mathrm{S}-\mathrm{S}) \text { (For } \mathrm{F} \text { ) } \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

Therefore, the oxidation number of each of the two remaining S -atoms in N2S4O (. is +5.

The oxidation number of Fe in Fe2O, According to the usual method, the oxidation number of Fe in Fe,0, would be +[ 3 x .v + 4 x (-2) – 0]. This value of the oxidation number of Fe in Fe3O expresses the average oxidation number of Fe.

Fe, O4 is a mixed oxide having the composition FeO>Fe2O3. Therefore, in FeO, the oxidation number of Fe is + 2, and in Fe4O2 the oxidation number of Fe is +3.

Explanation Of Oxidation-Reduction In Terms Of Oxidation Number

According to the concept of oxidation number, oxidation is a chemical reaction in which the oxidation number of atoms increases and reduction is a chemical reaction in which the oxidation number of an atom decreases.

So, oxidation means an increase in oxidation number, whereas reduction means a decrease in oxidation number. Examples of oxidation and reduction are as follows.

Explanation of oxidation-reduction reaction

Consider the reaction of HNO3 with H2S, forming nitric oxide (NO) and sulphur. In this reaction, the oxidation number of N decreases from +5 in HNO2 to +2 in NO and the oxidation number of S increases from -2 in H2S to 0 in S. So, the reaction brings about a reduction of HN03 and oxidation of H2S.

Redox Reactions Decrease In O.N Of N

In a redox reaction, all the atoms of a participating reactant do not change their oxidation number. Only one atom of the reactant changes oxidation number. This element is called an effective or reactive element.

In the previous example, only the N -atom of HNO3 changes oxidation number. The oxidation numbers of hydrogen or oxygen remain the same before and after the reaction.

The reaction of FeSO4 with KMnO4 acidified with dilute H2SO4 results in K2SO4, MnSO4, FeSO4 and H2O.

Redox Reactions The Reaction Of FeSo4 With KMnO4 acidified with dilute

In this reaction, the oxidation number of Mn decreases (+ 7→ + 2) and the oxidation number of Fe increases (+2 → + 3). Therefore, in the reaction, KMnO4 is reduced and FeSO4 is oxidised

Identification of oxidant and reductant based on oxidation number

In redox reactions, the substance that gets oxidised is the reducing agent and the substance that gets reduced is the oxidising agent. Based on oxidation number, it can be stated that in a redox reaction, the substance in which the oxidation number of an atom increases is the producing agent and the substance in which the oxidation number of an atom decreases is the oxidising agent.

Example: In presence of H2SO4, K2Cr2O7 reacts with KI to form I2 and chromic sulphate [Cr2(SO4)3]

Redox Reactions In Presence Of H2SO4, K2Cr2O7 reacts with KI To From I2 And Chromic Sulphate

Here, the oxidation number of Cr decreases from +6 to +3 and the oxidation number of 1- increases from -1 to 0. Therefore, K2Cr2O7 acts as an oxidising agent and KI acts as a reducing agent.

How a redox reaction is identified: At first oxidation number of each of the constituent elements of the participating substances is assigned. If the oxidation numbers of the elements change, then the reaction is identified as a redox reaction. If none of the elements shows any change in oxidation number, then the reaction is not a redox reaction.

Example: Identify whether the given two reactions are redox reactions or not

Redox Reactions In This Reaction The Oxidation Numbers Of All the Atoms

In this reaction, the oxidation numbers of all the atoms of the participating substances remain the same. Hence, it is not a redox reaction.

⇒ \(4 \mathrm{H}^{3+1} \mathrm{H}_3(g)+3 \stackrel{0}{\mathrm{O}}_2(g) \rightarrow 2 \stackrel{0}{\mathrm{~N}}_2(g)+6 \stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{H}}_2^{-2}(g)\)

In this reaction, the oxidation number of N increases 0) and the oxidation number of oxygen decreases (0 →2). Hence, it is a redox reaction.

Auto Oxidation-Reduction Reactions

There are some redox reactions in which the same substance gets partially oxidised and reduced. This type of reaction is termed an auto oxidation-reduction reaction.

Example: Potassium chlorate (KC1O3) on heating decomposes to produce KC1 and O2 gas:

Redox Reactions Potassium Chlorate KCIO3 On Heating Decomposes To Produce KCL And O2 Gas

In this reaction, the oxidation number of Cl decreases from +5 to -1 and the oxidation number of oxygen increases from- 2 to 0. So, in this reaction of KC1O3, one atom (O) is oxidised and the other (Cl) is reduced.

Lead nitrate undergoes thermal decomposition to produce PbO, N02 gas and 02 gas:

Redox Reactions Lead nitrate undergoes thermal decomposition to produce PBo, NO2 gas and O2 Gas

In this reaction, the oxidation number of the N -atom reduces from +5 to +4 and the oxidation number of the O -atom increases from -2 to zero (0 ). Hence, in the reaction, the N atom is reduced and the 0 -atom is oxidised. So, Pb(NO3)3 in its thermal decomposition undergoes oxidation and reduction simultaneously.

Ammonium nitrate (NH4NO3) on heating decomposes to produce water vapour, N2 gas and O2 gas

Redox Reactions Ammonium Nitrate (NH4NO3) On heating Decomposes To produce Water Vapour N2 gas And O2 Gas

NFI4NO3 is an ionic compound, consisting of ammonium cation (NH+4) and nitrate anion (NO3). The oxidation numbers of the N -atom in NH+ and NO2 ions are -3 and 5 respectively. In this reaction, the oxidation number of N in the NH4 ion increases (-3→ 0) and the oxidation number of N in NO3 decreases (+ 5 →+ 0). Therefore, NH4NO3 undergoes oxidation and t In this reaction, reduction at die same time.

Disproportionation And Comproportionation Reactions

Disproportionation reaction in which an element of a reactant undergoes oxidation and reduction simultaneously, resulting in two substances in which one of the elements exists in a higher oxidation state and the other exists in a lower oxidation state

Examples: In the reaction of chlorine with cold and dilute NaOH solution, sodium hypochlorite (NaOCl) and sodium chloride are formed. In this reaction oxidation number of chlorine decreases (0→ -1) and increases (0→ +1) at the same time. thus, chlorine is simultaneously oxidised and reduced in the reaction.

Redox Reactions Disproportiobnation Reaction

Therefore, this reaction is an example of a disproportionation reaction.

When white phosphorus is heated with a caustic soda solution, phosphine (PH4) and sodium hypophosphite (NaH2PO2) and produced.

Redox Reactions Sodium Hypophosphite

Here P. undergoes oxidation and reduction simultaneously. In one of the products (PH4), P exists in a lower oxidation state (-3) and in the other product (NaH4PO2), it exists in a higher oxidation state (+1). Hence, tills reaction is an example of a disproportionation reaction.

Comproportionation Reaction: It is a reaction in which two reactants containing a particular element but in two different oxidation states react with each other to produce a substance in which the said element exists in an intermediate oxidation state.

Therefore, a comproportionation reaction is the opposite of a disproportionation reaction. Example: KBrO3 reacts with KBr in an acidic medium to produce Br2.

Redox Reactions Comproportionation Reaction

In this reaction, the oxidation number of one Br-torn decreases (from +5 to. 0) and that of another Br-atom increases (from -1 to 0 ). Br2 is formed by the oxidation of KBrO3 and the reduction of KBr. The oxidation number of Br2 is zero, which is intermediate between the oxidation numbers of Br atoms in KBrO, (+5 ) and KBr (-1 ). Therefore, it is a comproportionation reaction.

Equivalent Mass Of Oxidant And Reductant

The equivalent mass of oxidants and reductants is calculated by following two different methods. In one method, the calculation is done in terms of several electron (s) gained by an oxidant or the number of electrons (s) lost by a reductant. The other method takes into account the change in the oxidation number of an element present in the oxidising and reducing agents.

Oxidation number method: Equivalent mass of an oxidant or reductant denotes the number obtained by dividing the molecular mass of the oxidant or reductant with the change in oxidation number of an element in the oxidant or reductant in their respective reduction or oxidation reaction.

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
\text { Equivalent mass } \\
\text { of the oxidant }
\end{gathered} \frac{\text { Molecular or formula mass of oxidant }}{\begin{array}{c}
\text { Total change in oxidation number } \\
\text { of an element present in a molecule } \\
\text { of the oxidant during its reduction }
\end{array}}\)

Redox Reactions Determination Of Equivalent Mass Of Oxidants

Redox Reactions Determination Of Equivalent Mass Of Reductants

Redox Reactions Determination Of Equivalent Mass Of Oxidants.

Redox Reactions Determination Of Equivalent Mass Of Reductants.

Balancing Of Chemical Equations Involving Redox Reactions

Redox reaction can be balanced with the help of two methods. These are the ion—electron method and the Oxidation number method.

Ion-electron method

Jade and Lamer in 1927 introduced this method. In the ion-electron method, only the molecules and ions which participate in the chemical reaction are shown.

In balancing redox reactions by this method the following steps are followed: 

The reaction is written in ionic form.

The reaction is divided into two half-reactions with the help of ions and electrons. One half-reaction is for oxidation reaction and the other half-reaction is for reduction reaction.

While writing the oxidation reaction, the reducing agent and the oxidised substance are written respectively on the left and right of an arrow signing are written respectively on the left and right of the arrow sign

To denote the loss of electrons in oxidation half-reaction, the number of electrons (s) is written on the right of the arrow sign (→). While writing the reduction half-reaction, the number of electrons (s) gained is written on the left arrow sign ( →).

Thus, oxidation half-reaction is: Reducing agent – Oxidised substance +ne [where n = no. of electron (s) lost in oxidation reaction] Thus reduction half-reaction is Oxidising agent + ne Reduced substance [where n = no. of electron(s) gained reduction reaction] 2Cr3+

Then each half-reaction is balanced according to the following steps:

In each of the half-reactions, the number of atoms other than H and O -atoms on both sides ofthe arrow sign is balanced.

If a reaction takes place in an acidic medium, for balancing the number of H and O-atoms on both sides of the arrow sign, H2O or H+ is used. First, oxygen atoms are balanced by adding H2O molecules to the side that needs O-atoms.

Then to balance the number of H-atoms, two H+ ions (2H+) for each molecule of water are added to the opposite side (i.e., the side deficient in hydrogen atoms). 0If the reaction occurs in an alkaline medium, for balancing the H and O -atoms, H2O or OH- ion is used. Each excess oxygen atom on one side of the arrow sign is balanced by adding one water molecule to the same side and two ions to the other side.

If the hydrogen atom is still not balanced, it is then balanced by adding one OH- for every excess hydrogen atom on the side of the hydrogen atoms and one water molecule on the other side of the arrow sign in a half-reaction, both H+ and OH- ions cannot participate.

The charge on both sides of each half-reaction is balanced. This is done by adding an electron to that side which is a deficient negative charge.

To equalise the number of electrons of the two half-reactions, any one of the reactions or both reactions should be multiplied by suitable integers.

Now, the two half-reactions thus obtained are added. Cancelling the common term(s) on both sides, the balanced equation is obtained.

Examples: In the presence of H2SO4, potassium dichromate (K2Cr2O2) and ferrous sulphate (FeSO4) react together to produce ferric sulphate [Fe2(SO4)3] and chromic sulphate [Cr2(SO4)3].

Reaction: K2Cr2O7 + FeSO4 + H2SO4→ K2SO4 + Cr2(SO4)3 + Fe2(SO4)3 + H2O The reaction can be expressedin ionic form as: Cr3+ + Fe3+ + H2O Oxidation half-reaction: Fe2+→Fe3++ e Reduction half-reaction: Cr2O2-

Balancing the Cr -atom: Cr2O2-

To equalise the number of O -atoms on both sides, 7 water molecules are to be added to the right side. 2Cr3+ + 7H2O

⇒ \(\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-} \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{Cr}^{3+}+7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

[One water molecule is required for each O-atom.]

To balance H-atoms on both sides, 14H+ ions are to be added to the left side.

⇒ \(\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-}+14 \mathrm{H}^{+} \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{Cr}^{3+}+7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

2H+ ions are required for each water molecule] Jd] For equalising the charge on both sides, 6 electrons are to be added to the left side.

Now, for balancing the number of electrons in oxidation and reduction half-reactions, the balanced oxidation half-reaction is multiplied by 6 and the balanced reduction half-reaction by 1. Then these two equations are added.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
6 \mathrm{Fe}^{2+} & \longrightarrow 6 \mathrm{Fe}^{3++} 6 e \\
\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-}+14 \mathrm{H}^{+}+6 e & \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{Cr}^{3+}+7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
6 \mathrm{Fe}^{2+}+\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-}+14 \mathrm{H}^{+} & \longrightarrow 6 \mathrm{Fe}^{3+}+2 \mathrm{Cr}^{3+}+7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

This balanced equation has been expressed in ionic form. This equation can be represented in molecular form as—

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
6 \mathrm{FeSO}_4+ & \mathrm{K}_2 \mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7+7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \rightharpoondown \\
& 3 \mathrm{Fe}_2\left(\mathrm{SO}_4\right)_3+\mathrm{Cr}_2\left(\mathrm{SO}_4\right)_3+\mathrm{K}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4+7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

For 2H+ ions, one H2SO4 molecule is required]

In presence of H2SO4, KMnO4 and FeSO4 react together to produce MnSO4 and Fe2(SO4)3.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \text { Reaction: } \mathrm{KMnO}_4+\mathrm{FeSO}_4+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \rightharpoondown \\
& \mathrm{K}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4+\mathrm{MnSO}_4+\mathrm{Fe}_2\left(\mathrm{SO}_4\right)_3+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

To balance the number of electrons lost in the oxidation half-reaction, the oxidation half-reaction is multiplied by 5 and then the two reactions are added.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
5 \mathrm{Fe}^{2+} & \longrightarrow 5 \mathrm{Fe}^{3+}+5 e \\
\mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+8 \mathrm{H}^{+}+5 e & \longrightarrow \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
\hline 5 \mathrm{Fe}^{2+}+\mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+8 \mathrm{H}^{+} & \longrightarrow 5 \mathrm{Fe}^{3+}+\mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

As one Fe2(SO4)3 molecule contains two Fe -atoms, the equation is multiplied by 2

10Fe2+ + 2MnO-4 + 16H+→10Fe3+ + 2Mn2+ + 8H2O

This is the balanced equation in ionic form. This equation when expressed in molecular form becomes—

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
10 \mathrm{FeSO}_4+2 \mathrm{KMnO}_4+ & 8 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \rightharpoondown \\
& 5 \mathrm{Fe}_2\left(\mathrm{SO}_4\right)_3+2 \mathrm{MnSO}_4+8 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

Equalising the number of atoms of different elements and the sulphate radicals we get,

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 10 \mathrm{FeSO}_4+2 \mathrm{KMnO}_4+8 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \rightharpoondown \\
& 5 \mathrm{Fe}_2\left(\mathrm{SO}_4\right)_3+2 \mathrm{MnSO}_4+\mathrm{K}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4+8 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

This is a balanced equation of the given reaction in molecular form.

In H2SO4 the reaction and KI, between Cr2(SO4) 3K2Cr2O7 and I2 are acidified formed.

The equation can be expressed in ionic form as— Cr2O2-7 +1- + H + — Cr3+ + 12 + H2O

Oxidation half-reaction: 21→ I2 + 2e Reduction half-reaction:

Cr2O2→+ 14H+ + 6e — 2Cr3+ + 7H2O

To balance the electrons, equation (1) is multiplied by 3 and added to equation (2). Thus the equation stands as—

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
6 \mathrm{I}^{-} \longrightarrow 3 \mathrm{I}_2+6 e \\
\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-}+14 \mathrm{H}^{+}+6 e \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{Cr}^{3+}+7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
\hline 6 \mathrm{I}^{-}+\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-}+14 \mathrm{H}^{+} \longrightarrow 3 \mathrm{I}_2+2 \mathrm{Cr}^{3+}+7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{gathered}\)

This is the balanced equation ofthe reaction in ionic form. The above ionic reaction can be expressed in molecular form as follows— 6KI + K2Cr2O7 + 7H2SO4→3I2 + Cr2(SO4)3 + 7H2O

Equalising the number of atoms of potassium and sulphate radical on the left and right sides, we have,

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 6 \mathrm{KI}+ \mathrm{K}_2 \mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7+7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \longrightarrow \\
& 3 \mathrm{I}_2+\mathrm{Cr}_2\left(\mathrm{SO}_4\right)_3+4 \mathrm{~K}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4+7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

In the reaction between KMnO4, acidified with dilute H2SO4 and oxalic acid (H2C2O4), MnSO4 and CO2 were produced.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \text { Reaction: } \mathrm{KMnO}_4+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \longrightarrow \\
& \mathrm{K}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4+\mathrm{MnSO}_4+\mathrm{CO}_2+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 5 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4+2 \mathrm{KMnO}_4+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \longrightarrow \text { noils } \\
& 10 \mathrm{CO}_2+2 \mathrm{Mh} S \mathrm{O}_4+8 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 5 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4+2 \mathrm{KMnO}_4+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \longrightarrow \quad{ }^2 \quad 10 \mathrm{CO}_2+2 \mathrm{MnSO}_4+8 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

Equalising the number of atoms of potassium and sulphate radical we get,

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
5 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4+2 \mathrm{KMnO}_4+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \\
10 \mathrm{CO}_2+2 \mathrm{MnSO}_4+\mathrm{K}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4+8 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

This Is the balanced equation of the given reaction in molecular form.

In NaOH solution, Zn reacts with NaNO3 to yield Na2ZnO2, NH3 and H2O.

Reaction: Zn + NaNO3 + NaOH — Na2ZnO2 + NH3 + H2O The equation can be expressed in ionic form as—

Zn + NO + OH→ ZnO2 →+ NH3 +H2O

Oxidation half-reaction: Zn + 40H→ ZnO2 + 2H2O + 2C

Reduction half-reaction: NO3 + 6H2O + 8c — NH3 + 90H

Now multiplying equation (1) by 4 and then adding to equation (2), we get,

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 4 \mathrm{Zn}+16 \mathrm{OH}^{-}+\mathrm{NO}_3^{-}+ 6 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \longrightarrow \\
& 4 \mathrm{ZnO}_2^{-}+\mathrm{NH}_3+9 \mathrm{OH}^{-}+8 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}
\)

or, 4Zn + 70H→+ NO3→4ZnO-2 + NH3 + 2H2O It is the balanced equation of the reaction in ionic form. Expressing the above equation in molecular form— 4Zn + 7NaOH + NaNO3→ 4Na2ZnO2 + NH3 + 2H2O It is the molecular form of the balanced equation of the reaction.

In the presence of HNO3, sodium bismuthatic (NaHO3) reacts with Mn(NO3)2 to produce coloured sodium permanganate (NaMnO4) and itself gets reduced to bismuth nitrate.

Reaction: NaBIO3 + Mn(NO3) + UNO2 →NaMnO4 + Bi(NO3) + H2O The equation can be expressed in ionic form as— BIO2 + Mn2+ → Bl3+ + MnO4 + H2O

Oxidation half-reaction: Mn2+ + 4H2O → Mn04+8H+→+5c

Reduction half-reaction: BIO2 + 6H+ + 2e — Bi3+ + 3H2O.

Multiplying equation (1) by 2 and equation (2) by 5 and then adding them we get—

\(\begin{array}{r}
2 \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+8 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+5 \mathrm{BiO}_3^{-}+30 \mathrm{H}^{+} \longrightarrow \\
2 \mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+16 \mathrm{H}^{+}+5 \mathrm{Bi}^{3+}+15 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
\text { or, } 2 \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+5 \mathrm{BiO}_3^{-}+14 \mathrm{H}^{+} \rightarrow 5 \mathrm{Bi}^{3+}+2 \mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{array}\)

This is the balanced ionic equation of the reaction. The equation in the molecular form stands as— \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{Mn}\left(\mathrm{NO}_3\right)_2+5 \mathrm{NaBiO}_3+14 \mathrm{HNO}_3 \\
& 5 \mathrm{Bi}\left(\mathrm{NO}_3\right)_3+2 \mathrm{NaMnO}_4+7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\) Balancing the number of Na -atoms and the nitrate radicals, we get \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{Mn}\left(\mathrm{NO}_3\right)_2+5 \mathrm{NaBiO}_3+14 \mathrm{HNO}_3- \\
& 5 \mathrm{Bi}\left(\mathrm{NO}_3\right)_3+2 \mathrm{NaMnO}_4+3 \mathrm{NaNO}_3+7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\) In an acidic medium, iodate ( IO-3) oxidises iodide (I-) to iodine and itself gets reduced to iodine.

Ionic reaction: IO-2 + I- + H+→ I2 + H2O

Oxidation half-reaction: 21- → I2 + 2e

Reduction half-reaction: 2IO-3 + 12H++ 10 e →6I2 + 6H2O Multiplying equation (1) by 5 and then adding to equation (2) we get, 10I- + 21O-3+ 12H+ → 6I2 + 6H2O or, 5I- + 1O-3 + 6H+ — 3I2 + 3H2O This is the balanced ionic equation of the reaction.

Oxidation number method

In any redox reaction, the increase in the oxidation number of some of the atoms is balanced by the decrease in the oxidation number of some other atoms.

The steps which are to be followed while balancing the oxidation-reduction equation by this method are given below— After identifying the oxidant and reductant, the skeleton equation for the reaction is written.

The elements of the reactants and the products changing oxidation number are identified and the oxidation number of the concerned atoms is mentioned.

The reactant in which the element undergoes a decrease in oxidation number is the oxidant, while the reactant in which the element undergoes an increase in oxidation number is the reductant.

As oxidation and reduction are complementary to each other, die increase and decrease in oxidation numbers should necessarily be equal, For this reason, the respective formulae of the oxidants and reductants are multiplied by a possible suitable integer so that the changes in oxidation numbers arc equalised.

For balancing the equation, it may sometimes be necessary to multiply the formula of other substances participating in the reaction by a suitable integer.

If the reactions are carried out in an acidic medium, then, to balance the number of O -atoms, one molecule of O- is added for each O -atom to the side of the equation deficient in oxygen. To balance the number of -atoms, H+ ions are added to the side deficient in hydrogen.

In case of a reaction occurring in an alkaline medium, to balance the number of O -atoms on both sides of the equations, for each O -atom one molecule of water is added to the side deficient in O -atoms and to the opposite side two OH- ions for each water molecule are added.

Again for balancing the number of FI -atoms on both sides of the equation, for each 2 -atom one OH- ion is added to the side which contains excess 2 -atoms and the same number of FI2O molecules are added to the other side.

Example 1. Copper dissolves in concentrated HNO3 to form CU(NO3)2, NO2 and H2O

Reaction:

Redox Reactions Copper Dissolves In Concentarated HNO3

In the given reaction, the increase in oxidation number of Cu -atom =(+2)-0 = 2 unit (oxidation) and the decrease in oxidation number of N -atom =(+5)-(+4) = 1 unit (reduction).

To nullify the effect of increase and decrease in the oxidation numbers, the ratio of the number of Cu -atoms and UNO2 molecules in the reaction should be 1:2. So the equation may be written as—

Cu + 2HNO3 → Cu(NO3)2 + 2NO2 + H2O

Now, to produce one molecule of Cu(NO3)2 two NO2 radicals i.e. two molecules of UNO2 are required.

Hence in the reaction further addition of two molecules of HNO3 is necessary. So the balanced equation is expressed as—

Cu + 4HNO3→ Cu(NO3)2 + 2NO2 + 2H2O

Now, to produce one molecule of Cu(NO3)2, two NO3 radicals i.e. two molecules of UNO2 are required.

Hence in the reaction further addition of two molecules of HNO2 is necessary. So the balanced equation is expressed as—

Cu+4HNO3 Cu(NO3)2+2NO2+2H2O

When H2S gas is passed through chlorine water H2SO4 is produced.

Reaction:

Redox Reactions When H2S gas Is Passed Through Chlorine Water

In this reaction, an increase in the oxidation number of S = (+6) — (— 2) = 2 units (oxidation) and a decrease In the oxidation number of Cl = 0 – (— 1 ) I unit (reduction). So decrease In oxidation number for two (‘,1 -atoms or I molecule of Cl2 -2 unit.

To neutralise the effect of Increase and decrease In oxidation number in the given equation, the number of molecules of H2S and Cl2 should be in the ratio of 2: i.e., 1: <1.

Therefore, the equation becomes—

H2S+4CI2+HCl+H2SO4

Balancing the number of 11 and O -atoms on both sides gives the balanced equation —

H2S+4Cl2+4H2O-8HCl+H2SO4

NH3 gas when passed over heated Cut) produces Cu, N2 and H2O.

Redox Reactions NH3 Gas When Passed over heated

In this reaction, increase In oxidation number of N=0-(-3) = 3 unit (oxidation) and decrease In oxidation number of Cu =(+2)-0 = 2 unit (reduction). As, in a redox reaction, the total increase in oxidation number is equal to the total decrease In oxidation number, the number of molecules of CuO and Nil3 in the reaction should be in the ratio of 3:2. Hence, the balanced equation will be—

3CuO+2NH3→3Cu+N2+3H2O

In the reaction between KMnO4 and H2O2, the products obtained were K2SO2 MnSO2, H2O And O2.

Reaction:

Redox Reactions In The Reaction Between KMNO4 And H2O2

In this reaction increases in oxdination number of O=0-(-1)=1 (oxidaxtion) and dexrease in oxidation number of MN= (+7)-(+20)=5 unit (reduction).

The total increase in the oxidation number of two 0 -atoms presents one molecule of H2O2To balance the decrease and increase in oxidation numbers, the ratio of the number of KMnO2 and H2O, molecules in the equation for the reaction will be 2:5. Again from 2 molecules of KMnO4 and 5 molecules of H2O2, 2 molecules of MnSO2 and 5 molecules of O2 are produced respectively. Thus the equation becomes—

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{KMnO}_4+5 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2+ \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \rightharpoondown \\
& \mathrm{K}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4+2 \mathrm{MnSO}_4+5 \mathrm{O}_2+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

Again, for the formation of 1 molecule of K2SO4 and 2 molecules of MnSO4, three SO4- radicals are required and hence three H2SO4 molecules are necessary on the left-hand side. Besides this, the total number of H-atoms in 5 molecules of H2O2 and 3 molecules of H2SO4 = 16. These H-atoms produce water molecules. Therefore, 8 molecules of H2O are to be placed on the right-hand side. So the balanced equation will be—

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{KMnO}_4+5 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4-7 \\
& \mathrm{~K}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4+2 \mathrm{MnSO}_4+5 \mathrm{O}_2+8 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

White phosphorus and concentrated NaOH react together to yield NaH2PO2 and PH3. Reaction

Redox Reactions White Phosphorus And Concentrated NaOH

The increase in oxidation number of P [P to NaH2PO9 ] = +1- 0 = 1 unit (oxidation). The decrease in oxidation number of P [P to PH3] = 0-(-3) = 3 unit (reduction). To balance the increase and decrease in oxidation number, three P atoms for oxidation and one P -atom for reduction are required. Thus four P -atoms are necessary.

Now, in the oxidation of P, NaH2PO2 and its reduction, PH3 are formed. So the oxidation of three P atoms forms 3 molecules of NaH2PO9 and for this, three NaOH molecules are required. Again 1 atom of P reduction produces 1 molecule of PH3. So the equation will be—

P4+3NaOH + H2O→ 3NaH2PO2 + PH3

On the right side of the equation, there are 6 oxygen atoms, out of which 3 atoms will come from 3 molecules of NaOH and for the rest three atoms, 3 molecules of H2O will be necessary. Hence, the balanced equation will be

P4+ 3NaOH + H2O → 3NaH2PO2 + PH3

In NaOH solution, Zn reacts with NaNO3 to yield Na2ZnO2, NH3 and H2O.

Reaction:

Redox Reactions In NaOH Solution, Zn reacts With NaNO3 To yeild

In the reaction, an increase in the oxidation number of Zn =(+2) -0 = 2 unit (oxidation) and a decrease in the oxidation number of N =(+5)-(-3) = 8 unit (reduction). As the increase and decrease in oxidation number in the reaction must be equal, the number of Zn -atoms and the number of molecules of NaNO3 should be in the ratio of 4:1. Now, 1 molecule of NaNO3 and 4 atoms of Zn produce 1 molecule of NH3 and 4 molecules of Na2ZnO2 respectively. Therefore the reaction is—

4Zn + NaNO3 + NaOH →4Na2ZnO2 + NH3 + H2O

Again formation of 4 molecules of Na2ZnO2 requires 8 Na -atoms, out of which 1 atom is supplied by 1 molecule of NaNO3. Additional 7 Na -atoms come from NaOH on the left side. To balance H -atoms on both sides, 1 H2O molecule is to be placed on the right side. Thus the balanced equation will be —

4Zn + NaNO3 + 7NaOH →4Na2ZnO2 + NH3 + 2H2O

In the reaction between Cr2O3 and Na2O2, Na2CrO4 and NaOH are produced.

Reaction:

Redox Reactions In The Reaction Between Cr2O3 And Na2O2

In this reaction, an increase in the oxidation number of Cr = (+6)- (+3) = 3 unit (oxidation) and a decrease in the oxidation number of O =(- 1 )-(- 2) = 1 unit (reduction). Thus a total increase in the oxidation number of two Cr -atoms =3×2 = 6 units and the total decrease in the oxidation number of two O -atoms = 1×2 = 2 units.

To balance the increase and decrease in oxidation number, the ratio of Cr2O3 and Na2O2 should be =1:3.

Now 2 molecules of Na2CrO4 are produced from 1 molecule of Cr2O3. Hence the equation will be as follows—

Cr2O3+3Na2O2+H2O-2Na2CrO2+NaOH

If Na, H and O- atoms are balanced on both sides, the balanced equation will stand as —

Cr2O3+ 3Na2O2 + H2O→ 2Na2CrO4 + 2NaOH

White phosphorus reacts with copper sulphate solution to produce Cu, H3PO4 and H2SO4.

Reaction:

Redox Reactions White Phosphorus Reacts With Copper Sulphate Solution

In this reaction, an increase in the oxidation number of P = (+5)-0 = 5 unit (oxidation) and a decrease in the oxidation number of Cu =(+2)-0 = 2 unit (reduction).

Since the increase and decrease in oxidation number must be equal, in the given reaction, the ratio of the number of atoms of P and the number of CuSO4 molecules should be in the ratio of 2: 5. Again 2 molecules of H3PO4 and five Cu -atoms will be produced respectively from two P atoms and five CuSO4 molecules. As a result, the equation becomes—

2P + 5CuSO4 + H2O→ 5Cu + 2H3PO4 + H2SO4

To balance the number of SO²‾4 radicals on both sides of the equation, 5 molecules of H2SO4 are to be added to the right-hand side ofthe equation.

2P + 5CuSO4 + H2O→5Cu + 2H3PO4 + 5H2SO4

Now, the total number of H-atoms present in 2 molecules of H3PO4 and 5 molecules of H2SO4 =16. So, for balancing the number of H-atoms, 8 water molecules are to be placed on the left-hand side. So, the balanced equation will be

2P + 5CuSO4 + 8H2O→5Cu + 2H3PO4 + 5H2SO4

Aluminium powder when boiled with caustic soda solution yields sodium aluminate and hydrogen gas.

Reaction:

⇒ \(\stackrel{-0}{\mathrm{~A}} \mathrm{l}+\mathrm{NaOH}+\stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{H}} \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \longrightarrow \stackrel{+3}{\mathrm{NaAlO}_2}+\stackrel{0}{\mathrm{H}_2}\)

Aluminium is oxidised in this reaction to produce sodium aluminate. On the other hand, the H -atoms of NaOH and H2O are reduced to produce H2. Therefore, the change in oxidation number in the reaction may be shown as follows—

Redox Reactions The Chnage In Oxidation Number In The Reaction

The increase in oxidation number of A1 = (+3) -0 = 3 unit (oxidation), the decrease in oxidation number of 1 H atom of NaOH molecule \(=(+1)-\left(\frac{1}{2} \times 0\right)\) (reduction) and decrease in oxidation number of 2 H -atoms
of water molecule = 2 x (+1) -2×0 = 2 unit(reduction).

Hence, the total decrease in oxidation number for the Hatoms in 1 molecule of NaOH and 1 molecule of H2O =3 unit.

Since, in a chemical reaction, the increase and decrease in oxidation number are the same, the ratio of the number of A1 atoms, NaOH molecule and water molecules in the given reaction should be =1: 1: 1.

⇒ \(\mathrm{Al}+\mathrm{NaOH}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \longrightarrow \mathrm{NaAlO}_2+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{H}_2+\mathrm{H}_2\)

Hence, the given reaction may be represented as:

Now, to express the number of molecules of reactants and products in terms of whole numbers, both sides of the equation should be multiplied by 2.

So, the balanced equation will be as follows:

⇒ \(\mathrm{Al}+\mathrm{NaOH}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \longrightarrow \mathrm{NaAlO}_2+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{H}_2+\mathrm{H}_2\)

Determination of equivalent mass of an element or compound in disproportionation reaction: Ifin oxidation and reduction reaction, the change in oxidation number of any element or an element of any compound participating in a disproportionation reaction be n1 and n2 respectively and M be the molecular mass of that element or compound, then the equivalent mass of that element or compound \(=\frac{M}{n_1}+\frac{M}{n_2}\)

In oxidation reaction (P4— change in oxidation number of each P -atom = 1 unit. So the total change in oxidation number of four P-atoms =4×1 =4 units. In the reduction reaction, (P4->PH3), the change in oxidation number of each P-atom is 3 units. So the total change in oxidation number of four P-atoms =4×3 = 12 units. Thus in this reaction, the equivalent mass of P4.

\(=\frac{M}{4}+\frac{M}{12}=\frac{4 \times 31}{4}+\frac{4 \times 31}{12}=31+10.33 \text {= } 41.33\) [since atomic mass of p = 31]

Redox Titration

A process by which a standard solution of an oxidant (or a standard solution of a reductant) is completely reacted with a solution of an unknown concentration of a reductant (or with a solution of an unknown concentration of an oxidant) in the presence of a suitable indicator is called redox titration.

In a redox titration, an oxidant (or a reductant) reacts completely with an equivalent amount of a reductant (or an oxidant). Therefore, in a redox titration, the number of grams equivalent of oxidant = number of grams equivalent of reductant.

Types of redox titrations

Permanganometry titration: A titration in which KMnO4 solution is used as the standard solution. In this titration, no indicators are needed.

Example: The amount of iron present in an acidic ferrous ion (Fe2+) solution can be estimated by titrating the solution with a standard solution of KMnO4.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+5 \mathrm{Fe}^{2+}+ 8 \mathrm{H}^{+} \longrightarrow \\
& \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+5 \mathrm{Fe}^{3+}+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

Oxidation reaction: Fe2+→ Fe3+ + e

Reduction reaction: MnO-4 + 8H+ + 5e→Mn2+ + 4H2O

So, in this reaction, the equivalent mass of Fe2+ — an atomic mass of Fe and the equivalent mass of KMnO4 \(=\frac{1}{5} \times\) Molecular or formula mass of KMnO4 According to the reaction (1), 1 mol of KMnO4 = 5 mol of Fe2+ ions or, 1000 mLof1 mol of KMnO4 solution = 5 x 55.85g of Fe2+ ions or, 1 mLof l(M) KMnO4 solution = 0.2792g of Fe2+ ions mL of 5(N) KMnO4 solution = 0.2792g of Fe2+ ions. [In the given reaction, the normality of KMnO4 solution is five times its molarity.]

lmL of (N) KMnO4 solution = 0.05585g of Fe2+ ions

Dichromatometry titration: A ptration in which a standard solution of potassium dichromate (K2Cr2O7) is used.

In this titration, sodium or barium diphenylamine sulphonate or diphenylamine is used as an indicator.

Example: The amount of iron present in an acidic ferrous ion (Fe2+) solution can be calculated by titrating the solution with a standard solution of K2Cr2O7.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-}+14 \mathrm{H}^{+}+6 \mathrm{Fe}^{2+} \\
& 2 \mathrm{Cr}^{3+}+6 \mathrm{Fe}^{2+}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

In reaction (1), the equivalent mass of Fe2+ is equal to the atomic mass of Fe, & the equivalent mass of K2Cr2O7 is equal to one-sixth of its molecular or formula mass. According to the reaction(l), 1 mol of K2Cr2O7 H 6mol of Fe2+ ions or, 1000mL of 1M K2Cr2O7 = 6 x 55.85 g of Fe2+ ions or, lmLof1M K2Cr2O7 solution s 0.3351g of Fe2+ ions or, lmL of 6N K2Cr2O7 solution s 0.3351g of Fe2+ ions [In the given reaction, normality of K2Cr2O7 solution is six times its molarity.]

lmL of IN K2Cr2O7 solution = 0.05585g of Fe2+ ions

iodometry titration: In this titration, KI in excess is added to a neutral or an acidic solution of an oxidant. Consequently, the oxidant quantitatively oxidises I- ions (reductant), to form I2. The liberated I2 is then titrated with a standard Na2S2O3 solution using starch as an indicator.

The amount of liberated iodine is calculated from the volume of standard Na2S2O3 solution consumed in one titration. After the amount of liberated iodine is known, one can calculate the amount of oxidant by using the balanced chemical equation for the reaction of oxidant with iodine.

Example: Iodometric titration is often used for quantitative estimation of Cu2+ ions. The addition of excess KI to a neutral or an acidic solution of Cu2+ ions results in oxidation of 1 to I2 and reduction of Cu2+ to Cu+.

So, in the reaction(l), the equivalent mass of \(\mathrm{Cu}^{2+}=\frac{2 \times \text { atomic mass of } \mathrm{Cu}}{2}=\text { atomic mass of } \mathrm{Cu}\)

The reaction of I2 with Na2S2O3 is: \(2 \mathrm{~S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-}+\mathrm{I}_2 \rightarrow \mathrm{S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6^{2-}+2 \mathrm{I}^{-}\)

In this reaction, Oxidation reaction: \(2 \mathrm{~S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-} \rightarrow \mathrm{S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6^{2-}+2 e\)

Reduction reaction: I2 + 2e→2I-

Therefore, the equivalent mass of Na2S2O3

⇒ \(=\frac{2 \times \text { molecular or formula mass of } \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{~S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3}{2}\)

= molecular or formula mass of Na2S2O3

Equivalent mass of I2 \(=\frac{\text { molecular mass of } \mathrm{I}_2}{2}=\text { atomic mass of } \mathrm{I}\)

According to the reactions (1) and (2), 2mol of Cu2+ = 1 mol of I2 and 2 mol of Na2S2O3 s 1 mol of I2 Therefore, 2mol of Na2S2O3= 2 mol of Cu2+ or, 1 mol of Na2S2O3 = l mol of Cu2+ = 63.5g of Cu2+ or, l mol of lM Na2S2O3 solution = 63.5 g of Cu2+ or, 1 mol ofIN Na2S2O3 solution = 63.5gof Cu2+ [As in the reaction of Na2S203 with I2, the equivalent mass of Na2S2O3 is equal to its molecular mass].

WBCHSE Class 11 Chemistry Redox Reactions Questions And Answers

Redox Reactions Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1. In the following redox reactions, identify the oxidation half-reactions and reduction half-reactions along with the oxidants and reductants

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{Cl}_2(g)+2 \mathrm{I}^{-}(a q) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Cl}^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{I}_2(g) \\
& \mathrm{Sn}^{2+}(a q)+2 \mathrm{Fe}^{3+}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{Sn}^{4+}(a q)+2 \mathrm{Fe}^{2+}(a q) \\
& 2 \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{~S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3(a q)+\mathrm{I}_2(s) \rightarrow \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{~S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6(a q)+2 \mathrm{NaI}(a q)
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{Fe}(s)+2 \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{Fe}^{2+}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2(g) \\
& \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{~S}(a q)+\mathrm{Cl}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{S}(s)+2 \mathrm{HCl}(a q) \\
& 2 \mathrm{FeCl}_2(a q)+\mathrm{Cl}_2(g) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{FeCl}_3(a q) \\
& 2 \mathrm{Hg}^{2+}(a q)+\mathrm{Sn}^{2+}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{Hg}_2^{2+}(a q)+\mathrm{Sn}^{4+}(a q)
\end{aligned}\)
Answer:

Oxidation half-reaction: 2l-(aq)→I2(s) + 2e
Reduction half-reaction: Cl2(g) + 2e→2Cl-(aq)
Oxidant: Cl2(g); Reductant: l-(aq)

Oxidation half-reaction: Sn2+(aq)→Sn4+(aq) + 2e
Reduction half-reaction: Fe3+(aq) + e→Fe2+(aq)
Oxidant: Fe3+(aq); Reductant: Sn2+(aq)

Oxidation half-reaction:
\(\mathrm{S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6^{2-}(a q)+2 e\)
Reduction half-reaction: I2(s) + 2e→2l-(aq)
Oxidant: I2(s); Reductant: Na2S2O3(aq)

Oxidation half-reaction: Fe(s)→Fe2+(aq) + 2e
Reduction half-reaction: 2H+(aq) + 2e→H2(g)
Oxidant: H+(aq); Reductant: Fe(s)

Oxidation half-reaction: S2-(aq)→S(s) + 2e
Reduction half-reaction: Cl2(g) + 2e→CI-(aq)
Oxidant: Cl2(g); Reductant: H2S(aq)

Oxidation half-reaction: Fe2+(aq)→Fe3+(aq)
Reduction half-reaction: Cl2(g) + 2e→2Cl-(aq)
Oxidant: Cl2; Reductant: FeCl2

Oxidation half-reaction: Sn2+(aq)→Sn4+(aq) + 2e
Reduction half-reaction: \(2 \mathrm{Hg}^{2+}(a q)+2 e \rightarrow \mathrm{Hg}_2^{2+}(a q)\)
Oxidant: Hg2+(aq); Reductant: Sn2+(aq)

Question 2. Give an example of an oxygen-containing compound for each of the following oxidation states of oxygen: \(+1,-\frac{1}{2},-1\)
Answer:
The oxidation states of O in O2F2, KOAnd H2Oare \(+1,-\frac{1}{2} \text { and }-1\) respectively

Question 3. A compound is composed of three elements A, B, and C. The oxidation numbers of A, B, and C in the compound are 1 1, +5, and -2, respectively. Which one of the following formulas represents the molecular formula of the compound? A2BC4 or A2(BC3).
Answer: The algebraic sum of the oxidation numbers of all atoms present in a molecule is equal to zero.

In an A2BC4 molecule, the algebraic sum ofthe oxidation numbers of all the constituent atoms

= 2 X (+1) +1 X (+5) + 4 X (-2) = -1

In A2(BC3)2 molecule, the algebraic sum of the oxidation numbers of all the atoms

= 2 X (+ 1) + 2[5 + 3 x (-2)] = 0

Therefore, A2(BC3)2 represents the molecular formula ofthe compound.

Question 4.  Give two examples of nitrogen-containing compounds, in one of which, the oxidation state of N-atom is +1, while in the other compound, N-atoms exist in two different oxidation states.
Answer:

  1. The oxidation number of N in N2O is +1.
  2. The oxidation numbers of two N-atoms in NH4NO3 are -3 and +5 respectively

Question 5. A compound is composed of three elements A, B, and C. The oxidation numbers of A, B, and C in the compound are 11, +5, and -2, respectively. Which one of the following formulas represents the molecular formula of the compound? A2BC, or A2(BC3)
Answer: The algebraic sum of the oxidation numbers of all atoms present in a molecule is equal to zero.

In an A2BC4 molecule, the algebraic sum ofthe oxidation numbers of all the constituent atoms. = 2 X (+1) +1 X (+5) + 4 X (-2) = -1

In A2(BC3)2 molecule, the algebraic sum of the oxidation numbers of all the atoms = 2 X (+ 1) + 2[5 + 3 x (-2)] = 0

Therefore, A2(BC3)2 represents the molecular formula ofthe compound.

Question 6. Give two examples of nitrogen-containing compounds, in one of which, the oxidation state N-atom is +1, while in the other compound, N-atoms exist in two different oxidation states.
Answer: The Oxidation number of N in N2O is +1. The Oxidation Numbers Of Two N-atoms in NH4NO3 are -3 and +5 respectively

Question 7. Among the reactions given below, identify the redox reactions and also mention the oxidant and the reductant in each case

⇒ \(\mathrm{Fe}_2 \mathrm{O}_3(\mathrm{~s})+3 \mathrm{CO}(\mathrm{g}) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Fe}(\mathrm{s})+3 \mathrm{CO}_2(\mathrm{~g})\)

Answer: \(\stackrel{+3}{\mathrm{Fe}_2} \mathrm{O}_3(s)+3 \stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{O}(g) \rightarrow 2 \stackrel{0}{\mathrm{Fe}}(s)+\stackrel{+4}{3} \mathrm{CO}_2(g)\)

The Oxdination number of Fe decreases from +3 to 0 while that of C increases from +2 to +4. so in this reaction, Fe2O3 undergoes reduction and Co undergoes Oxdination. Hence, it’s a redox reaction in which Fe2O3 acts as an Oxdiant and Co as Reductant.

2. \(2 \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{~S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3(a q)+\mathrm{I}_2(s) \rightarrow \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{~S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6(a q)+2 \mathrm{NaI}(a q)\)

⇒ \(2 \mathrm{Na}_2 \stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{~S}} \mathrm{O}_3(a q)+\stackrel{0}{\mathrm{I}}(s) \rightarrow \mathrm{Na}_2 \stackrel{+2.5}{\mathrm{~S}_4} \mathrm{O}_6(a q)+2 \mathrm{NaI}^{-1}(a q)\)

The oxidation number of S increases from +2 to +2.5 while that of decreases from 0 to -l. So, in this reaction, Na2S2O3 undergoes oxidation and I2 undergoes reduction. Hence, it is a redox reaction in which Na2S203 acts as a reductant and I2 as an oxidant.

In this reaction, there occurs no change in oxidation number for any element. So, it is not a redox reaction.

⇒ \(\stackrel{+1 .}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{u}_2 \mathrm{~S}(\mathrm{~s})+\stackrel{0}{\mathrm{O}}(\mathrm{g}) \rightarrow \stackrel{0}{\mathrm{C} \mathrm{Cu}}(\mathrm{s})+\stackrel{+4-2}{\mathrm{SO}_2}(\mathrm{~g})\)

The oxidation number of Cu decreases from +1 to 0 while that of S increases from -2 to +4. Also, the oxidation number of 0 decreases from O to -2. So, in this reaction, Cu2S undergoes oxidation as well as reduction and O2 undergoes reduction. Hence, it is a redox reaction in which Cu2S serves as both oxidant and reductant and O2 acts as an oxidant.

⇒ \(\stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{u}_2 \stackrel{-2}{\mathrm{~S}}(s)+\stackrel{0}{\mathrm{O}}(g) \rightarrow 2 \stackrel{0}{\mathrm{C}}(s)+\stackrel{+4-2}{\mathrm{SO}_2}(g)\)

The oxidation number of Cu decreases from +1 to 0 while that of S increases from -2 to +4. Also, the oxidation number of 0 decreases from 0 to -2. So, in this reaction, Cu2S undergoes oxidation as well as reduction and O2 undergoes reduction. Hence, it is a redox reaction in which Cu2S serves as both oxidant and reductant, and O2 acts as an oxidant.

In this reaction, no change in oxidation number for any element takes place. So, it is not a redoxreaction.

The oxidation number of S increases from -2 to +6 while that of N decreases from +5 to +4. So, in this reaction, H2S undergoes oxidation and HNO3 undergoes reduction. Hence, it is a redox reaction in which H2S acts as a reductant and HNO3 acts as an oxidant

Hence, it is a redox reaction in which H2S acts as a reductant and HNO3 acts as an oxidant.

Question 8. Identify the following half-reactions as oxidation half¬ reactions and reduction half-reactions:

  1. \(\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-} \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Cr}^{3+}\)
  2. \(\mathrm{Cr}(\mathrm{OH})_4^{-}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{CrO}_4^{2-}(a q)\)
  3. \(\mathrm{IO}_3^{-}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{IO}_4^{-}(a q)\)
  4. \(\mathrm{ClO}^{-}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{Cl}^{-}(a q)\)
  5. \(\mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{MnO}_2(s)\)
  6. \(\stackrel{+6}{\mathrm{C}}_2 \mathrm{O}_7 \rightarrow 2^{+3} \mathrm{Cr}\)

The oxidation number of Cr changes from +6 to +3. This indicates that the reaction involves the reduction of Cr2O²¯. Hence, it is a reduction half-reaction.

⇒ \(\mathrm{Cr}^{+3}(\mathrm{OH})_4^{-} \rightarrow{ }^{+6} \mathrm{CrO}_4^{2-}(a q)\) The reaction involves the oxidation of Cr(OH)4 because the oxidation number of Cr increases from +3 to +6. So, this reaction represents an oxidation half-reaction.

⇒ \(\stackrel{+5}{\mathrm{I}}_3^{-}(a q) \rightarrow \stackrel{+7}{\mathrm{IO}_4^{-}}(a q)\) This reaction represents an oxidation half-reaction since the oxidation number of I increases from +5 to +7 in the reaction.

⇒ \(\stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{ClO}^{-}}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{Cl}^{-1}(a q)\)

This reaction represents a reduction half-reaction because the oxidation number of Cl decreases from +1 to -1 in the reaction.

⇒ \(\stackrel{+7}{\mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}}(a q) \rightarrow \stackrel{+4}{\mathrm{MnO}_2}(s)\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{Cr}^{+3}(\mathrm{OH})_4^{-} \rightarrow{ }^{66} \mathrm{CrO}_4^{2-}(a q)\) The reaction involves the oxidation of Cr(OH)4 because the oxidation number of Cr increases from +3 to +6. So, this reaction represents an oxidation half-reaction.

⇒ \(\stackrel{+5}{\mathrm{IO}_3^{-}}(a q) \rightarrow \stackrel{+7}{\mathrm{IO}_4^{-}}(a q)\) This reaction represents an oxidation half-reaction since the oxidation number of I increases from +5 to +7 in the reaction.

⇒ \(\stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{Cl}} \mathrm{O}^{-}(a q) \rightarrow \stackrel{-1}{\mathrm{Cl}}^{-}(a q)\) This reaction represents a reduction half-reaction because the oxidation number of Cl decreases from +1 to -1 in the reaction.

⇒ \(\stackrel{+7}{\mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}}(a q) \rightarrow \stackrel{+4}{\mathrm{MnO}_2}(s) .\) This is a reduction half¬ reaction because the oxidation number of Mn decreases from +7 to +4.

Question 9. Give an example of a disproportionation reaction. Calculate the volume of /0.225(M) KMnO4 solution that can completely react with 45mL of a 0.125(M) I:eS04 solution in an acid medium.
Answer: Second part: \(\left[\mathrm{Fe}^{2+}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{Fe}^{3+}(a q)+e\right] \times 5\)

Reduction reaction: \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}(a q)+8 \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q)+5 e \longrightarrow \\
& \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}(a q)+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \times 1
\end{aligned}\)

Net reaction: \(\begin{aligned}
& 5 \mathrm{Fe}^{2+}(a q)+\mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}(a q)+8 \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q) \rightharpoondown \\
& 5 \mathrm{Fe}^{3+}(a q)+\mathrm{Mn}^{2+}(a q)+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)
\end{aligned}\)

5 mol of FeSO4 = 1 mol of MnO4

or, 1000mL of5 M FeSO4 = 1000 ml limit of 1M KMnO4

or, 1mL of 5M FeSO4 s lmL of lMKMnO4

or, 1mL of 1M FeSO4 \(\equiv \frac{1}{5} \mathrm{~mL}\) of 1M KMno4

or, 45mL of 0.125M FeSO4 = 45 X 0.125 ,\(\times \frac{1}{5} \mathrm{~mL}\) of 1M KMnO4 \(\equiv \frac{9 \times 0.125}{0.225} \mathrm{~mL}\) = 5mL of0.225M KMnO4

= The volume of KMnO4 required = 5mL

Question 10. For an element to undergo a disproportionation reaction, at least how many oxidation states should the clement exhibit?
Answer: When an element undergoes disproportionation reaction, oxidation state the element changes in the following way

Intermediate- Higher oxidation + Lower oxidation

Example: The reaction of Cl2 with cold and dilute NaOH is a disproportionation reaction.

So. an element will be able to undergo disproportionation reactionist exhibits at least three oxidation states

Question 11. A clement has three oxidation numbers, +6, +7, and +4. If it exhibits a +7 oxidation number in a compound, will the compound be able to participate In a disproportionation reaction?
Answer: The compound cannot undergo a disproportionation reaction. This is because the element in the compound exists in its highest oxidation state.

The compound would have been able to undergo a disproportionation reaction if the element existed in the +6 oxidation state in the compound as this oxidation state lies between the oxidation states +7 and +4.

Question 12. An element can show 0, 1, and +5 oxidation states. The oxidation numbers of the element In two compounds are -1 and +5. Is a comproportionation reaction Involving these two compounds possible?
Answer: In a comproportionation reaction, two reactants in which a particular element exists in different oxidation states, react to form a substance in which that element exists in an intermediate oxidation state.

The given oxidation states of die elementin two compounds are -1 and +5. So, if these two compounds together undergo a compro-portionation reaction they will form a substance in which the element will exist in a zero oxidation state. This oxidation state lies between -1 and +5. Hence, the two compounds together can undergo a comproportionation reaction.

Question 13. Identify the following reactions as disproportionation and comproportionation reactions—

⇒ \(\mathrm{Ag}^{2+}(a q)+\mathrm{Ag}(s) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Ag}^{+}(a q)\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2(l) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \\
& 4 \mathrm{KClO}_3(\mathrm{~s}) \rightarrow \mathrm{KCl}(\mathrm{s})+3 \mathrm{KClO}_4(\mathrm{~s})
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{MnO}_4^{2-}(a q)+ 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightharpoondown \\
& 2 \mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{MnO}_2(s)+4 \mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{NH}_4 \mathrm{NO}_3(s) \rightarrow \mathrm{N}_2(g)+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(g)+\mathrm{O}_2(g) \\
& 1 \mathrm{O}_3^{-}(a q)+5 \mathrm{I}^{-}(a q)+6 \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q) \rightarrow 3 \mathrm{I}_2(s)+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)
\end{aligned}\)

Answer: \({\stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{Ag}^2}}^{2+}(a q)+\stackrel{0}{\mathrm{Ag}}(s) \rightarrow \stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{Ag}^{+}}(a q)\)

In this reaction, the resulting species, Ag+, exists in an oxidation state (+1) that lies between the oxidation states of Ag2+(+2) and Ag(0). Hence, it is a comproportio¬ nation reaction.

⇒ \(2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2^{-1}(l) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \stackrel{-2}{\mathrm{O}}(l)+\stackrel{0}{\mathrm{O}}_2(\mathrm{~g})\) In this reaction, H2O2 (oxidation number of 0 is -1 ) decomposes to form H2O (oxidation number of O is -2) and O2 (oxidation number of O is zero). The oxidation state -1 lies between 0 and -2. So, this reaction represents a disproportionation reaction.

⇒ \(4 \mathrm{~K}^{+5} \mathrm{IO}_3(s) \rightarrow \mathrm{KC} \stackrel{-1}{\mathrm{I}}+3 \mathrm{~K}^{+7} \mathrm{ClO}_4(s)\) In this reaction, the oxidation number of Cl decreases (+5 to-1 ) as well as increases (+5 to +7). This means KC1O3 undergoes both oxidation and reduction in the reaction. Hence, this reaction is a disproportionation reaction.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
2 \mathrm{MnO}_4^{2-}(a q) & +2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \\
& \stackrel{+7}{2} \mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}(a q)+\stackrel{+4}{\mathrm{MnO}_2}(s)+4 \mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)
\end{aligned}\)

In this reaction, the oxidation number of Mn increases (+6 to +7) and decreases (+6 to +4) as well. ‘Hus’ means MnO- undergoes both oxidation and reduction in the reaction. Therefore, this reaction is a disproportionation reaction.

⇒ \(2 \stackrel{-3}{\mathrm{NH}_4} \stackrel{+5}{\mathrm{NO}_3}(\mathrm{~s}) \rightarrow \stackrel{0}{\mathrm{~N}} \mathrm{~N}_2(\mathrm{~g})+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g})+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g})\)

NH4NO3 molecule has two N-atoms, out of which one has an oxidation number of -3 and the other has an oxidation number of +5—the decomposition of NH4NO3 results in N2(g). So, in this reaction, the oxidation number of one N-atom increases from -3 to 0 while the oxidation number of other N-atom decreases from +5 to 0. Since the oxidation number 0 lies between the oxidation numbers -3 and +5, the reaction represents a comproportionation reaction.

⇒ \(\stackrel{+5}{\mathrm{IO}_3^{-}}(a q)+\stackrel{-1}{5}^{-1}(a q)+6 \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q) \rightarrow 3 \stackrel{0}{\mathrm{I}}(s)+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\)

In this reaction, 10J (oxidation number of I = +5) reacts with I- (oxidation number of = -1 ) to form I2 (oxidation number of = 0 ). Since the oxidation number 0 lies between -1 and +5, the reaction represents a comproportionation reaction.

Question 14. Determine the equivalent masses of the following underlined compounds by both oxidation number and electronic methods

SO2 + 2H2O→H2SO4

HNO3→NO2 + H2O

HNO3 + 3H+→ NO + 2H2O

MnO2 + 4H+→ Mn2+→ + 2H2O

⇒ \(\xrightarrow{\mathrm{KMnO}_4}+\frac{\mathrm{FeSO}_4}{\mathrm{~K}_2} \mathrm{SO}_4+\mathrm{HnSO}_4+\mathrm{Fe}_2\left(\mathrm{SO}_4\right)_3+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

Answer: Oxidation number method: \(\stackrel{+4}{\mathrm{SO}_2}+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4\)

In this reaction, the oxidation number of S increases from +4 to +6. The change in oxidation number per molecule of S02 = 6-4 = 2 units.

∴ Equivalent mass of SO2

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { Molecular mass of } \mathrm{SO}_2}{2}=\frac{64}{2}=32\)

Electronic method: SO, + 2H2O→4H+→+ SO2- + 2e

Number of electrons lost by a molecule of SO2 for its oxidation = 2.

Equivalent mass of SO2 \(=\frac{64}{2}=32\)

Oxidation number method: \(\stackrel{+5}{\mathrm{HN}} \mathrm{O}_3 \rightarrow \stackrel{+4}{\mathrm{~N}} \mathrm{O}_2+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

The change in oxidation number per molecule of HNO3 = 5-4 = unit:

∴ Equivalent mass of HNO3

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { Molecular mass of } \mathrm{HNO}_3}{1}=\frac{63}{1}=63\)

Electronic method: NO3 + 2H+ → NO2+ HaO.

The number of electrons involved in the die reduction of NO3 is 1.

∴ Equivalent mass of HNO3

⇒ c\(=\frac{\text { Molecular mass of } \mathrm{HNO}_3}{1}=\frac{63}{1}=63\)

Oxidation number method:

⇒ \(\mathrm{H}^{+5} \mathrm{~S}_3+3 \mathrm{H}^{+} \rightarrow \stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{~N} O}+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

In this reaction, the oxidation number of N decreases from +5 to +2. So, the change in oxidation number per molecule of I-INOg = 5-2 = 3 units.

∴ Equivalent mass of HNO3

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { Molecular mass of } \mathrm{HNO}_3}{1}=\frac{63}{3}=21\)

Electronic method: \(\mathrm{NO}_3^{-}+4 \mathrm{H}^{+}+3 e \rightarrow \mathrm{NO}+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

The number of electrons involved in the reduction of 1 molecule of HNOg = 3

∴ Equivalent mass of HNO3

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { Molecular mass of } \mathrm{HNO}_3}{1}=\frac{63}{3}=21\)

Oxidation number method:

⇒ \(\stackrel{+4}{\mathrm{MnO}_2}+4 \mathrm{H}^{+} \rightarrow \stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{M}}{ }^{2+}+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

In this reaction, the oxidation number decreases from +4 to +2. So, the change in oxidation number per molecule of MnO2 = 4-2 = 2 units.

Equivalent mass of MnO2

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { Molecular mass of } \mathrm{MNO}_2}{1}=\frac{87}{2}=43.5\)

Electronic method:

⇒ \(\mathrm{MnO}_2+4 \mathrm{H}^{+}+2 e \rightarrow \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

The number of electrons involved in the reduction of a molecule of MnO2 =-2

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { Molecular mass of } \mathrm{MnO}_2}{1}=\frac{87}{2}=43.5\)

Oxidation number method:

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \stackrel{+7}{\mathrm{~K}} \mathrm{nO}_4+\stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{~F}} \mathrm{eSO}_4+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \\
& \mathrm{~K}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4+\stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{MnSO}_4+\stackrel{+3}{\mathrm{Fe}} \mathrm{e}_2}\left(\mathrm{SO}_4\right)_3+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

In this reaction, KMnO4 undergoes reduction because the oxidation number of Mn decreases from +7 to +2. So, the change in oxidation number of Mn= 7-2=5 units.

Equivalent mass of KMnO4

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{\text { Molecular mass of } \mathrm{KMnO}_4}{\begin{array}{c}
\text { Change in oxidation number per molecule } \\
\text { of } \mathrm{KMnO}_4 \text { because of its reduction }
\end{array}} \\
& =\frac{158}{5}=31.6
\end{aligned}\)

In the reaction, FeSO4 undergoes oxidation because the oxidation number of Fe increases from +2 to +3. So, the change in oxidation number of Fe = 3-2 = 1 unit.

Equivalent mass of FeSO4

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{\text { Molecular mass of } \mathrm{FeSO}_4}{\begin{array}{c}
\text { Change in oxidation number per molecule } \\
\text { of } \mathrm{FeSO}_4 \text { because of its oxidation }
\end{array}} \\
& =\frac{151.85}{1}=151.85
\end{aligned}\)

Electronic method:

MnO4 + 8H+→+ 5e→ Mn2+  + 4H2O

Equivalent mass of KMnO4

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{\text { Molecular mass of } \mathrm{KMnO}_4}{\begin{array}{c}
\text { Number of electrons gained in reduction of } \\
\text { one molecule of } \mathrm{KMnO}_4
\end{array}} \\
& =\frac{158}{5}=31.6
\end{aligned}\)

Fe2+ →Fe3+ + e

Equivalent mass of FeSO4

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{\text { Molecular mass of } \mathrm{FeSO}_4}{\begin{array}{c}
\text { Number of electrons lost in oxidation of } \\
\text { one molecule of } \mathrm{FeSO}_4
\end{array}} \\
& =\frac{151.85}{1}=151.85
\end{aligned}\)

Question 15. Determine the equivalent mass of Br2(Z) [Molecular mass =159.82/in the given reaction:

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}(a q)+8 \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q)+\mathrm{Br}_2(l) \rightharpoondown \\
& 2 \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}(a q)+2 \mathrm{BrO}_3^{-}(a q)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)
\end{aligned}\)

In the given reaction, the oxidation half-reaction is —

⇒ \(\mathrm{Br}_2(l)+6 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{BrO}_3^{-}(a q)+12 \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q)+10 e\)

The number of electrons involved in the oxidation of one molecule of Br2 = 10 Equivalent mass of Br2.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{\text { Molecular mass of } \mathrm{Br}_2}{\begin{array}{c}
\text { Number of electrons involved per } \\
\text { molecule of } \mathrm{Br}_2 \text { in its oxidation }
\end{array}} \\
& =\frac{159.82}{10}=15.982
\end{aligned}\)

Question 16. \(\mathrm{MnO}_4^{2-}\) undergoes a disproportionation reaction in an acidic medium but MnO4 docs do not. Give reason.
Answer: The oxidation number of Mn in MnO4 is +7, which is the highest oxidation number that Mn can possess. So, it does not undergo the disproportionation reaction.

Again, in the case of \(\mathrm{MnO}_4^{2-}\) the oxidation number of Mn is +6. Therefore, Mn in \(\mathrm{MnO}_4^{2-}\) can increase its oxidation number to +7 or decrease it to some lower value. So, \(\mathrm{MnO}_4^{2-}\) undergoes a disproportionation reaction as given below—

Redox Reactions MnO2-4 undergoes disproportionation reaxtion in Acidic Medium

In the above reaction, the oxidation number of Mn increases from +6 in \(\mathrm{MnO}_4^{2-}\) to +7 in MnO4 and decreases to +4 in MnO4.

Question 17. What amount of K2Cr2O7? (in mmol) is required to oxidize 24 mL 0.5 M Mohr’s salt?
Answer: The number of mmol of Mohr’s salt in 24 mL 0.5MMohr’s salt solution =24 x 0.5 = 12.

So, the balanced redox reaction is

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{K}_2 \mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7+6\left(\mathrm{NH}_4\right)_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \cdot \mathrm{FeSO}_4 \cdot 6 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \\
& \mathrm{~K}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4+6\left(\mathrm{NH}_4\right)_2 \mathrm{SO}_4+3 \mathrm{Fe}_2\left(\mathrm{SO}_4\right)_3+\mathrm{Cr}_2\left(\mathrm{SO}_4\right)_3+43 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

So, from the balanced equation, we see that 6mmol Mohr’s salt gets oxidized by 1mmol K2Cr2O7.

12 mmol Mohr’s salt gets oxidized by \(\frac{1}{6} \times 12\) = 2 mmol K2Cr2O7.

Question 18. Explain with reaction mechanism why the reaction between 03 and H2O2 is written as— \(\mathrm{O}_3(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g})\)
Answer: The reaction between O3 and H2O2 isasfollowsFirst step: O3(g)→O2(g) + O(g)’

Second step: H2O2(g) + O(g)→H2O(g) +O2(g)

In the first step, ozone produces nascent oxygen which is H2O2 in the second step. So, the overall reaction is as follows H2O2 + O3→H2O + O2 + O2

So, in the overall reaction, O2 Is written twice because a total of two molecules of O2 are produced during the reaction.

Question 19. 12.53 cm3 0.051M SeO2 reacts completely with 25.5 cm3 0.1 M CrSO4 to produce Cr2(SO4)3. What is the change in the oxidation number of Se in this redox reaction?
Answer: Let the oxidation number of Se in the newly produced compound be x.

The redox reaction is as follows—

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
{\left[\mathrm{Se}^{4+}+x e \longrightarrow \mathrm{Se}^{4-x}\right] \times 1} \\
{\left[\mathrm{Cr}^{2+} \longrightarrow \mathrm{Cr}^{3+}+e\right] \times x}
\end{gathered}\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{Se}^{4+}+x \mathrm{Cr}^{2+} \longrightarrow \mathrm{Se}^{4-x}+x \mathrm{Cr}^{3+}\)

Now, 12.53 cm3 0.051M SeO2 = 12.53 x 0.051 = 0.64 mmol SeO2

25.5 cm3 0.1 M CrSO4=25.5 x 0.1 = 2.55 mmol CrSO4 However according to the balanced equation, 1 mol SeO2 gets reduced by x mol CrSO4.

2.55 mmol CrSO4 is reduced by \(\frac{2.55}{x}\) mmol SeO2

But 0.64 mmol SeO2 gets reduced

⇒ \(\text { So, } \frac{2.55}{x}=0.64 \quad \text { or, } x=4\)

The change in oxidation number of Se -atom = 4- (4- x) = x = 4.

Question 20. 30 ml 0.05 M KMnb4 is required for the complete oxidation of 0.5 g oxalate in an acidic medium. Calculate ) tl,e percent amount of oxalate in that salt sample.
Answer: \(2 \mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+5 \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4^{2-}+16 \mathrm{H}^{+} \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+10 \mathrm{CO}_2+8 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

According to the equation, 2 mol MnO-4 = 5 mol C2O4

⇒ \(1 \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{MnO}_4^{-} \equiv \frac{5}{2} \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4^{2 \mathrm{ris}}\)

Again, 1000 mL 0.05(M)KMnO4 =→ 0.05 mol KMnO4

30 mL 0.05(M)MnO4 \(\Rightarrow \frac{0.05 \times 30}{1000}\)

= 1.5×10-3 mol KMnO4

Now, 1 mol \(\mathrm{MnO}_4=\frac{5}{2} \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4\)

⇒ \(1.5 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{MnO}_4=\frac{5}{2} \times 1.5 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4^2\)

⇒ \(=\frac{5}{2} \times 1.5 \times 10^{-3} \times 38 \mathrm{~g} \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4^{2-}=0.33 \mathrm{~g} \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4^{2-}\)

⇒ \(\text { Percentage of } \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4^{2-} \text { in the sample }=\frac{0.33 \times 100}{0.5}=66 \%\)

Question 21. What will be the nature ofthe suit formed when 2 mol Nil Is added to the pigeon’s solution of mol pyrophosphoric? Clive equation?

Redox Reactions When 2 mol NaOH is Added To the Equation

Answer: From the structure of pyrophosphoric acid, it Is clear that it contains four replaceable hydrogen atoms.

So, the reaction between and 2 mol NaOH will be as follows— \(-\mathrm{H}_4 \mathrm{P}_2 \mathrm{O}_7+2 \mathrm{NaOH} \rightarrow \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{P}_2 \mathrm{O}_7+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\) 2HaO There are two replaceable 11-atoms in Na., H2PO7 fonned due to the above reaction. So, it is an acidic salt.

Question 22. Find the oxidation state of C-l and C-2 In CH3CH2OH.
Answer: The oxidation number of eadi of three H -atoms attached to C-2 = +1. Therefore, the total oxidation number of three Hatorns = +3. For the C — C bond, the oxidation number of the C-2 atom does not change.

So die oxidation number of the C-2 atom =-3. Now, die total oxidation number of two H -atoms attached to the C-l atom =+2. Again the oxidation number of the —OH group attached to the C-l atom =-l.

Hence the total oxidation number of two H -atoms and one linked to the C-l atom =+→2 + (-1) = +1. Thus, the oxidation number of C-l Hence, die oxidation staties’&f C-l and C-2 in CH3CH, OH are -1 and -3 respectively.

Question 23. 1 mol N2H4 loses 10 mol of electrons with, the formation of 1 mol of a new compound Y. If the new compound contains the same number of N-atoms then what will be the oxidation number of nitrogen in the new compound? (Assume that the oxidation number of the H -atom does not change.
Answer: The oxidation number of each N -atom in N2H2 = -2 As given, 1 mol N2H4→1 mol Y + 10 mol e.

Suppose, oxidation million of N in its molecule of Y – x.

Total oxidation uninbor of two N -Moms In Y molecule -Oxidation number of two N atoms In N2H4 molecule = 2 x (-2) + IO or, x = + 3

The oxidation number of each N-atom In compound Y = +3

Question 24. Oxidation million of the elements A, It mid-C are 12,1 to mid -2 respectively. Which one will lie the formula of the compound containing these three elements? \(\mathrm{A}_2\left(\mathrm{BC}_2\right)_2, \mathrm{~A}_3\left(\mathrm{~B}_2 \mathrm{C}\right)_2, \mathrm{~A}_3\left(\mathrm{BC}_4\right)_2\)
Answer: The total oxidation number of all the elements in a compound should be zero (0).

In A2(BC2) molecule, the sum of oxidation numbers of all the atoms =2x (+ 2) + 2 X (+ 5) + 4 X (-2) = + 6

In the A2(B2C)2 molecule, the sum of oxidation numbers of all the atoms = 3 X (+ 2) + 4 X (+ 5) + 2 X (-2) = + 22

In A3(BC4)2 molecule, the sum of oxidation numbers of all the atoms = 3 X (+ 2) + 2 x (+ 5) + 8 x (-2) = 0.

∴ The correct formula of the compound will be A3(BC4)2

Question 25. In an acidic medium, for the reduction of each NO3 ion in the given reaction, how many electrons will be required? NO3 NH2OH
Answer: NO3— NH2OH; For equalizing the number of O -atoms on both sides, two H2O molecules are added to the right side (having a lesser number of O -atoms) and two H+ ions are added to the left side for each molecule of H2O added.

⇒ \(\mathrm{NO}_3^{-}+4 \mathrm{H}^{+} \longrightarrow \mathrm{NH}_2 \mathrm{OH}+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

For equalizing the number of H -atoms on both sides, three additional H+ ions are required on the left side

so we get, \(\mathrm{NO}_3^{-}+7 \mathrm{H}^{+} \longrightarrow \mathrm{NH}_2 \mathrm{OH}+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

To balance the charge on both sides, 6 electrons are added to the left side ofthe equation.

⇒ \(\mathrm{NO}_3^{-}+7 \mathrm{H}^{+}+6 e \longrightarrow \mathrm{NH}_2 \mathrm{OH}+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

Hence, for the reduction of each NO3 ion into an NH2OH molecule, 6 electrons are required.

Question 26. CO3O4 is an oxide of CO3 and CO2 If its formula is Cox(2)Co,(m)O4, then what is the value of x and y?
Answer: The sum of the oxidation number of the elements in a compound is equal to zero. So, for Cox(2)COy(3)O4, 2x+3y-4 x2 = 0 or, 2x+ 3y = 8 The only solution for this equation is x = 1 and y = 2.

Question 27. How many electrons should A2H3 liberate so that In the new compound, A shows an oxidation number of \(-\frac{1}{2}\)?
Answer: Let, A2H3 will liberate x electrons.

Therefore \(2 \times\left(-\frac{1}{2}\right)+3 \times(+1)=+x\)

or, -1+3=+x or, x=2.

Redox Reactions Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1. Identify the redox reactions among the following:

  • 2CuSO4 + 4KI→2CuI + I2 + 2K2SO4
  • BaCl2 + Na2SO4→BaSO4 + 2NaCl
  • 2NaBr + Cl2→2NaCl + Br2
  • NH4NO2→+N2 + 2H2O
  • CUSO4 + 4NH3→[CU(NH3)4]SO4
  • 3I2 + 6NaOH→NaIO3 + 5NaI + 3H2O

Answer: In this reaction, the oxidation number of Cu decreases (+ 2 → +1) and the oxidation number of I4 increases (-1→ 0) i.e. reduction of CuSO4 and oxidation of KI take place. Thus, it is a redoxreaction.

⇒ \(\stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{CuSO}_4}+\stackrel{-1}{\mathrm{KI}} \rightarrow \stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{CuI}}+\stackrel{0}{\mathrm{I}} 2+\mathrm{K}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4\)

This reaction does not involve any change in the oxidation number of any element i.e., in this reaction, oxidation or reduction does not take place. Hence, it is not a redoxreaction

⇒ \(\stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{BaCl}_2}+\stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{Na}_2} \mathrm{SO}_4 \rightarrow \stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{BaSO}}{ }_4+2 \mathrm{NaCl}^{-1}\)

In this reaction, the oxidation number of bromine increases from -1 to 0 and the oxidation number of chlorine decreases from 0 to -1. In this case, NaBr gets oxidized whereas Cl2 gets reduced. Hence, this reaction is a redox reaction.

⇒ \(2 \mathrm{NaBr}+\stackrel{0}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{l}_2 \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Na}{ }^{-1} \mathrm{Cl}+\stackrel{0}{\mathrm{Br}}{ }_2\)

In NH4NO2, the oxidation number of N in NH4 increases from -3 to 0, while the oxidation number of N in NO2 decreases from +3 to 0, i.e., in this reaction, simultaneous oxidation of NH+ and reduction of NO2 in the compound occur. So, this reaction is a redoxreaction.

⇒ \(\stackrel{-3}{\mathrm{NH}_4}{\stackrel{+3}{\mathrm{~N}} \mathrm{O}_2 \rightarrow \stackrel{0}{\mathrm{~N}}}_2+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

This reaction does not involve any change in the oxidation number of any element. So, it is not a redox reaction.

⇒ \(\left(\stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{CuSO}_4}+4 \mathrm{NH}_3\right) \rightarrow\left[\stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{Cu}}\left(\mathrm{NH}_3\right)_4\right] \mathrm{SO}_4\)

In the given reaction, the oxidation number of iodine increases from 0 to +5 and decreases from 0 to -1 i.e., both oxidation and reduction occur in this reaction. Thus, it is a redox reaction.

⇒ \(3 \stackrel{0}{\mathrm{I}}_2+6 \mathrm{NaOH} \rightarrow \mathrm{NaIO}_3^{+5}+5 \mathrm{NaI}^{-1}+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

Question 2. Which of the following reactions are disproportionation reactions and comproportionation reactions?

  • 4KC1O3→KC1 + 3KC1O4
  • 3K2MnO4 + 2H2O→2KMnO4 + MnO2 + 4KOH
  • KIO3 + 5KI + 6HCI→3I2 + 6KCI + 3H2O
  • 2C6H5CHO + NaOH C6H5COONa + C6H5CH2OH
  • Ag2+ + Ag→2Ag+

Answer: \(\stackrel{45}{4 \mathrm{KClO}_3} \rightarrow \stackrel{-1}{\mathrm{KCl}}+3 \stackrel{+7}{\mathrm{KClO}_4}\)

In KC1O3, the oxidation number of Cl = + 5. The oxidation numbers of Cl in KC1 and KC1O4 are -1 and + 7 respectively. So in this reaction, KC1O3 undergoes simultaneous oxidation and reduction producing KC1O4 and KC1 respectively. Hence, it is a disproportionation reaction.

⇒ \(3 \mathrm{~K}_2 \stackrel{+6}{\mathrm{MnO}}_4+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{KMnO}_4+\stackrel{+7}{\mathrm{MnO}_2}+4 \mathrm{KOH}\)

The oxidation number of Mn in K2MnO4 = + 6. On the other hand, the oxidation numbers of Mn in the products KMnO4 and MnOa are + 7 and + 4 respectively. Therefore, in the reaction, K2MnO4 is oxidized and reduced at the same time forming KMn04 and MnOa. Thus, it is a disproportionation reaction.

⇒ \(\stackrel{+55}{\mathrm{KIO}_3}+5 \stackrel{-1}{\mathrm{KI}}+6 \mathrm{HCl} \rightarrow 3 \stackrel{0}{\mathrm{I}}_2+6 \mathrm{KCl}+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

The oxidation numbers of iodine in K103 and KI are + 5 and -1 respectively and the oxidation number of iodine in 12 is zero. This oxidation number lies between + 5 and -1, which is an intermediate oxidation state. So, it is a comproportionation reaction.

⇒ \(2 \mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_5^{+1} \mathrm{C} \mathrm{HO}+\mathrm{NaOH} \underset{\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_5+3}{+3} \mathrm{COONa}+\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_5^{-1} \mathrm{CH}_2 \mathrm{OH}\)

In this reaction, the oxidation number of carbon in the benzene ring does not change. However, the oxidation number of carbon atoms in the —CHO group (the oxidation number of carbon in —CHO is +1 ) changes to a higher oxidation number of +3 in the —COONa group and a lower oxidation number of -1 in the —CH2OH group. Here, —the CHO group gets simultaneously oxidized & reduced. Hence, it is a disproportionation reaction.

⇒ \(\stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{Ag}^{2+}}+\stackrel{0}{\mathrm{Ag}} \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Ag}^{+1}\)

The oxidation numbers of the reactants Ag2+ and Ag are + 2 and O respectively and the oxidation number of the product is +1. This oxidation number is intermediate between the oxidation numbers +2 and O . so it is a comproportionation reaction.

Question 3. Identify the redox reaction(s) and also the oxidants B and the reductants from the following reaction(s).

⇒ \(2 \mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+5 \mathrm{SO}_2+6 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \longrightarrow \mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}+2 \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+4 \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{NH}_4^{+}+\mathrm{PO}_4^{3-} \longrightarrow \mathrm{NH}_3+\mathrm{HPO}_4^{2-} \\
& \mathrm{HClO}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{~S} \longrightarrow \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}+\mathrm{Cl}^{-}+\mathrm{S}
\end{aligned}\)
Answer: In this reaction, the oxidation number of Mn decreases from (+7→+2) and the oxidation number of S increases from (+4→+6). So this reaction causes a reduction of Mn04 and oxidation of SO2. Hence, the reaction is a redox reaction. Here Mnt)ÿ acts as an oxidant and SO2 as a reductant.

This reaction does not involve any change in the oxidation number of any element. So it is, not a redoxreaction.

This reaction involves an increase in the oxidation number of S from -2 to 0, and a decrease in the oxidation number of, Cl from +1 to -1. So it is a redox reaction. Here HCIO is an oxidising agent and H2S is a reducing agent.

Question 4. Determine the equivalent masses of Na2S2O3.5H20 +2 and KBrO3 In the following reactions.

⇒ \(2 \mathrm{~S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-}+\mathrm{I}_2 \rightarrow \mathrm{S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6^{2-}+2 \mathrm{I}^{-}\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{BrO}_3^{-}+6 \mathrm{H}^{+}+6 e \longrightarrow \mathrm{Br}^{-}+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)
Answer: In this reaction, two \(\mathrm{S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-}\) ions are oxidised by losing 2 electrons. So, for the oxidation of one \(\mathrm{S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-}\) ion, one electron is given up

Equivalent mass of Na2S2O3-5H2O

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { Molecular mass of } \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{~S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3 \cdot 5 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}}{1}=248\)

This reaction produces Br- from BrO3. In the reduction of each molecule of KBr03, 6 electrons are accepted.

In the given reaction, equivalent mass of KBrO3

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { Molecular mass of } \mathrm{KBrO}_3}{6}=\frac{167}{6}=27.8\)

Question 5. Determine the equivalent weights of the underlined compounds in the following two reactions:

⇒ \(\mathrm{FeSO}_4+\frac{\mathrm{KMnO}_4+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \rightharpoondown}{\mathrm{K}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4+\mathrm{MnSO}_4+\mathrm{Fe}_2\left(\mathrm{SO}_4\right)_3+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{MnO}_2+\mathrm{HCl} \longrightarrow \mathrm{MnCl}_2+\mathrm{Cl}_2+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
& {[K=39, M n=55,0=16]} \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

Answer: In this reaction, the decrease in oxidation number of Mn =(7-2) = 5 units. Equivalent weight of Mn.

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { Molecular weight of } \mathrm{KMnO}_4}{\text { Change in oxidation number }}=\frac{158}{5}=31.6\)

⇒ \(\stackrel{+4}{\mathrm{MnO}}{ }_2 \longrightarrow \stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{MnCl}}{ }_2\) Here the oxidation number ofMn decreases by (4-2) = 2 unit.

∴ Equivalent weight of MnO2

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { Molecular weight of } \mathrm{MnO}_2}{\text { Change in oxidation number }}=\frac{87}{2}=43.5\)

Question 6. Balance the following equation with the help of the oxidation number method.

⇒ \(\mathrm{Fe}_3 \mathrm{O}_4+\mathrm{CO} \rightarrow \mathrm{FeO}+\mathrm{CO}_2\)

Answer: In Fe3O4, the oxidation number of each Fe -atom =+2.67. In the reaction, the oxidation number of each Fe -atom decreases from + 2.67 to 2. So, decrease in oxidation number. of eachFe -atom = +0.67

Therefore for three Fe -atoms, the total decrease in oxidation number 3 x (+ 0.67) =+ 2 unit.

On the other hand, the oxidation number of C increases from +2 to +4. Hence, an increase in the oxidation number of C= 2 units.

Therefore, in the reaction, Fe3O4 and CO will react with each other in the molar ratio of 2: 2 or 1: 1 . Again 1 molecule of Fe3O4 will produce 3 molecules of F2O. Hence, the balance equation will be—Fe3O4 + CO →3FeO + CO2.

Question 7. Balance by ion-electron method: MnO2 + HCl→+Mn2+ + Cl2 + H2O
Answer: Oxidation half-reaction: 2C1¯→ Cl2+ 2e

  • Reduction half-reaction: MnO2 + 4H+ + 2e→Mn2+ + 2H2O
  • Net reaction: MnO2 + 4H+ →+ 2Cl →Mn2+ Cl2 + 2H2O or, MnO2 + 4H+ +4C1→ Mn2++ 2C1 + C12 + 2H2O

Therefore the balanced chemical equation is—

MnO2 + 4HC1 MnCl2 + Cl2 + 2H2O

Question 8. In a basic medium, balance the half-reactions below:

⇒ \(\mathrm{Cr}(\mathrm{OH})_3 \rightarrow \mathrm{CrO}_4^{2-} \text { (2) } \mathrm{Cl}_2 \mathrm{O}_7 \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{ClO}_2^{-}\)

Answer: To equalize the number of O -atoms, one H2O molecule is added to the right side (because it has an excess O -atom) and for this 1 molecule of H2O, two OH Now, we get Cr(OH)2 + 2OH ions are added to the left side. CrO2- +H2O. In this equation, five H -atoms are on the left side, and two H atoms are present on the right side. To equalize the number of H -atoms on both sides, three OH-(aq) and three H2O molecules are added to the left side and right side respectively. Finally, we get—

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{Cr}(\mathrm{OH})_3+2 \mathrm{OH}^{-}+3 \mathrm{OH}^{-} \rightarrow \mathrm{CrO}_4^{2-}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
& \text { or, } \mathrm{Cr}(\mathrm{OH})_3+5 \mathrm{OH}^{-} \longrightarrow \mathrm{CrO}_4^{2-}+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

For balancing the charge, 3 electrons are added to the right side. Therefore, the final half-reaction becomes,

⇒ \(\mathrm{Cr}(\mathrm{OH})_3+5 \mathrm{OH}^{-} \longrightarrow \mathrm{CrO}_4^{2-}+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+3 e\)

To balance the number of 0 -atoms on both sides, 3 molecules of H2O(Z) are added to the left side (because there are excess O -atoms on this side) and for these three H2O(l) molecules, six OH- (aq) ions are added to the right side. Then we get—

⇒ \(\mathrm{Cl}_2 \mathrm{O}_7+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{ClO}_2^{-}+6 \mathrm{OH}^{-}\)

To balance the charge, electrons are added to the left side. Hence, the balanced equation is

⇒ \(\mathrm{Cl}_2 \mathrm{O}_7+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+8 e \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{ClO}_2^{-}+6 \mathrm{OH}^{-}\)

Question 9. Balance the following reaction in acidic and alkaline
medium: \(\mathrm{SO}_3^{2-}(a q) \longrightarrow \mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}(a q)\) 
Answer: Addlemedium: \(\mathrm{SO}_3^{2-}(a q) \longrightarrow \mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}(a q)\)

In Tills reaction, this left side of the equation is deficient in one () -atom. So the number of O -atoms on both sides is equalized by adding one H2O(aq) molecule to the left side.

⇒ \(\mathrm{SO}_3^{2-}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \longrightarrow \mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}(a q)\)

Answer: To equalize the number of O -atoms, one H2O molecule is added to the right side (because it has an excess 0 -atom) and for this 1 molecule of H2O, two OH- ions are added to the left side. Now, we get \(\mathrm{Cr}(\mathrm{OH})_3+2 \mathrm{OH}^{-} \longrightarrow \mathrm{CrO}_4^{2-}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

In this equation, five H -atoms are on the left side and two H atoms are present on the right side. To equalize the number of H -atoms on both sides, three OH-(aq) and three H20 molecules are added to the left side and right side respectively. Finally, we get-

⇒\(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{Cr}(\mathrm{OH})_3+2 \mathrm{OH}^{-}+3 \mathrm{OH}^{-} \rightarrow \mathrm{CrO}_4^{2-}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
& \text { or, } \mathrm{Cr}(\mathrm{OH})_3+5 \mathrm{OH}^{-} \longrightarrow \mathrm{CrO}_4^{2-}+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

For balancing the charge, 3 electrons are added to the right side. Therefore, the final half-reaction becomes,

⇒ \(\mathrm{Cr}(\mathrm{OH})_3+5 \mathrm{OH}^{-} \longrightarrow \mathrm{CrO}_4^{2-}+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+3 e\)

To balance the number of 0 -atoms on both sides, 3 molecules of H2O(Z) are added to the left side (because there is excess O -atoms on this side) and for these three H2O(l) molecules, six OH-(aq) ions are added to the right side. Then we get—

⇒ \(\mathrm{Cl}_2 \mathrm{O}_7+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{ClO}_2^{-}+6 \mathrm{OH}^{-}\)

For balancing the charge, 8 electrons are added to the left side. Hence, the balanced equation is,

⇒ \(\mathrm{Cl}_2 \mathrm{O}_7+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+8 e \longrightarrow 2 \mathrm{ClO}_2^{-}+6 \mathrm{OH}^{-}\)

Question 10. Determine the values of x and y in the following balanced equation:
\(5 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2+x \mathrm{ClO}_2+2 \mathrm{OH}^{-} \longrightarrow x \mathrm{Cl}^{-}+y \mathrm{O}_2+6 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\) 
Answer: Oxidation half-reaction: \(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2+2 \mathrm{OH}^{-} \longrightarrow \mathrm{O}_2+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+2 e\)

Reduction half-reaction:

⇒\(\mathrm{ClO}_2+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+5 e \longrightarrow \mathrm{Cl}^{-}+4 \mathrm{OH}^{-}\)

Multiplying equations (1) and (2) by 5 and 2 respectively and adding the equations, we get—

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
5 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2+10 \mathrm{OH}^{-}+2 \mathrm{ClO}_2+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \longrightarrow \\
2 \mathrm{Cl}^{-}+5 \mathrm{O}_2+10 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+8 \mathrm{OH}^{-}
\end{aligned}\)

5H2O2 + 2C1O2 + 2OH→2Cr + 5O2 + 6H2O ….[3]

Comparing equation (3) with the given equation, we get x = 2 and y – 5.

Question 11. In the given reaction determine the equivalent weight of AS2S3: [Assume that M.W. of As2S3 =AM]

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\mathrm{As}_2 \mathrm{~S}_3+7 \mathrm{ClO}_3^{-}+ & 7 \mathrm{OH}^{-}-7 \\
& 2 \mathrm{AsO}_4^{3-}+7 \mathrm{ClO}^{-}+3 \mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}+6 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

The increase in oxidation number of each As -atom =5-3 = 2 units. So, the total increase in oxidation number of two As -atoms =2×2 = 4 units.

Tlw Increase In oxidation number of each S-atom =+6-(-2) Therefore, the total Increase in oxidation number of three S -atoms = 3 x B = 24 unit.

Hence, the total Increase In oxidation number for each As2S,t molecule In Its oxidation Is a (24 + 4) = 20 unit.

Equivalent weight of AS2S3 In the given reaction

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { Molecular weight of } \mathrm{As}_2 \mathrm{~S}_3}{\text { Increase in oxidation number }}=\frac{M}{28}\)

Question 12. Determine the equivalent mass of Fe.,04 in the given Mn = 6-4 = 2 units. reaction: FeO4 + KMn04↓Fc2O3 + MnO2 (Assume that the molecular mass of FC3O4 =M
Answer: \(\stackrel{+\mathrm{F} / 3}{\mathrm{Fe}} \mathrm{e}_3 \mathrm{O}_4 \rightarrow \stackrel{+3}{\mathrm{~F}} \mathrm{e}_2 \mathrm{O}_3\stackrel{+\mathrm{F} / 3}{\mathrm{Fe}} \mathrm{e}_3 \mathrm{O}_4 \rightarrow \stackrel{+3}{\mathrm{~F}} \mathrm{e}_2 \mathrm{O}_3\)

In this reaction, the increase in oxidation number for each Pc -atom \(=3-\frac{8}{3}=\frac{1}{3} \text {. }\)

So, the total increase in oxidation number for 3 Fe -atoms

⇒ \(=3 \times \frac{1}{3}=1 \text { unit. }\)

Therefore, the equivalent mass of Fe3O4

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { Molecular mass of } \mathrm{Fe}_3 \mathrm{O}_4}{\text { Increase in oxidation number }}=\frac{M}{1}=M\)

Question 13. An oxidizing agent KH(IO3)2 in the presence of 4.0 (N) HCI gives IC1 as a product. Determine the equivalent weight of KH(IO3)2. [K = 39,1 = 127]
Answer: According to the question, \(\stackrel{+5}{\mathrm{KH}}\left(\mathrm{IO}_3\right)_2 \xrightarrow{+1} \mathrm{ICl} ;\) In the reaction, the change in oxidation number of each I -atom = + 5- (+1) = 4 unit. So, for two -atoms present in 1 molecule of KH(IO3)2, the total change in oxidation number =2×4 = 8 units. So, in acid medium, the equivalent weight of KH(IO3)2

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { Molecular weight of } \mathrm{KH}\left(\mathrm{IO}_3\right)_2}{\text { Total change in oxidation number }}=\frac{390}{8}=48.75\)

Question 14. Find the oxidation number of carbon in methanal and methanoic acid.
Answer: Methanal: The oxidation number of C in the HCHO molecule = 0.

Methanol acid: Suppose the oxidation number of C in methanoic acid.

2 X (+1) + x + 2 x (-2) = 0 (for two H-atoms)(for two O-atoms) Hence, oxidation number of C in HCOOH molecule = +2.

Question 15. What will be the change in the oxidation number of Mn when MnO2 is melted with solid KNO3 & NaOH?
Answer: Potassium manganate is produced when MnO2 is melted in the presence of solid KNO3 and NaOH.

⇒ \(\stackrel{+4}{\mathrm{MnO}_2}+2 \mathrm{KOH}+\mathrm{KNO}_3 \longrightarrow \mathrm{K}_2 \stackrel{+6}{\mathrm{MnO}}{ }_4+\mathrm{KNO}_2+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

Soin this reaction, the oxidation number of Mn increases from +4 to +6 i.e., a change in oxidation number of Mm= 6-4=2 unit

Question 16. What is the ratio of equivalent weights of MnO4 in acidic, basic & neutral mediums?
Answer: The reaction that the MnO4 ion undergoes in acidic, basic, and neutral medium are as follows. Acidic Medium:

⇒ \(\mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}(a q)+8 \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q)+5 e \rightarrow \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}(a q)+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\)

  • Equivalent weight \(E_1=\frac{M}{5}\) where M = KMn04.
  • Basic Medium: MnO4 (aq) + e→MnO4 (aq)
  • Equivalent weight \(E_2=\frac{M}{1}\)

Neutral Medium:

⇒ \(\mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}(a q)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)+3 e \rightarrow \mathrm{MnO}_2(s)+4 \mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)\)

Therefore \(E_1: E_2: E_2=\frac{1}{5}: 1: \frac{1}{3}=3: 15: 5\)

Question 17. MnO4 reacts with Ax+ to form AO-, Mn2+, and O2. One mole of MnO- oxidizes 1.25 moles of Ax+ to AO3. What is the value of x?
Answer: \(\mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+\mathrm{A}^{x+} \rightarrow \mathrm{AO}_3^{-}+\mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+\mathrm{O}_2\)

The change in oxidation number of = 5 unit (+7→+2) and that of A = (5- x) unit [+x→+5 in AO3-3]

1 mole of MnO3 reacts completely with 1.25 mole of Ax+

Therefore, 1×5 = 1.25(5 -x)

Solving for x gives x = +1

Thus, the value of x = +1

Question 18. 20 mL solution of 0.1 (M) FeSO2 as completely oxidized using a suitable oxidizing agent. What is the number of electrons exchanged?
Answer: 20 mL of 0.1(M) FeSO4 \(\begin{aligned}
& \equiv \frac{0.1}{1000} \times 20 \\
& \equiv 2 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~mol} \text { of } \mathrm{Fe}^{2+}
\end{aligned}\)

Fe2+ is oxidized to Fe3+, leaving 1 electron.

Hence, the number of electrons exchanged by 2 x 10-3 mol of Fe2+ is— 2 X 10-3 x 6.022 x 1023 = 1.2044 x 1021 electrons

Question 19. Give an example of a compound In which The mime element exists In two different oxidation slates.
Answer: NH4NO3

Question 20. Given an example of a compound In which the oxidation number of N=+1.
Answer: N2O

Question 21. Give an example of a compound In which the oxidation number of O r2.
Answer: OF2

Question 22. What Is the oxidation number of Fe In Po(CO)s?
Answer: Zero(0)

Question 23. What is the oxidation number of sodium In sodium amalgam?
Answer: Zero(0)

Question 24. Give an example of a compound In which the oxidation number and valency of an element In the compound are the same.
Answer: CCl4

Question 25. What are the oxidation numbers of three C -atoms In C3°2?
Answer: \(\mathrm{O}=\stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{C}}=\stackrel{0}{\mathrm{C}}=\stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{C}}=\mathrm{O},\)

Question 26. What Is the oxidation number of carbon In CUCOCH3?
Answer: -4/3

Question 27. What type of redox reaction does the given reaction belong to? \(2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{~S}+\mathrm{SO}_2 \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+3 \mathrm{~S}\)
Answer: Comproportlonation

Question 28. Which of the following Is unable to participate in disproportionation reaction? CIO-, C1O2, C1O3, ClO4
Answer: CIO¯4

Question 29. In which of the following ions does Fe exist in the same oxidation state? \(\left[\mathrm{Fe}(\mathrm{CN})_6\right]^{4-},\left[\mathrm{Fe}(\mathrm{CN})_6\right]^{3-},\left[\mathrm{Fe}(\mathrm{CN})_5 \mathrm{NO}^{2-}\right.\)
Answer: [Fe(CN6)]4‾ and [Fc(CN)gNO]2-

Question 30. What is the equivalent mass of CuSO4 in the given reaction? 2CuSO4 + \(2 \mathrm{CuSO}_4+4 \mathrm{KI} \rightarrow \mathrm{Cu}_2 \mathrm{I}_2+\mathrm{I}_2+\mathrm{K}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4\)
Answer: M

Question 31. What is the average oxidation number of Fe in \(\mathrm{Fe}_4\left[\mathrm{Fe}(\mathrm{CN})_6\right]_3\)?
Answer: \(+\frac{18}{7}\)

Question 32. Which one is the oxidizing agent in the given reaction: Which element In oxidized and which element Is reduced In the reaction, \(\mathrm{AsO}_2^{-}+\mathrm{Sn}^{2+} \rightarrow \mathrm{As}+\mathrm{Sn}^{4+}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)
Answer: AsO‾²

Question 33. Which element In oxidized and which element Is reduced In the reaction, 4KCIO2(g) → 3KClO4(g) + KCi(g)?
Answer: Cl is reduced and oxidized simultaneously

Redox Reactions Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1. What are the oxidation numbers of the underlined elements in each of the following and how do you rationalise your results?

  1. Kl3
  2. CH3COOH

Answer: The chemical structure of KI3 is K+[1-1→1]¯

In Kl3-1 ion forms a coordinate Bond with I2. The Osditaion Number Of Each 1 atom in 12 molecules is zero, and the oxidation number of K+ id +1, therefore from the oxidation number of one I- will be -1

Redox Reactions CH3COOH

2. The C-1 atom is linked to one O-atom and one OH group, For O -atom and OH -group, the oxidation numbers are 2 and I respectively, As C-l and C-2 are the atoms of the name element, the covalent linkage between them makes no change In oxidation number of either atom.

So, the oxidation number of C- 1 would be +3 since the total oxidation number of one O-atom and one Oil -group is -3. The total oxidation number of three 11 -atoms linked to the C-2 atom Is +3. So, the oxidation number of C-2 would be -3.

Question 2. Justify the following reactions are redox reactions:

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{CuO}(s)+\mathrm{H}_2(g) \rightarrow \mathrm{Cu}(s)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(g) \\
& \mathrm{Fe}_2 \mathrm{O}_3(s)+3 \mathrm{CO}(g) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Fe}(s)+3 \mathrm{CO}_2(g)
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 4 \mathrm{BCl}_3(g)+3 \mathrm{LiAlH}_4(s)- \\
& 2 \mathrm{~B}_2 \mathrm{H}_6(g)+3 \mathrm{LiCl}(s)+3 \mathrm{AlCl}_3(s)
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{~K}(s)+\mathrm{P}_2(g) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{~K}^{+} \mathrm{F}^{-}(s) \\
& 4 \mathrm{NH}_3(g)+5 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 4 \mathrm{NO}(g)+6 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(g)
\end{aligned}\)
Answer: In the reaction, the oxidation number of Cu decreases (+2→0) indicating the reduction of CuO, and the oxidation number of 2 increases (0 →+1), indicating the oxidation of H2. Hence, it is a redox reaction.

Redox Reactions The Oxidation Number Of Fe Decreases

In the reaction, the oxidation number of Fe decreases (+3→+O) and that of C increases
→+4). Therefore, the reaction involves the reduction of Fe2O3 and the oxidation of CO. Hence, it is a redox reaction.

Redox Reactions White Phosphorus Reacts With Copper Sulphate Solution

The reaction involves the reduction of BC13 because the oxidation number of B decreases from +3 to -3 and the oxidation of LiAH4 as the oxidation number increases from -1 to +1. So, it is a redox reaction.

⇒ \(2 \stackrel{0}{\mathrm{~K}}(s)+\stackrel{0}{\mathrm{~F}}_2(g) \rightarrow \stackrel{+1}{2} \stackrel{-1}{\mathrm{~K}}^{-} \mathrm{F}^{-}(s)\)

In the reaction, the increase in the oxidation number of K (0→+1) and the decrease in the oxidation number of F (0 to -1) indicate that the former undergoes oxidation and the latter reduces. Hence, the given reaction is a redox reaction.

⇒ \(4 \stackrel{-3}{\mathrm{~N}}_3(\mathrm{~g})+5 \stackrel{0}{\mathrm{O}}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 4 \stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{~N}} \mathrm{O}^{-2}(\mathrm{~g})+6 \stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{H}}_2^{-2} \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g})\)

In the reaction, NH3 undergoes oxidation because the oxidation number of N-atom increases (-3 to +2), while O2 undergoes reduction, as is evident from the decrease in the oxidation number of O (0→-2). So, it is a redox reaction.

Question 3. Fluorine reacts with ice and results in the change: H2O(s) + F2(g)-+HF(g) + HOF(g); Justify that this reaction is a redox reaction.
Answer: \(\stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{H}}_2 \stackrel{-2}{\mathrm{O}}^{-2}(s)+\stackrel{0}{\mathrm{~F}}{ }_2(g) \rightarrow \stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{H}} \stackrel{-1}{\mathrm{~F}}^{}(g)+\stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{HOF}}^{0-1}(g)\)

In the reaction, H2O undergoes oxidation because the oxidation number,0 increases (-2 to 0 and F2 undergoes reduction as the oxidation number of F decreases (0 to -1). Hence, it is a redox reaction.

Question 4. Calculate the oxidation number of sulphur, chromium and nitrogen in H2SO5, \(\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-}\) & NO-3. Suggest the structure of these compounds. Count for the
Answer: \(\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-}\): If the oxidation number of Cr in \(\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-}\) be x, then \(\begin{gathered}
2(x)+7(-2)=-2 \\
(\text { For } 0)
\end{gathered}\)

∴ x=6

Therefore, there is no fallacy.

NO-3: According to a conventional method, the oxidation number of N in NO3: x+ 3(-2) = -1 or, x = +5 (where x = +3 -1. oxidation number of N in NO3)

However, according to the chemical bonding method, the structure of NO-3 is if the oxidation number of N is -0=0 the above structure is x, then, x+ (-1) + (-2) + (-2) = 0 (for O-)(for= O)(for-O)

or, x = +5

So, in both conventional and chemical bonding methods. the oxidation number of N in NO-3 is +5. Therefore, there is no fallacy.

Question 5. Write formulas for the following compounds:

  1. Mercury chloride
  2. Nickel sulphate
  3. Tin 4
  4. Oxide
  5. Thallium sulphate Iron(3)
  6. Sulphate Chromium(3) oxide

Answer: HgCl2

  1. NiSO4
  2. SnO2
  3. TI2SO4
  4. Fe2(SO4)3
  5. Cr2O3.

Question 6. Suggest a list of the substances where carbon can exhibit oxidation states from -4 to +4 and nitrogen from -3 to +5
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
& \text { C: } \stackrel{-4}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_4, \stackrel{-3}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_3-\stackrel{-3}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_3, \stackrel{-2}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{Cl}, \stackrel{-1}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H} \equiv \stackrel{-1}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}, \stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{Cl}_2 \text {, } \\
& \stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{C}} 2_2 \mathrm{Cl}_2 \text { or } \stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{C}}_6 \mathrm{Cl}_6, \stackrel{+3}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{Cl}_6, \stackrel{+4}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{Cl}_4 \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{N}: \stackrel{-3}{\mathrm{~N}} \mathrm{H}_3, \quad \stackrel{-2}{\mathrm{~N}} \mathrm{H}_2-\stackrel{-2}{\mathrm{~N}} \mathrm{H}_2, \quad \stackrel{-1}{\mathrm{~N}} \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{Cl}, \stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{N}}, \stackrel{-1}{\mathrm{~N}} \mathrm{O} \mathrm{O}, \stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{NO}} \text {, } \\
& \stackrel{+3}{N}_2 \mathrm{O}_3, \stackrel{4}{N}_2 \mathrm{O}_4, \stackrel{+5}{\mathrm{~N}_2} \mathrm{O}_5 \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

Question 7. While sulphur dioxide and hydrogen peroxide can act as oxidising as well as reducing agents in their reactions, ozone and nitric acid act only as oxidants. why?
Answer: A species can act as both oxidant and reductant am one of its constituent atoms has an intermediate value of oxidation number. So, in a reaction the atom can increase or decrease its oxidation number i.e., it can act as an oxidant as well as a; reductant.

In SO2, the oxidation number of S is +4. The highest and lowest oxidation numbers of S are +6 and -2 respectively. Therefore, the S-atom in SO2 can increase its oxidation number in a reaction in which SO2 acts as a reductant and decrease its oxidation number in a reaction in which SO2 plays the role of an oxidant. Hence, SO2 can act as an oxidant as well as a reductant.

In H2O2, the oxidation number of 0 is —1 1 The highest and lowest oxidation numbers of oxygen are -2 and O respectively. Therefore, the oxygen atom in H2O2 is capable of increasing or decreasing its oxidation number. In the reaction in which H2O2 acts as an oxidant, the oxidation number of oxygen decreases from -1 to -2 and in the reaction in which it acts as a reductant, the oxidation number of oxygen increases from -1 to 0. Hence, H2O2 can act both as an oxidant and a reductant.

In O3, the oxidation number of oxygen is zero. Oxygen can show two oxidation numbers, -1 and -2. So, the oxidation number of oxygen O3 can reduce to -1 or -2, but it can never increase. Hence, O3 can act only as an oxidant.

In HNO3, the oxidation number of nitrogen is +5. It is the maximum oxidation number that nitrogen can exhibit. So, the only opportunity for nitrogen in HNO3 is to decrease its oxidation number. Hence, HNO3 can act only as an oxidant.

Question 8. Consider the reactions:

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 6 \mathrm{CO}_2(g)+6 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_{12} \mathrm{O}_6(a q)+6 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \\
& \mathrm{O}_3(g)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)+2 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g})
\end{aligned}\)

Why it is more appropriate to write these reactions as:

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 6 \mathrm{CO}_2(g)+12 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \\
& \quad \mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_{12} \mathrm{O}_6(a q)+6 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)+6 \mathrm{O}_2(g)
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{O}_3(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)+\mathrm{O}_2(g)+\mathrm{O}_2(g)\)Also, suggest a technique to investigate the path of the above and redox reactions.
Answer: The reaction shown by the equation takes place in the photosynthesis process. From the equation, it may seem that the reaction involves only the consumption of H2O. However, if we look at the steps that are supposed to be involved in the photosynthesis reaction, it becomes evident that consumption as well as formation of H2O takes place in the photosynthesis reaction. The proposed steps of the photosynthesis reaction are

Decomposition of H2O into H2 and O2

12H2O(Z)→12H2(g) + 6O2(g)

Formation of C6H1206 and H2O due to reduction of CO2(g) by H2(g) produced in step.

6CO2(g) + 12H2(g)→C6HI2O6(s) + 6H2O(l) -[2]

Combining equations (1) and (2) gives the complete reaction for the photosynthesis process.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 6 \mathrm{CO}_2(g)+12 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightharpoondown \downarrow \\
& \mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_{12} \mathrm{O}_6(s)+6 \mathrm{O}_2(g)+6 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \cdots[3]
\end{aligned}\)

Thus, equation (3) will be more appropriate for representing the photosynthesis reaction because it gives the actual stoichiometry of the reactants and the products involved in the given reaction.

From the equation, the source of O2 formed in the reaction is not obvious. One may think O2 is formed from O3 or H2O2 or both O3 and H2O2. The detailed steps of this reaction as shown below reveal that O2 is formed from both O3 and H2O2.

⇒\(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{O}_3(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g}) \\
& \frac{\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2(l)+\mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g})}{\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2(l)+\mathrm{O}_3(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g})} \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

Therefore, it is appropriate to represent the reaction by equation (1).

To investigate the paths of the reaction 1 and 2, we adopt the tracer technique method. In this method, we use H2OI8 instead of H2O for reaction 1 and \(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2^{18}\) instead of H2O2 for reaction 2.

Question 9. The compound AgF2 is unstable. However, if formed the compound acts as a very strong oxidising agent. Why?
Answer: AgF2 can be prepared although it is not a stable compound. This is because the oxidation state of Ag in AgF2 is +2, which is not the stable oxidation state of Ag. The stable oxidation state of Ag is +1. As a result, Ag2+ in AgF2 quickly reduces to Ag+ by gaining an electron (Ag2+ e→Ag+). This brings about the instability of AgF2 and makes it a very strong oxidising agent.

Question 10. Whenever a reaction between an oxidising agent and a reducing agent is carried out, a compound of a lower oxidation state is formed if the reducing agent is in excess and a compound of a higher oxidation state is formed if the oxidising agent is in excess. Justify this statement by giving three illustrations.
Answer: The given statement can be justified from the examples of j reactions mentioned below.

The reaction of C (reductant) with O2 (oxidant) may result in CO or CO2 or a mixture of CO and CO2. However, if this reaction is initiated with the excess amount of C, the only product that forms is CO. On the other hand, if O2 is taken in excess in the reaction, only CO2 is formed. In CO, the oxidation state of C is +2, and in CO2, it is +4.

Thus, we see that taking an excess amount of reductant leads to the formation of a compound lower oxidation state. Conversely, a compound of a higher oxidation state is formed when the oxidant is taken in excess.

Redox Reactions Oxdiation State Is Formed when the oxdiant is taken in excess

The reaction of P4 (reductant) with Cl2 (oxidant) results in PCl3 when P4 is taken in excess, while it results in PC15 when Cl2 is taken in excess.

Redox Reactions The reaction Of P4 (reductant)

The oxidation state of PC13 is +3 and that in PC15 is +5. Thus, an excess amount of reductant produces an oil compound lower oxidation state and an excess amount of oxidant produces a compound with a higher oxidation state.

The same thing happens when Na (reductant) is reacted with O2 (oxidant).In the presence of excess Na, the resulting compound is Na2O, in which the oxidation state of oxygen is -2 in the presence of excess O2, the resulting compound is Na202, in which the oxidation state of oxygen is -1.

Redox Reactions In This Reaction, the mass of Na is 46g and that of oxygen is 64g

[In this reaction, the mass of Na is 46g and that of oxygen is 64 g]

Question 11. How do you count for the following observations? Although alkaline potassium permanganate and acidic potassium permanganate both are used as oxidants, yet In the manufacture of benzoic acid from toluene we use alcoholic potassium permanganate as an oxidant. Why? Write a balanced redox equation for the reaction.

When concentrated sulphuric acid is added to an inorganic mixture containing chloride, we get colourless pungent-smelling gas HC1, but if the mixture contains bromide then we get red vapour of bromine. Why?
Answer: The reaction in acid medium:

Redox Reactions The reaction in acid medium

Multiplying equation (1) by 6 and equation (2) by 5 and then adding them together, we have

Redox Reactions Multiplying equation (1) by 6 and equation (2) by 5

The reaction in alkaline or neutral medium:

Redox Reactions The reactionin alkaline or neutral medium

Multiply equation (3) by 2 and then adding it to equation (4), we have

Redox Reactions Even though toluene oxidises to benzoic acid

Even though toluene oxidises to benzoic acid in the presence of acidic or alkaline KMnO4, the manufacture of benzoic acid from toluene is usually carried out by using alcoholic KMnO4 as an oxidant.

This is because ofthe following advantages:

The use of alcoholic KMnO4 is cost-effective because carrying out the reaction in the presence of it does not require adding either acid or alkali in the reaction medium. In a neutral medium, OH- ions are produced during the reaction.

Both KMnO4 and toluene are soluble in alcohol and they form a homogeneous mixture. This facilitates the reaction and contributes towards speeding up the reaction.

When concentrated H2SO4 is added to an inorganic mixture containing chloride, HC1, which has a pungent smell, is produced.

Question 13. Identify the substance oxidised, reduced, oxidising agent and reducing agent for each of the following reactions

\(2 \mathrm{AgBr}(s)+\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_6 \mathrm{O}_2(a q) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Ag}(s)+2 \mathrm{HBr}(a q)+\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_4 \mathrm{O}_2(a q)\) \(\mathrm{HCHO}(l)+2\left[\mathrm{Ag}\left(\mathrm{NH}_3\right)_0\right]^{+}(a q)+3 \mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q) \rightarrow 2 \mathbf{A g}(s)+\mathrm{HCOO}^{-}(a q)+4 \mathrm{NH}_3(a q)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\) \(\mathrm{HCHO}(l)+2 \mathrm{Cu}^{2+}(a q)+5 \mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{Cu}_2 \mathrm{O}(s)+\mathrm{HCOO}^{-}(a q)+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\) \(\mathrm{N}_2 \mathrm{H}_4(l)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{N}_2(g)+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\) \(\mathrm{Pb}(s)+\mathrm{PbO}_2(s)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4(a q) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{PbSO}_4(s)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\)

Redox Reactions Identify The Substance Oxidised reduced, Oxidising Agent And Reducing Agent

Question 14. Consider the reaction:

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{~S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-}(a q)+\mathrm{I}_2(s) \rightarrow \mathrm{S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6^{2-}(a q)+2 \mathrm{I}^{-}(a q) \\
& \mathrm{S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-}(a q)+2 \mathrm{Br}_2(l)+5 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightarrow \downarrow \\
& 2 \mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}(a q)+4 \mathrm{Br}^{-}(a q)+10 \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q)
\end{aligned}\)
Answer: The standard reduction potential for Br2/2Br- system is greater than that for I2/2I- system \(\left(E_{\mathrm{Br}_2 / 2 \mathrm{Br}}^0=1.09 \mathrm{~V}\right.\) and \(E_{1_2 / 21^{-}}^0=0.54 \mathrm{~V}\) indicating Br2 is a stronger oxidising agent than I2. The average oxidation number of S in \(\mathrm{S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-}\) is +2. and that in \(\mathrm{S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6^{2-}\) is 2.5, while the oxidation number of S in SO2– is +6. The oxidation number per S-atom changes by 0.5 unit in the reaction \(\mathrm{S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-} \rightarrow \mathrm{S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6^{2-}\) while in the reaction \(\mathrm{S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-} \rightarrow \mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}\) this change occurs by 4 unit. Being a stronger oxidising agent, Br2 is capable of increasing the oxidation number of S in \(\mathrm{S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-}\) to the maximum oxidation number of6, thereby leading to the formation of SO2– ion. On the other hand, I2, being a weaker oxidising agent, increases the oxidation number of Sin S20|~ to an oxidation number of 2.5 and results in the formation of \(\mathrm{S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6^{2-}\) ion.

Question 15. Justify giving reactions that among halogens, fluorine is the best oxidant and among hydrohalic compounds, hydroiodic acid is the best reductant
Answer: The standard redox potentials (or standard reduction potentials) ofthe redox couples formed by halogens are—

Redox Reactions The Standard Redox Potentials

Are doxcouple consists of a reduced form and an oxidised form. The larger the value of E° for a redox couple, the greater the tendency of its oxidised form to get reduced and the smaller the tendency of its reduced form to get oxidised. The reverse is true when the value of E° for a redox couple is small.

Combining this idea with standard electrode potentials of the redox couples given, we can infer that the tendency of oxidised forms (i.e., F2, Cl2, Br2 and I2) to get reduced or the strength of oxidising power of the oxidised forms follows the order: F2 > Cl2 > Br2 > I2, and the tendency of reduced forms {i.e., F-, Cl-, Br- and I-) to get oxidised or the strength of reducing power ofthe reduced forms follows the order:

I¯> Br¯> Cl¯ > F¯

As the oxidising power of F2 is highest among the halogens, it is capable of oxidising other halides to the corresponding halogens. No other halogen except F2, has this ability

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{F}_2(g)+2 \mathrm{Cl}^{-}(a q) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{~F}^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{Cl}_2(g) \\
& \mathrm{F}_2(g)+2 \mathrm{Br}^{-}(a q) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{~F}^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{Br}_2(l) \\
& \mathrm{F}_2(g)+2 \mathrm{I}^{-}(a q) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{~F}^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{I}_2(s)
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{Cl}_2(g)+2 \mathrm{Br}^{-}(a q) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Cl}^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{Br}_2(l) \\
& \mathrm{Cl}_2(g)+2 \mathrm{I}^{-}(a q) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Cl}^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{I}_2(s) \\
& \mathrm{Br}_2(l)+2 \mathrm{I}^{-}(a q) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Br}^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{I}_2(s)
\end{aligned}\)

Therefore, F2 has the strongest oxidising power among the halogens. The oxidation of a hydrohalic acid produces its halogen. The tendency of a hydrohalic acid to get oxidised or the reducing power of a hydrohalic acid is high when the halide ion of the hydrohalic acid exhibits a greater tendency to get oxidised. As the tendency ofhalide ions to get oxidised follows the order I¯ > Br¯ > Cl¯ > F-, the reducing power of hydrohalic acids will follow the order HI>HBr>HCl>HF.

This is confirmed by the following reactions: HI or HBr can reduce H2SO2 to SO2, but HC1 or HF cannot reduce it.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{HI}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \rightarrow \mathrm{I}_2+\mathrm{SO}_2+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
& 2 \mathrm{HBr}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \rightarrow \mathrm{Br}_2+\mathrm{SO}_2+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

I- can reduce Cu2+ to Cu+, but Br- cannot.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{Cu}^{2+}(a q)+4 \mathrm{I}^{-}(a q) \rightarrow \mathrm{Cu}_2 \mathrm{I}_2(s)+\mathrm{I}_2(s) \\
& \mathrm{Cu}^{2+}(a q)+2 \mathrm{Br}^{-}(a q) \rightarrow \text { No reaction }
\end{aligned}\)

Therefore, we can conclude that HI is the strongest reducing agent among the hydrohalic acids.

Question 16. Why does the following reaction occur?

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{XeO}_6^{4-}(a q)+2 \mathrm{~F}^{-}(a q)+ 6 \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q) \longrightarrow \\
& \mathrm{XeO}_3(g)+\mathrm{F}_2(g)+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)
\end{aligned}\)

What conclusion about the compound Na4Xe06 (of which XeO3 is a part) can be drawn from the reaction?
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
& \stackrel{+8}{\mathrm{XeO}} \mathrm{O}_6^{4-}(a q)+2 \mathrm{~F}^{-1}-(a q)+6 \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q) \\
& \stackrel{+6}{\mathrm{X}} \mathrm{OO}_3(g)+\stackrel{0}{\mathrm{~F}}{ }_2(g)+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

The oxidation numbers of Xe in XeO4-6 and XeO3 are +8 and +6 respectively. Thus, in the reaction the oxidation number of Xe decreases and hence XeOg- undergoes reduction and acts as an oxidising agent. On the other hand, the oxidation number of F increases from -1 to 0.

Therefore, in the reaction fluorine undergoes oxidation and hence it acts as a reductant. As the reaction is spontaneous and XeO- oxidises F-, it can be concluded that Na4XeOg has stronger oxidising power than F2.

Question 17. Consider the reactions:

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{PO}_2(a q)+ & 4 \mathrm{AgNO}_3(a q)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)- \\
& \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{PO}_4(a q)+4 \mathrm{Ag}(s)+4 \mathrm{HNO}_3(a q)
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{PO}_2(a q)+2 \mathrm{CuSO}_4(a q)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)- \\
& \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{PO}_4(a q)+2 \mathrm{Cu}(s)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4(a q)
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{CHO}(l)+2\left[\mathrm{Ag}\left(\mathrm{NH}_3\right)_2\right]^{+}(a q)+3 \mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)- \\
& \mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{COO}^{-}(a q)+2 \mathrm{Ag}(s)+4 \mathrm{NH}_3(a q)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)
\end{aligned}\)

What inference do you draw about the behaviour of Ag+ and Cu2+ from these reactions?
Answer: The reaction involves the reduction of the Ag+ ion to Ag and the oxidation of H3PO2 to H3PO4. Thus, in this reaction, the Ag+ ion behaves as an oxidant. It oxidises H3PO2 to H3PO4.

The reaction involves the reduction of Cu2+ ion to Cu and the oxidation of H3PO2 to H3PO4. Thus, in this reaction, the Cu2+ ion behaves as an oxidant. It oxidises H3PO2 to H3PO4.

The reaction involves the oxidation of C6H5CHO to C6H5COOH and the reduction of [Ag(NH23)2]+ to Ag. Thus, in this reaction, the Ag+ ion acts as an oxidant. It oxidizes C6H5CHO to C6H5COOH.

This reaction indicates that the Cu2+ ion is not capable of oxidizing C6H5CHO. This explains why the Cu2+ ion is a weaker oxidising agent than the Ag+ ion.

Question 20. What sorts of information can you draw from the following reaction?
Answer: Let us first analyze whether (CN)2 in the reaction gets oxidised or reduced or simultaneously oxidized as well as reduced. To know this the knowledge of the oxidation states of C in (CN)2, CN and CNO- are required.

The oxidation state of C in (CN)2 is \(+3\left[(\stackrel{+3-3}{(\mathrm{CN}})_2\right]\) is +2 \(\mathrm{CN}^{-}\left[\mathrm{CN}^{-}\right] \text {and }+4 \text { in } \mathrm{CNO}^{-}\left[\mathrm{C}^{+3-32} \mathrm{CN}^{-}\right]\)

Now let us consider the given equation \((\stackrel{+3}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{N})_2(g)+2 \mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q) \xrightarrow[+2]{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{N}^{-}(a q)+\stackrel{+4}{\mathrm{C}} \mathrm{NO}^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\)

From this equation, we see that (CN)2 reduced to the oxidation number of C reduces (+3→+2) in this change, and It gets oxidised to CNO- because the oxidation number of C Increases (+3→+4) In this change. Thus, from this reaction, we have the following information: CD In an alkaline medium cyanogen gas dissociates into cyanide Ion (ON-) and cyanate Ion (CNO-).

It Is a redox reaction. More particularly, it is a disproportionation reaction because (CN)2 undergoes oxidation and reduction simultaneously. Cyanogen is a pseudohalogen. It acts as a halogen on reacting with alkalis.

Question 21. The Mn3+ 1 ion Is unstable In solution and undergoes disproportionation to give Mn2+, MnO2, and H+ ions. Write a balanced ionic equation for the reaction.
Answer: Mn3+ is unstable in an aqueous medium and undergoes a disproportionation reaction, forming Mn3+, MnO2 and H+. So, the reaction is—

Here the oxidation reaction is—

⇒ \(\mathrm{Mn}^{3+}(a q)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{MnO}_2(s)+4 \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q)+e \quad \cdots[1]\)

Adding equation (1) and equation (2), we have

⇒ \(2 \mathrm{Mn}^{3+}(a q)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{MnO}_2(s)+\mathrm{Mn}^{2+}(a q)+4 \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q)\)

This is the balanced equation for the disproportionation reaction that the Mn3+ ion undergoes in an aqueous medium.

Question 22. Consider the elements: Cs, Ne, I and F

  • Identify the element that exhibits only a negative oxidation state.
  • Identify the element that exhibits only a positive oxidation state.
  • Identify the element that exhibits both positive and negative oxidation states.
  • Identify the element which exhibits neither the negative nor the positive oxidation state

Answer: Being an element of the highest electronegativity, F always shows a negative oxidation state. It exhibits only a -1 oxidation state

Cs is an alkali metal and shows a strong electropositive character. As a result, it always shows a positive oxidation state. It exhibits only a +1 oxidation state.

Like other halogens, I also show a -1 oxidation state. In addition, it shows positive oxidation states, +1, +3, +5 and +7 when it forms compounds with more electronegative elements.

Ne is an inert element and does not tend to gain or lose electrons. As a result, it shows neither a positive oxidation state nor a negative oxidation state.

Question 23. Chlorine is used to purify drinking water. Excess of chlorine is harmful. The excess chlorine is removed by treating it with sulphur dioxide. Present a balanced equation for this redox change taking place in water.
Answer: The reaction that occurs when S02 is used to remove excess Cl2 in drinking water is—

⇒ \(\mathrm{Cl}_2(a q)+\mathrm{SO}_2(a q) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Cl}^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}(a q)\)

Oxidation reaction: \(\stackrel{+4}{\mathrm{SO}_2}(a q) \xrightarrow{+6} \mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}(a q)\)

To balance O-atoms, we add 2H2O to the left-hand side and 4H+ to the right-hand side.

⇒ \(\mathrm{SO}_2(a q)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}(a q)+4 \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q)\)

Balancing charges on both sides, we have

Reduction reaction: Cl2(aq) + 2e→2Cl-(aq)….2

Adding equation (1) to equation (2), we have

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\mathrm{Cl}_2(a q)+\mathrm{SO}_2(a q)+ & 2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \longrightarrow \\
& \mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}(a q)+2 \mathrm{Cl}^{-}(a q)+4 \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q)
\end{aligned}\)

This is the balanced equation for the reaction.

Question 24. Refer to the periodic table given in your book and now answer the following questions:

Select the possible non-metals that can show a disproportionation reaction. Select three metals that can show a disproportionation reaction.
Answer: Non-metals such as P4(s), Cl2(g) and Br2(Z) undergo disproportionation reaction.

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
\mathrm{P}_4(s)+3 \mathrm{NaOH}(a q)+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \longrightarrow \downarrow \\
\mathrm{PH}_3(g)+3 \mathrm{NaH}_2 \mathrm{PO}_2(a q)
\end{gathered}\)

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
\mathrm{Cl}_2(g)+6 \mathrm{NaOH}(a q)(\mathrm{Hot}) \longrightarrow \\
5 \mathrm{NaCl}(a q)+\mathrm{NaClO}_3(a q)+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)
\end{gathered}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\mathrm{Br}_2(l)+6 \mathrm{NaOH}(a q)(\mathrm{Hot}) \\
5 \mathrm{NaBr}(a q)+\mathrm{NaBrO}_3(a q)+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)
\end{aligned}\)

Three metals that can show disproportionation reactions are copper, gallium and manganese.

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
2 \stackrel{+1}{\mathrm{C}} u^{+}(a q) & \rightarrow \stackrel{0}{\mathrm{Cu}}(s)+\stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{Cu}^{2+}}(a q) \\
3 \mathrm{Ha}^{+}(a q) & \rightarrow \stackrel{+3}{\mathrm{Ga}}^{3+}(a q)+2 \stackrel{\ominus}{\mathrm{Ga}}(s)
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 2 \mathrm{Mn}^{3+}(a q)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \longrightarrow \\
& \mathrm{MnO}_2(s)+\mathrm{Mn}^{2+}(a q)+4 \mathrm{H}^{+}(a q)
\end{aligned}\)

Question 25. In Ostwald’s process for the manufacture of nitric acid, the first step involves the oxidation of ammonia gas by oxygen gas to give nitric oxide gas and steam. What is the maximum weight of nitric oxide that can be obtained starting only with 10.00 g of ammonia and 20.00 g of oxygen?
Answer: Reaction: \(\begin{gathered}
4 \mathrm{NH}_3(\mathrm{~g})+5 \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow 4 \mathrm{NO}(\mathrm{g})+6 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(\mathrm{g}) \\
4 \times 17 \mathrm{~g}=68 \mathrm{~g} \quad 5 \times 32 \mathrm{~g}=160 \mathrm{~g} 4 \times 30 \mathrm{~g}=120 \mathrm{~g}
\end{gathered}\)

Therefore, 160 g O2 is required to oxidise 68 g NH3.

20g O2 is required to oxidise \(\frac{68}{160} \times 20 \mathrm{~g}\)

= 8.5 g of NH3

So, here O2 is the limiting reagent. The amount of nitric oxide produced depends upon the amount of oxygen taken and not on the amount of NH3 taken

According to the above equation,

160 g O2 produces 120 g NO

⇒ \(20 \mathrm{~g} \mathrm{O}_2 \text { produces } \frac{120}{160} \times 20 \mathrm{~g} \mathrm{NO}=15 \mathrm{~g} \mathrm{NO}\)

Thus the reaction between 10 g NH3 and 20gO2 produces a maximum amount of 15 g NO.

Question 26. Identify whether the following reactions are redox reactions or not:

\(\begin{array}{r}
\mathrm{Pb}\left(\mathrm{NO}_3\right)_2(a q)+\mathrm{K}_2 \mathrm{CrO}_4(a q) \longrightarrow \\
\mathrm{PbCrO}_4(s)+2 \mathrm{KNO}_3(a q)
\end{array}\)

NH4NO2(s)→N2(g) + 2H2O(g)

\(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{CaCO}_3(s)+2 \mathrm{HCl}(a q) \longrightarrow \\
& \mathrm{CaCl}_2(a q)+\mathrm{CO}_2(g)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)
\end{aligned}\)

2HgO(s)→2Hg(l) + O2(g)

2HNO3(aq) + P2O5(s)→N2O5(g) + 2HPO3(a<7)

3CuSO4(aq) + 2PH3(g)→Cu3P2(s) + 3H2S04(aq)

Answer: Redox Reaction

Question 27. Identify the oxidant and reductant in the following reactions:

N2H(l)+ ClO2(aq)→NO(g) + Cl-(aq)

\(\begin{aligned}
\mathrm{Cl}_2(g)+2 \mathrm{NaOH}(a q) \\
\mathrm{NaCl}(a q)+\mathrm{NaOCl}(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)
\end{aligned}\)

Cu2S(s) + 2Cu2O(s)→6Cu(s) + SO2(g)

2HgCl2(aq) + SnCl2(aq)→Hg2Cl2(aq) + SnCl4(aq)

HOCl(aq) + H2S(aq)→S(s) + H3O+(a<7) + Cl-(aq)

Answer: Oxidant

  1. CIO3
  2. Cl2
  3. Cu2O
  4. CI2
  5. HOCl
  6. K2MnO4
  7. KIO3

Reductant:

  1. N2H4
  2. Cl2
  3. Cu2S
  4. SnCl2
  5. H2S
  6. K2MnO4
  7. K1

Question 28. Which are oxidized in the following reactions? Give reasons.

  • 2Na + H2→2NaH
  • H2O2 + Q3 H2O + O2

Answer: Na H2O2

Question 29. In which of the following two reactions does HNPO3 not act as an oxidizing agent? Explain 
Answer: 2

Question 30. Which one of the following two reactions is a redox reaction?
Answer: 2

Question 31. Arrange the following compounds in increasing order of the oxidation number of S. Na2S4O6, H2S2O7, H2SO3, Na2S2O3
Answer: Na2S2O3 < Na2S4Og < H2SO3 < H2S2O7

Question 32. Arrange the following compounds in increasing order of the oxidation number of N. Mg3N2, NH2OH, (N2H5)2SO4, [CO(NH3)5CI]CI2
Answer: \(\mathrm{Mg}_3 \mathrm{~N}_2<\left(\mathrm{N}_2 \mathrm{H}_5\right)_2 \mathrm{SO}_4<\mathrm{NH}_2 \mathrm{OH}<\left[\mathrm{Co}\left(\mathrm{NH}_3\right)_5 \mathrm{Cl}\right] \mathrm{Cl}_2 ;\) 

Question 33. What are the values of a and b in the given redox reaction?
\(a \mathrm{KMnO}_4+\mathrm{NH}_3 \rightarrow b \mathrm{KNO}_3+\mathrm{MnO}_2+\mathrm{KOH}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)
Answer: a=8,b=3

Question 34. Write the half-reactions ofthe given redox reaction \(\mathrm{UO}^{2+}+\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-}+\mathrm{H}^{+} \rightarrow \mathrm{UO}_2^{2+}+\mathrm{Cr}^{3+}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)
Answer: \(\mathrm{UO}^{2+}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \rightarrow \mathrm{UO}_2^{2+}+2 \mathrm{H}^{+}+2 e\) \(\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-}+14 \mathrm{H}^{+}+6 e \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Cr}^{3+}+7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

Question 35. How many moles of electrons will be required to reduce 1 mol N03 ion to hydrazine in the acidic medium?
Answer: 7 mol

Question 36. In an alkaline medium, C1O2 oxidizes H2O2 to O2 and itself reduces to Cl- ion. How many moles of H2O2 will be oxidized by 1 mol of C1O2?
Answer: 2.5 mol

Question 37. In the basic medium, KNO2 is oxidized by KMnO4, forming KNO3. How many moles of KMnO4 are required to oxidize 1 mol of KNO2?
Answer: 2/3 mol

Question 38. Calculate— the number of mol of KMnO4 required to oxidize 1 mol of ferrous oxalate in an acidic medium, The number of mol of K2Cr2O7 required to oxidize 1 mol of ferrous oxalate in an acidic medium
Answer: 0.6 mol

Question 39. Calculate the equivalent mass of the underlined Compounds.
Answer: 183.75 16.5

Question 40. Iodine reacts with sodium sulfate a neutral medium. Write the balanced equation of this reaction. Calculate the equivalent mass of sodium thiosulfate in this reaction. (Assume molecular mass of sodium thiosulfate =M).
Answer: \(2 \mathrm{~S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-}+\mathrm{I}_2 \rightarrow \mathrm{S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6^{2-}+2 \mathrm{I}^{-}\) Equivalent mass = M.

Redox Reactions Fill In The Blanks

Question 1. Oxidation number of N in Mg3N2 is_________________.
Answer: -3

Question 2. An element can exist in +1, 0, +5 oxidation states. In a compound, if the element exists in a state, then the compound can participate in a disproportionation reaction.
Answer: +1

Question 3. The oxidation number of S in (CH3)2SO is_________________.
Answer: +4

Question 4. Number of electron(s) involved in the reaction, IO¯3 →I‾ in basic medium is_________________.
Answer: 6

Question 5. The equivalent mass of SO2 in the reaction, SO2 →\(\mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}\) in acidic medium is_________________.
Answer: 32

Question 6. \(\mathrm{CrO}_4^{2-}+x \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+y e^{-} \rightarrow\left[\mathrm{Cr}(\mathrm{OH})_x\right]^{-}+x \mathrm{OH}^{-}\), where y =_________________.
Answer: 3

Question 7. The oxidation number of Mo in [Mo2O4-(C2H4)2(H2O2)]2+ is_________________.
Answer: +5

Redox Reactions Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1. Oxidation numbers of S in peroxonosulphric and peroxonosulphric acids respectively are-

  1. +3 and +3
  2. +4 and +6
  3. +6 and +6
  4. +8 and +7

Answer: 2. +4 and +6

Question 2. The oxidation number of pyrophosphoriqaeid is-

  1. +1
  2. +3
  3. +4
  4. +5

Answer: 4. +5

Question 3. When SO2 gas is passed through an acidic solution of K2Gr2O7, the oxidation number of S changes by

  1. 2 unit
  2. 3 unit
  3. 4 unit
  4. 6 unit

Answer: 1. 2 unit

Question 4. When manganous salt is fused with KNO3 and solid NaOH, the oxidation number changes from—

  1. +2 to +3
  2. +2 to +4
  3. +2 to +6
  4. +2 to +7

Answer: 3. +2 to +6

Question 5. Which ofthe following reactions is not a redox reaction—

  1. 2CuSO4 + 4KI→ CU2I2 + 2K2SO4 + I2
  2. SO2 + H2O→H2SO3
  3. CUSO4 + 4NH3→ [CU(NH3)4]SO4
  4. 4KC1O3 →3KC1O4 + KC1

Answer: 3. CUSO4 + 4NH3→ [CU(NH3)4]SO4

Question 6. Which of the following reactions does the reaction, Ag2+ + Ag→Ag+, belong to—

  1. Reduction
  2. Oxidation
  3. Comproportionation
  4. Disproportionation

Answer: 3. Comproportionation

Question 7. In the following reaction, the oxidation half-reaction gives—

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
2 \mathrm{KMnO}_4+5 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4 \\
\mathrm{~K}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4+2 \mathrm{MnSO}_4+10 \mathrm{CO}_2+8 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}
\end{aligned}\)

  1. MnSO4
  2. CO2
  3. K2SO4
  4. H2O

Answer: 2. CO2

Question 8. The amount of electrons required to reduce 1 mol of nitrate ions to hydrazine is-

  1. 7 mol
  2. 6 mol
  3. 5 mol
  4. 4 mol

Answer: 1. 7 mol

Question 9. The reaction of C1O2 with H2O2 in an alkaline medium results in O2 and Cl- ions. In this reaction, C1O2 acts as an oxidant. The number of mol of H2O2 oxidised by1 mol of C1O2 is-

  1. 1.0
  2. 1.2
  3. 2.5
  4. 2.8

Answer: 3. 2.5

Question 10. In the balanced equation of the reaction, \(\mathrm{Zn}+\mathrm{NO}_3^{-}+\mathrm{OH}^{-} \rightarrow \mathrm{ZnO}_2^{2-}+\mathrm{NH}_3\), the coefficients of Zn, NO3 and OH- respectively are—

  1. 1,4 and 8
  2. 8,3 and 2
  3. 4,1 and 7
  4. 5,2 and 8

Answer: 3. 4,1 and 7

Question 11. The amount of iodine that liberates in the reaction of 0.1 mol of K2Cr2O? with an excess of K3 in an acidic solution is

  1. 0.1 mol
  2. 0.2 mol
  3. 0.3 mol
  4. 0.4 mol

Answer: 3. 0.3 mol

Question 12. In a strong alkaline solution, the equivalent mass of KMnO4 (molecular mass =M) is—

  1. M/5
  2. M/2
  3. M/2
  4. M

Answer: 4. M

Question 13. In the balanced equation for the reaction,
\(a \mathrm{KMnO}_4+b \mathrm{NH}_3 \rightarrow \mathrm{KNO}_3+\mathrm{MnO}_2+\mathrm{KOH}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O},\) the
values of a and b respectively are-

  1. 3 and 7
  2. 8 and 3
  3. 5 and 2
  4. 6 and 8

Answer: 2. 8 and 3

Question 14. In the reaction of KMnO4 with ferrous ions in an acidic medium, KMnO4 oxidizes ferrous ions to ferric ions and itself gets reduced to manganous salt. The number of ferrous ions oxidized by 100 mL of 0.2(N) KMnO4 solution is—

  1. 1.117 g
  2. 1.562 g
  3. 2.173 g
  4. 1.934 g

Answer: 1. 1.117 g

Question 15. The oxidation number of B in NaBH4 is —

  1. -3
  2. +3
  3. +2
  4. -4

Answer: 2. +3

Question 16. The equivalent mass of the oxidant in the reaction, 3C12 + 6NaOH- 5NaCl + NaC1O3 + 3H2O is

  1. 71
  2. 14.2
  3. 7.1
  4. 35.5

Answer: 3. 7.1

Question 17. \(\mathrm{Cr}(\mathrm{OH})_3+\mathrm{IO}_3^{-}+\mathrm{OH}^{-} \rightarrow \mathrm{CrO}_4^{2-}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+\mathrm{I}_2\) In the
balanced equation of this reaction, the coefficient of H2O is-

  1. 2
  2. 3
  3. 4
  4. 5

Answer: 4. 5

Question 18. In the balanced equation for the reaction-

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{As}_2 \mathrm{~S}_3+a \mathrm{ClO}_3^{-}+b \mathrm{OH}^{-} \\
& x \mathrm{AsO}_4^{3-}+y \mathrm{ClO}^{-}+z \mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}+6 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

  1. x+y+z=a
  2. a+x+z=b
  3. a-x-z=y
  4. b-a=y-z

Answer: 2. a+x+z=b

Question 19. In the reaction, Fe3O4 + KMnO4 → Fe2O3 +MnO2, the equivalent mass of Fe3O4 is—

  1. 116
  2. 232
  3. 773
  4. 154.6

Answer: 2. 232

Question 20. Which of the following requires an oxidant—

  1. Cu2+→ Cu
  2. Cu3P2→2PH3
  3. \(2 \mathrm{~S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-} \rightarrow \mathrm{S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6^{2-}\)
  4. \(\mathrm{SO}_3 \rightarrow \mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}\)

Answer: 3. \(2 \mathrm{~S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-} \rightarrow \mathrm{S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6^{2-}\)

Question 21. In the presence of HCl(aq), K2Cr2O7 oxidizes tin (Sn) into Sn4+ ions. The amount of that will be oxidisedby1 mol K2Cr2O7 is —

  1. 1.0 mol
  2. 1.5 mol
  3. 2.0 mol
  4. 2.5 mol

Answer: 2. 1.5 mol

Question 22. The amount of Na2S2O3 to be required for reducing iodine produced by the reaction of mol ofKI with H2O2 in an acid medium is—

  1. 0.5 mol
  2. 1 mol
  3. 2 mol
  4. 2.5 mol

Answer: 3. 2 mol

Question 23. The ratio of equivalent masses of KMnO4 in acidic, strong alkaline, and neutral solutions is—

  1. 3:5:15
  2. 3:15:5
  3. 5:5:3
  4. 3:3:5

Answer: 2. 3:15:5

Question 24. The amount of H2O2 required for decolorizing 1 mol of KMnO4 in an acid solution is—

  1. 1.5 mol
  2. 2.0 mol
  3. 2.5 mol
  4. 3.0 mol

Answer: 3. 2.5 mol

Question 25. Fe has the lowest oxidation state in—

  1. FeSO4(NH4)2S04-62O
  2. K4[Fe(CN)g]
  3. Fe(CO)5
  4. Fe0.94O

Answer: 3. Fe(CO)5

Question 26. A compound of Xe and F is found to have 53.5% Xe. What is the oxidation number of Xein in this compound—

  1. -4
  2. 0
  3. +4
  4. +6

Answer: 4. +6

Question 27. Disproportionation reaction is not possible for—

  1. ASH3
  2. SF4
  3. H5106
  4. PC13

Answer: 3. PC13

Question 28. When lmol of KC.103 accepts 4 t nol of electrons, the expected product is—

  1. C102
  2. or
  3. C104
  4. cr

Answer: 3. cr

Question 29. \(\mathrm{M}^{x+}+\mathrm{MnO}_4^{-} \rightarrow \mathrm{MO}_3^{-}+\mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{O}_2\) If 1 mol of Mn04 oxidises 2.5 mol of M-v+, then the value of X is —

  1. 5
  2. 3
  3. 4
  4. 1

Answer: 4. 1

Question 30. During the reaction between KC1O3 and (COOH)2 in an acidic medium, the tire element that undergoes a maximum change in the oxidation number is—

  1. K
  2. O
  3. Cl
  4. C

Answer: 3. Cl

Question 31. If the oxidation numbers of Cr in CrOg, K2CrO K,Cr2O- and [Cr(NH3)4Cl2]Cl are +a, +b, +c and +d respectively, then—

  1. a>c>b>d
  2. a=x>b>d
  3. a=b>c>d
  4. a=b=c>d

Answer: 2. a=x>b>d

Question 32. The oxidation number of Pt in [Pt(C2H4)Cl3]- is—

  1. +3
  2. +4
  3. +2
  4. O

Answer: 3. +2

Question 34. For the reaction: \(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2+x \mathrm{ClO}_2 \rightarrow x \mathrm{Cl}^{-}+y \mathrm{O}_2+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\) the value of y/x is—

  1. 2.0
  2. 2.5
  3. 1.0
  4. 1.5

Answer: 2. 2.5

Question 35. The oxidation number of Ba(H2PO2)2 is—

  1. +3
  2. +2
  3. +1
  4. -1

Answer: 3. +1

Question 36. \(a \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+b \mathrm{BiO}_3^{-}+c \mathrm{H}^{+}=\mathrm{I}^{-} \mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+b \mathrm{Bi}^{3+}+d \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

  1. a=3
  2. b=5
  3. c=10
  4. d=6

Answer: 2. b=5

Question 37. The mixture of NaOH solution and white P on heating produces PH3 gas and Na2H2PO2. The above reaction is an example of

  1. Oxidation reaction
  2. Reduction reaction
  3. Comproportionation reaction
  4. Disproportionation reaction

Answer: 4. Disproportionation reaction

Question 38. For the reaction:

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \mathrm{Zn}(\mathrm{s})+\mathrm{HNO}_3(a q) \longrightarrow \\
& \quad \mathrm{Zn}\left(\mathrm{NO}_3\right)_2(a q)+\mathrm{NH}_4 \mathrm{NO}_3(a q)+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)
\end{aligned}\)

The change in oxidation number per mole HNO3 is—

  1. Increases by 6 unit
  2. Decreases by 4 unit
  3. Decreases by 8 unit
  4. Decreases by 6 unit

Answer: 3. Decreases by 8 unit

Question 39. To balance the chemical equation \(\mathrm{Cl}_2 \mathrm{O}_7(\mathrm{~g})+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)+x e \rightarrow \mathrm{ClO}_2^{-}(a q)+\mathrm{OH}^{-}(a q)\) the value of x should be-

  1. 8
  2. 6
  3. 5
  4. 4

Answer: 2. 6

Question 40. Find the equivalent mass of Na2S2O3 for the reaction,

⇒ \(2 \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{~S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3(a q)+\mathrm{I}_2(\mathrm{~s}) \rightarrow \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{~S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6(a q)+\mathrm{NaI}(a q)\)

[Assume that the molecular mass of Na2S2O3 is M]—

  1. M/8
  2. M
  3. M/2
  4. M/4

Answer: 2. M

Question 41. Which of die following substances undergo disproportionation reactions in basic medium—

  1. F2
  2. P4
  3. S2
  4. Br2

Answer: 2. P4

Question 42. In which of the following compounds, the oxidation number of oxygen is fractional—

  1. B4O10
  2. B2H6
  3. CSO2
  4. KO3

Answer: 1. B4O10

Question 43. Wlien Cl2 is passed through NaOH in the cold, the oxidation number of changes from—

  1. 0 to -1
  2. 0 to +2
  3. 0 to -2
  4. 0 to -1

Answer: 1. 0 to -1

Question 44. In which of the following cases equivalent mass of a reductant is equal to its molecular mass—

  1. \(\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-}+6 \mathrm{I}^{-}+14 \mathrm{H}^{+} \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Cr}^{3+}+3 \mathrm{I}_2+7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)
  2. \(\mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+5 \mathrm{Fe}^{2+}+8 \mathrm{H}^{+} \rightarrow 5 \mathrm{Fe}^{3+}+\mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)
  3. \(2 \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{~S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3+\mathrm{I}_2 \rightarrow \mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{~S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6+2 \mathrm{NaI}\)
  4. \(\mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+5 \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4^{2-}+16 \mathrm{H}^{+} \rightarrow \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+10 \mathrm{CO}_2+8 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

Answer: 2. \(\mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+5 \mathrm{Fe}^{2+}+8 \mathrm{H}^{+} \rightarrow 5 \mathrm{Fe}^{3+}+\mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

Question 45. Identify the redox reactions—

  1. 2CuSO4 + 4KI→2CuI + 12 + 2K2SO4
  2. BaCl2 + Na2SO4→BaSO4 + 2NaGl
  3. 3I2 + 6NaOH→NaIO3 + 5Nal + 3H2O
  4. CuSO4 + 4NH3→[Cu(NH3)4]SO4

Answer: 1. 2CuSO4 + 4KI→2CuI + 12 + 2K2SO4

Question 46. When ammonium nitrate is heated, the oxidation numbers of the N-atoms present it change from—

  1. -3 to +1
  2. -3 to 0
  3. -2 to +4
  4. +5 to 0

Answer: 2. -3 to 0

Question 47. For the reaction, \(2 \mathrm{~S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-}+\mathrm{I}_2 \rightarrow \mathrm{S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6^{2-}+2 \mathrm{I}^{-}-\)

  1. \(\mathrm{S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-} \text { gets oxidised to } \mathrm{S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6^{2-}\)
  2. \(\mathrm{S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-} \text { gets reduced to } \mathrm{S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6^{2-}\)
  3. I2 gets oxidized to I¯
  4. I2 gets reduced to I¯

Answer: 1. \(\mathrm{S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3^{2-} \text { gets oxidised to } \mathrm{S}_4 \mathrm{O}_6^{2-}\)

Question 48. Which of the following statements about the following reaction is wrong—

  1. 2Cu2O + cu2s→6cu + SO2
  2. Both cu2O and cu2s are reduced
  3. Only cu2s is reduced
  4. Cu2s is the oxidation
  5. Only cu2O is reduced

Answer: 2. Both cu2O and cu2s are reduced

Question 49. Which of the following orders represents the correct descending order of oxidation numbers—

  1. HNO2 > NO > NH4C1 > N2
  2. HNO3 > NO > N2 > NH2C1
  3. H2S2O7 > Na2S2O3 > Na2S4O6 > S8
  4. H2SO5 > H2SO3 > SC12 > H2S

Answer: 2. HNO3 > NO > N2 > NH4C1

Question 50. Which ofthe following reactions are not reactions—

  1. SO2(g) +H2O(f) H2SO3(aq)
  2. Ca(s) + H2(g) → CaH2(s)
  3. 2H2S(aq) + SO2(g)→2H20(l) + 3S(s)
  4. \(\begin{aligned}
    2 \mathrm{PCl}_5(g)+ & \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4(a q) \longrightarrow \\
    & 2 \mathrm{POCl}_3(a q)+2 \mathrm{HCl}(a q)+\mathrm{SO}_2 \mathrm{Cl}_2(g)
    \end{aligned}\)

Answer: 1. SO2(g) +H2O(f) H2SO3(aq)

Question 51. In which compounds does Cr exist +6 oxidation state

  1. CrO2Cl2
  2. Na2[Cr(CN)6]
  3. CrO5
  4. K2Cr2O7

Answer: 1. CrO2Cl2

Question 52. When ammonium nitrite (NH2NO2) is heated—

  1. Oxidation of nitrogen takes place
  2. Reduction of nitrogen takes place
  3. The overall reaction is a disproportionation reaction
  4. The overall reaction is a double decomposition reaction

Answer: 2. Reduction of nitrogen takes place

Question 53. In which compounds does an atom exist in two different oxidation states

  1. H2SO5
  2. NH4NO3
  3. Fe2O3
  4. H2O2

Answer: 1. H2SO5

Question 54. In the balanced equation for the reaction—

⇒ \(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{SO}_4+x \mathrm{HI} \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{~S}+y \mathrm{I}_2+z \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

  1. x=y-z
  2. y=z
  3. x=2y
  4. z=2x

Answer: 2. y=z

Question 55. In the reaction,

⇒ \(\mathrm{KMnO}_4+\mathrm{Na}_2 \mathrm{~S}_2 \mathrm{O}_3+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \rightarrow \mathrm{MnO}_2+\mathrm{SO}_4^{2-}+\mathrm{OH}^{-}\)

(Assume formula masses of KMnO2 and Na2S2O3 M1 and M2 respectively)—

  1. The equivalent mass of KMnO2 = M1/3
  2. The equivalent mass of Na2S2O3 = M2
  3. The equivalent mass of KMnO4 = M1/5
  4. The equivalent mass of Na2S2O2 = M2/8

Answer: 1. The equivalent mass of KMnO4 = M1/3

Question 56. In the balanced equation for the reaction,

⇒ \(\mathrm{UO}^{2+}+\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-}+\mathrm{H}^{+} \rightarrow \mathrm{UO}_2^{2+}+\mathrm{Cr}^{3+}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\) the coefficient of-

  1. UO2+
  2. \(\mathrm{UO}_2^{2+} \text { is } 3\)
  3. \(\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-} \text { is } 1\)
  4. H2O is 7

Answer: 2. \(\mathrm{UO}_2^{2+} \text { is } 3\)

Question 57. The disproportionation of 1 mol of \(\mathrm{MnO}_4^{2-}\) ions in a neutral aqueous solution results in—

  1. 1/3 mol of MnO¯4
  2. 2/3 mol of MnO2
  3. 2/3 mol of MnO4
  4. 1/3 mol of MnO2

Answer: 3. 2/3 mol of MnO4

Question 58. In the reaction the oxidation number of marked with (*)-

  1. Increases by 2 units
  2. Increases by 1 unit
  3. Decreases by 2 units
  4. Decreases by 3 units

Answer: 1. Increases by 2 units

Question 59. For the reaction: SO2 + 2H2S→3S + 2H2O —

  1. The equivalent mass of the oxidant is 64
  2. Equivalent mass ofoxidantis 16
  3. The number of electrons accepted oxidant is 4
  4. The number of electrons lost by reductant is 6

Answer: 2. Equivalent mass of oxidant is 16

Question 60. The species that cannot be reducing agents are—

  1. SO3
  2. \(\mathrm{SO}_3^{2-}\)
  3. H2SO4
  4. S2-

Answer: 1. SO3

Question 61. Which are conserved all redox reactions—

  1. Charge
  2. Mass
  3. Either charger or Mass
  4. Neither charge nor mass

Answer: 1. Charge

Question 62. The equivalent weight of K2Cr2O7 in an acidic medium is expressed in terms of its molecular weight (M) as—

  1. \(\frac{M}{3}\)
  2. \(\frac{M}{4}\)
  3. \(\frac{M}{6}\)
  4. \(\frac{M}{7}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{M}{6}\)

In an acidic medium, K2Cr2O7 undergoes reduction, forming a Cr3+ ion.

⇒ \(\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-}+14 \mathrm{H}^{+}+6 e \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Cr}^{3+}+7 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

In this reaction, the equivalent weight of K2Cr2O7

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { Molecular weight of } \mathrm{K}_2 \mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7}{\begin{array}{c}
\text { No of electrons gained by a molecule of } \mathrm{K}_2 \mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7 \\
\text { in its reduction }
\end{array}}=\frac{M}{6}\)

Question 63. If Cl2 is passed through hot aqueous NaOH, the products formed have Cl in different oxidation states. These are indicated as

  1. -1 and +1
  2. -1 and +5
  3. -1 and +5
  4. -1 and +3

Answer: 2. -1 and +5

Reaction: Cl2 + 6NaOH→NaCl + 5NaC1O3 + 3H2O The oxidation number of Cl in NaCl is -1 and that in NaCIO3 is +5.

Question 64. In an aqueous alkaline solution, two-electron reductions of HO‾2 give—

  1. HO‾
  2. H2O
  3. O2
  4. O‾2

Answer: 1. HO‾

Question 65. Consider the following reactions

⇒ \(x \mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+y \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4^{2-}+z \mathrm{H}^{+} \rightarrow x \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+2 y \mathrm{CO}_2+\frac{z}{2} \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

The values of x, y, and z in the reaction are respectively

  1. 5,2 And 8
  2. 5,2 and 16
  3. 2,5 and 8
  4. 2,5 and 16

Answer: 4. 2,5 and 16

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& {\left[\mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+8 \mathrm{H}^{+}+5 e \rightarrow \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\right] \times 2} \\
& \frac{\left[\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4^{2-} \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{CO}_2+2 e\right] \times 5}{2 \mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+5 \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4^{2-}+16 \mathrm{H}^{+} \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+10 \mathrm{CO}_2+8 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}}
\end{aligned}\)

‍∴ x=2, y=5 and z=16

Question 66. In which of the following reactions, H2O2 acts as a reducing agent-

  1. H2O2 + 2H+ + 2e→2H2O
  2. H2O2-2e→ O2 + 2H+
  3. H2O2 + 2e→2OH¯
  4. H2O2 + 2OH¯-2e→O2 + 2H2O

Choose the correct option 

  1. 2,4
  2. 1,2
  3. 3,4
  4. 1,3

Answer: 1. 2,4

In the reaction, H2O2 → O2 + 2H+ + 2e, electrons are lost by H2O2 and hence H2O2 acts as a reductant. In the reaction, H2O2+2OH¯→ O2 + 2H2O + 2e, electrons are lost by H2O2 and hence H2O2 acts as a reductant.

Question 67. The Pair in which phosphorus atoms have a formal oxidation state of +3 is-

  1. Orthophosphoric and Pyrophosphoric acid
  2. Pyrophosphorus and Hypophosphoric acid
  3. Orthophosphoric and Hypophosphoric acid
  4. Pyrophosphorus and Pyrophosphoric acid

Answer: 1. Orthophosphorus and pyrophosphoric acid

Orthophosphoric acid: \(\begin{aligned}
& +1+3-2 \\
& \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{PO}_3
\end{aligned}\)

Pyrophosphorus acid:

Let the oxidation number of P in pyrophosphoric acid be x.

So, 4(+1) + 2x + 5(-2) = 0

or, 2x = 6 or, x = +3

Question 68. Which of the following reactions is an example of a redox creation:

  1. XeFG + H2O→XeOF4 + 2HF
  2. XeF6 + 2H2O→XeO2F2 + 4HF
  3. XeF4 +O2F4→XeF6 + O2
  4. XeF2 + PF5→[XeF]+[PF6]-

Answer: 3. XeF4 + O2F4→XeF6 + O2

⇒ \(\stackrel{+6-1}{\mathrm{XeF}_6}+\mathrm{H}_2 \stackrel{-2}{\mathrm{O}} \rightarrow \mathrm{XeOF}_4^{-2-1}+2 \mathrm{HF}\)

⇒ \(\stackrel{+6}{\mathrm{XeF}_6-1}+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \stackrel{-2}{\mathrm{O}} \xrightarrow[\rightarrow]{+6} \mathrm{XeO}_2^{-2-1} \mathrm{~F}_2+4 \mathrm{HF}\)

⇒ \(\stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{XeF}_2^{-1}}+\stackrel{+5-1}{\mathrm{PF}_2^{-1}} \rightarrow\left[\stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{XeF}} \mathrm{F}^{-1}\right]\left[\mathrm{PF}_6^{-1}\right]\)

For these reactions, there is no change in the oxidation number of the respective elements. So these reactions are not redox reactions.

⇒ \(\stackrel{+4}{\mathrm{XeF}_4}+\stackrel{+4}{\mathrm{O}_2} \mathrm{~F}_4^{-1} \rightarrow \stackrel{+6}{\mathrm{X}} \mathrm{XeF}_6-\stackrel{0}{\mathrm{O}}_2\)

Question 69. The oxidation states of Cr in [Cr(H2O) ]C13 [Cr(C6HG)2] and K2[Cr(CN2)(0)2(O2)(NH3)] respectively are—

  1. +3,+4 and +6
  2. +3,+2 and +4
  3. +3,0 and +6
  4. +3,0 and +4

Answer: 3. +3,0 and +6

⇒ \(\left[\stackrel{+3}{\mathrm{Cr}}\left(\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\right)_6\right] \mathrm{Cl}_3,\left[\stackrel{0}{\mathrm{Cr}}\left(\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_6\right)_2\right]\)

In K2[Cr(CN)2(O2)(0)2(NH3)] compound, let, the oxidation number of Cr be x.

Redox Reactions The oxdiation number of Cr Be x

or, 2 + X-2-4-2 + 0

or, x = +6

Question 70. A mixture of potassium, Oxalic acid, and sulphuric acid is heated. During the reaction which element undergoes maximum change in the oxidation number-

  1. S
  2. H
  3. Cl
  4. C

Answer: 3. Cl

Question 71. In which of the following compounds, nitrogen exhibits the highest oxidation state—

  1. N2H4
  2. NH3
  3. N3H
  4. NH2OH

Answer: 3. N3H

⇒ \(\stackrel{-2}{\mathrm{~N}_2} \mathrm{H}_4, \stackrel{-3}{\mathrm{~N}} \mathrm{H}_3, \stackrel{-1 / 3}{\mathrm{~N}} \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{H}, \stackrel{-1}{\mathrm{~N}} \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{OH}\)

Question 72. In acidic medium, H2O2 changes \(\mathrm{Cr}_2 \mathrm{O}_7^{2-}\) to CrO5 which has two (—0—0— ) bonds. The oxidation state of Cr in CrO5 is-

  1. +5
  2. +3
  3. +6
  4. -10

Answer: 3. +6 let the oxidation number of Cr in CrO5 be x

Question 73.

  1. H2O2 + O3 →H2O + 2O2
  2. H2O2 + Ag2O→ 2Ag + H2O + O2

The role of hydrogen peroxide in the above reactions is respectively—

  1. Oxidisingin (1) and reducing (2)
  2. Reducing (1) and oxidising (2)
  3. Reducing (1) and (12)
  4. Oxidisingin (1) and (2)

Answer: 3. Reducing (1) and (12)

⇒ \(\mathrm{H}_2 \stackrel{-1}{\mathrm{O}}_2+\stackrel{0}{\mathrm{O}}_3 \rightarrow \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}+2 \stackrel{0}{\mathrm{O}}_2\)

In this reaction, H2O2 undergoes oxidation and forms O2. Hence, it acts as a reductant

Question 74. Assuming complete ionization, the same moles of which of the following compounds will require the least amount of acidified KMnO4 for complete oxidation—

  1. FeSO4
  2. FeSO3
  3. FeC2O4
  4. Fe(NO2)2

Answer: 1. FeSO4 will require the least amount of acidified KMnO4 for complete oxidation.

Question 75. Hot concentrated sulphuric acid is a moderately strong oxidizing agent. Which of the following reactions does not show oxidizing behavior-

  1. Cu + 2H2SO4→CuSO4 + SO2 + 2H2O
  2. S + 2H2SO4→3SO2 + 2H2O
  3. C + 2H2SO4→CO2 + 2SO2 + 2H2O
  4. CaF2 + H2SO4→CaSO4 + 2HF

Answer: 4. CaF2 + H2SO4→CaSO4 + 2HF

In this reaction, there is no change in the oxidation number of any elements, present. Thus, it is not a redox reaction.

Question 76. For the redoxreaction—

⇒ \(\mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4^{2-}+\mathrm{H}^{+} \rightarrow \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+\mathrm{CO}_2+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\)

The correct coefficients of the reactants for the balanced equation are:

  1. 16,5,2
  2. 2,5,16
  3. 2,16,5
  4. 5,16,2

Answer: 2. 2,5,16

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& {\left[\mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+8 \mathrm{H}^{+}+5 e \rightarrow \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}\right] \times 2} \\
& {\left[\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4^{2-} \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{CO}_2+2 e\right] \times 5} \\
& 2 \mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+5 \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{O}_4^{2-}+16 \mathrm{H}^{+} \rightarrow \mathrm{Mn}^{2+}+10 \mathrm{CO}_2+8 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

Question 77. When KMnO4 reacts with KBr in an alkaline medium and gives a bromate ion, the oxidation state of Mn changes from +7 to—

  1. +6
  2. +4
  3. +3
  4. +2

Answer: 2. +4

⇒ \(2 \mathrm{MnO}_4^{-}+\mathrm{Br}^{-}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \rightarrow 2 \stackrel{+4}{2} \mathrm{MnO}_2+\mathrm{BrO}_3^{-}+2 \mathrm{OH}^{-}\)

Question 78. K2Cr2O7 in an acidic medium converts into

  1. Cr2+
  2. Cr2+
  3. Cr4+
  4. Cr5+

Answer: 2. Cr2+

Question 79. The oxidation state of iron in hemoglobin is—

  1. 0
  2. +2
  3. -2
  4. +3

Answer: 2. +2

Question 80. What is the oxidation number of Br in KBrO2

  1. +6
  2. +7
  3. +5
  4. +8

Answer: 2. +7

Question 81. Substances that are oxidized and reduced in the following reaction are respectively—

⇒ \(\mathrm{N}_2 \mathrm{H}_4(l)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}_2(l) \rightarrow \mathrm{N}_2(g)+4 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l)\)

  1. N2H4H2O
  2. N2H4H2O2
  3. N2H2O2
  4. H2O2N2

Answer: 2. N2H4H2O2

WBCHSE Class 11 Chemistry States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Questions And Answers

States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Long Answer Type Questions

Question 1. Determine the types of intermodular forces of attraction in the following instances. w-hexane, SO2,CO2, CHCI3, (CH3)2CO, (CH3)2O
Answer: London forces or instantaneous induced dipole instantaneous induced dipole attraction: n-hexane, CO2, Dipole-dipole attraction: SO2 CHCI3, (CH3)2O. However, the London force also acts in this case.

Question 2. Which type of intermodular forces of attraction act between O2 and water modules when O2 is dissolved in water?
Answer:  O2 is a non-polar molecule, whereas the H2O molecule is polar. Hence, the force of attraction acting between O2 and H2O molecules is dipole-induced dipole attraction

Question 3. Which types of intermodular forces of attraction act between the modules in liquid HF?
Answer: HF is a polar covalent molecule. Hence, the forces of attraction between HF molecules in their liquid state are dipole-dipole attraction and H -H-H-bonding.

Question 4. What do you mean by the pressure of the gas?
Answer: Since E2>E1, T2>T1. This is because, with the increase in the absolute temperature of a gas, the average kinetic energy ofthe gas molecules increases

Question 5. At a constant temperature, the pressures of four gases A, B, C, and D are 0.2 atm, 250torr, 26.23k Pa, and 14.2 bar, respectively. Arrange them according to their increasing pressure.
Answer: \(A: 0.2 \mathrm{~atm}, B: 250 \mathrm{torr}=\frac{250}{760} \mathrm{~atm}=0.33 \mathrm{~atm}\)

⇒ \(A: 0.2 \mathrm{~atm}, B: 250 \mathrm{torr}=\frac{250}{760} \mathrm{~atm}=0.33 \mathrm{~atm}\)

⇒ \(D: 14.2 \mathrm{bar}=\frac{14.2}{1.013}=14.02 \mathrm{~atm}\)

∴ A<C<B<D

Question 6. Among the four quantities—mass, pressure, temperature, and volume, which are taken to be constant in the following gas laws?

  • Boyle’slaw
  • Charles’law
  • Gay-Lussac’slaw
  • Avogadro’s law.

Answer:

  • Boyle’s law: Mass and temperature ofthe gas
  • Charles’ law: Mass and pressure of the gas
  • Gay-Lussac’s law: Mass and volume of the gas
  • Avogadro’s law: Pressure and temperature of the gas

Question 7. Why does the volume of a given mass of gas increase by decreasing its pressure at constant temperature?
Answer: According to Boyle’s law, PV= constant for a fixed mass of gas at a constant temperature. That is, the product of P and V for a fixed mass of gas at a constant temperature is always constant. Suppose, P and V are the pressure and volume of a given mass of gas at a constant temperature.

Keeping the temperature constant, if the pressure is made to \(\frac{P}{x}\)(where x > 1 ), then the volume ofthe gas will be V x x because PV = constant

Question 8. Why does the volume of a gas increase by increasing its number of moles at a given temperature and pressure?
Answer: According to Avogadro’s law, at a given temperature and pressure the volume (V) of a gas is directly proportional to its number of moles (n), i.e., V ∝ n. Therefore, if the number of moles of a gas is increased at a constant temperature and pressure, its volume will increase

Question 9. Will the nature of the following graphical presentations for a given mass of gas be the same?
Answer: 

P vs V ata constant temperature

For a fixed mass of a gas at a given temperature PV = constant. This relation expresses an equation of a rectangular hyperbola. Therefore, the P vs V plot for a fixed mass of gas at a given temperature will produce a curve of a rectangular hyperbola.

V vs T at constant pressure

For a fixed amount of a gas at a constant pressure, V = KxT (K = constant). This relation expresses an equation of a straight line passing through the origin. Therefore, the V vs T plot for a fixed mass of gas at constant pressure will give a straight line passing through the origin.

Question 10. When does the graph showing variation ofthe volume ofa given mass of gas with pressure at a constant temperature become linear?
Answer: For a given mass of gas at a fixed temperature, PV = K (constant). That is, \(P=\frac{K}{V}\) This relation expresses an equation of a straight line passing through the origin. Therefore, if P is plotted against \(\frac{1}{V}\) for a given mass of a gas at a fixed temperature, a straight line will be obtained

Question 11. N2 gas is present in a 1L desiccator at latm pressure. The pressure ofthe gas decreases to 78mmHg pressure when the desiccator is partially evacuated using a vacuum pump at a constant temperature. Find out the final volume of the gas.
Answer: Since the volume of the desiccator is fixed, the final volume of the gas will be 1L even after the desiccator is partially evacuated. In this process, the number of moles of the gas decreases but its volume and temperature remain the same. As the pressure ofthe gas is reduced

Question 12. Plot density vs pressure for a fixed mass of an ideal gas at a
constant temperature.
Answer: Since docs for a given mass of gas at a constant temperature.

Question 13. According to Boyle’s law, at a constant temperature, the volume ofa given mass of gas is inversely proportional to its pressure. But when a balloon is filled with air, both the volume and pressure ofthe gas inside it increase—Explain.
Answer: When the balloon is pumped, the quantity of air inside the balloon goes on increasing. As a result, the mass of air inside it does not remain constant. Moreover, pumping causes a rise in the temperature of the air inside the balloon. Thus, neither the temperature nor the mass of the air remains constant. So, Boyle’s law is not applicable in this case.

Question 14. Under different conditions, the following graph is obtained for an ideal gas. Mentioning A and B,- identify the conditions.
Answer: For a fixed amount of gas at a given temperature, PV is constant. This means the value of PV will always be constant for a fixed amount of a gas at a given temperature no matter what the pressure of the gas is. Hence PV vs P or PV vs V plot will give a straight line parallel to the P-axis or V-axis, respectively. Therefore, A will be equal to PV and B will be equal to P or V.

For a fixed amount of a gas at a given pressure V – K (constant) x T, i.e., V/T = K. This relation tells us that the value of V/ T will always be constant for a fixed amount of gas at a given pressure irrespective of the value of temperature of the gas. Hence, the V/T vs T plot will give a straight line parallel to the T axis. Hence, A will be equal to V/ T and B will be equal to T.

Question 14. What are the molar volumes of nitrogen and argon gases at 273.15K temperature and 1 atm pressure? [consider both the gases behave ideally]
Answer: At 273.15K and late pressure, both nitrogen and argon behave ideally. Hence, at this temperature and pressure, the molar volume of each of them will be 22.4L

Question 15. Comment on the validity of Boyle’s law for the following
reaction: N3O4(g) 2NO2(g)
Answer: The number of molecules of N2O4 and NO2 varies with the pressure at constant temperature. Hence, the mass ofthe gas mixture does not remain constant. Thus, Boyle’s law is not applicable here.

Question 16. If a substance were to be in a gaseous state at absolute zero temperature, what would be the theoretical value of its pressure?
Answer: \(V_t=V_0\left(1+\frac{t}{273}\right)\)

Pressure and mass of gas being constant] At absolute zero temperature, t = -273°C.

⇒ \(\text { Hence, } V_{-273^{\circ} \mathrm{C}}=V_0\left(1-\frac{273}{273}\right)=0 \text {. }\)

Since the volume of the gas is zero (0), the theoretical value of pressure will be zero (0).

Question 17. At a given pressure, the volume of a given amount of gas at 0°C is V0. Will the V vs t (celsius temperature) plot for this gas be linear? Will it be a straight line passing through the origin? If this straight line does not pass through the origin, then what will be its slope and intercept?
Answer: According to Charles’ law, Vt = V0 \(\left(1+\frac{t}{273}\right)\); where Vt and V0 are the volumes of a given mass of gas at a temperature t°C respectively, when the pressure of the gas is kept constant. Hence, the above equation can be rewritten as \(V_t=V_0+\frac{t}{273} V_0\)……………[1]

V0 is a fixed quantity for a given mass of gas at a constant pressure. Thus, the equation [1] represents a straight-line equation. Hence, the Vt vs t plot will give a straight line.

Equation [1] does not represent an equation of a straight line passing through the origin. Hence, the Vf vs t plot will not be a straight line passing through the origin

According to the equation [1], the straight line resulting from the plot of V( vs t has a slope of V0/273 and an intercept of V0.

Question 18. Under what conditions will the value of- always be the same irrespective ofthe value of T?
Answer: For a fixed mass of gas at constant volume, P ∝ T or, P = f Cx T (K = constant). Therefore, P/T = K. This relation indicates that the value of P/T is always constant for a fixed mass of a gas at constant volume irrespective of the value of T is

Question 19. Under what conditions will the value of PV always be the same irrespective of the value of P (or V)?
Answer: According to Boyle’s law, for a fixed mass of gas at a constant temperature, PV = constant. Therefore, the value of PV is always constant for a fixed mass of a gas at a constant temperature irrespective ofthe value of P.

Question 20. A certain amount of an ideal gas is enclosed in a cylinder fitted with a movable piston. What would be the changes in the volume ofthe gain in the following processes?

  • The pressure of the gas is reduced by 25% at constant temperature.
  • The temperature of the gas is increased by 50% at constant pressure.

Answer: According to Boyle’s law, P1V1 = P2V2 when the mass and temperature of a gas are constant. After the reduction of initial pressure (P1) by 25%, the final pressure (P2) becomes \(\left(P_1-P_1 \times \frac{25}{100}\right)=0.75 P_1\)
i.e., P2 = 0.75P1

∴ \(V_2=\frac{P_1 V_1}{P_2}=\frac{P_1 \times V_1}{0.75 P_1}=\frac{4}{3} V_1\)

Therefore, the change in volume \(=\frac{4}{3} V_1-V_1=\frac{V_1}{3}\)

According to Charles’ law, V1T2 = V2T1 when the mass and pressure of a gas remain constant. After increasing the initial temperature (T1) by 50%, the final temperature (T2) becomes \(\left(T_1+T_1 \times \frac{50}{100}\right)=1.5 T_1 \text {, i.e., } T_2=1.5 T_1\)

∴ \(V_1 \times 1.5 T_2=V_2 T_2 \quad \text { or, } V_2=1.5 \times V_1\)

∴ The change in volume = 1.5 V1– V1 = 0.5V1

Question 21. Determine the values of molar gas constant in the following units— mL torr K-1 mol-1; kPa-L-K-1-mol-1.
Answer: R =0.0821 L-atm -K-1. mol-1

= 0.0821 x 103 x 760 torr -mL -K-1.mol-1

[Since 1L = 103mL and latm = 760tor]

= 6.23 x 104 torr -mL -K-1 .mol-1

= 0.0821 L .atm -K-1 -mol-1

= 0.0821 X 1.013 x 1 02 kPa . L K-1. mol-1

= 8.31 kPa-L-K1-mol-1

[Since 1 atm = 1.013 x 105 Pa = 1.013 x 102kPa]

Question 22. For the same mass of two ideal gases X and Y at the same temperature and pressure, the volume of Y is found to be three times as large as that of X. Compare the values of their molar masses.
Answer: Px = Py, Tx = Ty, 3VX = Vy
According to the ideal gas equation, Pxvx = nXRTx and = PY VY = NY R TY

i.e., \(\frac{P_X}{P_Y} \times \frac{V_X}{V_Y}=\frac{n_X}{n_Y} \times \frac{T_X}{T_Y} \quad \text { or, } \frac{1}{3}=\frac{n_X}{n_Y}\)

Let, molar masses of X and Y be My and My respectively

∴ \(\frac{w / M_X}{w / M_Y}=\frac{1}{3} \quad \text { or, } \frac{M_X}{M_Y}=3\)

Question 23. At constant temperature and pressure volume of an ideal gas (molecular mass 28 g. mol-1) is 23.36 times greater than its mole number. Find out its density at the same temperature and pressure.
Answer: Let us suppose, the tire volume and density of n mol of an ideal gas are V L and d g.L-1 at P atm and T K.

Now, PV = nRT and d \(=\frac{P M}{R T}\)i.e., \(d=M \times \frac{n}{V}\)

Question 24. When a flask of fixed volume is filled with – mol of an ideal gas A at a constant temperature, the pressure ofthe gas becomes 2 atoms. Adding 2y mol of another ideal gas B to the flask at the same temperature causes the pressure of the system to increase to 4.0 atm.
Answer: For tyre gas. A: P = 2 atm and \(n=\frac{x}{2} \mathrm{~mol}\)

Hence, PV \(=n R T \text { or, } 2 \times V=\frac{x R T}{2}\)

For gas mixture: P=4atm \(\& n=\frac{x}{2}+2 y=\frac{1}{2}(x+4 y) \mathrm{mol}\)

∴ In case of gas mixture \(4 \times V=\frac{1}{2}(x+4 y) R T\)

Deriding [2] -r [1] we get \(\frac{4}{2}=\frac{x+4 y}{x} \text { or, } x=4 y\)

Question 25. Rank the gases N2, CO2, and CH5 in order of their increasing densities given temperature and pressure.
Answer: We know \(d=\frac{P M}{R T}\) Thus, docM at a certain temperature and pressure. Since, \(M_{\mathrm{CH}_4}<M_{\mathrm{N}_2}<M_{\mathrm{CO}_2}\) at a fixed temperature and pressure, \(d_{\mathrm{CH}_4}<d_{\mathrm{N}_2}<d_{\mathrm{CO}_2}\)

Question 26. Under which of the following conditions will the density of a, fixed mass of SO2 gas be higher?— STP 27°C and 3atm pressure.
Answer: \(d=\frac{P M}{R T}\) and M is constant for a particular gas. Hence ∝PIT. The value of PIT at 3atm and 27°C is greater than that at STP. Therefore, the density of SO2 at 3atm and 27°C will be greater than that at STP.

Question 27. Determine the SI unit of
Answer: \(\frac{P V^2 T^2}{n}=\frac{\mathrm{N} \times\left(\mathrm{m}^3\right)^2 \times \mathrm{K}^2}{\mathrm{~m}^2 \times \mathrm{mol}}=\mathrm{N} \cdot \mathrm{m}^4 \cdot \mathrm{K}^2 \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Question 28. At 27°C and 1 atm pressure, the volume of a 5.0g mixture of He and Ar gases is 10dm3. Find the mass per cent of the two gases in the gas mixture.
Answer: Let, the amount of He and Ar in the mixture be ag and bg respectively. Hence, a + b = 5

⇒ \(\text { Now, } P V=\left(n_1+n_2\right) R T \text { or, } 1 \times 10=\left[\frac{a}{4}+\frac{b}{40}\right] \times 0.0821 \times 300\)

∴ 10 a +b = 16.24

By solving [1] and [2] we get, a = 1.25g and b = 3.75g

∴ \(\% \mathrm{He}=\frac{1.25}{5} \times 100=25 \text { and } \% \mathrm{Ar}=\frac{3.75}{5} \times 100=75\)

Question 29. Arrange O2, CO2, Ar, and SO2 gases to present a sample of air in order of their increasing pressures.
Answer: \(d_1=\frac{P M}{R T}, d_2=\frac{P M}{4 \times 8 R T}=\frac{1}{32} \frac{P M}{R T}=\frac{d_1}{32}\)

Question 30. A gas mixture consisting of O2 and N2 gases has a volume of 5 L at 25°C. In the mixture, if the mass of O2 gas is twice that of N2 gas, then which one of them will have a greater contribution to the total pressure ofthe mixture?
Answer: In the mixture \(n_{\mathrm{O}_2}=\frac{2 w}{32}=\frac{w}{16} \mathrm{~mol} \text { and } n_{\mathrm{N}_2}=\frac{w}{28} \mathrm{~mol} \text {. }\)

∴ Total number of moles (n) \(=\frac{w}{16}+\frac{w}{28}=\frac{11 w}{112} \mathrm{~mol}\)

⇒ \(\text { Hence, } x_{\mathrm{N}_2}=\frac{w}{28} \times \frac{112}{11 w}=\frac{4}{11} \text { and } x_{\mathrm{O}_2}=\frac{w}{16} \times \frac{112}{11 w}=\frac{7}{11}\)

Thus, xO2 > xN2. So, pO2> PN2

(Since pi = zip)

Question 31. In a gas mixture of H2 and He, the partial pressure of H2 is half that of He. Find the mole fractions of H2 and He in the mixture.
Answer: As given, p2 = pH2 or, pHe = 2 x PH2

or, xHe x P = 2 x XH2 x P or, xHe = 2x xe = 2x xH2

Hence, 2 x xH2+ xH2 = 1 or, \(x_{\mathrm{H}_2}=\frac{1}{3} \approx 0.34\)

∴ xHe = 2 X XH2 = 0.68

Question 32. A closed vessel contains an equal mass of O2 and CH4 gases at 25°C. What fraction of the total pressure is contributed by CH4 gas?
Answer: \(n_{\mathrm{CH}_4}=\frac{w}{16}, n_{\mathrm{O}_2}=\frac{w}{32}\)

∴ Total number of moles = \(\frac{w}{16}+\frac{w}{32}=\frac{3 w}{32}\)

∴ \(x_{\mathrm{CH}_4}=\frac{w}{16} \times \frac{32}{3 w}=\frac{2}{3}\)

⇒ \(p_{\mathrm{CH}_4}=\frac{2}{3}\); Thus Memthane Contributes \(\frac{2}{3}\) rd of the total pressure.

Question 33. A mixture of O2 and H2 gases contains 20% of H2 gas. At a certain temperature, the total pressure of the mixture is found to be 1 bar. What is the partial pressure of O2 (in bar) in the mixture?
Answer: In the mixture, 20% H2 is present. Hence extent of oxygen = 80%

∴ \(n_{\mathrm{H}_2}=\frac{20}{2}=10 \text { and } n_{\mathrm{O}_2}=\frac{80}{32}=\frac{5}{2}\)

∴ Total number of moles \(=\left(10+\frac{5}{2}\right)=\frac{25}{2}\)

∴ \(p_{\mathrm{O}_2}=\frac{5}{2} \times \frac{2}{25} \times 1 \mathrm{bar}=0.2 \mathrm{bar}\)

Question 34. At a constant temperature, gas A (volume VA and pressure PA) is mixed with gas B (volume VR and pressure PB). What will the total pressure ofthe gas mixture be?
Answer: Total pressure ofthe gas mixture \(P=\frac{P_A V_A+P_B V_B}{V_A+V_B}\)

Question 35. For which of the following gas mixtures is Dalton’s law
of partial pressures applicable? NO + O2, CO2 + CO , CO + O2 ,CH4 + C2H6,CO + H2
Answer: Dalton’s law is applicable in case NO reacts with O2 to form NO2. CO reacts with O2 to form CO2. Hence, Dalton’s law does not apply to 1 and 3.

Question 36. In a mixture of A, B, and Cgases, the mole fractions of A are 0.25 and 0.45, respectively. If the total pressure of the mixture is P, then find the partial pressure of B in the mixture.
Answer: In the gas mixture, the mole of B =1- (0.25 + 0.45) = 0.3.

∴ The partial pressure of B in the mixture = 0.3 p.

Question 36. A gas mixture consists of three gases A, B, and C with the number of moles 1, 2, and 4, respectively. Which of these gases will have a maximum partial pressure if the total pressure ofthe mixture is Pata given temperature t what temperature will the average velocity of O2 molecules be equal to that of U2 molecules at 20K?
Answer: In the mixture, the total number of moles of the constituent gases =(1 + 2 + 4) = 7mol. The mole fractions of A, B, and C \(\frac{1}{7}, \frac{2}{7} \text { and } \frac{4}{7} \text {, }\) respectively. Since the mole fraction of C is the highest, its partial pressure will be the highest in the mixture.

Question 37. Rank Cl2, SO2, CO2, and CH4 gases in Increasing order of their rates of diffusion under identical set of conditions.
Answer: The molar mass of the gases follows the order: \(M_{\mathrm{CH}_4}<M_{\mathrm{CO}_2}<M_{\mathrm{SO}_2}<M_{\mathrm{Cl}_2}\)

Hence, at constant temperature and pressure, the rates of diffusion will be the order: \(r_{\mathrm{Cl}_2}<r_{\mathrm{SO}_2}<r_{\mathrm{CO}_2}<r_{\mathrm{CH}_4}\)

Question 38. Why are the rates of diffusion of N2O and CO2 gases the same under identical set of conditions?
Answer: N2O and CO2 have the same molar mass. So, their rates of diffusion will be equal at a certain temperature and pressure.

Question 39. At constant temperature and pressure, the rate of diffusion of H2 gas is A/15 times. Find the value of n.
Answer: \(\frac{r_{\mathrm{H}_2}}{r_{\mathrm{C}_n \mathrm{H}_{4 n-2}}}=\sqrt{\frac{16 n-2}{2}}=\sqrt{8 n-1}=\sqrt{15}\)

Question 40. Under the same conditions, a gas diffuses times as fast as an SO2 gas. Find the molecular mass ofthe gas.
Answer: \(\frac{r_{\text {gas }}}{r_{\mathrm{SO}_2}}=\sqrt{\frac{M_{\mathrm{SO}_2}}{M_{\text {gas }}}}=\sqrt{2}\) \(\text { or, } \frac{M_{\mathrm{SO}_2}}{M_{\text {gas }}}=2 \text { or, } M_{\mathrm{gas}}=32 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

or, 8n-1 = 15 or, n = 2

Question 41. Besides the lower layer, CO2 is also found in the upper layer ofthe atmosphere although it is heavier than O2 or N2—Explain.
Answer: The rate of diffusion of a gas is not influenced by the gravitational force. Hence, CO2 diffuses throughout the atmosphere instead of residing only at the lower layer of the atmosphere.

Question 42. The molecular masses of A, B, and C are 2, 4, and 28, respectively. Arrange them according to their increasing rates of diffusion.
Answer: Molar masses of the three gases follow the order: MA < MB < Mc So, at a certain temperature and pressure, the rates of diffusion will be in the order: rC<rB<rA.

Question 43. A closed vessel holds a gas mixture consisting of C2H6, C2H4, and CH4, each with an amount of 2.5 mol. However, due to a pinhole in the vessel, the gas mixture undergoes effusion. What will be the order of partial pressures of the gases in the vessel after some time?
Answer: Molar masses of C2H6, C2H4 and CH4 follow the order: \(M_{\mathrm{CH}_4}<M_{\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_4}<M_{\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_6}\) Thus, at a certain temperature and pressure, their rates of effusion will be in the order \(r_{\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_6}<r_{\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_4}<r_{\mathrm{CH}_4}\) Therefore, the order of partial pressure after some time will be: \(p_{\mathrm{CH}_4}<p_{\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_4}<p_{\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_6}\)

Question 44. Under similar conditions of temperature and pressure, the times it takes for the effusion of the same volume of H2, N2, and O2 gases through the same porous wall are t1 t2 and t3, respectively. Arrange t1, t2, and t3 in order of their increasing values.
Answer: Let the volume of effused gas be the rates of effusion ofthe three gases will be as follows—

⇒ \(\text { For } \mathrm{H}_2: \frac{V}{t_1} \propto \frac{1}{\sqrt{M_{\mathrm{H}_2}}} \cdots[1] ; \text { For } \mathrm{N}_2: \frac{V}{t_2} \propto \frac{1}{\sqrt{M_{\mathrm{N}_2}}}\)

For \(\mathrm{O}_2: \frac{V}{t_3} \propto \frac{1}{\sqrt{M_{\mathrm{O}_2}}}\)

From [1] and [2] we get, t2/ty = \(\sqrt{M_{\mathrm{N}_2} / M_{\mathrm{H}_2}}\) and form and we get \(t_3 / t_2=\sqrt{M_{\mathrm{O}_2} / M_{\mathrm{N}_2}}.\)

Question 45. What will happen if the collisions ofthe gas molecules with each other are not perfectly elastic?
Answer: In the case of inelastic collisions, the total kinetic energy of gas molecules decreases, leading to a decrease in molecular speeds. As a result, the gas molecules will gradually settle down at the bottom of the container, thereby causing the pressure ofthe gas to go on decreasing gradually. A time will come when the pressure ofthe gas will come duce to zero.

Question 46. At what temperatures rms velocity, average velocity & most probable velocity of O2 molecules will be 1500 m-s-1?
Answer: Molar mass (M) of O2 – 32g-mol-1 =0.032kg. mol 1

In case of rms velocity: \(\frac{3 R T_1}{M}=(1500)^2\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } \frac{3 \times 8.314 \times T_1}{0.032}=(1500)^2 \text { or, } T_1=2886.697 \mathrm{~K} \text {. }\)

In case of average velocity: \(\frac{8 R T_2}{\pi M}=(1500)^2\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } \frac{8 \times 8.314 \times T_2}{0.032 \times 3.14}=(1500)^2 \text { or, } T_2=3399.085 \mathrm{~K} \text {. }\)

In case of most probable velocity: \(\frac{2 R T_3}{M}=(1500)^2\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } \frac{2 \times 8.314 \times T_3}{0.032}=(1500)^2 \text { or, } T_3=4330.045 \mathrm{~K} \text {. }\)

Question 47. For which type of gas molecules are the total kinetic energy and translational kinetic energy equal?
Answer: For monoatomic gases (He, Ne, etc.) the total kinetic energy and translational kinetic energy are equal.

Question 48. Of the following types of velocity, which one has the highest value and which one has the lowest value at a given temperature?
Answer: At a given temperature; the average velocity, the root mean square velocity, and the most probable velocity of the molecules of gas with molar mass M are given by average velocity \((\bar{c})=\sqrt{\frac{8 R T}{\pi M}}\) and most Probable velocity \(\left(c_m\right)=\sqrt{\frac{2 R T}{M}}\)

These expressions indicate that at a given temperature a given gas has the highest value and cm has the lowest value.

Question 49. Which type of velocity does a gas molecule with average kinetic energy possess?
Answer: The average kinetic energy of a gas molecule \(=\frac{1}{2} m c_{r m s}^2.\). So gas molecule with average kinetic energy has the root mean square velocity.

Question 50. How does the average velocity or the root mean square velocity of gas molecules depend on temperature and pressure?
Answer: The average kinetic energy (c) and the root mean square velocity (c2) of gas molecules are given by \(\bar{c}=\sqrt{\frac{8 R T}{M}}\) and \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}\)

Question 51. At a given temperature, the root mean square velocities of the molecules of gases A, and B are x and ycm. s-1, respectively. If x is greater than y, then which gas has a larger molar mass?
Answer: \(\text { For gas } A: c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M_A}}=x \mathrm{~cm} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\)

⇒ \(\text { For gas } B: c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M_B}}=y \mathrm{~cm} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\)

∴ \(\frac{x}{y}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}} ;\) Since x> y, MB will be greater than MA.

Question 52. According to the kinetic theory of gases, the average kinetic energies of O2 and N2 molecules are the same at a particular temperature. State whether the velocities of the molecules ofthe two gases at a given temperature will be the same or not.
Answer: The average kinetic energy of the molecules of a gas depends only on the absolute temperature of the gas. It does not depend on the mass of gas molecules. At a given temperature, a lighter gas molecule has the same average kinetic energy as that of a heavier gas molecule.

On the contrary, the root mean square velocity of the molecules of a gas at a given temperature is inversely proportional to the molar mass ofthe gas. Hence, at a given temperature, the root mean square velocities of the molecules of N2 and O2 gas will not be the same.

Question 53. 1 mol of N2 & 3 mol of O2 are kept In two different containers with a volume of V at a fixed temperature. Compare—(1) the average kinetic energy and (11) the total kinetic energy ofthe molecules.
Answer: The average kinetic energy of gas molecules depends only on the absolute temperature ofthe gas. Since both gases are at the same temperature, they will have equal average kinetic energy.

At T K, the total kinetic energy of nmol gas molecules \(=n \times \frac{3}{2} R T\) Hence, at T K, the total kinetic energy of 3mol O2 molecules is 3 times that of 1 mol N2 molecules.

Question 54. On what factors does the total kinetic energy of the molecules in a gas depend?
Answer: The total kinetic energy ofthe molecules in a gas depends on the absolute temperature as well as the amount of the gas.

Question 55. At a given temperature, the most probable velocity of the molecules of gas A is the same as the average velocity of the molecules of gas B. Which has a larger molar mass
Answer: Suppose, the molar masses of gases A and B are MA And MB, and the temperature of body gases is 7′ K. Therefore, at this temperature, the most probable velocity of the molecules of gas A \(c_m=\sqrt{\frac{2 R T}{M_A}}\)
and the average velocity ofthe molecules of gas B, c \(\bar{c}=\sqrt{\frac{8 R T}{\pi M_{\mathrm{B}}}}\) As given, cm = c.

∴ \(\sqrt{\frac{2 R T}{M_A}}=\sqrt{\frac{8 R T}{\pi M_{\mathrm{B}}}} \quad \text { or, } \frac{1}{M_A}=\frac{4}{\pi M_{\mathrm{B}}}\)

∴ \(M_B=1.27 M_A\)

Therefore, gas B has a higher molar mass

Question 56. Between H2 and CO2 gas, which one has the value of compressibility factor greater than 1 at ordinary temperature and pressure?
Answer: At ordinary temperature and pressure, the compressibility factor of H2 is greater than 1.

Question 57. For a real gas, the van der Waals constant ‘a’ is zero. Can the gas be liquefied? Explain.
Answer: The van der Waals constant ‘a’ measures the magnitude of intermolecular forces of attraction in a gas. Hence, a real gas with ‘a’= 0 signifies that there are no intermolecular attractive forces in the gas. Consequently, such a gas cannot be liquefied.

Question 58. Why are the deviations from the ideal behaviour of CO2 and CH4 greater than those of H2 and He?
Answer: The Molar masses of CO2 and CH4 are greater than those of H2 and He. Hence, the intermolecular attractive forces in CO2 and CH4 are also greater in magnitude than those in H2 and He. This results in a greater deviation from ideal behaviour for CO2 and CH4 than that for H2 and He.

Question 59. At a given temperature and pressure, 1 mol of an ideal gas occupies a volume of 20.8 L. For mol of a real gas at the same temperature and pressure—

  • Z will be equal to 1 if the volume ofthe real gas is…
  • Z will be greater than 1 if the volume ofthe real gas is…
  • Z will be less than 1 if the volume ofthe real gas is…

Answer: \(Z=\frac{V}{V_i}\); the volume of a certain amount of ideal gas at a given temperature and pressure and V = the volume of the same amount of a real gas at the same temperature and pressure.

As given, V- = 20.8L. Therefore, if

  • V = 20.8L, then Z will be equal to1
  • V> 20.8L, then Z will be greater than1
  • V< 20.8L, then Z will be less than1

Question 60. A real gas follows the equation P(V- nb) = nRT under all conditions of temperature and pressure. Show that the compressibility factor of this gas is always greater than one.
Answer: The equation of state for the gas is: P(V-nb) = nRT The compressibility factor of the gas can be expressed as

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& P V-P n b=n R T^{\prime} \text { or, } P V=n R T+P n b \\
& \text { or, } \frac{P V}{n R T}=1+\frac{P b}{R T} \text { or, } Z=1+\frac{P b}{R T}
\end{aligned}\)

As \(\frac{P b}{R T}\) is always positive the value of z will be greater than 1.

Question 61. The van dar Waab constant ‘a’ for CO2 and CH4 gases are 3.6 and 2.3 L2-atm-mol-2. Which one of these two gases can easily be liquefied?
Answer: The van der Waals constant for a real gas is a measure ofthe strength of intermolecular forces of attraction in the gas. The stronger the intermolecular forces of attraction in a gas, the greater the value. Again, a gas with stronger intermolecular forces of attraction can easily be liquefied. As the value of CO2 is greater than that of CH4, it will be easier to liquefy CO2 gas.

Question 62. Why is it not possible to liquefy an ideal gas?
Answer: Because of the absence of intermolecular forces of attraction in an ideal gas, such a gas cannot be liquefied.

Question 63. For H2 gas: a = = 0.024 L2 atm.mol-2, b = 0.026 Lmol-1 a = 2.28 L2-atm .mol-2, b = 0.042 L-mol-1. and for CH4 gas: (1) At ordinary temperature and pressure, which one ofthe two gases will behave more like an ideal gas? (U) Which one ofthe two gases has a larger molecular size?
Answer: At ordinary temperature and pressure, a real gas behaves more like an ideal gas if the values of ‘a’ and ‘b’ are very small. The values of ‘a’ and ‘b ‘ for H2 gas are smaller than those for CH4 gas. Obviously, at ordinary temperature and pressure, H2 gas will behave more like an ideal gas.

The value of ‘b’ for a real gas reflects the sizes of molecules of the gas. A gas whose molecules are large has a high value of ‘b’. As the value of CH4 gas is greater than that of H2 gas, the size of the CH4 molecule will be larger than that of the H2 molecule.

Question 64. When does the effect of molecular volume dominate over
Answer: The compressibility factor of a real gas becomes Z>1 when the effect of molecular volume dominates over the effect of intermolecular forces of attraction. Again, Z will be greater than one for a real gas if the pressure ofthe gas is very high. Therefore, the effect of molecular volume becomes greater than the effect of intermolecular forces of attraction if the pressure ofthe gas is very high.

Question 65. At ordinary temperature, why can CO2 but not O2 gas be liquefied by applying pressure? Give reason.
Answer: A gas can be liquefied by applying the necessary pressure if its temperature is equal to or below its critical temperature. The critical temperature of CO2 is above the ordinary temperature (usually 25°C), while that of O2 gas is well below one ordinary temperature. Hence, CO2 can be liquefied by applying pressure at ordinary temperature.

Question 66. The critical temperature and the critical pressure of gas are Tc and Pc, respectively. If the gas exists at a temperature of T and a pressure of P, then under which of the following conditions will the gas not be liquefied?

  • T> Tc; P>PC
  • r=rc; P>PC
  • T = Tc; P<PC
  • T<TC-P = PC

Answer: Under the conditions of T> Tc and P> Pc, the gas cannot be liquefied because its temperature is above under the conditions of T = Tc and P>PC, it is possible to liquefy the gas. Because the gas Is at its critical temperature and its pressure is above critical pressure.

Under the conditions of T = Tc and P<PC, it is not possible to liquefy the gas as the minimum pressure needed to liquefy a gas at its critical temperature must be equal to Pc or greater than Pc.

Under the conditions of T< Tc and P = Pc, the gas can be liquefied. Because the gas is below its critical temperature and the pressure of the gas is equal to its critical pressure, the minimum pressure required to liquefy a gas at its critical temperature.

Question 67. The critical temperatures of H2, NH3, and CO2 gases are 5K, 405K, and 304K, respectively. Arrange them in the increasing order of their intermolecular forces of attraction.
Answer: A gas with high critical temperature possesses strong intermolecular forces of attraction. The order of critical temperatures of the gases H2, NH3, and CO2 is NH3 > CO2 > H2. So, the increasing order of their strength of intermolecular forces will be H2<CO2<NH3.

Question 68. The critical temperatures of NH3 and SO2 gases are 405.0K and 430.3K, respectively. For which gas is the value of a der Waals constant greater, and why?
Answer: The higher the critical temperature of a gas, the stronger its intermolecular forces of attraction, and hence the larger the value of the van der Waals constant the gas has. Thus, between NH3 and SO2, the value of a will be larger for SO2 because its critical temperature is higher than that of NH3.

Question 69. The critical temperatures of NH3, CO2, and O2 gases are 405.6K, 304.1K, and 154.2K, respectively. If the gases are cooled from 500K to their respective critical temperatures, then which gas will be liquefied first?
Answer: If the given gases are cooled from 500K, NH3 gets liquefied first (critical temperature 405.6K). The reason is that the critical temperatures of CO2 and O2 are lower than that of NH3. As a result, the liquefaction of either CO2 or O2 is not possible at the critical temperature of NH3.

Question 70. The values of van der Waals constants ‘a’ and ‘b’ for X, Y, and Z gases are 6, 6, 20, and 0.025, 0.15, and 0.11, respectively. Which one has the highest critical temperature?
Answer: The greater the magnitude of intermolecular forces of attraction of a gas, the higher the critical temperature it will have. Among the given gases, the value of a is maximum for gas Z. Thus, the magnitude of effective intermolecular forces of attraction is also maximum for Z, resulting in its higher value of critical temperature.

Question 71. At 20°C, the surface tension of water is three times that of CCI4 —give reason.
Answer: The surface tension of a liquid depends on the magnitude of intermolecular forces of attraction. It decreases or increases, respectively, with a decrease or increase in the magnitude of intermolecular forces of attraction. The only attractive forces that exist in carbon tetrachloride are to London fores exists. As the H-bond is stronger than the London force, the surface tension of water is 3 times that of CC14 at 20°C.

Question 72. At tC and t2°C, the values of viscosity coefficients of a liquid are x poise, and y poise respectively. If x>y, then which one is higher, t1 or t2?
Answer: With the increase in temperature, the viscosity of a liquid decreases. Now, viscosity directly varies with the value of viscosity coefficients As the viscosity coefficient of the liquid at t2°C is smaller than that at t1°C, t2 > t1.

Question 73. Why is the nib of the fountain pen split?
Answer: The split part of the nib of a fountain pen acts like a capillary tube. The ink moves towards the tip of the die nib by capillary action against gravitation through the split par.

Question 74. At 20°C the increasing order of viscosity of acetic acid, acetone, and methanol is: acetone < methanol < acetic acid. Arrange the liquids according to their increasing intermolecular attractive forces.
Answer: With the increase or decrease in the intermolecular force of attraction of a liquid, the value of viscosity confidence of the liquid increases or decreases. At 20°C, the increasing order of the values of the viscosity coefficient of the given liquids is acetone < methanol < acetic add. Thus, the order of increasing the intermolecular attractive force of these liquids is acetone < methanol < acetic add.

Question 75. Why does the surface energy increase on the dispersion of a liquid? large water drop into smaller droplets?
Answer: When a large water drop disperses into smaller water droplets, the total surface area ofthe small water droplets becomes greater than the surface area of the large water drop. As the surface energy increases with an increase in surface area, the dispersion of a large water drop into smaller droplets leads to an increase in surface.

Question 76. Why does oil spread over water when it is poured over water
Answer: The surface tension of water is greater than that of oil. Also, the density of oil is less than that of water. When oil is poured over water, the higher surface tension of water causes oil to spread over water.

Question 78. \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 P V}{M}} .\) According to this equation, with the increase in pressure or volume, the value of arms increases. Justify this statement.
Answer: The rms velocity of the molecules of a gas depends only on the temperature and molar mass of the gas. Its value does not depend on the pressure or volume of the gas because, at a constant temperature, PV for a given mass of gas always remains constant, irrespective of the values of pressure or volume.

Question 79. The volumes, energy numbers of the two ideal molecules gases A and and B average the same. What is the relationship between the pressures of these two gases?
Answer: The average kinetic energy of gas molecules is dependent only on the temperature ofthe gas. As the molecules of A and B gases have the same values of average kinetic energy, both the gases have die same absolute temperature.

Since the volume, the number of molecules and the temperature of both gases are identical, the pressure will be the same for both gases.

Question 80. At constant pressure, the value of V/T for different quantities of an ideal gas will be different. Is this statement true or false?
Answer: The equation of state for n moles of ideal gas is: PV=nRT

Therefore \(\frac{V}{T}=\frac{n R}{P}\)

When the pressure remains constant, V/ Toe n [since R= constant]

Thus, at constant pressure, V/T for different quantities of an ideal gas will be different.

Question 81. Two ideal gases A and B are mixed at temperature T and pressure P. Show that \(d=\left(X_A M_A+X_B M_B\right) \frac{P}{R T}\) Id = density of the mixture, X2 = mole fraction of A, XD = mole fraction of B, M A = Molar mass of A, Mlt = Molar mass of B]
Answer: Suppose, the total volume of the gas mixture is V, and nA and nB are the respective number of moles of A and B in the mixture. If W A and be the masses of A and B respectively, in the mixture, then \(n_A=\frac{w_A}{M_A} \text { and } n_B=\frac{W_B}{M_B}\) Total mass ofA & Bin mixture = \(=W_A+W_B=n_A M_A+n_B M_B\)

∴ Density Of The Mixture \(=\frac{W_A+W_B}{V}=\frac{n_A M_A+n_B M_B}{V}\) for the gas mixture

⇒ \(P V=\left(n_A+n_B\right) R T ;\)

∴ \(V=\left(n_A+n_B\right) \frac{R T}{P}\)

⇒ \(\text { So, } d=\frac{n_A M_A+n_B M_B}{n_A+n_B} \times \frac{P}{R T}=\left(\frac{n_A M_A}{n_A+n_B}+\frac{n_B M_B}{n_A+n_B}\right) \frac{P}{R T}\)

∴ \(\left.d=X_A M_A+X_B M_B\right) \frac{P}{R T}\left[X_A=\frac{n_A}{n_A+n_B} ; X_B=\frac{n_B}{n_A+n_B}\right]\)

Question 82. A closed container holds a mixture of H2, SO2 and CH4 gases, each with an amount of 0.5 mol. If these gases effuse through a fine orifice in the container, arrange them in the increasing order of their partial pressures once the effusion begins.
Answer: According to Graham’s law of diffusion, at constant temperature and pressure, the rate of effusion of a gas is inversely proportional to the square root of its molar mass, i.e \(r \propto \frac{1}{\sqrt{M}}.\)

The increasing order of molar masses ofthe given gases is H2 < MCH4 < MSO2– SO2, and the order of the rate of effusion of these gases at a particular temperature and pressure will be rH2>rCH4>rSO2– Once effusion begins, the order of their number of moles will be nu2 < raCH4< WSO4 Therefore, the order oftheirpartialpressures will be pH <pCH <PSO2.

Question 83. “The total kinetic energy of the molecules in an ideal gas with a volume V at pressure P and temperature T is equal to the total kinetic energy of the molecules present in the same volume of another ideal gas at the same pressure and temperature 2T”—Justify the statement.
Answer: Suppose, the number of molecules present in volume V of the first gas =. If the root mean square velocity of the molecules in the first gas is cl, and the mass of each molecule is mx, then from the kinetic gas equation we have,

⇒ \(P V=\frac{1}{3} m_1 n_1 c_1^2 \quad \text { or, } P V=\frac{2}{3} n_1 \times \frac{1}{2} m_1 c_1^2\) or \(P V=\frac{2}{3} E_1 \text { [where } E_1=n_1 \times \frac{1}{2} m_1 c_1^2\) energy ofthe molecules.] Similarly, if the number of molecules in volume V of the second gas = n2, the mass of each molecule = m2 and the root mean square velocity of molecules= c2, then

⇒ \(P V=\frac{1}{3} m_2 n_2 c_2^2=\frac{2}{3} n_2 \times \frac{1}{2} m_2 c_2^2 \quad \text { or, } P V=\frac{2}{3} E_2\)

[where E2 = total kinetic energy ofthe molecules of second gas] As P and V of both the gases are equal, so E1 = E2.

Question 84. Prove that at a certain pressure, the rate of diffusion of a gas is proportional to the square root of the I absolute temperature of the gas
Answer: The rate of diffusion of a gas at constant pressure (r) oc root mean square velocity ofthe gas (Crms)

∴ \(r \propto c_{r m s} \text { or, } r \propto \sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}\)

Since \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}\)

At constant pressure, if and r2 are the rates of diffusion of a particular gas at temperatures and T2, respectively, then \(r_1 \propto \sqrt{\frac{3 R T_1}{M}} \text { and } r_2 \propto \sqrt{\frac{3 R T_2}{M}}\)

∴ \(\frac{r_1}{r_2}=\sqrt{\frac{T_1}{T_2}} \text { or, } r \propto \sqrt{T}\)

So, at constant pressure, the rate of diffusion of a gas is proportional to the square root of the absolute temperature of the gas.

Question 85. The value of the compressibility factor (Z) for a gas at STP is less than 1. What is the molar volume of this gas at STP?
Answer: We Know, \(Z=\frac{V}{V_i}\) = molar volume of a real gas at a certain temperature arid pressure, V2 – molar volume of an ideal gas at the same temperature and pressure.]

According to the question, Z <1

∴ \(\frac{V}{V_i}<1 \text { or, } V<V_i \text { or, } V<22.4 \mathrm{~L}\)

Since the molar volume of an ideal gas at STP = 22.4 litres] The volume ofthe real gas at STP will be less than 22.4 litres.

Question 86. At 0°C, plots of PV vs P for three real gases A, B and C are given below. O Which gas is present above its Boyle temperature? 0 Which gas can be liquefied more easily?
Answer: The PV vs P plot for gas above its critical temperature does not possess any minimum, and the value of PV increases continuously with pressure from the beginning. So, gas A is present above its Boyle temperature.

According to the given figure, the depth of minimum in the PV vs P curve is maximum for the gas C. Hence, the compressibility of gas C is greater than that of either A or B gas. This implies that the forces of attraction between the molecules are stronger in gas C than other two gases. Again, the stronger the intermolecular forces of attraction in a gas, the easier it is to liquefy the gas. So, gas C can be liquefied more easily.

Question 87. At constant temperature and pressure, the compressibility factor (Z) for one mole of a van der Waals gas is 0.5. If the volumes of the gas molecules are considered to be negligible, then show that \(a=\frac{1}{2} V_m\) where Vm and Tare the molar volume and temperature of the gas respectively.
Answer: We known \(Z=\frac{P V}{n R T}\); Given Z= 0.5 and n=1

∴ \(P V=0.5 R T=\frac{1}{2} R T\)

The equation of state for mol of a van der Waals gas is, \(\left(P+\frac{a}{V_m^2}\right)\left(V_m-b\right)=R T\) [Vm= molar volume]

If volumes of the molecules are considered to be negligible, as per the given condition, then \(V_m-b \approx V_m\)

∴ \(\left(P+\frac{a}{V_m^2}\right) V_m=R T \quad \text { or, } P V_m+\frac{a}{V_m}=R T\)

Again, from equation [1] we get, \(P V=\frac{1}{2} R T\)

For 1 mol (n = 1) ofthe gas, V = Vm (molar volume)

Therefore \(P V_m=\frac{1}{2} R T\)

From equations [2] and [3] we have,

⇒ \(\frac{1}{2} R T+\frac{a}{V_m}=R T \quad \text { or, } a=\frac{1}{2} V_m R T\)

Question 88. Rubber balloon filled with H2 gas gets deflated after some time—explain why.
Answer: As rubber is a porous substance, a rubber balloon contains many invisible pores on its surface. The balloon contains H2 gas at high pressure. But the pressure of air outside the balloon is comparatively lower.

As a result, H2 gas escapes from the balloon by effusion. This is why the pressure inside the balloon gradually falls and after some time the balloon gets deflated.

Question 89. At a given temperature and pressure, the volume fraction of an ideal gas is equal to its mole fraction in a mixture of ideal gases—is it true or false?
Answer: Suppose, at a given temperature (T) and pressure (P), the volumes of two ideal gases are VA and Vg, respectively, and nA and nB are their respective number of moles. Let at the same temperature and pressure, the total volume ofthe mixture of these two gases is V.

∴ According to Amagat’s law of partial volume, \(V=V_A+V_B\)

So, the partial volume of A in the mixture \(=\frac{V_A}{V}\) and its mole fraction \(=\frac{n_A}{n_A+n_B}\)

Now, applying the ideal gas equation to each component gas as well as the gas mixture, we get

⇒ \(\begin{array}{llll}
P V_A=n_A R T & \cdots[1] ; & P V_B=n_B R T & \cdots[2] \\
P V=\left(n_A+n_B\right) R T & & & \cdots[3]
\end{array}\)

Dividing equation no. [1] by equation no. [3], we have

⇒ \(\frac{P V_A}{P V}=\frac{n_A}{n_A+n_B}\)

∴ \(\frac{V_A}{V}=\frac{n_A}{n_A+n_B}\)

That, the volume fraction of A = the mole fraction of A

Similar \(\frac{V_B}{V}=\frac{n_B}{n_A+n_B}\)

[Dividing equation no. [2] by equation no. [3] That is the volume fraction of B = the mole fraction of B. Therefore, at a given temperature and pressure, the volume fraction of an ideal gas in a mixture of ideal gases is equal to its mole fraction. Hence, the given statement is true.

Question 90. For a real gas which obeys the van der Waals equation, a graph is obtained by plotting the values of P Vm along the y-axis and the values of P along the x-axis. What is the value of the intercept on the y-axis of the graph?
Answer: The plot of JPVM against P may give a graph like A or B. In both cases, the graphs intersect the y-axis at P = 0. Now at very low pressure (i.e., P), the van der Waals equation reduces to the ideal gas equation.

∴ PV = nRT

or \(P\left(\frac{V}{n}\right)=R T\)

or, PVm= RT, [Vm= molar volume]

So, the value intercept on the y-axis is RT.

Question 91. A 15.0 L vessel containing 5.6 g of N2 is connected to a 5.0 L vessel containing 8.0 g of 02 using a valve. After the valve is opened and the gases are allowed to mix, what will be the partial pressure of each gas in the mixture at 27°C?
Answer: \(5.6 \mathrm{~g} \mathrm{~N}_2=\frac{5.6}{28}=0.2 \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{~N}_2, 8.0 \mathrm{~g} \mathrm{O}_2=\frac{8}{32}=0.25 \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{O}_2\) and T = (273 + 27)K = 300 K.

After the opening of the valve, the total volume ofthe gas mixture, V = (15 + 5)L = 20 L

If the partial pressure of N2 gas in the mixture is pN, then pN x V = nN RT or,

PN2 x 20=0.2 x0.0821 x 300

∴ PN2 = 0.2463 atm

If the partial pressure of O2 gas in the mixture is pO2

then XV= NO2RT

Or, PO2 x 20=0.25 x 0.00821 x 300

∴ PO2= 0.30+748 atm

Question 92. The molecular speeds of gas molecules are analogous to the speeds of rifle bullets. Why is the odour of a gas not detected so fast?
Answer: Gas molecules move almost at the same speed as rifle bullets, but the molecules do not follow a straight line path. Since the molecules collide with each other at a very fast rate, the path becomes zig-zag. Hence, the odour of a gas can not be detected as fast as its molecules move.

Question 93. Why is the quantity of air required to inflate the tyre of a car in summer less than that required in winter?
Answer: According to the kinetic theory of gases, the pressure of a gas originates due to the bombardment of the gas molecules on the walls ofthe container. At higher temperatures, the molecules in a gas have higher velocities or average kinetic energy, and they collide with the walls of their container more frequently and with greater force. As a result, the pressure of a gas increases with an increase in temperature if the volume of the gas remains fixed.

The summer temperature is higher than the winter temperature, and the average kinetic energy of the air molecules in summer is comparatively more than that in the winter. As a result, the air molecules in the summer will exert a greater amount of force on the walls than that exerted by the same number of molecules in the winter.

Therefore, if the volume remains fixed, the pressure of a certain amount of air in summer will be more than that in winter.

Question 94. Two flasks of equal volume are connected by a narrow tube of negligible volume and are filled with N2 gas. When both the flasks are immersed in boiling water the gas pressure inside the system is 0.5 atm. Calculate the pressure of the system when one of the flasks is immersed in ice water while the other flask is in boiling water
Answer: Temperature of the gas when flasks are in boiling water = 100 + 273 = 373 K and pressure = 0.5 atm

The average temperature of the gas when one flask is in ice and the other in boiling water

⇒ \(=\frac{0+100}{2}=50^{\circ} \mathrm{C}=50+273=323 \mathrm{~K}\)

∴ Temperature of the gas when flasks are in boiling water = 100 + 273 = 373 K and pressure = 0.5 atm The average temperature of the gas when one flask is in ice and other boiling water \(=\frac{0+100}{2}=50^{\circ} \mathrm{C}=50+273=323 \mathrm{~K}\)

Question 95. Assuming the same pressure in each case, calculate the mass of hydrogen required to inflate a balloon to a certain volume at 100°C if 3.5g He is required to inflate the balloon to half the volume at 25°C.
Answer: Volume of 3.5gHe at 25°C and pressure P is \(V=\frac{n R T}{P}=\frac{3.5}{4} \times \frac{R T}{P}=\frac{3.5 \times 298 R}{4 P}\)

To fill the balloon with H2 at 373 K, the volume of Hg gas required, VH = 2V. Hence \(2 V=\frac{n R T}{P}=\frac{w}{2} \times \frac{R \times 373}{P}\)

Dividing [2] by [1] gives \(2=\frac{w \times 373}{2} \times \frac{4}{3.5 \times 298} \quad \text { or, } w=2.796 \mathrm{~g}\)

Question 96. The given figure indicates the plot of vapour pressure vs. temperature for the three liquids, A, B & C. Arrange them in the increasing order of their intermolecular forces of attraction and normal boiling points.
Answer: According to the given plot, at a particular temperature, the vapour pressure of A is higher than that of B, which in turn is higher than C. Now, a liquid with weak intermolecular forces of attraction has high vapour pressure. Therefore, the order of intermolecular forces of attraction of the given liquids will be A < B < C.

The lower the vapour pressure of a liquid, the higher its normal boiling point. Alternatively, the higher the vapour pressure of a liquid, the lower its normal boiling point. Therefore, the order of normal boiling points of the given liquids will be: A < B < C

Question 97. Water spreads on a glass surface but It forms beads on a glass surface polished by paraffin—why?
Answer: Adhesive forces between the molecules of glass and water are stronger than the cohesive forces between the water molecules. For this reason, water can spread on the glass surface.

On the other hand, adhesive forces between the molecules of paraffin (non-polar) and water are weaker than cohesive forces between the water molecules. For this reason, water forms small beads on a glass surface of polished paraffin.

States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1. When a football is pumped, both the volume and pressure of the gas inside it increase. Does this observation contradict Boyle’s law?
Answer: According to Boyle’s law, at a constant temperature, the volume of a given mass of a gas is inversely proportional to its pressure. When the football is pumped, the quantity of air inside the football goes on increasing. As a result, the mass of air inside the football does not remain constant. Moreover, 2 pumping causes a rise in the temperature of air inside the football. Thus, neither the temperature nor the mass of the air remains constant. So, Boyle’s law is not applicable in this case.

Question 2. Equal mass of two gases A and B are kept in two separate containers under the same conditions of temperature and pressure. If the ratio of molar masses of A and JB is 2:3, then what will be the ratio of volumes of the two containers?
Answer: Let the volume of the container holding gas A = VA and that of the container holding gas B = VB. Suppose, the molar masses of A and B are MA and MB, respectively. Thus, for equal mass (say ‘m’) of each gas, the number of moles of

⇒ \(A\left(n_A\right)=\frac{m}{M_A} \text { and that of } B\left(n_B\right)=\frac{m}{M_B}\)

∴ \(\text { For } A: P V_A=\frac{m}{M_A} R T \text { and for } B: P V_B=\frac{m}{M_B} R T\)

P V=\frac{2}{3} \times n \times \frac{1}{2} m c^2 \quad \text { or, } P=\frac{2}{3} \times\left(\frac{n}{V}\right) \times \frac{1}{2} m c^2 \(\frac{V_A}{V_B}=\frac{M_B}{M_A}=\frac{3}{2}\)

Hence, the ratio of volumes ofthe containers = 3:2

Question 3. 4 gas-mixture consists of two gases, A and B, each with equal mass. The molar mass of B is greater than that of 4. Which one of the two gases will contribute more to the total pressure of the gas mixture?
Answer: In a gas mixture, the component gas with higher partial pressure will have a greater contribution to the total pressure of the mixture. Masses of A and B in the mixture are the same but the molar mass of B is greater than that of A. Hence, in the mixture, the number of moles or the mole fraction (xA) of A will be greater than that (xB) of B. Suppose, in the mixture, the partial pressures of A and B are pA and pB respectively and the total pressure is P. According to Dalton’s law of partial pressures, pA = xAP and pB = xgP.

As xA>xB, pA will be greater than pB. Hence, the contribution of gas A to the total pressure of the mixture will be more than that of gas B.

Question 4. Under the same conditions of temperature and pressure, the rate of diffusion of hydrogen gas is four times that of oxygen gas—explain
Answer: At constant temperature and pressure, rates of diffusion (r) of different gases are inversely proportional to the square roots of their molecular masses (M) \(r \propto \frac{1}{\sqrt{M}}\)

⇒ \(\frac{r_{\mathrm{H}_2}}{r_{\mathrm{O}_2}}=\frac{\sqrt{M_{\mathrm{O}_2}}}{\sqrt{M_{\mathrm{H}_2}}}=\frac{\sqrt{32}}{\sqrt{2}}=4 \text { or, } r_{\mathrm{H}_2}=4 \times r_{\mathrm{O}_2}\)

So, under the same conditions of temperature and pressure, the rate of diffusion of H2 gas is four times that of O2 gas.

Question 5. Four tyres of a motor car were filled with nitrogen, hydrogen, helium and air. In which order are these tyres to be filled with the respective gases again
Answer: According to Graham’s law of diffusion, under the conditions of temperature and pressure, the rate of diffusion of a gas is inversely proportional to the square root of its molar mass. The order of molar masses of the given gases is—

⇒ \(M_{\mathrm{H}_2}<M_{\mathrm{He}}<M_{\mathrm{N}_2}<M_{\text {air }}\)

At the same temperature and pressure, the order of rates of diffusion of these gases would be—rH > rHe > rN > air After a certain time, the order of decrease in pressure in these three tyres tyre (air) < tyre (N2) < tyre (He) < tyre (H2). Hence, tyres are to be filled again with the respective gases in the following order, tyre(H2) tyre(He), tyre(N2), and tyre(air).

Question 6. At constant pressure for a given amount of gas, will the graphs obtained by plotting V vs t°C and V vs TK be different?
Answer: According to Charles’ law, V = KT – [1] [at constant pressure for a given mass of a gas]

But, T = 273 + t, hence, V = K(273 + t) -[2] Both the equations [1] & [2] express equations for straight lines. Equation no. [1] represents a straight line passing through the origin. Equation no. [2] does not represent a straight line passing through the origin. The plot of V vs t results in a straight line that cuts the V-axis at 0°C. If this straight line is extrapolated backwards, it meets the y-axis at -273°C.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids According to Charles Law V=KT

From the, above two graphs it is evident that there are no actual differences between the two graphs, because -273°C and OK express the same temperature.

Question 7. Under similar conditions of temperature and pressure, if the time taken for effusion of the same volume of H2, N2 and CO2 gas through the same porous wall are t1, t2 and t2 respectively, then arrange t1, t2 and f3 in their increasing order.
Answer: At constant temperature and pressure, if V volume of H2 gas effuses in time t j, then according to Graham’s law, \(\frac{V}{t_1} \propto \frac{1}{\sqrt{M_{\mathrm{H}_2}}}\)

For N2 gas and CO2 gas, the equations are respectively,

⇒ \(\frac{V}{t_2} \propto \frac{1}{\sqrt{M_{\mathrm{N}_2}}}\)

⇒ \(\frac{V}{t_3} \propto \frac{1}{\sqrt{M_{\mathrm{CO}_2}}}\)

Volume of gas effused in each case is the same From equations [1] & [2]; from equations [2] & [3] we get \(\frac{t_2}{t_1}=\sqrt{\frac{M_{\mathrm{N}_2}}{M_{\mathrm{H}_2}}}; \frac{t_3}{t_2}=\sqrt{\frac{M_{\mathrm{CO}_2}}{M_{\mathrm{N}_2}}}\)

Since, MH2 < MN2 < Mc2, therefore, t2 > and t2 > t2 Hence, t1,t2 and t2 will be in order: t1<t2<t2

Question 8. The molar mass of UF6 is 176 times as high as that of H2, yet at a particular temperature, the average kinetic energy of both is found to be the same—why?
Answer: According to the kinetic theory of gas, the average kinetic energy of the molecules in a gas is directly proportional to the absolute temperature of the gas, and it does not depend upon the molar mass of the gas.

The average kinetic energy of a molecule of a gas at temperature TK is given by \(\frac{3}{2} k T\) is Boltzmann constant]. Since the value of is constant at a given temperature and is independent of the mass of the gas molecule, \(\frac{3}{2} k T\) the average kinetic energy of the molecule of a heavier gas will be the same as that of the molecule of a lighter gas. Thus, at a given temperature, the average kinetic energy of a UF6 molecule will be the same as that of a H2 molecule.

Question 9. If, at a given temperature, the total kinetic energy of the molecules in a unit volume of an ideal gas is E, show that the pressure of the gas, P = 2/3E.
Answer: According to the kinetic gas equation, \(\mathrm{PV}=\frac{1}{3} \mathrm{mnc}^2\)

Suppose, m = mass of each molecule of the gas and n = number of molecules present in V volume of the gas, c = root mean square velocity of gas molecule

∴ \(P V=\frac{2}{3} \times n \times \frac{1}{2} m c^2 \quad \text { or, } P=\frac{2}{3} \times\left(\frac{n}{V}\right) \times \frac{1}{2} m c^2\)

where \(\frac{n}{V}\) the number of molecules per unit volume and \(\frac{1}{2} m c^2\) = the average kinetic energy of each molecule

∴ \(\left(\frac{n}{V}\right) \times \frac{1}{2} m c^2\) hre total kinetic energy of the molecules present per unit volume = E

∴ P = 2/3E (Proved)

Question 10. For the molecules of a given gas at a constant temperature, arrange the most probable velocity (cm), root mean square velocity (CRM) and average velocity (CFL) in the order of their increasing values. With the increase in temperature, will the ratio of these velocities increase, decrease or remain constant? What will the effect of increasing temperature be on the value of (crnls- cm) for a given gas?
Answer: First Part: At temperature T, the most probable velocity (cm) ofthe gas molecules = \(\sqrt{\frac{2 R T}{M}}\) [M – molar mass ofthe gas] rms velocity \(\left(c_{r m s}\right)=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}\) average velocity \(\left(c_a\right)=\sqrt{\frac{8 R T}{\pi M}}\)

∴ \(c_{r m s}>c_a>c_m\)

Second Part: Since the value of each of the velocities, crms’ ca and cm’ proportional to Jf, their ratio remains unaltered with temperature rise.

Third: Suppose, at temperature, riK, the root mean square velocity (arms) and most probable velocity (cm) of the molecules of a gas are (arms)j and (cm) respectively. If the difference between the values of these velocities is Axx, then

⇒ \(\Delta x_1=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T_1}{M}}-\sqrt{\frac{2 R T_1}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{R T_1}{M}}(\sqrt{3}-\sqrt{2})\)

Let the temperature of the gas be raised to T2K and at this temperature, the difference between the values of these two velocities is Ax2, then,

⇒ \(\Delta x_2=\left(c_{r m s}\right)_2-\left(c_m\right)_2=\sqrt{\frac{R T_2}{M}}(\sqrt{3}-\sqrt{2})\)

Since T2 > , Ax2 > Ax1. Hence, the difference between the values of these velocities increases with the temperature rise.

Question 11. A and B are closed flasks having the same volume. In flask A, O2 gas is present at TK and 1 atm pressure. In flask B, H2 gas is present at 1 atm pressure. If these gases behave ideally, then compare their O total kinetic energies, total number of molecules, and root mean square velocities.
Answer: Suppose, M1 and n2 are the number ofmoles ofthe gases present in flask A and flask B, respectively. Applying the ideal gas equation to the gases O2 and H2, we obtain

⇒ \(P V=n_1 R T \text { and } P V=n_2 R \frac{T}{2}\)

∴ \(\frac{n_1}{n_2}=\frac{1}{2}\)

The total kinetic energy of the molecules of mol O2 in flask A, \(E_1=n_1 \times \frac{3}{2} R T\) and the total kinetic energy of the molecules of n2 mol H2 in flask B, \(E_2=n_2 \times \frac{3}{2} R \times \frac{T}{2}\)

[ since Total kinetic energy of the molecules of1mol gas =[Rx absolute temperature]

∴ E1=E2

So, the total kinetic energy of the molecules of O2 gas = the total kinetic energy of the molecules of H2 gas

If n’1 and n’2 be the number of molecules of O2 gas and H2 gas respectively then n1 = nxN and n2 = n2xN [AT= Avogadro’s number]

∴ \(\frac{n_1^{\prime}}{n_2^{\prime}}=\frac{n_1 \times N}{n_2 \times N}=\frac{1}{2}\)

∴ Number of molecules in H2 gas = 2 x number of molecules in oxygen gas

ms velocity of O2, Crms \(=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{32}}\)

rms velocity of H2, Cms \(=\sqrt{\frac{3 R \frac{T}{2}}{2}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{4}}\)

∴ \(\frac{c_{r m s}\left(\mathrm{O}_2\right)}{c_{r m s}\left(\mathrm{H}_2\right)}=\sqrt{\frac{4}{32}}=\sqrt{\frac{1}{8}}=\frac{1}{2 \sqrt{2}}\)

Question 12. Which one of the gases, under the given conditions, exhibits real gas behaviour? Q) 0.25 mol CO2, T = 1200K, 1. = 24.63 atm, V=1 L 2. 1.0 mol SO2, T = 300 K, P = 50 atm, V = 0.35 L
Answer: At a certain temperature and pressure, if the compressibility factor (Z) of a gas is less than or more than 1, then at that temperature and pressure the gas behaves as a real gas. If Z = 1, then the gas exhibits ideal behaviour

For CO2 gas \(Z=\frac{P V}{n R T}=\frac{24.63 \times 1}{0.25 \times 0.0821 \times 1200}=1\)

For SO2 gas ,Z \(=\frac{P V}{n R T}=\frac{50 \times 0.35}{1 \times 0.0821 \times 300}=0.71\)

Under the given conditions, for CO2 gas, Z = 1 and hence it shows ideal behaviour. In the case of SO2, Z < 1. So, under the given conditions, S02 behaves as a real gas.

Question 13. Under what conditions can a gas be liquefied?

  • T = Tc and P < Pc
  • T<TC and P – Pc

Answer: It is possible to liquefy a gas by the application of pressure, provided that the temperature of the gas is equal to or less than its critical temperature. If the temperature (T) of a gas is equal to its critical temperature ( Tc), then it is possible to liquefy the gas if the pressure (P) of the gas is equal to or above its critical pressure (Pc).

So, under the condition, the gas cannot be condensed into a liquid. On the other hand, if the temperature (T) of a gas is below its critical temperature (Tc), then the gas can be transformed into liquid if the applied pressure on the gas is greater than or less than or equal to its critical pressure. So, under certain conditions, the gas can be liquefied.

Question 14. Two gases, obeying the van der Waals equation, have identical values of ‘b’ but different values of ‘a’. Which one of the two gases will occupy less volume under identical conditions? If the values of ‘a’ for the two gases are the same but the values of‘V are different, then under identical conditions which gas will be more compressible?
Answer: The larger the value of ’a’ of a gas, the stronger the intermolecular forces of attraction in the gas. So, under identical conditions, a gas with a larger value of ‘a’ will be more compressible than that with a smaller value. Hence, between the two gases, the one with a higher value of ‘a’ will occupy less volume under identical conditions.

If the value of ‘a’ for two gases is the same the values of ‘b’ differ, then the gas with a smaller value of ‘b’ will be more compressible because a small value of ‘b’ for a gas signifies that the volume occupied by the molecules of the gas is small. So, this gas can be compressed to a greater extent.

Question 15. A real gas follows van der Waals equation. Find the compressibility for 1 mol of the gas at its critical temperature
Answer: At the critical point

⇒ \(V=V_c=3 b ; P=P_c=\frac{a}{27 b^2} \text { and } T=T_c=\frac{8 a}{27 R b}\)

∴ \(Z=\frac{P V}{R T}=\frac{\frac{a}{27 b^2} \times 3 b}{R \times \frac{8 a}{27 R b}}=\frac{3}{8}\)

Question 16. Derive the van der Waals equation for ‘n’ mol of a real gas from the equation for 1 mol of the gas.
Answer: Van der Waals equation for1 mol of real gas is given by—

⇒ \(\left(P+\frac{a}{v^2}\right)(\nu-b)=R T\)

If at a pressure P and a temperature T, the volume of ‘n’ moles of this gas be V, then \(v=\frac{V}{n}\) Putting v =\(v=\frac{V}{n}\) in equation n n [1], we have

⇒ \(\left(P+\frac{a}{\left(\frac{V}{n}\right)^2}\right)\left(\frac{V}{n}-b\right)=R T \text { or }\left(P+\frac{n^2 a}{V^2}\right)(V-n b)=n R T\)

Question 17. Write the van der Waals equation for a real gas containing n molecules.
Answer: If v is the volume of mol of a real gas at a pressure P and temperature T then the van der Waals equation for the gas is

⇒ \(\left(P+\frac{a}{v^2}\right)(v-b)=R T\)

Suppose, the volume for a real gas containing n molecules = V. So, volume for n/N moles of real gas = V [N= Avogadro’s number]

Therefore, the volume for 1 mol of real gas \(=\frac{V \times N}{n}=v\)

Substituting the value of v in equation [1], we obtain \(\left(P+\frac{n^2 a}{V^2 N^2}\right)(V N-n b)=n R T\)

This is the van der Waals equation for a real gas containing n molecules

Question 18. What will the nature of the PV vs P graph be for a real gas at Boyle temperature?
Answer: AOS, At Boyle temperature the value of PV, particularly in the low-pressure region, becomes constant. Thus, the gas shows ideal behaviour. So, at this temperature, the plot pv of PV against P will give a straight line parallel to the P-axis

Question 19. What will the value of compressibility factor (Z) be for a gas if the pressure correction term in the van der Waals equation for the gas is neglected?
Answer: For 1 mol of a real gas \(\left(P+\frac{a}{V^2}\right)(V-b)=R T\)

If the pressure correction term is neglected, then \(P+\frac{a}{V^2} \approx P\)

∴ P(V-b) = RT or, PV -Pb = RT

Or, \(P V=R T+P b \quad \text { or, } \frac{P V}{R T}=1+\frac{P b}{R T}\)

∴ \(Z=1+\frac{P b}{R T}\)

Question 20. The value of van der Waals constant ‘a’ for nitrogen gas is 1.37 L2-atmmol-2, but that for ammonia gas is 4.30 L2-atm-mol-2. What is the reason for this large difference? Which one of these two gases would you expect to have a higher critical temperature?
Answer: Since N2 is a non-polar molecule, the only attractive forces that operate between the molecules in N2 gas are weak London forces. On the otherhand, NH3 is apolarmolecule. So, the molecules in NH3 gas experience dipole-dipole attractive forces in addition to London forces.

Hence, the intermolecular forces of attraction in NH3 gas are much stronger than those in N2 gas, and this makes the value of ‘a’ for NH3 gas higher. The critical temperature of a gas depends upon the strength of intermolecular forces of attraction in the gas.

The stronger the intermolecular forces of attraction in a gas, the higher the critical temperature of the gas. Since the intermolecular forces of attraction are stronger in NH3 gas than those in H2 gas, the critical temperature of NH3 will be higher than that of H2.

Question 21. The values of ‘a’ and ‘b’ for three A real gases B A, Band C Care—

⇒ \(\begin{array}{|c|c|c|c|}
\hline & A & B & C \\
\hline a\left(\mathrm{~L}^2 \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-2}\right) & 6 & 8 & 20 \\
\hline b\left(\mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\right) & 0.025 & 0.12 & 0.10 \\
\hline
\end{array}\)

  1. Which one of these gases has the largest molecular size?
  2. Which one of these will behave most like an ideal gas at STP?

Answer: The volume of a molecule depends on its radius. Now we know b ∝ r3. Hence, the molecular size will be the largest for the gas which has the highest value of ‘b’. From die given values, it is found that gas B has the highest value of ‘b’ So, so the molecule ofthe gas will be the largest.

A gas with small values of ‘a’ and ‘b‘ behaves close to an ideal gas. For gas A, these two quantities have the smallest values. Hence at STP gas A will show the most ideal behaviour.

Question 22. Between methanol (CH3OH) and water (H2O) whose surface tension is greater, and why?
Answer: Molecules in methanol and water both are capable of forming hydrogen bonds. However, the number of hydrogen bonds per molecule in water is greater than that in methanol. So, the intermolecular forces of attraction are stronger in water than those in methanol. Again, the stronger the intermolecular forces of attraction in a liquid, the greater the surface tension of the liquid. So, the surface tension of water is greater than that of methanol.

Question 23. A liquid has a high normal boiling point. Will its viscosity and surface tension values be high or low?
Answer: The high normal boiling point of a liquid indicates that the liquid possesses strong intermolecular forces of attraction. The values of viscosity and surface tension of a liquid depend upon the strength of intermolecular attractive forces in the liquid. The stronger the intermolecular attractive forces, the higher the values of viscosity and surface tension of the liquid. As the intermolecular forces of attraction are strong for the concerned liquid, the values of both surface tension and viscosity of the liquid will be high.

Question 24. How is the vapour pressure of a liquid affected if the surface area of the liquid is increased at a given temperature?
Answer: At a given temperature, the vapour pressure of a liquid does not depend upon the surface area of the liquid. If the surface area of a liquid is increased, keeping the temperature constant, then its rate of evaporation increases because at a particular time, more molecules are now able to leave the liquid surface and go to the vapour phase.

The increased surface area of the liquid also causes the increase in the die rate of condensation because, at a particular time, more molecules are now able to reenter from vapour to the liquid phase.

Therefore, the rates of both evaporation and condensation are increased to the same extent So, the vapour pressure remains the same at a constant temperature and is not affected by the surface area of the liquid

Question 25 Compare the viscosity coefficients of the following liquids at a particular temperature: Propanol (CH3CH2CH2OH), ethylene glycol (HOCH2—CH2OH) and glycerol (HOCH2—CHOH—CH2OH).
Answer: The number of OH groups in the molecules of CH3CH2CH2OH, HOCH,—CH2OH HOCH2—CHOH—CH2OH are 1, 2 and 3, respectively. So, the number of hydrogen bonds formed per molecule of CH3CH2CH2OH HOCH2—CH2OH and HOCH2 —CHOH —CH2OH are 1, 2 and 3, respectively. Thus, the order of the intermolecular forces of attraction of the given liquids will be propanol < ethylene glycol < glycerol.

Again, the stronger the intermolecular forces of attraction of a liquid, the higher the value of its viscosity coefficient. Thus, the order of viscosity is propanol < ethylene glycol < glycerol.

Question 26. Find out the minimum pressure required to compress 2 X M 500 dm3 of air at bar to 200 dm1 at 30nC
Answer: In this process, the mass and temperature of the gas remain constant but the volume and pressure of the gas change.

Given P1=1 bar, V1= 500 dm³, v2= 200 dm³.

Appyling Boyle’s law , pe \(P_2=\frac{P_1 V_1}{V_2}=\frac{1 \times 500}{200}=2.5 \text { bar }\)

So, the minimum pressure needed to V2 compress 200 the gas is 2.5 bar.

Question 27. A vessel of 120 mi. capacity contains a certain amount of gas at 35°C and 1.2 bar pressure. The gas is transferred to another vessel of volume 1 HO ml. at 35°C. What would be Its pressure?
Answer: In this process, the pressure and volume ofthe gas change but its mass and temperature remain constant.

Applying Boyle’s law to the process, we have \(P_2=\frac{P_1 V_1}{V_2}\)

Given: p1= 1.2 bar, V1 = 120ml and V2 = 180 ml

∴ \(p_2=\frac{1.2 \times 120}{180}=0.8 \text { bar }\)

Question 28. Using the equation of state PV = nBT, show that at a given temperature, the density of a gas is proportional to the gas pressure P.
Answer: \(P V=n R T \text { or, } P V=\frac{g}{M} R T\) M= Molar mass of gas in g.mol-1, g= mass of gas in g] or \(P M=\frac{g}{V} R T=d R T\) [d= g/v= density of the gas]

Since, B is constant dec P, when T is constant.

Question 29. At 0°C, the density of a certain oxide of a gas at 2 bar is the same as that of dinitrogen at 5 bar. What is the the molecular mass of the oxide?
Answer: The equation expressing the relation between density (d), pressure (P), absolute temperature (T) and molar mass (M) of a gas is d \(=\frac{P M}{R T}\)

Density ofthe oxide of the gas, \(d_1=\frac{2 \times M}{R \times 273}\)

Density of N2 gas, d2 \(=\frac{5 \times 28}{R \times 273}\)

It is mentioned that under the given conditions, d1 = d2

∴ \(\frac{2 \times M}{n \times 273}=\frac{5 \times 28}{R \times 273} \quad \text { or, } M=70\)

Therefore, the molecular mass ofthe oxide is 70 g-mol-1

Question 30. The pressure of Ig of an Ideal gas A at 27°C Is found to be 2 bar. When 2 g of another ideal gas B Is introduced in the same flask at the same temperature, the pressure becomes 3 bar. Find a relationship between their molecular masses
Answer: Suppose, the molar masses of gases A and B are MA and MB g-mol-1 respectively.

⇒ \(\lg \text { of } A=\frac{1}{M} \mathrm{~mol} \text { of } A \text { and } 2 \mathrm{~g} \text { of } B=\frac{2}{M} \mathrm{~mol} \text { of } B \text {. }\)

Using the ideal gas equation (PV = NRT) for the gas A and the gas mixture of A and B, we have—

⇒ \(2 \times V=\frac{1}{M_A} R T \cdots[1] \text { and } 3 \times V=\left(\frac{1}{M_A}+\frac{2}{M_B}\right) R T \cdots[2]\)

Dividing Equation [2] by[1], we have

⇒ \(1.5=\frac{M_B+2 M_A}{M_B} \quad \text { or, } 2 M_A=0.5 M_B \quad \text { or, } \frac{M_A}{M_B}=\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 31. The drain cleaner, Drainex contains small bits of aluminium which react with caustic soda to produce dihydrogen. What volume of dihydrogen at 20°C and lbar will be released when 0.15g aluminium reacts?
Answer: The following reaction involving aluminium (Al) and caustic soda (NaOH) produces H2 gas

⇒ \(\begin{array}{ll}
2 \mathrm{Al}(s)+2 \mathrm{NaOH}(a q)+2 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(l) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{NaAlO}_2(a q)+ & 3 \mathrm{H}_2(g) \\
2 \times 27 \mathrm{~g} & 3 \times 1 \mathrm{~mol}
\end{array}\)

According to this reaction 54g of Al = 3 mol of H2

∴ \(0.15 \mathrm{~g} \text { of } \mathrm{Al} \equiv \frac{3}{54} \times 0.15 \equiv 8.33 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{of}_2\)

To calculate the volume ofthe liberated H2 gas, we apply the ideal gas equation, PV = nRT. Given: P = bar and T = (273 + 20)K =293K The number of moles of liberated H2 gas (n) =8.33 x 10-3 mol

∴ \(V=\frac{n R T}{P}=\frac{8.33 \times 10^{-3} \times 0.0821 \times 293}{0.987} \mathrm{~L}=0.203 \mathrm{~L}=203 \mathrm{~mL}\)

Question 32. What will be the pressure exerted by a mixture of 3.2g of methane and 4.4g of carbon dioxide contained in a 9dm3 flask at 27°C?
Answer: Total number of moles (n) in the mixture \(=\left(\frac{3.2}{16}+\frac{4.4}{44}\right)\) 0.3 mol [Molar mass: \(\mathrm{CH}_4 \Rightarrow 16, \mathrm{CO}_2 \Rightarrow 44\) As given, V = 9 dm3, T = (273 + 27)K = 300K, P = ? So, \(p=\frac{n R T}{V}=\frac{0.3 \times 0.0821 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times 300 \mathrm{~K}}{9 \mathrm{dm}^3}\)

= 0.821 aztm [ 1l=1dm3]

= 8.316x104pa[1atm=1.013x105pa]

Question 33. What will be the pressure of the gaseous mixture when 0.5L of H2 at 0.8 bar and 2.0L of dioxygen at 0.7 bar are introduced in a 1L vessel at 27°C?
Answer: To calculate the number of moles of unmixed H2 and O2 m gases, we apply the ideal gas equation, PV = nRT

In case of H2, P = 0.8bar, V = 0.5L and T = (273 + 27)K = 300K and in case of O2, P = 0.7bar, V = 2.0L and T = (273 + 27)K = 300K

Therefore \(n_{\mathrm{H}_2}=\frac{P V}{R T}=\frac{0.8 \times 0.5}{R \times 300}=\frac{0.4}{300 R} \mathrm{~L} \cdot \text { bar }\) and \(n_{\mathrm{O}_2}=\frac{P V}{R T}=\frac{2 \times 0.7}{R \times 300}=\frac{1.4}{300 R} \mathrm{~L} \cdot \text { bar }\) In the mixture of H2 and 02, total number of mol \(=n_{\mathrm{H}_2}+n_{\mathrm{O}_2}=\frac{1}{300 R}(0.4+1.4) \mathrm{L} \text { bar }=\frac{1.8}{300 R} \mathrm{~L} \cdot \text { bar }\) For this mixture V = 1L and T = (273 + 27)K = 300K
If the pressure of the mixture is P, then \(P=\frac{n R T}{V}=\frac{1.8}{300 R} \times \frac{R \times 300}{1} \mathrm{bar}=1.8 \mathrm{bar}\)

Question 34. The density of a gas is found to be 5.46 g/dm3 at 27°C and 2 bar pressure. What will be its density at STP?
Answer: Density (d), pressure (P), absolute temperature (T) and molar mass of a gas (M) are related by, d = PM/RT Under the conditions of T = (273 + 27)K = 300K and P = 2 bar, the density ofthe gas (d) = 5.46 g.dm-3

Therefore \(5.46 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{dm}^{-3}=\frac{(2 \times 1.013) \mathrm{atm} \times M}{0.0821 \mathrm{~atm} \cdot \mathrm{dm}^3 \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times 300 \mathrm{~K}}\)

Or M = 66.37 g.mol-1

At STP, ifthe density of the gas be d1, then \(\begin{aligned}
d_1=\frac{P M}{R T} & =\frac{1 \times 66.37}{0.0821 \times 273}[\text { AtSTP, } T=273 \mathrm{~K} P=1 \mathrm{~atm}] \\
& =2.96 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}=2.96 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{dm}^{-3}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 35. 4.05mL of phosphorus vapour weighs 0.0625g at 546°C and 0.1 bar pressure. What is the molar mass of phosphorus?
Answer: Suppose, the molar mass of phosphorus =M g-mol-1

So, 0.0625g of phosphorus \(=\frac{0.0625}{\mathrm{M}} \mathrm{mol}\) of phosphorus As given, P = 0.1 bar, T = (273 + 546)K = 819K, V = 34.05 mL =34.05 X 10-3L Therefore, 0.1 bar x 34.05 x 10-3L.

⇒\(=\frac{0.0625}{M} \mathrm{~mol} \times 0.082 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{bar} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times 819 \mathrm{~K}\)

or, M = 1232.71, Hence, Molar mass = 1232.71g.mol-1.

Question 36. A student forgot to add the reaction mixture to the round-bottomed flask at 27°C but instead, he/she placed the flask on the flame. After a lapse of time, he realised his mistake, and using a pyrometer he found the temperature of the flask was 477°C. What fraction of air would have been expelled out?
Answer: Suppose the number of mol of air inside the flask at 27°C is n1 and that at 477°C is n2. Since the flask is opened to air, the pressure of air inside the flask at 27°C and 477°C is the same as that of the atmospheric pressure. Let this pressure be P. Again on heating the volume of a round bottom flask remains the same. Hence, the volume ofthe flasks the some at both 27°C and 477°C. Let this volume be V.

Applying the ideal gas equation we have, PV= n1R(273 + 27)

= HJ X 300R n2PV = n2 (273 + 477) = n2 x 750R

Hence, n2 x 300R = n2 x 750R or, \(\text { or, } n_2=\frac{2}{5} n_1\)

∴ Fraction of air that would have been expelled out = \(=\frac{n_1-\frac{2}{5} n_1}{n_1}=\frac{3}{5}\)

Question 37. Calculate the temperature of 4.0 mol of gas occupying 5 dm3 at 3.32 bar. (R = 0.083 bar. dm3- K-1. mol-1)
Answer: To calculate the temperature ofthe gas, we apply the gas equation, PV = nRT. As given: P = 3.32 bar, V = 5 dm3 and n = 4 mol Putting these values into the equation, PV = nRT, we have \(T=\frac{P V}{n R}=\frac{3.32 \times 5}{4 \times 0.083} \mathrm{~K}=50 \mathrm{~K}\)

Question 38. Calculate the total number of electrons present In 1.4 g of dinitrogen gas.
Answer: \(1.4 \mathrm{~g} \text { of } \mathrm{N}_2=\frac{1.4}{28}=0.05 \mathrm{~mol} \text { of } \mathrm{N}_2\)

1 molecule of N2 contains 14 electrons, Hence, 0.05 mol of N2, i.e., 0.05 X 0.022 X 1023 molecules of = 4,2154 x 1023 electrons. N2 contain 14 x 0,05 X 0,023 X 1023

Question 39. How much time would It take to distribute one Avogadro number of wheat grains If 1010 grains are distributed each second?
Answer: 1010 grains are distributed in 1 sec. So, time required to distribute 6.022 x IO23 grains would be \(\begin{aligned}
\frac{1 \times 6.022 \times 10^{23}}{10^{10}}=6.022 \times 10^{13} \sec & =696.990 \times 10^6 \text { days } \\
& =1.909563 \times 10^6 \text { years }
\end{aligned}\)

Question 40. Calculate the total pressure In a mixture of 8 g of dioxygen and 4 g of dihydrogen confined In a vessel of 1 dm3 at 27°C, R = 0.083 bar -dm3- Kr1- mol-1
Answer: \(\left(\frac{8}{32}+\frac{4}{2}\right)=2.25 \mathrm{~mol}\) Molar mass of O2 and H2 are 32 and 2 g mol-1 respectively]

As given: V = 1dm3 and T = (273 + 27)K = 300K

∴ \(P=\frac{n R T}{V}=\frac{2.25 \times 0.083 \times 300}{1}=56.025 \text { bar. }\)

Question 41. Payload Is defined as the difference between the mass of displaced air and the mass of the balloon. Calculate the payload when a balloon of radius 10 m, mass 100 kgs filled with helium at 1.66 bar at 27°C. (R = 0.083 bar. dm3. K-). mol-1 and density of air = 1.2kg.m-3
Answer: Volume (V) of the balloon \(=\frac{4}{3} \pi r^3=\frac{4}{3} \pi \times(10)^3 \mathrm{~m}^3\) = 4186.66m3 =4186.66 X 103 dm3

To calculate the number of moles of He gas enclosed in the balloon, we apply the ideal gas equation, PV = nRT, Given: P = 1.66 bar, T = (273 + 27)K = 300K So, according to the equation, PV = nRT, \(\begin{aligned}
n=\frac{P V}{R T} & =\frac{1.66 \times 4186.66 \times 10^3 \mathrm{bar} \cdot \mathrm{dm}^3}{0.083 \mathrm{bar} \cdot \mathrm{dm}^3 \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times 300 \mathrm{~K}} \\
& =279.11 \times 10^3 \mathrm{~mol}
\end{aligned}\)

1 fence, the mass of f1<< gas enclosed in the balloon =4 X 279. J f X 103g = 1,110 x 106g 1116kg Therefore, the mass of the balloon filled in with He gas -(100+ 11101kg = 1216kg Volume of air displaced by the balloon = Volume of the balloon 4100,00 x 103 dm3 Density of air – 1,2 kg – m-3 = 1.2 x 10-3 kg.dm-3

Question 42. Calculate the volume occupied by 8.8 g of C02 at 31.1 °C &1 bar pressure. /t=0.083 bar -L-K-1mol-1.
Answer: \(8.8 \mathrm{~g} \mathrm{CO}_2=\frac{8.8}{44}=0.2 \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{CO}_2\)

Applying the ideal gas equation (PV = NRT) to calculate volume, we have \(V=\frac{n R T}{P}=\frac{0.2 \times 0.083 \times(273+31.1)}{1}=5.048 \mathrm{~L}\)

∴ The volume of 8.8 g CO2 at 31.1°C and 1 bar pressure = 5.048L.

Question 43. 2.9 g of gas at 95°C occupied the same volume as 0.184g of dihydrogen at 17°C, at the same pressure. What is the molar mass of the gas?
Answer: Let the molar mass ofthe unknown gas =M g-mol-1 Number ofmoles for 2.9g ofthe gas \(=\frac{2.9}{M} \mathrm{~mol}\)

Number of moles for 0.184g of H2 gas \(=\frac{0.184}{2}=0.092 \mathrm{~mol}\)

As both the gases have the same volume at the same pressure and specified temperature, they will have the same value of PV. To calculate PV, we apply the equation PV = nRT. For unknown gas \(P V=\frac{2.9}{M} R(273+95)\)

And for He Gas, Pv [= 0.0932R(273+17)

Therefore \(\frac{2.9 \mathrm{R}}{M} \times 368=0.092 R \times 290 \quad \)

Hence, the molar mass ofthe unknown gas = 40g-mol-1

Question 44. A mixture of dihydrogen and dioxygen at one bar pressure contains 20% by weight of dihydrogen. Calculate the partial pressure of dlhydrogenÿ_
Answer: Let the weight of the mixture be w g. So, in the mixture, the weight of H2 gas = 0.2 w g and that of O2 gas =(w-0.2w) =0.8 w g \(0.2 w g \text { of } \mathrm{H}_2=\frac{0.2 w}{2}=0.1 \times w \mathrm{~mol} \text { of } \mathrm{H}_2\) \(0.8 \mathrm{wg} \text { of } \mathrm{O}_2=\frac{0.8 w}{32}=0.025 \times w \mathrm{~mol} \text { of } \mathrm{O}_2\)

So, the partial pressure of H2 in the mixture = JCH x total pressure of the mixture =0.8×1 bar = 0.8 bar

Question 45. What would be the SI unit for the quantity \(\frac{P V^2 T^2}{n}\)
Answer: In SI system, the units of P, V, T and n are N-m~2, m3, K and mol respectively So, the SI unit for the quantity \(\frac{V^2 T^2}{n}\) will be \(\frac{\mathrm{N} \cdot \mathrm{m}^{-2} \times\left(\mathrm{m}^3\right)^2 \cdot \mathrm{K}^2}{m o l} \text { i.e., } \mathrm{N} \cdot \mathrm{m}^4 \cdot \mathrm{K}^2 \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Question 46. The critical temperature for carbon dioxide and methane arc is 31.1 °C and -81.0°C respectively. Which of these has stronger Interiuolecuhir forces and why?
Answer: The critical temperature of gas Is a measure of the intermolecular forces of attraction In the gas. A gas with stronger intermolecular forces of attraction has a higher critical temperature. Therefore, CO2., gas possesses stronger intermolecular forces of attraction than CH4 gas because CO2 has a higher critical temperature than CH4.

States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Very Short Answer Type Questions

Question 1. Mention the variables and constant quantities in Charles’ law
Answer: Variables; Volume ( V) and absolute temperature (T) and Constants: Mass (m) and pressure (P) ofthe gas.

Question 2. If P is plotted against 1/ V for 1 mol of an ideal gas at 0°C, then a straight line passing through the origin is obtained. What is the slope ofthe straight line?
Answer: For 1mol of an ideal gas, PV = RT or, P = RT/V At 0°C or 273K, P = 273R/V.
Hence, the slope of the P vsl/V plot is =273 R

Question 3. The number of molecules in an ideal gas with a volume of V at pressure P and temperature T is ‘n Write down the equation of state for this gas
Answer: No. of mole of the gas

⇒ \(=\frac{\text { Total no. of molecules of the gas }}{\text { Avogadro’s no. }}=\frac{n}{N}\)

∴ The equation of state \(P V=\frac{n}{N} R T\)

Question 4. At a definite temperature, the total pressure of a gas mixture consisting of three gases A, B and C is P. If the number of moles of A, B and C are 2, 4 and 6, respectively, then arrange these gases in increasing order of their partial pressures
Answer: Themole fractions of A, B and C in the gas mixture

⇒ \(x_{\mathrm{A}}=\frac{2}{12}=\frac{1}{6}, x_B=\frac{4}{12}=\frac{1}{3} \text { and } x_C=\frac{6}{12}=\frac{1}{2}\)

Therefore The PArticl Pressure Of Gas A \(A, p_A=\frac{P}{6}, p_B=\frac{P}{3}\) \(p_C=\frac{P}{2}\). Hence PA<PB<PC.

Question 5. Under identical conditions of temperature and pressure, it takes time t1 for the effusion of VmL of N2 gas through a porous wall and time t2 for the effusion of the same volume of O2 gas through the same porous wall. Which one is greater, t1 or t2?
Answer: At constant temperature and pressure, the rates of effusion of different gases are inversely proportional to the square roots of their molar masses. As the molar mass of N2 is smaller than that of CO2, at the given conditions the time required for the effusion of VmL of N2 gas will be less than that required for V mL CO2 of gas. Hence, t1<t2.

Question 6. Arrange the following gases in the increasing order of their densities at STP: H2, air, CO2.
Answer: The density of a gas at constant temperature and pressure \(d=\frac{P M}{R T}.\)

Thus, at a particular temperature and pressure, the density of the gas is directly proportional to the molar mass of the gas. The order of the molar mass of the given gases is: Mh1< Mair < MCO1. Therefore, the order of densities of these gases at STP would be, be < dair < dco2.

Question 7. What is the numerical value of N/n?[N and n are the number of gas molecules and number of moles of gas]
Answer: Number of gas molecules (N) = several moles of the gas (n) x Avogadro’s number or\(\frac{N}{n}\) = Avgadro’s number = 6.022 x1023.

Question 8. At a constant temperature, a container of fixed volume holds NH3 and HCl gases. Can Dalton’s law of partial pressures be applied to this gas mixture?
Answer: Dalton’s law of partial pressure applies only to a mixture composed of two or more non-reacting gases. NH3 and HC1 gases react together to produce NH4C1. So Dalton’s law of partial pressure will not be applicable in this case.

Question 9. On what factors does the value of the total kinetic energy of the molecules in a gas depend?
Answer: The total kinetic energy of the molecules of 1 mol gas \(=\frac{3}{2} R T\)

The total kinetic energy of n mole gas \(=n \times \frac{3}{2} R T\)

Therefore, the total kinetic energy of any gas depends upon the temperature and the quantity ofthe gas.

Question 10. The equation of state of a real gas is P(V-b) = RT. Can this gas be liquefied?
Answer: For the given gas, the value of van der Waals constant a = 0, indicates the absence of intermolecular forces of attraction in the gas. So this gas cannot be liquefied.

Question 11. At a low pressure, the van der Waals equation reduces What is the value of \(\left(P+\frac{a}{V^2}\right) V=R T\) compressibility factor (Z) for this case at this condition?
Answer: \(\left(P+\frac{a}{V^2}\right) V=R T\)

or, \(P V+\frac{a}{V}=R T \quad \text { or, } \frac{P V}{R T}+\frac{a}{R T V}=1 \quad \text { or, } Z=1-\frac{a}{R T V}\)

Question 12. The normal boiling points of two gases A and B are -150°C and -18°C, respectively. Which one of the two gases will behave more like an ideal gas at STP?
Answer: The very low boiling point of A implies the very weak intermolecular forces of attraction in gas A. Hence, gas A will show more ideal behaviour at STP.

Question 13. Prove that c = [E= total kinetic energy molecules of 1 mol of a gas, M=molar mass of the gas, arms = root mean square velocity of gas molecule]
Answer: we known \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}} \quad \text { or, } c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{2}{M} \times \frac{3}{2} R T}\)

The total kinetic energy of the molecules of lmol gas, \(E=\frac{3}{2} R T\)

∴ \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{2 E}{M}} \quad \text { (Proved) }\)

Question 14. It is easier to liquefy a gas with a higher critical temperature—explain.
Answer: The critical temperature of a gas reflects the strength of intermolecular attractive forces in the gas. A gas with a higher value of critical temperature possesses a stronger intermolecular force of attraction. Now, the stronger the intermolecular forces of attraction in a gas, the easier it is to liquefy the gas. Therefore, a gas with a higher critical temperature can be liquified easily.

Question 15. Why cannot CO2 gas be liquefied above 31.1°C?
Answer: The critical temperature of CO2 is 31.1°C. Above 31.1°C, due to the very high average kinetic energy of CO2 molecules, the attraction between them becomes negligible. As a result, CO2 gas cannot be liquefied above 31.1°C.

Question 16. Among the following properties of a liquid, which one increases with the increase in temperature? Surface tension, viscosity and vapour pressure
Answer: Vapour pressure increases with an increase in temperature.

Question 17. The vapour pressures of benzene and water at 50°C are 271 and 92.5 torr, respectively. Which one would you expect to have stronger intermolecular forces of attraction?
Answer: A liquid with strong intermolecular forces of attraction has low vapour pressure. Thus, intermolecular forces of attraction are stronger in water.

Question 18. At 25°C, the vapour pressure of ethanol is 63 torr. What does it mean?
Answer: At 25°C, the pressure exerted by ethanol vapour in equilibrium with the liquid ethanol is 63 torr.

Question 19. The normal boiling point of diethyl ether is 34.6°C What will be its vapour pressure at this temperature?
Answer: At the normal boiling point of a liquid, the vapour pressure of the liquid is equal to the atmospheric pressure. Therefore, the vapour pressure of diethyl ether is at 34.6°C. temperature is 1 atm or 760 torr.

Question 20. The normal boiling points of ethanol and benzene are 78.3°C and 80°C, respectively. Is the vapour pressure of ethanol lower than, greater than or equal to the vapour pressure of benzene?
Answer: At the normal boiling point of a liquid, the vapour pressure of the liquid is equal to the atmospheric pressure. Therefore, the vapour pressure of ethanol at 78.3°C and that of benzene at 80°C are the same and equal to 1 atm.

Question 21. Why is the equilibrium established in the evaporation of a liquid in a closed vessel at a constant temperature called dynamic equilibrium?
Answer: This is so called because the process of evaporation and condensation does not stop at equilibrium and they keep on occurring equally and take

Question 22. Which one between water and ethanol has greater surface tension at a particular temperature?
Answer: As intermolecular forces of attraction are stronger in water than in ethanol, the surface tension of water is greater than that of ethanol.

Question 23. What is the value of the surface tension of a liquid at its critical temperature?
Answer: The surface tension of a liquid at critical temperature is zero because the surface of separation between the liquid and vapour disappears at this temperature.

Question 24. At a given temperature, the viscosity of liquid A is greater than that of liquid B. Which of these two liquids has stronger intermolecular forces of attraction?
Answer: The stronger the intermolecular forces of attraction of a liquid, the higher the viscosity will be. Therefore, the inter¬ molecular forces of attraction of A will be greater than B

Question 25. Give two examples where capillary action occurs.
Answer: Due to capillary action, water from the soil reaches the leaves of a tree through its stem. water comes out through the pores of a clay pot and evaporates. As a result, the water in the pot gets cooled.

States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Numerical Examples

Question 1. At 10-3 mm pressure and 300K, a 2L flask contains equal numbers of moles of N2 and water vapour, What is the total number of moles of N2 and water vapour in the mixture? What is the total mass ofthe mixture?
Answer: \(n=\frac{P V}{R T}=\frac{\left(10^{-3} / 760\right) \times 2}{0.0821 \times 300}=1.06 \times 10^{-7} \mathrm{~mol}\)

⇒ \(n_{\mathrm{N}_2}=n_{\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}}=\frac{n}{2}=\frac{1.06 \times 10^{-7}}{2}=5.3 \times 10^{-8} \mathrm{~mol}\)

∴ Total Mass \(m_{\mathrm{N}_2}+m_{\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}}\)

⇒ \(=\left(5.3 \times 10^{-8} \times 28+5.3 \times 10^{-8} \times 18\right) \mathrm{g}=2.44 \times 10^{-6} \mathrm{~g}\)

Question 2. At constant temperature and 1 atm pressure, an ideal gas occupies a volume of 3.25m3. Calculate the final pressure of the gas in the units of atm, torr and Pa if its volume is reduced to 1.25m2 while its temperature is kept constant.
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
& P_2=\frac{P_1 V_1}{V_2}=\frac{1 \times 3.25}{1.25}=2.6 \mathrm{~atm} \\
& =2.6 \times 760 \mathrm{torr}=1.976 \times 10^3 \mathrm{torr}=2.633 \times 10^5 \mathrm{~Pa}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 3. The density of a gas at 27°C and 1 atm is 15g-mL-1.At what temperature, will the density of that gas be 10g-mL-1, at the same pressure?
Answer: \(\frac{d_2}{d_1}=\frac{T_1}{T_2} \text { or, } T_2=\frac{d_1}{d_2} \times T_1=\frac{15}{10} \times 300=450 \mathrm{~K} \text {; }\)

∴ t= 177°C

Question 4. The density of a gas at 30°C and 1.3 atm pressure is 0.027 g- mL-1. What is the molar mass ofthe gas?
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
d=\frac{P M}{R T} \text { or, } M=\frac{d R T}{P} & =\frac{0.027 \times 0.0821 \times 10^3 \times 303}{1.3} \\
& =516.6 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 5. 0.0286 g of a gas at 25°C and 76 cm pressure occupies a volume of 50 cm3. What is the molar mass ofthe gas?
Answer: \(M=\frac{g R T}{P V}=\frac{0.0286 \times 0.0821 \times 298}{1 \times 50 \times 10^{-3}}=14 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Question 6. The density of a gas at -135°C and 50.66 atm pressure is 2g- cm-3. What is the density ofthe gas at STP?
Answer: \(\frac{d_2}{d_1}=\left(\frac{P_2}{P_1}\right) \times\left(\frac{T_1}{T_2}\right)\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } d_2=2 \times \frac{1}{50.66} \times \frac{138}{273}=0.02 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{cm}^{-3}\)

Question 7. A gaseous mixture contains 336 cm3 of H2 and 224 cm3 of HE at STP. The mixture shows a pressure of 2 atm when it is kept in a container at 27°C. Calculate the volume of the gas.
Answer: \(\text { At STP, } 336 \mathrm{~cm}^3 \text { of } \mathrm{H}_2 \equiv \frac{336}{22400} \equiv 0.015 \mathrm{~mol} \text { of } \mathrm{H}_2 \text { and }\)

⇒ \(224 \mathrm{~cm}^3 \text { of } \mathrm{He} \equiv \frac{224}{22400} \equiv 0.01 \mathrm{~mol} \text { of } \mathrm{He} \text {. }\)

⇒ \(V=\frac{n R T}{P}=(0.015+0.01) \times \frac{0.0821 \times 300}{2}=307.8 \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

Question 8. At 100°C a 2-litre flask contains 0.4 g of O2 and 0.6 g of H2. What is the total pressure of this gas mixture in the flask?
Answer: \(P=\frac{n R T}{V}=\frac{\left(\frac{0.4}{32}+\frac{0.6}{2}\right) \times 0.0821 \times 373}{2}=4.78 \mathrm{~atm}\)

Question 9. 1.0 g of benzene is burnt completely in the presence of 4.0 g O2 in a completely evacuated bomb calorimeter of volume 1L. What is the pressure inside the bomb at 30°C, if the volume and pressure of water vapour produced are neglected?
Answer: lg of benzene \(=\frac{1}{78}\) 0.0128 mol of benzene

⇒ \(4 \mathrm{~g} \text { of } \mathrm{O}_2=\frac{4}{32}=0.125 \mathrm{~mol} \text { of } \mathrm{O}_2\)

⇒ \(\begin{array}{rl}
\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_6(l)+\frac{15}{2} \mathrm{O}_2(g) \longrightarrow & 6 \mathrm{CO}_2(g)+3 \mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O}(g) \\
0.0128 \mathrm{~mol} \frac{15}{2} \times 0.0128 & 6 \times 0.0128 \\
=0.096 \mathrm{~mol} & =0.0768 \mathrm{~mol}
\end{array}\)

Total number of moles of CO2 produced and O2 remained = (0.0768 + (0.125- 0.096)

⇒ \(P=\frac{n R T}{V}=\frac{0.1058 \times 0.0821 \times 303}{1}=2.63 \mathrm{~atm}\)

Question 10. A closed vessel of fixed volume is filled with 3.2 g O2 at a pressure of P atm and a temperature of Tk. The containers were then heated to a temperature of (T+ 30)K. To maintain the pressure of P atm inside the container at (T+30)K, a certain amount of gas is removed from the container. The gas removed is found to have a volume of 246mL at atm and 27°C. Calculate T.
Answer: Suppose the number of moles Of O2 removed = n1 mol

∴ \(n_1=\frac{P V}{R T}=\frac{1 \times 246 \times 10^{-3}}{0.0821 \times 300}=9.98 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~mol}\)

Number of moles of oxygen remained in the container \(\left(n_2\right)=\left(\frac{3.2}{32}-9.98 \times 10^{-3}\right) \mathrm{mol}=0.09 \mathrm{~mol}\)

Initial state: PV = NRT \(=\frac{3.2}{32} R T=0.1 R T\)

Final state: PV = n2RT = 0.09 X R(T+ 30)

∴ 0.17TT = 0.09 x R(T+ 30); hence, T = 270K

Question 11. The temperature of an ideal gas is 340K. The gas is heated to a temperature at constant pressure. As a result, its volume increases by 18%. What is the final temperature of the gas?
Answer: \(\frac{V_2}{V_1}=\frac{T_2}{T_1} \text { or, } \frac{(1.18) V_1}{V_1}=\frac{T_2}{340} ; \text { hence, } T_2=401.2 \mathrm{~K}\)

Question 12. What is the density of air at STP? Assume that air contains 78% N2 and 22% O2 by masses.
Answer: Average molar masses are –

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{28 \times 78+32 \times 22}{100}=28.88 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \\
& d=\frac{P M}{R T}=\frac{1 \times 28.88}{0.0821 \times 273} \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}=1.288 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 13. At 100°C and 1 atm pressure, the densities of water and water vapour are 1.0 g-mL-1 and 0.0006 g-mL-1 respectively. What is the total volume of water molecules in a litre of steam at 100°C?
Answer: Mass of1L of steam = 1000 x 0.0006 g = 0.6 g

Amount of water in 1L of steam = 0.6 g

The volume of water in 1 L of steam

Question 14. The volume of 0.44 g of a colourless oxide of N2 is 224 mL at 273°C and 1530 mm pressure. What is the compound?
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
& P V=\frac{g}{M} R T \\
& \text { or, } M=\frac{g R T}{P V}=\frac{0.44 \times 0.0821 \times 546}{\left(\frac{1530}{760}\right) \times 224 \times 10^{-3}} \approx 44 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

The expected compound is N2O.

Question 15. A spherical balloon is filled with air at 2 atm pressure. What pressure is to be exerted on the balloon from the outside so that its diameter will be reduced to half of its initial diameter?
Answer: \(\text { Initial state, } 2 \times \frac{4}{3} \pi r^3=n R T \text {; }\)

⇒ \(\text { Final state: } P \times \frac{4}{3} \pi\left(\frac{r}{2}\right)^3=n R T[r=\text { radius of the balloon }]\)

∴ \(P V=n R T ; P \times \frac{1}{8}=2 \text { or, } P=16 \text { atm }\)

Question 16. If 3.2 g of sulphur is heated to a temperature, the sulphur vapour produced occupies a volume of 780 mL at 723 mm pressure and 450°C. What is the molecular formula of sulphur at this state?
Answer: Let the molecular formula of sulphur is Sx.

∴ \(3.2 \mathrm{~g} \text { of sulphur }=\frac{3.2}{32 \times x}=\frac{1}{10 x} \mathrm{~mol} \text { of sulphur }\)

PV=nRT

⇒ \(\text { or, } \frac{723}{760} \times 780 \times 10^{-3}=\frac{1}{10 \times x} \times 0.0821 \times(450+273)\)

∴ The molecular formula of sulphur = Sb.

Question 17. Determine partial pressures of O2 and N2 in air at 0°C and 760 mm Hg pressure. Air contains 78% N2 and 22% O2 by volume.
Answer: Mole fraction of \(\mathrm{N}_2\left(x_{\mathrm{N}_2}\right)=\frac{\text { Partial volume of } \mathrm{N}_2}{\text { Total volume }}=\frac{78}{100}=0.78\)

Similarly, mole-fraction of (xO2 ) \(=\frac{22}{100}=0.22\)

∴ \(\begin{aligned}
& p_{\mathrm{N}_2}=x_{\mathrm{N}_2} \times P=0.78 \times 760 \mathrm{~mm} \mathrm{Hg}=592.8 \mathrm{~mm} \mathrm{Hg} \\
& p_{\mathrm{O}_2}=x_{\mathrm{O}_2} \times P=0.22 \times 760 \mathrm{~mm} \mathrm{Hg}=167.2 \mathrm{~mm} \mathrm{Hg}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 18. 200 cm3 of N2 gas is collected over water at 20°C and 730 mm pressure. At this temperature, aqueous tension is 14.20 mm. What is the mass of N2 gas collected?
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
& p_{\mathrm{N}_2}=(730-14.20) \mathrm{mm} \mathrm{Hg}=0.9418 \mathrm{~atm} \\
& p_{\mathrm{N}_2} \times V_{\mathrm{N}_2}=n R T \text { or, } 0.9418 \times 0.2=\frac{w}{28} \times 0.0821 \times 293
\end{aligned}\)

∴ w=0.219 g

Question 19. 0.5 g O2 gas is collected over water at 20°C and 730 mm pressure. If aqueous tension at that temperature is 14.20 mm, what is the volume of O2 gas collected?
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
& p_{\mathrm{O}_2}=(730-14.20) \mathrm{mm} \mathrm{Hg}=0.9418 \mathrm{~atm} \\
& p_{\mathrm{O}_2} \times V_{\mathrm{O}_2}=n R T
\end{aligned}\)

Question 20. A vessel contains equal masses of CH4 and H2 gas at 25°C. What part of the total pressure inside the vessel is equal to the partial pressure of H2 gas?
Answer: \(W_{\mathrm{CH}_4}=W_{\mathrm{H}_2}=W ;\)

∴ \(n_{\mathrm{CH}_4}=\frac{W}{16} \mathrm{~mol} \text { and } n_{\mathrm{H}_2}=\frac{W}{2} \mathrm{~mol}\)

⇒ \(\text { Total mol, } n=\left(\frac{W}{16}+\frac{W}{2}\right) \mathrm{mol}=\frac{9 W}{16} \mathrm{~mol}\)

Question 21. 8g O2 and some quantity of CO2 are introduced at 30°C into an empty flask of volume 10L. If the total pressure of the gas, the mixture in the flask is 1520 mm. Find the amount of CO2 gas taken.
Answer: \(P V=n R T \text { or, } \frac{1520}{760} \times 10=\left(\frac{8}{32}+\frac{W}{44}\right) \times 0.0821 \times 300\)

∴ W= 24.72 g

Question 22. Partial pressures of the component gases in a gas mixture are H2 = 300 mm; CH4 – 150 mm; N2 = 250 mm. What is the percentage of N2 gas by volume in the mixture?
Answer: \(x_{\mathrm{N}_2}=\frac{\text { Partial volume of } \mathrm{N}_2}{\text { Total pressure }}=\frac{250}{300+150+250}=0.3571\)

Volume percent of N9 in the mixture = Mole-fraction of N2 in the mixture x 100 =35.71%

Question 23. At constant temperature, 2L of N2 gas at 750 mm Hg pressure is mixed with 3L of O2 gas. As a result, the pressure and volume ofthe gas mixture are found to be 732 mm Hg and 5L respectively. What is the initial pressure of O2 gas?
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
& P_{\mathrm{N}_2} \times V=n_{\mathrm{N}_2} R T \\
& 750 \times 2=n_{\mathrm{N}_2} R T
\end{aligned} \left\lvert\, \begin{aligned}
& P_{\mathrm{O}_2} \times V=n_{\mathrm{O}_2} R T \\
& P_{\mathrm{O}_2} \times 3=n_{\mathrm{O}_2} R T
\end{aligned}\right.\)

In mixture: \(P V=n R T=\left(n_{\mathrm{O}_2}+n_{\mathrm{N}_2}\right) R T=P_{\mathrm{O}_2} \times 3+750 \times 2\)

732×5 PO2x3+1500

∴ PO2 = 720 mm Hg

Question 24. The respective mole fractions of N2 and O2 in dry air are 0.78 and 0.21. If the atmospheric pressure and temperature are 740 torr and 20°C respectively, then what will be the mass of N2 and O2 present in a room of volume 3000ft3? (Assuming the relative humidity of air as zero)
Answer: \(p_{\mathrm{N}_2}=0.78 \times 740 \text { torr }=0.78 \times \frac{740}{760}=0.76 \mathrm{~atm}\)

3000ft3 = 3000 X (30.48)3 [since ft = 30.48 cm]

= 84.95 X 106cc = 84.95 X 103L

∴ PN2 x V= nN2 x RT

or, 0.76 x 84.95 X 103 = N x 0.0821 x (273 + 20)

Or, nN2= 2.683 x 103 mol

∴ Mass of N2 = 2.683 X 103 X 28g = 75.149 kg In calculation, it can be shown that mass of 02 = 23.107 kg

Question 25. 300 cm3 of H2 gas diffuses through a fine orifice in 1 minute. At the same temperature and pressure, what volume of CO2 gas will diffuse through the same orifice in 1 minute?
Answer: \(\frac{V_{\mathrm{H}_2}}{V_{\mathrm{CO}_2}}=\sqrt{\frac{M_{\mathrm{CO}_2}}{M_{\mathrm{H}_2}}}=\sqrt{\frac{44}{2}}\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } V_{\mathrm{CO}_2}=\frac{1}{\sqrt{22}} \times 300 \mathrm{~cm}^3=63.96 \mathrm{~cm}^3\)

Question 26. At constant temperature and pressure, the rates of diffusion of two gases A and B are in the ratio of 1: 2. In a mixture of A and B gases mass ratio of A and B is 2:1, so find the mole fraction ratio of A and B in the mixture.
Answer: \(\frac{r_A}{r_B}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}} \text { or, } \frac{1}{2}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}} \text { or, } M_A=4 M_B\)

⇒ \(\frac{\mathrm{W}_A}{\mathrm{~W}_B}=2 \text { or, } \frac{n_A \times M_A}{n_B \times M_B}=2 \text { or, } \frac{n_A}{n_B}=\frac{1}{2} \text {; }\)

∴ \(\frac{x_A}{x_B}=\frac{n_A}{n_B}=\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 27. The average velocity of the molecules of a gas is 400m- s-1. At the same temperature, what will be the rms velocity of the molecules?
Answer: \(c_a=\sqrt{\frac{8 R T}{\pi M}} \quad c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}\)

∴ \(c_a=\sqrt{\frac{8}{3 \pi}} \times c_{r m s}\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 \pi}{8}} \times 400=434.05 \mathrm{~m} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\)

Question 28. At a constant temperature and 1 atm pressure, the density of O2 gas is 0.0081 g- mL-1. At the same temperature, calculate the average velocity, root mean square velocity and most probable velocity of O2 molecules.
Answer: \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 P}{d}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 \times 76 \times 13.6 \times .981}{0.0081}}=1.937 \times 10^4 \mathrm{~cm} / \mathrm{s}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
c_a=\sqrt{\frac{8}{3 \pi}} c_{r m s} & =\sqrt{\frac{8}{3 \pi}} \times 1.937 \times 10^4 \mathrm{~cm} / \mathrm{s} \\
& =1.785 \times 10^4 \mathrm{~cm} / \mathrm{s}
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(c_m=\sqrt{\frac{2 R T}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{2}{3}} \times \sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{2}{3}} \times c_{r m s}\)

⇒ \(=\sqrt{\frac{2}{3}} \times 1.937 \times 10^4 \mathrm{~cm} / \mathrm{s}=1.581 \times 10^4 \mathrm{~cm} / \mathrm{s}\)

Question 29. A certain gas of mass 6.431 g occupies a volume of 5 L at a definite temperature and 750 mm pressure. At the temperature, what will be the rms velocity of the molecules of that gas?
Answer: \(P V=n R T=\frac{W}{M} R T \text { or, } \frac{R T}{M}=\frac{P V}{\mathrm{~W}}=\frac{750}{760} \times 5 \times \frac{1}{6.431} \mathrm{~g}^{-1}\)

= 0.7672 L-atm.g-1

= 0.7672 X 103 x 1.013 X 106 cm 2.s-2

[since 1 atm = 1.013 x 106g-cm-1-s-2]

∴ \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}=\sqrt{3 \times 0.7672 \times 1.013 \times 10^9} \mathrm{~cm} / \mathrm{s}\)

Question 30. What is the ratio of average velocity and root mean square velocity ofthe molecules of a gas?
Answer: \(c_e=\sqrt{\frac{B R T}{\pi M}}, c_{m m}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}\)

∴ \(\frac{c_a}{c_{m s}}=\sqrt{\frac{8}{3 \pi}}=0.9215\)

Question 31. At what temperature will the rms velocity of S02 molecules be equal to the rms velocity of O2 molecules at 25°C?
Answer: \(c_{\mathrm{rm}}\left(\mathrm{SO}_2\right)=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{64}}, c_{\mathrm{mav}}\left(\mathrm{O}_2, 25^{\circ} \mathrm{C}\right)=\sqrt{\frac{3 R \times 298}{32}}\)

∴ 7= 596K ie.,t = 323=C

Question 32. Show that the rms velocity of O2 molecules at 50°C is not equal to the rms velocity of N2 molecules at 25°C.
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
& c_{\mathrm{rms}}\left(\mathrm{O}_2\right)=\sqrt{\frac{3 R \times(273+50)}{32}}, \\
& c_{\mathrm{mas}}\left(\mathrm{N}_2\right)=\sqrt{\frac{3 R \times(273+25)}{28}}
\end{aligned}\)

∴ \(c_{\mathrm{ms}}\left(\mathrm{O}_2 \text { at } 50^{\circ} \mathrm{C}\right)=c_{\mathrm{ms}}\left(\mathrm{N}_2 \text { at } 25^{\circ} \mathrm{C}\right)\)

Question 33. The average kinetic energy of the atom of Hg vapour is 1000 cal-mol-1. what will be the value of its rms velocity? [Hg = 200]
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
E=\frac{3}{2} R T & =1000 \mathrm{cal} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \\
& =1000 \times 4.157 \times 10^7 \mathrm{erg} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

∴ 3RT = 2000 x 4.157 x 107g-cm2-s-2-mol-1

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
n s=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}} & =\sqrt{\frac{2000 \times 4.157 \times 10^7}{200}} \mathrm{~cm} / \mathrm{s} \\
& =2.04 \times 10^4 \mathrm{~cm} / \mathrm{s}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 34. In a container of volume 1L, there are 1023 gas molecules, each of which has a mass of 10-22g. At a certain temperature, if the rms velocity of these molecules is 105cm-s-1, then what would be the pressure at the temperature inside the container?
Answer: \(\begin{aligned}
& P V=\frac{1}{3} m n c_{r m s}^2 \\
& \text { or, } P \times 1000=\frac{1}{3} \times 10^{-22} \times 10^{23} \times\left(10^5\right)^2
\end{aligned}\)

∴ P = 3.33 x 1010 g.cm-1-s.2

= 3.33 X 1010 dyne = 32.87 atm

Question 35. At a constant temperature, a vessel of 1-litre capacity contains 1023 N2 molecules. If the rms velocity of the molecules is 103m/s, then determine the total kinetic energy ofthe molecules and the temperature ofthe gas.
Answer: Average kinetic energy per molecule

⇒ \(=\frac{1}{2} m c_{r m s}^2=\frac{1}{2} \times \frac{28}{6.023 \times 10^{23}} \times\left(10^3\right)^2 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{m}^2 \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-2}\)

= 2.324 x 10~17g-m2-s-2 = 2.324 X l0-20 J

Average kinetic energy per molecule \(=\frac{3}{2} k T\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } \frac{3}{2} \times \frac{8.314}{6.023 \times 10^{23}} \times T=2.324 \times 10^{-20} ; T=1122.6 \mathrm{~K}\)

Total kinetic energy of 1023 molecules

Question 36. At 0°C the kinetic energy of 102 molecules is 5.62 x 10-14 erg. Determine Avogadro’s number.
Answer: \(\bar{\epsilon}=\frac{3}{2} K T=\frac{3}{2} \times \frac{R}{N_A} \times T\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } 5.62 \times 10^{-14}=\frac{3}{2} \times \frac{8.314 \times 10^7}{N_A} \times 273 \text {; }\)

∴ NA= 6.058 x1023

Question 37. The volume of 2 moles of SO2 at 30°C and 55 atm pressure is 680 mL. What is the value of the compressibility factor of the gas? What is the nature of the deviation of the gas from ideal behaviour?
Answer: \(Z=\frac{P V}{n R T}=\frac{55 \times 680 \times 10^{-3}}{2 \times 0.0821 \times 303}=0.7517\)

As Z < 1, the gas shows a negative deviation from ideal behaviour.

Question 38. The compressibility factor of a real gas at 0°C and 100 atm pressure is 0.927. At this temperature and pressure, how much of this real gas is required to fill a vessel of 100L [molar mass =40g-mol-1?
Answer: \(Z=\frac{P V}{n R T} \text { or, } 0.927=\frac{100 \times 100}{n \times 0.0821 \times 273}\)

∴ n = 481.298mol

∴ Amount of gas required =481.298 x 40g = 19.2519kg

Question 39. For a van der Waals gas, b = 5.0 x 10-2 L-mol-1. What is the diameter of a molecule of this gas?
Answer: \(b=4 N_A \times \frac{4}{3} \pi r^3\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& 5 \times 10^{-2} \times 1000 \mathrm{~cm}^3 \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}=4 \times 6.023 \times 10^{23} \times \frac{4}{3} \pi r^3 \\
& \text { or, } r=1.705 \times 10^{-8} \mathrm{~cm}
\end{aligned}\)

∴ Diameter of a molecule = 3.41 x 10-8 cm

Question 40. The volume of 2 moles of C02 gas at 27°C is 0.001 m3. What will be the pressure of this gas According to the van der Waals equation and ideal gas equation? [Given a(C02) =0.364 N-m4-mol-2 and b(C02) = 4.27 X 10-5 m3 -mol-1 ]
Answer: \(\left(P+\frac{n^2 a}{V^2}\right)(V-n \dot{b})=n R T\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \text { or, }\left(P \ \frac{2^2 \times 0.364 \mathrm{~N} \cdot \mathrm{m}^4}{10^{-6} \mathrm{~m}^6}\right)\left(10^{-3}-2 \times 4.27 \times 10^{-5}\right) \mathrm{m}^3 \\
& \quad=2 \times 0.0821 \times 300 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \\
& \text { or, }\left(P+1.456 \times 10^6 \mathrm{~N} \cdot \mathrm{m}^{-2}\right)\left(9.146 \times 10^{-4} \mathrm{~m}^3\right) \\
& \quad=2 \times 0.0821 \times 300 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~m}^3 \cdot \mathrm{atm}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 41. The equation of state for 1 the mole of a gas is (V-b) = RT. At STP, 1 mole of this gas occupies a volume of 28L. Calculate the compressibility factor ofthe gas at STP.
Answer: \(Z=\frac{P V}{n R T}=\frac{1 \times 28}{1 \times 0.0821 \times 273}=1.249\)

Question 42. The compressibility factor of 2 mol of NH3 gas at 27°C and 9.18 atm pressure is 0.931. If the volume of the gas molecules is not taken into consideration, then what is the value of van der Waals constant ‘a’ for NH3 gas?
Answer: \(\left(P+\frac{n^2 a}{V^2}\right) V=n R T \text { or, } P V=n R T-\frac{n^2 a}{V}\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } \frac{P V}{n R T}=1-\frac{n a}{V R T} \text { or, } Z=1-\frac{n a}{V R T}=1-\frac{2 \times a}{V R T}\)

⇒ \(\text { again, } \quad Z=\frac{P V}{n R T} \quad \text { or, } \quad 0.931=\frac{9.18 \times V}{2 \times 0.0821 \times 300}\)

∴ V= 4.991

∴ 0.931 \(=1-\frac{2 \times a}{4.99 \times 0.0821 \times 300}\)

a= 4.2412.atm.mol¯²

Question 43. The pressure exerted by 12g of an ideal gas at t°C in a vessel of volume VL is late. When the temperature is increased by 10°C at the same volume, the pressure increases by 10%. Calculate the temperature ‘f and volume V (molar mass of gas = 120).
Answer: \(12 \mathrm{~g} \text { of the gas }=\frac{12}{120}=0.1 \mathrm{~mol} \text { of the gas }\)

Given that the initial pressure of the gas, P = 1 atm and its initial temperature, T = (273 + t)K By applying ideal gas equation, PV= nRT, we get 1 x V = 1 x 0.0821 x (273 + t)…1

It is given, the final pressure of the gas, \(P=\left(1+\frac{10}{100} \times 1\right)\)

1.1 atm

and its final temperature = (273 + 1 + 10)K = (283+)K

By applying the gas equation, PV = nRT, we get

1.1 x V = IX 0.0821 X (283 + t)

From the equations [1] and [2], we have

1.1 X 0.0821 X (273)+= 1 X 0.0821 X (283 + t)

or, 1.1(273 + t) = 283 + t

∴ t = -173; So, the value off = -173°C

Putting t = -173 in equation [1] (or in equation (2),

We have, V = 1 X 0.0821(273-173) = 0.821L

Question 44. An open vessel contains air at 27°C. At what temperature should the vessel be heated so that l/4th of air escapes from the vessel? Assume that volume ofthe vessel remains the same on heating.
Answer: Initial temperature of air = (273 + 27)K = 300K. Let the amount of air in the vessel at 27°C = x mol. Suppose, the vessel is heated to a temperature of TjK so that 1 /4 th of air escapes from the vessel.

So, the amount of air in the vessel at,\(T_1 K=x-\frac{x}{4}=\frac{3}{4} x\) Since the vessel is open, the pressure of air in the vessel either at 300K or at TK is equal to atmospheric pressure, i.e., 1 atm. Again, the volume of the vessel does not change because of heating. Therefore, at temperature 300K.

⇒ \(x \times 0.0821 \times 300=\frac{3}{4} x \times 0.0821 \times T_1 \text { or, } T_1=400 \mathrm{~K}\)

Question 45. A container of fixed volume 0.4L contains 0.56g of gas at 27°C. The pressure of the gas at this temperature is 936 mmHg. If the amount ofthe gas is increased to 2.1g and its temperature is decreased to 17°C, then what will be the pressure of the gas? Assuming gas behaves ideally.
Answer: Suppose, the molar mass of the gas =M g- mol-1.

So, 0.56g of the gas \(=\frac{0.56}{M}\) mol of the gas

At the initial state \(P=\frac{936}{760}=1.23 \mathrm{~atm}, n=\frac{0.56}{M} \mathrm{~mol} \text {, }\)

V=0.41

and T = (273 + 27)K = 300K

Substituting the values of P, n, V and T in the Ideal gas equation, PV= nRT, we have

⇒ \(1.23 \times 0.4=\frac{0.56}{M} \times 0.0821 \times 300\)

∴ molar mass of the gas = 28g. mol-1

Question 46. A cylinder capable of holding 3L water contains H2 gas at 27°C and a pressure ofP atm. At STP, it is possible to fill up 10 balloons, each of which has a radius of 10cm, with the gas present in the cylinder. Find the value ofP.
Answer: The volume of each balloon

⇒ \(=\frac{4}{3} \pi \mathrm{r}^3=\frac{4}{3} \pi(10 \mathrm{~cm})^3=4.19 \mathrm{~L} .\)

As the cylinder can hold 31. of water, the US volume Is 31. The volume of H0 gas required to 1111 up 10 balloons 10×4.19 = 41.9L.

At STP, If the volume of H2 gas present in the cylinder is \(V ., \text { then } \frac{1 \times V}{273}=\frac{P \times 3}{300} \text { or, } V=\frac{273 \times 3}{300} P=2.73 P\)

Even after the balloons have been filled up with 11, gas, the cylinder, still contains Il2 gas of its volume. So, the volume of H2 gas = (2.73P- 3)L

∴ 2.73p- 3 = 41.9 or, P = 16.44

Question 47. At room temperature, 2NO + O2 2→2NO2 → N2O4 reaction proceeds near completion. The dimer, N204, solidifies at 262K. A 250mL flask and a lOOmL flask are separated by a stop-cock. At 300K, nitric oxide in the longer flask exerts a pressure of 1.053 atm and the smaller one contains oxygen at 0.789 atm.

The gases are mixed by opening the stopcock and after the end of the reaction, the flasks are cooled to 220K. Neglecting the vapour pressure of the dimer, find out the pressure and composition ofthe gas remaining at 220K (assume that the gases behave ideally).
Answer: Number of moles of NO2 gas lit 250ml, flask

⇒ \(\frac{P V}{R T}=\frac{1.053 \times 0.25}{0.0821 \times 300}=0.01 \mathrm{~mol}\) and that of O., in 100ml. flask, \(=\frac{P V}{R T}=\frac{0.789 \times 0.1}{0.0821 \times 300}=3.2 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~mol} .\)

Reaction: 2NO + O2→2NO2

Thus 1 mol of O2 gns completely reacts with 2 mol of NO gns.

Therefore, 3.2 x 10-3 mol 0f O2 guns will react with

2 X 3.2 X 10-3¯6 4 x 10-3 mol if NO2

After the completion of the reaction number of moles of NO left the reaction system = (0.01 – 6.4 x 10-3 ) = 3.6 x Hi-3 mo-3

The total volume of the reaction system = (0.25 + 0.25)L = 0.351. If the pressure of NO gas left in the reaction system is then P X 0.35 m 3.6 X 10-3 x 0.0821 X 220 P= 0.185 atm.

Question 48. An LPG cylinder weighs 18.4kg when empty when full, it weighs 29.0 Kg and shows a pressure of 2.5 atm. In the course of 27°C, the mass of the full cylinder is reduced to 23.2 Kg. Find out the volume of the gas in cubic meters used up at the normal usage conditions, and the final pressure inside the cylinder. Assume LPG to be n-butane with a normal boiling point of 0°C.
Answer: Mass ofthe gas in full cylinder=(29.0 – 18.4) kg – 10,6 kg Mass of the gas after some of is used up =- (23.2 – 18.4) 4.8kg Mass ofthe gas used up = (10.6 – 4,8) = 5,8 kg. So, 5.8kg of gas = 5.8 kg of n-butane \(=\frac{5.8 \times 10^3}{58}=100\)

mol of H-butane [molar mass of-butane 58 g- mol-1]

⇒ \(V=\frac{n R T}{P}=\frac{100 \times 0.0821 \times 300}{1}=24631 .\)

[at normal usage condition, P 1 atm)

Therefore, the volume of used gas at normal usage conditions = 24631. = 2.463m3 since =10-nm³]

In the cylinder, LPG exists In a liquid state which remains in equilibrium with its vapour. So long as LPG exists in a liquid state in the cylinder, the pressure in the cylinder remains fixed. So, the pressure of the remaining gas in the cylinder will be 2.5 atm.

Question 49. An evacuated vessel weighs 50.0g when empty, 148 when filled with a liquid (d = 0.98 g-mL-1) & 50g when filled with an ideal gas at 760 mmHg at 300K. Determine the molar mass of the gas.
Answer: Mass of the evacuated vessel = 50.0g.

Mass of the vessel when filled with a liquid of density O.98gmL-1 = 148g

∴ Volume of 98g of liquid \(=\frac{98}{0.98}=100 \mathrm{~mL}=0.1 \mathrm{~L}\)

Question 50. A gas mixture composed of N2 and O2 gases has a density of 1.17 g-L¯1 at 27°C and 1 atm pressure. Calculate the mass percents of N2 and O2 in the mixture. Assume that the gas mixture behaves like an ideal gas.
Answer: Given: P = 1 atm and T = (273 + 27)K = 300K

∴ \(M=\frac{d R T}{P}=\frac{1.17 \times 0.0821 \times 300}{1}=28.8 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

average molar mass ofdie gas mixture = 28.8g-mol 1 . T = — In the mixture, if the mole-fraction of N2 be x, then the mole-fraction of 02 is (1-x).

∴ M=28.8g-mor1 = [28xx+32(l -x)] g-mol-1 or, 4x = 32 – 28.8; hence, x = 0.8 Mole-fraction of N2 = 0.8 and that of 02 = 1- 0.8 = 0.2.

Mass percent of \(\mathrm{N}_2=\frac{0.8 \times 28}{0.8 \times 28+0.2 \times 32} \times 100=77.77 \%\) and mass present 6 Of O2 = (100-77.77)% = 22.23%

Question 51. One mole of nitrogen gas at 0.8 atm takes 38s to diffuse through a pin-hole, whereas one mole of an unknown compound of xenon with fluorine at 1.6 atm takes 57s to diffuse through the same hole. Determine the molecular formula ofthe compound.
Answer: At a given temperature and a pressure of P, the rate of diffusion of a gas \(r \propto \frac{P}{\sqrt{M}}\) [M= molar mass of the gas] If the rates of diffusion of N2 and the unknown gas are r and r.) respectively, then

⇒ \(r_2 \propto \frac{P_2}{\sqrt{M_{\text {compound }}}} \text { and } r_1 \propto \frac{P_1}{\sqrt{M_{N_2}}}\)

∴ \(\frac{r_1}{r_2}=\frac{p_1}{p_2} \times \sqrt{\frac{M_{\text {compound }}}{M_{N_2}}}\)

⇒ \(\text { Given that } r_1=\frac{1}{38} \mathrm{~mol} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}, r_2=\frac{1}{57} \mathrm{~mol} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1} \text {, }\)

p1 = 0.8 atm and p2 = 1.6 atm

∴ \(\frac{\frac{1}{38}}{\frac{1}{57}}=\frac{0.8}{1.6} \sqrt{\frac{M_{\text {compound }}}{28}} \text { or, } \sqrt{\frac{M_{\text {compound }}}{28}}=3\)

∴ M compound = 3 X 28 = 252g-mol-1

Let the molecular formula of the compound = XeFx

∴ 131 + x x 19 = 252 or, x = 6.368 ~ 6

∴ Molecular formula ofthe compound = XeFg

Question 52. A gas bulb of capacity contains 2.0 x 1021 molecules of nitrogen exerting a pressure of 7.57 x 103 N.m-2. Calculate the rms velocity and temperature of the gas. If the ratio of the most probable speed to the root mean square speed is 0.82, calculate the most probable speed of the molecules at this temperature.
Answer: 2.0 x 1021 molecules of nitrogen are contained in

⇒ \(\frac{2 \times 10^{21}}{6.023 \times 10^{23}}=3.32 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~mol} \text { of } \mathrm{N}_2 \text { gas. }\)

Given that P = 7.57 x 103N.m-2 and V = 1

∴ P = 7.57 X 103N-m~2 = 7.57 X 103Pa

⇒ \(=\frac{7.57 \times 10^3}{1.013 \times 10^5} \mathrm{~atm}=0.0747 \mathrm{~atm}\)

[since lN-m-2 = IPa and latm = 1.013 x 105Pa]

∴ \(T=\frac{P V}{n R}=\frac{0.0747 \times 1}{3.32 \times 10^{-3} \times 0.0821}=274.05 \mathrm{~K}\)

∴ Temperature of the gas =274.05K

we know \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}\)

∴ Root mean square velocity of N2 molecules

⇒ \(=\sqrt{\frac{3 \times 8.314 \times 10^7 \times 274.05}{28}} \mathrm{~cm} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\)

= 4.94 x 104cm-s-1

⇒ \(\text { Given that } \frac{c_m}{c_{r m s}}=0.82\left[c_m=\text { most probable speed }\right]\)

∴ \(\begin{aligned}
c_m=0.82 \times c_{r m s} & =0.82 \times 4.94 \times 10^4 \\
& =4.05 \times 10^4 \mathrm{~cm} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 53. The composition of the equilibrium mixture (Cl2 2C1), which is attained at 1200°C, is determined by measuring the rate of effusion through a pin-hole. It is observed that at 1.80 mmHg pressure, the mixture effuses 1.16 times as fast as Krypton effuses under the same conditions. Calculate the fraction of chlorine molecules dissociated into atoms. (Relative atomic mass of Kr = 84)
Answer: If the rates of effusion of equilibrium mixture and Kr gas are r1 and r2 then \(\frac{r_1}{r_2}=\sqrt{\frac{M_{\mathrm{Kr}}}{M}} ;\) where M= average molar mass of the equilibrium mixture. Given that rx = r2 x 1.16

∴ \(1.16=\sqrt{\frac{84}{M}}\)

∴ M = 62.42 g.mol-1

let the initial amount of Cl2 gas be 1 mol and its degree of dissociation = x. Therefore, the number of moles of Cl2 and Cl at equilibrium will be as follows: \(\mathrm{Cl}_2 \rightleftharpoons 2 \mathrm{Cl}\)

Initial number of moles: Number of moles at equilibrium

∴ Total number of moles of Cl2 and Cl in the equilibrium mixture =l-x+ 2x = 1 + x

Average molar mass of the equilibrium mixture \(=\frac{(1-x) M_{\mathrm{Cl}_2}+2 x \times M_{\mathrm{Cl}}}{1+x}=\frac{71}{1+x} \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Now, \(\frac{71}{1+x}=62.42\) or, 62.42 + x X 62.42 = 71

∴ x= 0.1374

Fraction of Cl2 molecules dissociated into atoms = 13.74%

Question 54. The density of the vapour of a substance at 1 atm and 500K is 0.36 Kg-m-3. The vapour effuses through a hole at a rate of 1.13 times faster than O2 under the same condition. Determine, the molar mass, molar volume, and Compression factor of the vapour and which forces among the gas molecules are dominating attractive or repulsive. If vapour behaves ideally at 1000K, find the average translational kinetic energy of a molecule.
Answer: If the rates of effusion ofthe vapour and O2 gas are r1 and r2 respectively then
\(\frac{r_1}{r_2}=\sqrt{\frac{M_{\mathrm{O}_2}}{M_{\text {vapour }}}}\)

∴ \(1.33=\sqrt{\frac{32}{M_{\text {vapour }}}}\)

The molar mass of the vapour = 18.09g-mol-1

The molar volume of the vapour

⇒\(\begin{aligned}
& =\frac{\text { Molar mass of the vapour }}{\text { density of the vapour }} \\
& =\frac{18.09 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}}{0.36 \times 1000 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}}=50.25 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(Z=\frac{P V_m}{R T}=\frac{1 \times 50.25}{0.0821 \times 500}=1.224\)

[Vm = molar volume] Hence, Z >1

Z> 1 indicates that the vapour shows a positive deviation from ideal behaviour. This kind of deviation occurs in gas when the effect of intermolecular repulsive forces dominates over the effect of intermolecular attractive forces.

Average translational kinetic energy of a molecule \(=\frac{3}{2} k T\) \(=\frac{3}{2} \times 1.32 \times 10^{-23} \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times 1000 \mathrm{~K}=1.98 \times 10^{-20} \mathrm{~J}\)

Question 55. The compressibility factor for 1 mole of a van der Waals gas at 0°C and 100 atm pressure is 0.5. Assuming that the volume of a gas molecule is negligible, calculate the van der Waals constant, a.
Answer: Compressibility factor \(Z=\frac{P V}{n R T}\)

Given that Z = 0.5, n = 1 mol, T – 273K and = 100 atm

∴ \(V=\frac{Z \times n R T}{P}=\frac{0.5 \times 1 \times 0.0821 \times 273}{100} \mathrm{~L}=0.112 \mathrm{~L}\)

For 1 mol of a real gas, the van der Waals equation is—

⇒ \(\left(P+\frac{a}{V_m^2}\right)\left(V_m-b\right)=R T\left[V_m=\text { molar volume }\right]\)

As the volume of a gas molecule is assumed to be negligible, but, and hence Vm-b~ Vm

∴ \(\text { or, } \frac{P V_m}{R T}=1-\frac{a}{\mathrm{RT} V_m} \quad \text { or, } Z=1-\frac{a}{R T V_m}\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } \frac{P V_m}{R T}=1-\frac{a}{\mathrm{RT} V_m} \quad \text { or, } Z=1-\frac{a}{R T V_m}\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } 0.5=1-\frac{a}{0.0821 \times 273 \times 0.112} ; \quad \text { hence, } a=1.255\)

Question 56. The pressure in a bulb dropped from 2000 to 1500 mm of Hgin 47 min when the contained oxygen leaked through a small hole. The bulb was then evacuated. A mixture of oxygen and another gas of molar mass 79 in the molar ratio of 1: 1 at a total pressure of 4000 mm of Hg was introduced. Find the molar ratio of two gases remaining in the bulb after 75 min.
Answer: Decrease in pressure of O2 in 47 min=2000- 1500=500mmHg

Decrease in pressure of O2 in 74 min = \(=\frac{500}{47} \times 74=787.23\) mm kg

In the mixture, the mole ratio of O2 and the other gas =1: 1

So, mole-fraction of each of O2 and other gas in the mixture \(=\frac{1}{2}\)

In the mixture, the partial pressure of \(\mathrm{O}_2=\frac{1}{2} \times 4000=\) 2000 mmHg and that of the other gas \(=\frac{1}{2} \times 4000 \mathrm{mmHg}=\) = 2000 mm kg If the rates of effusion of 02 gas and the other gas are r1 and respectively, then \(\frac{r_1}{r_2}=\sqrt{\frac{M}{M_{\mathrm{O}_2}}}\) [M= molar mass of other gas]

Now, ,\(r_1=\frac{787.23}{74} \mathrm{mmHg} \cdot \mathrm{min}^{-1}\) = 10.63 mm hg. min-1.

∴ \(r_2=r_1 \times \sqrt{\frac{M_{\mathrm{O}_2}}{M}}=10.63 \sqrt{\frac{32}{79}}=6.76 \mathrm{mmHg} \cdot \mathrm{min}^{-1}\)

⇒ \(\text { Now, } r_2=\frac{\begin{array}{c}
\text { the decrease in pressure } \\
\text { of the other gas }
\end{array}}{74}\)

∴ The decrease In pressure of the other gas = r2 X 74 = 6.76 X 74 = 500.24 mmHg

Therefore, In the mixture, partial pressure of O2 gas (2000- 787.23) l212.77mmHg and that of the other gas=(2000- 500.24)- 1499.70 mm g Hence, the ratio of mole-fraction of the other gas to O2 gas =1499.70: 1212.77 = 1.236: 1 In the mixture, the molar ratio of the two gases = 1.230: 1.

Solved WBCHASE Scanner

Question 1. Oxygen gas is present in a 1L flask at a pressure of 7.6 x 10¯1° mm Hg at 0°C. Calculate the number of O2 molecules in the flask
Answer: \(P=\frac{7.6 \times 10^{-10}}{760}\)

∴ \(n=\frac{P V}{R T}=\frac{7.6 \times 10^{-10} \times 1}{760 \times 273 \times 0.082}\)

[V = 1L, T = 273K, n = 4.46 x 10-14]

Question 2. Sketch PIT versus T plot for an ideal gas at constant volume. Indicate the value ofthe slope (mass fixed). Under the same conditions of temperature and pressure NH3, Cl2 and CO2 gases are allowed to diffuse through a porous wall. Arrange these gases in the increasing order ofthe rate of diffusion.
Answer: According to Gay-Lussac’s law, \(\frac{P}{T}=K\) (constant), when the mass and volume of a gas are constant. Hence, the plot of \(\frac{P}{T}=K\) versus T indicates a straight line parallel to the X -axis and the slope ofthe curve is tan 0 = 0.

The order of molar masses of NH3 Cl2 and CO2 gases are—NH3 < CO2 < Cl2.

Hence, the increasing order of their rates of diffusion is Cl2 < CO2 < NH2.

The value of ‘R ‘ in J-K-1 -mol-1 unit is 8.314

Question 3. Indicate the correct answer: The rate of diffusion of helium gas at constant temperature and pressure will be four times the rate of diffusion of the following gases

  1. CO2
  2. SO2
  3. NO2
  4. O2

Answer: 2. SO2

Question 4. A 2L flask contains 0.4 g O2 and 0.6 g H2 at 100°C. Calculate the total pressure of the gas mixture in the flask. 4
Answer: Total no. of moles of O2 & H2 in flask \(=\frac{0.4}{32}+\frac{0.6}{2}=0.3125\)

∴ \(P=\frac{n R T}{V}=\frac{0.3125 \times 0.082 \times 373}{2}=4.78 \mathrm{~atm}\)

Question 5. The equation of state of a real gas is P(V-b) = RT. Can the gas be liquified? Explain. Sketchlog P vlog V graph for a given mass of an ideal gas at constant temperature and indicate the slope.
Answer: Value of van der Waals constant V= 0 for the given gas. Hence, there exists no force of attraction among the gas molecules. So, the gas cannot be liquefied.

Question 6. Arrange CO2, SO2 and NO2 gases in increasing order of their rates of diffusion under the same condition of temperature and pressure with reason.
Answer: At constant temperature and pressure the rate of diffusion of a gas is inversely proportional to the square root of the molar mass of the gas. Hence increasing order of rates of diffusion is:

⇒ \(r_{\mathrm{SO}_2}<r_{\mathrm{NO}_2}<r_{\mathrm{CO}_2} .\)

Question 7. Any real gas behaves ideally at very low pressure and high temperature. Explain. The values of van der Waals constant ‘ a’ for N2 and NH3 are 1.37 and 4.30 L2 -atm- mol¯² respectively. Explain the difference in values.
Answer: van der Waals constant ‘a’ denotes the magnitude of attractive forces between the molecules of real gases. The value of ‘a’ is higher in the case of NH3 than N2. That means attractive forces (London force, dipole-dipole attraction force) present among the molecules of NH3 are stronger than those of N2 (London force). Consequently, NH3 can be liquefied more easily than N2.

Question 8. For a definite mass of ideal gas at constant temperature, V versus \(\frac{1}{p}\) plot is a

  1. Parabola
  2. Straight line
  3. Hyperbola
  4. Rectangular Hyperbola

Answer: 2. Straight line

Question 9. A gas of molar mass 84.5g/mol is enclosed in a flask at 27°C has a pressure of 2atm. Calculate the density of the gas. [R = 0.082L-atm- K-1-mol-1 ]
Answer: Density of a gas,

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
d=\frac{P M}{R T} & =\frac{2 \times 84.5}{0.082 \times 300} \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1} \\
& =6.87 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 10. Which gas among the following exhibits maximum critical temperature—

  1. N2
  2. O2
  3. CO2
  4. H2

Answer: 3. CO2

Question 11. Explain the nature of the graphs of log P versus log V and logy versus log T. What are the units of the van der Waals constants ‘a’ and ‘b’?
Answer: The plot of log P versus log V indicates a straight line with a negative slope (-1). The plot of log V versus log indicates a straight line with positive slope (+1)

Unit of is atm. L2- mol¯² a unit of ‘b’ is L-mol-1.

Question 12. The surface tension of water with the increase of temperature may—

  1. Increase
  2. Decreases
  3. Remain same
  4. Shows irregular behaviour

Answer: 2. Decreases

Question 13. For which property of the liquid the shape of a liquid drop is spherical? A 10-litre volumetric flask contains 1 gHe and 6.4 g of O2 at 27°C temperature. If the total pressure of the mixture is 1.107 atm, then what is the partial pressure ofHe and O2?
Answer: Surface tension.

⇒ \(n_{\mathrm{He}}=\frac{1}{4}=0.25 \mathrm{~mol}, n_{\mathrm{O}_2}=\frac{6.4}{32}=0.2 \mathrm{~mol}\)

∴ Total number of moles =(0.25 + 0.2) = 0.45

⇒\(x_{\mathrm{He}}=\frac{0.25}{0.45}=0.5555 \text { and } x_{\mathrm{O}_2}=\frac{0.2}{0.45}=0.4444\)

pHe = 0.5555 x 1.107 atm = 0.615 atm

Po2 = 0.4444 x 1.107 atm =0.491 atm

Question 14. Which of the following is the unit of van der Waals gas constant

  1. L2.mol
  2. L.mol¯²
  3. L.mol
  4. L.mol¯¹

Answer: 4. L.mol¯¹

Question 15. What will be the ratio of \({ }^{235} \mathrm{UF}_6\) diffusion of And \({ }^{235} \mathrm{UF}_6\)
Answer: Let, the rate of diffusion of \({ }^{235} \mathrm{UF}_6 \text { and }{ }^{238} \mathrm{UF}_6\) be r1 and r2.

According to Graham’s law, \(\frac{r_1}{r_2}=\sqrt{\frac{M_2}{M_1}}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& M_1=\text { molecular mass of }{ }^{235} \mathrm{UF}_6=349 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \\
& M_2=\text { molecular mass of }{ }^{238} \mathrm{UF}_6=352 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

∴ \(\)

Question 16. The cause of the spherical drop of water is—

  1. Surface tension
  2. Viscosity
  3. Hydrogen bond
  4. High critical temperature of h2O vapour

Answer: 2. Viscosity

Question 17. State Gay Lussac’s law related to the pressure and temperature of a gas. 3.2 g of sulphur when vaporised, the sulphur vapour occupies a volume of 280.2 mL at STP. Determine the molecular formula of sulphur vapour under this condition. (S = 32)
Answer: 280.2 mL of sulphur weighs 3.2 g at STP. 22400 mL of sulphur weighs 255.8 g at STP. Let, the molecular formula of sulphur Sn. So, n x 32 = 255.8 or, n = 7.9 ~ 8 Molecular formula ofsulphur is Sg.

Question 18. Determine the volume of 2.2 g of carbon dioxide at 27°C and 570 mmHg pressure.
Answer:

⇒ \(2.2 \mathrm{~g} \text { of } \mathrm{CO}_2 \equiv \frac{2.2}{44}=0.05 \mathrm{~mol} \text {. }\)

According to the ideal gas equation (taking CO2 as an ideal gas), PV = nRT

⇒ \(\text { or, } \frac{570}{760} \times V=0.05 \times 0.082 \times 300\)

or, v= 1.64 The volume of CO2 at the given condition is 1.64L.

States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Multiple Choice Questions

Question 1. Equal weight of CH4 and H2 are mixed in an empty container at 25°C. The fraction of the total pressure exerted by H2 is-

  1. \(\frac{1}{9}\)
  2. \(\frac{1}{2}\)
  3. \(\frac{8}{9}\)
  4. \(\frac{16}{17}\)

Answer: 3. \(\frac{8}{9}\)

The gas mixture contains equal masses of CH and H2. Suppose, mass of each of these gases = u>g so, in the mixture \(x_{\mathrm{H}_2}=\frac{w / 2}{\frac{w}{2}+\frac{w}{16}}=\frac{8}{9} \text { and } x_{\mathrm{CH}_4}=1-x_{\mathrm{H}_2}=1-\frac{8}{9}=\frac{1}{9}\)

∴ The partial pressure of \(\mathrm{H}_2, p_{\mathrm{H}_2}=x_{\mathrm{H}_2} \times P=\frac{8}{9} P\) [p= total pressure of the mixture]

∴ \(\frac{p_{\mathrm{H}_2}}{P}=\frac{8}{9}\)

Question 2. Avan der Waals gas may behave ideally when—

  1. Volume is very low
  2. Temperature is very high
  3. The pressure is very
  4. The temperature, pressure, and volume all are very high

Answer: 3. The pressure is very

A van der Waals gas behaves ideally when its temperature is very high or pressure is very low. At either of these two conditions, the volume of the gas becomes very large, which results in a large separation of gas molecules.

Thus, intermolecular forces of attraction become negligible, and gas behaves approximately like an ideal gas.

Question 3. Two gases X (mol. wt. Mx) and Y (mol. wt. My; My> Mx) are at the same temperature, in two different containers. Their root mean square velocities are Cx and CY respectively. If average kinetic energies per molecule of two gases X and Y are Ex and Ey respectively, then which of the following relation(s) is (are) true

  1. Ex>EY
  2. CX>CY
  3. \(E_X=E_Y=\frac{3}{2} R T\)
  4. \(E_X=E_Y=\frac{3}{2} k_B T\)

Answer: 3. \(E_X=E_Y=\frac{3}{2} R T\)

For 1 mol of a gas, van der Waals equation: \(\left(P+\frac{a}{V^2}\right)(v-b)=R T\) If the value of is negligible, then \(P+\frac{a}{V^2} \approx P\)

∴ P(V-b) = RT or, PV = RT + Pb \(\text { or, } \frac{P V}{R T}=1+\frac{P b}{R T} \quad \text { or, } Z=1+\frac{P b}{R T}\)

Question 4. The compressibility factor (Z) of one mole of a van der Waals gas of negligible ‘a’ value is-

  1. 1
  2. \(\frac{b P}{R T}\)
  3. \(1+\frac{b P}{R T}\)
  4. \(1-\frac{b P}{R T}\)

Answer: 3. \(1+\frac{b P}{R T}\)

For 1 mol of a gas, van der Waals equation: \(\left(p+\frac{a}{V^2}\right)(v-b)=R T\)

If the value of ‘a’ is negligible, the \(P+\frac{a}{V^2} \approx P\)

∴ P(V-b) = RT

⇒ \(\text { or, } P V=R T+P b \quad \text { or, } \frac{P V}{R T}=1+\frac{P b}{R T} \quad \text { or, } Z=1+\frac{P b}{R T}\)

Question 5. For one mole of an ideal gas, the slope of the V vs. T curve at a constant pressure of 2 atm is XL-moH-K¯¹. The value of the ideal universal gas constant ‘R’ in terms of X is

  1. \(X \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}\)
  2. \(\frac{X}{2} \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}\)
  3. \(2 X \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}\)
  4. \(2 X \mathrm{~atm} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}\)

Answer: 3. \(2 X \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}\)

⇒ \(P V=n R T \text { or, } P\left(\frac{V}{n}\right)=R T\)

or,PVm = RT [Vm = molar volume \(\text { or, } V_m=\frac{R}{P} T\)

At constant pressure, \(\frac{R}{P}\) = constant = K. So, at constant pressure, for 1 mol of an ideal gas, Vm = KT. This relation represents a straight-line equation passing through the origin. So, for 1 mol of an ideal gas at constant pressure, the graph of Vm vs. Twill be a straight line with slope = K.

Given,K= XL.mol¯¹.K-1o

⇒ \(\text { or, } \frac{R}{P}=X \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \quad \text { or, } \frac{R}{2 \mathrm{~atm}}=X \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}\)

∴ R = 2XL-atm-mol-1.K-1

Question 6. At a certain temperature, the time required for the complete diffusion of 200 mL of H2 gas is 30 minutes. The time required for the complete diffusion of 50 mL of O2 gas at the same temperature will be—

  1. 60 mins.
  2. 30 mins.
  3. 45 mins.
  4. 15 mins.

Answer: 2. 30 mins.

According to Graham’s law \(\frac{V_{\mathrm{H}_2} / t_1}{V_{\mathrm{O}_2} / t_2}=\sqrt{M_{\mathrm{O}_2} / M_{\mathrm{H}_2}}\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } \frac{V_{\mathrm{H}_2}}{V_{\mathrm{O}_2}} \times \frac{t_2}{t_1}=\sqrt{\frac{M_{\mathrm{O}_2}}{M_{\mathrm{H}_2}}} \text { or, } \frac{200}{50} \times \frac{t_2}{30 \mathrm{~min}}=\sqrt{\frac{32}{2}}=4\)

∴ T2 = 30 min

Question 7. Four gases P, Q, R, and S have almost the same values but their ‘a! values (a, b are van der Waals constants) are in the order Q<R<S<P. At particular temperatures, among the four gases, the most easily liquefiable one is

  1. P
  2. Q
  3. R
  4. S

Answer: 1. P

The van der Waals constant ‘a’ of a gas is a measure of the intermolecular forces of attraction in the gas. The larger the value of ‘a’, the stronger the intermolecular forces of attraction. Now, a gas with strong intermolecular forces of attraction can easily be liquefied. So, the most easily liquefiable gas is P.

Question 8. Units of surface tension and viscosity are—

  1. \(\mathrm{kg} \cdot \mathrm{m}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}, \mathrm{~N} \cdot \mathrm{m}^{-1}\)
  2. \(\mathrm{kg} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-2}, \mathrm{~kg} \cdot \mathrm{m}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\)
  3. \(\mathrm{N} \cdot \mathrm{m}^{-1}, \mathrm{~kg} \cdot \mathrm{m}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-2}\)
  4. \(\mathrm{kg} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}, \mathrm{~kg} \cdot \mathrm{m}^{-2} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\)

Answer: 2. \(\mathrm{kg} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-2}, \mathrm{~kg} \cdot \mathrm{m}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\)

⇒ \(\text { Surface tension }=\frac{\text { Force }}{\text { Length }}=\frac{\mathrm{N}}{\mathrm{m}}=\frac{(\mathrm{kg} \cdot \mathrm{m} \cdot \mathrm{s})^{-2}}{\mathrm{~m}}=\mathrm{kg} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-2} \text {. }\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
\text { Coefficient of viscosity }=\mathrm{N} \cdot \mathrm{m}^{-2} \cdot \mathrm{s} & =\mathrm{kg} \cdot \mathrm{m} \mathrm{s}^{-2} \cdot \mathrm{m}^{-2} \cdot \mathrm{s} \\
& =\mathrm{kg} \cdot \mathrm{m}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 9. A gas can be liquefied at temperature T and pressure P if-

  1. T= TC, P<PC
  2. T<TC,P>PC
  3. T>TC,P>PC
  4. T>TC,P<PC

Answer: 2. Two important conditions for liquefying a gas are— temperature should be lower than critical temperature (T<TC) and pressure should be greater than critical pressure (P > Pc).

Question 10. The rms velocity of CO2 gas molecules at 27°C is approximately 1000 m/s. For N2 molecules at 600K the rms velocity approximately

  1. 2000 m/s
  2. 1414 m/s
  3. 1000 m/s
  4. 1500 m/s

Answer: 3. 1000 m/s \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}} \text {, so, } \frac{c_{r m s}(\mathrm{CO})}{c_{r m s}\left(\mathrm{~N}_2\right)}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T_{300}}{M_{\mathrm{CO}}} \times \frac{M_{N_2}}{3 R T_{600}}}\)

Question 11. Among tire following which should have the highest rms speed at the same temperature—

  1. SO2
  2. CO2
  3. O2
  4. H2

Answer: 4. \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}} \quad \text { or, } c_{r m s} \propto \frac{1}{\sqrt{M}}\)

Question 12. Which of the following has the dimension of ML°T-2 —

  1. Coefficient of viscosity
  2. Surface tension
  3. Vapour pressure
  4. Kinetic energy

Answer: 2. Surface tension \(\gamma=\frac{\text { force }}{\text { length }}\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } \gamma=\frac{\text { mass } \times \text { acceleration }}{\text { length }}\)

⇒ \(=\frac{\mathrm{M} \times \mathrm{LT}^{-2}}{\mathrm{~L}}=\mathrm{ML}^0 \mathrm{~T}^{-2}\)

Question 13. For the same mass of two different ideal gases molecular weights M1 and M2, plots of logV vs logP at a given constant temperature are shown. Identify the correct option-

  1. M1>M2
  2. M1=M2
  3. M1<M2
  4. Can be predicted only if the temperature is known

Answer: 1. M1>M2 From the ideal gas equation

  1. \(P V=n R T=\frac{W}{M} R T\)
  2. \(\text { or, } \left.P V=\frac{k}{M} \text { (where, } k=W R T\right)\)
  3. \(\text { or, } \log P+\log V=\log \frac{k}{M}\)
  4. \(\text { or, } \log V=-\log P+\log \frac{\kappa}{M}(y=m x+c)\)

According to the intercepts in the graph \(\log \frac{k}{M_2}>\log \frac{k}{M_1}\) \(\text { or, } \frac{k}{M_2}>\frac{k}{M_1} \quad \text { or, } M_1>M_2\)

Question 14. Equal weights of ethane and hydrogen are mixed in an empty container at 25°C. The fraction of total pressure exerted by hydrogen is—

  1. 1: 2
  2. 1:1
  3. 1:16
  4. 15:16

Answer: 4. 15:16

Let, wc2H6 = wH2 = w

⇒ \(n_{\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_6}=\frac{w}{30} \text { and } n_{\mathrm{H}_2}=\frac{w}{2}\)

∴ \(n_{\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_6}=\frac{w}{30} \text {. and } n_{\mathrm{H}_2}=\frac{w}{2}\)

∴ \(x_{\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_6}=\frac{n_{\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_6}}{n_{\mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_6}+n_{\mathrm{H}_2}}=\frac{\frac{1}{30}}{\frac{1}{30}+\frac{1}{2}}=\frac{1}{16}\)

[n= number of moles, x = mole fraction]

Similarly \(x_{\mathrm{H}_2}=\frac{15}{16}\)

According to Dalton’s law of partial pressure \(\begin{aligned}
p_{\mathrm{H}_2} & =x_{\mathrm{H}_2} \times P \quad[P=\text { total pressure }] \\
\text { or, } \frac{P_{\mathrm{H}_2}}{P} & =x_{\mathrm{H}_2}=\frac{15}{16}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 15. Compressibility factor for a real gas at high pressure—

  1. 1
  2. \(1+\frac{P b}{R T}\)
  3. \(1-\frac{P b}{R T}\)
  4. \(1+\frac{R T}{P b}\)

Answer: 2. \(1+\frac{P b}{R T}\)

van der Waals equation \(\left(P+\frac{a}{V^2}\right)(V-b)=R T\)

At high pressure \(P \gg \frac{a}{V^2}\) hence, P(V-b) = RT

⇒ \(\text { or, } P V=R T+P b \text { or, } \frac{P V}{R T}=1+\frac{P b}{R T} \text { or, } Z=1+\frac{P b}{R T}\)

Question 16. ‘a’ and ‘b’ are van der Waals constant for gases. Chlorine is more easily liquefied them ethane because—

  1. A and B for CL2 < A and B for C2H6
  2. A for CL2 < A for C2H6 but B for CL2 > B for C2H6
  3. A for CL2 > A for C2H6 but B for CL2< B for C2H6
  4. A and B for CL2 > A and B for C2H6

Answer: 3. A for CL2 > A for C2H6 but B for CL2 < B for C2H6

Van der Waals constants ‘a’ is a measure of intermolecular forces of attraction of a gas whereas ‘b’ is a measure of the size of gas molecules. Hence, more is the value of a more easily the gas will be liquefied.

Question 17. For the gaseous state, if the most probable speed is denoted by c, average speed by c, and mean square speed by c, then for a large number of molecules the ratios ofthese speeds are

  1. c*:c:c = 1.225: 1.128: 1
  2. c*:c:c = 1.128: 1.225: 1
  3. c*:c:c = 1:1.128:1.225
  4. c*:c:c = 1:1.225:1.128

Answer: 4. c*:c:c = 1:1.225:1.128

Question 18. If Z is a compressibility factor, the van der Waals equation at low pressure can be written as

  1. \(Z=1+\frac{P b}{R T}\)
  2. \(Z=1+\frac{R T}{P b}\)
  3. \(Z=1-\frac{a}{R T V}\)
  4. \(Z=1-\frac{P b}{R T}\)

Answer: 3. \(Z=1-\frac{a}{R T V}\)

van der Waals constants ‘a’ is a measure of intermolecular forces of attraction of a gas whereas ‘b’ is a measure of the size of gas molecules. Hence, more is the value of a more easily the gas will be liquefied.

Question 19. The ratio of masses of oxygen and nitrogen in a gaseous mixture is 1:4 ratio of the number of their molecule is

  1. 3:16
  2. 1:4
  3. 7:32
  4. 1:8

Answer: 4. 1:8

Question 20. Intermolecular interaction that is dependent on the inverse cube of the distance between the molecules—

  1. London force
  2. Hydrogen bond
  3. ion ion interaction
  4. ion-dipole interaction

Answer: 1. London force

1, 3, and 4, are not applicable as the interaction is intermolecular. 2 is not the correct choice as the hydrogen bond does not follow the relation mentioned above.

Question 21. Two closed bulbs of equal volume ( V) containing an Ideal gas Initially at pressure pt and temperature T1 are connected through a narrow tube of negligible volume. The temperature of one of the bulbs is then raised to 7 2. The final pressure p1 Is-

  1. \(p_1\left(\frac{T_1 T_2}{T_1+T_2}\right)\)
  2. \(2 p_i\left(\frac{T_1}{T_1+T_2}\right)\)
  3. \(2 p_1\left(\frac{T_2}{T_1+T_2}\right)\)
  4. \(2 p_i\left(\frac{T_1 T_2}{T_1+T_2}\right)\)

Answer: 3. \(2 p_1\left(\frac{T_2}{T_1+T_2}\right)\)

n1+n2=n1‘+n’2

∴ \(\frac{p_i V}{R T_1}+\frac{p_i V}{R T_1}=\frac{p_f V}{R T_1}+\frac{p_f V}{R T_2}\)

Question 22. A gas mixture was prepared by taking equal moles of CO and N2. If the total pressure of the mixture was 1 atm, the partial pressure of N2 in the mixture is—

  1. 0.5 atm
  2. 0.8 atm
  3. 0.9 atm
  4. 1 atm

Answer: 1. 0.5 atm

In the mixture \(x_{\mathrm{N}_2}=\frac{1}{2} \text { and } x_{\mathrm{CO}}=\frac{1}{2}\)

∴ \(p_{\mathrm{N}_2}=x_{\mathrm{N}_2} \times P=\frac{1}{2} \times 1 \mathrm{~atm}=0.5 \mathrm{~atm}\)

Question 23. Two gases A and B having the same volume diffuse through a porous partition in 20 and 10 seconds respectively. Molar mass ofA is 49u. The molecular mass will be—

  1. 50.00u
  2. 12.25u
  3. 6.50u
  4. 25.00u

Answer: 2. 12.25u

⇒ \(\frac{r_A}{r_B}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}} \text { or, } \frac{V / 20}{V / 10}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{49}} \text { or, } \frac{1}{2}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{49}}\)

∴ Mb = 12.25u

Question 24. By what factors does the average velocity of a gas molecule increase when the temperature (inK) is doubled

  1. 2.0
  2. 2.8
  3. 4.0
  4. 1.4

Answer: 4. 1.4

⇒ \(\bar{c}=\sqrt{\frac{8 R T}{\pi M}}\)

When Pis doubled, \(\bar{c}_1=\sqrt{\frac{8 R \times 2 T}{\pi M}}=\sqrt{2} \sqrt{\frac{8 R}{\pi M}}\)

∴ MB= 12.25u

Question 25. 50mL of each gas A and B takes 150s and 200s respectively for effusing through a pinhole under similar conditions. If the molar mass of gas B is 36, the molar mass of gas A—

  1. 20.25
  2. 64
  3. 96
  4. 128

Answer: 1. 20.25

⇒ \(\frac{r_A}{r_B}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}} \text { or, } \frac{V_A}{t_A} \times \frac{t_B}{V_B}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}}\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } \frac{50}{150} \times \frac{200}{50}=\sqrt{\frac{36}{M_A}} \text { or, } \frac{4}{3}=\sqrt{\frac{36}{M_A}} \text { or, } \frac{16}{9}=\frac{36}{M_A}\)

∴ \(M_A=\frac{36 \times 9}{16}=20.25\)

Question 26. Set-1: O2, CO2, H2 and He, Set-2: CH4, O2 and H2. The gases in set-I in increasing order of ’b’ and gases given in set-II in decreasing order of ‘a’ are arranged below here ‘a’ and ‘b’ are van der Waals constants. Select the Correct order from the following—

  1. O2 < He < H2 < CO2 ; H2 >O2 > CH2
  2. H2 < He < O2 < CO2; CH4 >O2 > H2
  3. H2 < O2< He < CO2 ; O2 > CH4 > H2
  4. He < H2 < CO2 < O2 ; CH4 > H2 > O2

Answer: 2. H2 < He < O2 < CO2 ; CH4 > O2 > H2

A gas with strong intermolecular forces of attraction has a large value of a and a gas has a large value of ‘b’ if its molecules are big. The increasing order of sizes of H2, He, O2, and CO2 molecules is H2 < He <O2 < CO2. So, the increasing order of values for these gases is H2 < He < O2 < CO2. CH4, O2, and H2 are all non-polar molecules.

The only intermolecular forces of attraction that act in CH4, O2, and H2 gases are London forces. The strength of London forces increases with molecular size.

So, the increasing order of intermolecular forces in CH4, O2, and H2 gases will be CH4 > O2 > H2. Again, the stronger the intermolecular forces of attraction in a gas, the larger the value of the gas. Therefore, the decreasing order of ‘b’ values for these gases will be CH4 > O2 > H2.

Question 27. A certain gas takes three times as long to effuse out ns helium. Its molecular mass will be

  1. 36u
  2. 64u
  3. 9u
  4. 27u

Answer: 1. 36u

⇒ \(\frac{r_1}{r_2}=\sqrt{\frac{M_2}{M_1}} \text { or, } \frac{v / t_1}{v / t_2}=\sqrt{\frac{M_2}{M_1}} \text { or, } \frac{t_2}{t_1}=\sqrt{\frac{M_2}{M_1}}\)

or, \(\frac{3}{1}=\sqrt{\frac{M_2}{4 \mathrm{u}}} \text { or, } M_2=36 \mathrm{u}\)

[t1 and t2 are the times for the diffusion of VmLHe and VmL unknown gas respectively. Mj = molar mass ofHe, M2 = molar mass of unknown gas]

Question 28. Maximum deviation from Ideal gas is expected in case of—

  1. CH4(g)
  2. NH3(g)
  3. H2(g)
  4. N2(g)

Answer: 2. NH3(g) CH4, H2 and N2 are non-polar molecules. Only intermolecular forces that operate in CH4, H2, and N2 gases are weak London forces. As NH3 is a polar molecule, besides weak London forces, relatively stronger dipole-dipole attractive forces also act among the molecules in NH3 gas. So, among the given gases, intermolecular forces of attraction will be strongest in NH3, and hence it will show maximum deviation from ideal behaviour.

Question 29. Equal masses of H2, O2, and methane have been taken in a container of volume V at a temperature of 27°C in identical conditions. The ratio of the volumes of gases H2: O2: methane would be –

  1. 8:16:1
  2. 16:8:1
  3. 16:1:2
  4. 8:1:2

Answer: 3. 16:1:2

Let the mass of each of the gases be wg. In the mixture \(n_{\mathrm{H}_2}=\frac{w}{2} \mathrm{~mol}, n_{\mathrm{O}_2}=\frac{w}{32} \mathrm{~mol} \text { and } n_{\mathrm{CH}_4}=\frac{w}{16} \mathrm{~mol} \text {. }\)

Total number of moles in the mixture \(=\frac{w}{2}+\frac{w}{32}+\frac{w}{16}=\frac{19}{32} w\)

So,in the mixture, \(x_{\mathrm{H}_2}=\frac{w / 2}{19 w / 32}=\frac{16}{19}, x_{\mathrm{O}_2}=\frac{1}{19}\) and \(x_{\mathrm{CH}_4}=\frac{2}{19} .\)

The volume fraction of a component in the mixture = mole fraction ofthe component x total volume ofthe mixture

∴ \(V_{\mathrm{H}_2}=\frac{16}{19} \times V, V_{\mathrm{O}_2}=\frac{1}{19} \times V \text { and } V_{\mathrm{CH}_4}=\frac{2}{19} \times V\)

∴ \(V_{\mathrm{H}_2}: V_{\mathrm{O}_2}: V_{\mathrm{CH}_4}=16: 1: 2\)

Question 30. A gas such as carbon monoxide would be most likely to obey the ideal gas law at—

  1. High temperatures and low pressures
  2. Low temperatures and high pressures
  3. High temperatures and high pressures
  4. Low temperatures and low pressures

Answer: 1. High temperatures and low pressures

At high temperatures and low pressures, real gases show ideal behaviour

Question 31. Equal moles ofhydrogen and oxygen gases are placed in a container with a pin-hole through which both can escape. What fraction of the oxygen escapes in the time required for one-half of the hydrogen to escape—

  1. \(\frac{1}{2}\)
  2. \(\frac{1}{8}\)
  3. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
  4. \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Answer: 2. \(\frac{1}{8}\)

⇒ \(\text { } \frac{r_{\mathrm{O}_2}}{r_{\mathrm{H}_2}}=\sqrt{\frac{M_{\mathrm{H}_2}}{M_{\mathrm{O}_2}}} \text { or, } \frac{n_{\mathrm{O}_2} / t}{0.5 / t} \quad \text { or, } n_{\mathrm{O}_2}=\frac{1}{8}\)

Question 32. The correction factor ‘a’ to the ideal gas equation corresponds to—

  1. Forces of attraction between the gas molecules
  2. Density of the gas molecules
  3. The electric field present between the gas molecules
  4. The volume of the gas molecules

Answer: 1. Forces of attraction between the gas molecules

In the real gas equation \(\left(P+\frac{a n^2}{V^2}\right)(V-n b)=n R T \text {; }\) van der Waals constant ‘ a ‘ represents the intermolecular forces attraction between the molecules.

Question 33. Given van der Waals constant of NH3, H2, O2, and CO2 are respectively 4.17, 0.244, 1.36, and 3.59. Which one of the following gases is most easily liquefied—

  1. NH3
  2. H2
  3. O2
  4. CO2

Answer: 1. NH3 The gases having strong intermolecular attraction have a value of van der Waals constant Such gases can be liquefied easily. Among the given gases NH3 has the highest value of a.

Question 34. In the van der Waals equation, ‘ a ‘ signifies

  1. Intermolecular attraction
  2. Intramolecular attraction
  3. The attraction between molecules and walls of the container
  4. Volume of molecules

Answer: 1. Intermolecular attraction

In van der Waals equation, a signifies the intermolecular forces of attraction

Question 35. Arrange the following gases in order of their critical temperature: NH3, H2, CO2, O2

  1. NH3 > H2O > CO2 > O2
  2. O2>CO2>H2O>NH3
  3. H2O > NH3 > CO2 > O2
  4. CO2 >O2 > H2O > NH3

Answer: 3. H2O > NH3 > CO2> O2

The greater the intermolecular forces of attraction, the higher the critical temperature

Question 36. The density of gas A is thrice that of a gas B at the same temperature. The molecular weight of gas B is twice that of A. What will be the ratio of the pressures acting on B and A —

  1. \(\frac{1}{4}\)
  2. \(\frac{7}{8}\)
  3. \(\frac{2}{5}\)
  4. \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Answer: 4. \(\frac{1}{6}\)

⇒ \(\frac{d}{p}=\frac{M}{R T}\)

⇒ \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Let density ofgas B be d

∴ The density of gas A = 3d and molecular weight of A be M.

∴ Molecular weight of B = 2M Since, R is gas constant and T is the same for gases, so

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& p_A=\frac{d_A R T}{M_A} \text { and } p_B=\frac{d_B R T}{M_B} \\
& \frac{p_B}{p_A}=\frac{d_B}{d_A} \times \frac{M_A}{M_B}=\frac{d}{3 d} \times \frac{M}{2 M}=\frac{1}{6}
\end{aligned}\)

Question 37. In van der Waals equation at constant temperature 300k, if a = 1.4 atm-L2-mol-2, V = 100 mL, n = 1 mole, then what is the pressure of the gas

  1. 42 atm
  2. 210 atm
  3. 500 atm
  4. 106 atm

Answer: 4. 106 atm

At moderate pressure, the van der Waals equation is given

as \(\text { as: } \begin{aligned}
& \left(P+\frac{a n^2}{V^2}\right)(V)=n R T \\
& \left(P+\frac{1.4}{(0.1)^2}\right)(0.1)=1 \times 0.082 \times 300
\end{aligned}\)

or, (P+ 140) X 0.1 = 24.6 or, 0.1P+ 14 = 24.6

or, 0.1 P = 10.6 or, P = 106 atm

Question 38. When 1 g of gas A at 4 bar pressure is added to 2 g of gas B, the total pressure inside the container becomes 6 bar. Which of the following is true

  1. MA= 2MB
  2. MB=2MA
  3. MA=4MB
  4. MB=4MA

Answer: 4. MB=4MA

⇒ \(\frac{n_1}{p_1}=\frac{n_2}{p_2}\)

∴ \(\frac{\frac{1}{M_A}}{4}=\frac{\frac{1}{M_A}+\frac{2}{M_B}}{6}\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } \frac{6}{4 M_A}-\frac{1}{M_A}=\frac{2}{M_B}\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } \frac{6-4}{4 M_A}=\frac{2}{M_B} \quad \text { or, } \frac{1}{4 M_A}=\frac{1}{M_B} \quad \text { or, } M_B=4 M_A\)

Question 39. Gas in a cylinder is maintained at 10 atm pressure and 300 K temperature. The cylinder will explode if the pressure of the gas goes beyond 15 atm. What is the maximum temperature to which gas can be heated

  1. 400k
  2. 500k
  3. 450k
  4. 250k

Answer: 3. 450k

⇒ \(\frac{P_1}{T_1}=\frac{P_2}{T_2}\)

∴ \(\frac{10}{300}=\frac{15}{T_2} \quad \text { or, } T_2=450 \mathrm{~K}\)

Question 40. Two separate bulbs contain gas A and gas B. The density of gas A is twice that of B. The molecular mass of A is half that of B. If temperature is constant, the ratio of the pressure of A and B is-

  1. 1:1
  2. 1:2
  3. 4:1
  4. 2:1

Answer: 3. 4:1

⇒ \(d=\frac{P M}{R T}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \text { Given, } \frac{d_A}{d_B}=2, \frac{M_A}{M_B}=\frac{1}{2} \\
& \frac{d_A}{d_B}=\frac{P_A M_A}{R T} \times \frac{R T}{P_B M_B}=2 \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \text { or, } \frac{P_A}{P_B} \times \frac{M_A}{M_B}=2 \\
& \text { or, } \frac{P_A}{P_B} \times \frac{1}{2}=2 \\
& \text { or, } \frac{P_A}{P_B}=4: 1
\end{aligned}\)

Question 41. Which of the following does not change during compression of a gas at a constant temperature—

  1. Density of a gas
  2. Distance between molecules
  3. The average speed of molecules
  4. The number of collisions

Answer: 3. Average speed of molecules

Question 42. For which of the following gaseous mixtures, Dalton’s law of partial pressure is not applicable—

  1. SO2, HE, NE
  2. NH3, HBr, HC1
  3. O2,N2,CO2
  4. N2,H2,O2

Answer: 2. NH3, HBr, HC1

Question 43. The volume of a given mass of an ideal gas is VL at 27°C and 1 atm pressure. If the volume of the gas is reduced by 80% at constant pressure, the temperature of the gas will have to be—

  1. -50°C
  2. -127°C
  3. -200°C
  4. -213°C

Answer: 4. -213°C

Question 44. AT STP, the density of air is 1.3 x 10¯³g.cm¯³. The vapour density of air is—

  1. 1.3
  2. 14.6
  3. 2.56
  4. 10.8

Answer: 2. 14.6

Question 45. At a given temperature; the molar concentration of N2 is greater than that of H2 in a mixture of N2 and H2 gases present in a closed container. If the average kinetic energies of N2 and H2 molecules are xj and yj respectively, then—

  1. x>y
  2. x<y
  3. x = y
  4. Impossible To Predict

Answer: 3. Impossible To Predict

Question 46. The density of gas A is dA at a temperature of TAK, and the density of gas B is dB at a temperature of TBK. The molar mass of A is 4 times that of B. If TA : TB = 2:1 and dA : dB = 1:2, the ratio of pressures of A to B is—

  1. 2:1
  2. 1:8
  3. 3:2
  4. 1:4

Answer: 4. 1:4

Question 47. Two gases A and B have respective van der Waals constants a2, bx and a2, b2. If ‘ A ’ is more compressible than ‘B,’ then which of the following conditions has to be satisfied—

  1. a1 = a2 and b1> b2
  2. a1 < a2 and b1> b2
  3. a1 < a2 and b1 = b2
  4. a1 > a2and b1 < b2

Answer: 4. a1 > a2and b1 < b2

Question 48. The dimension of the coefficient of viscosity—

  1. MLT
  2. ML-1T-1
  3. MLT-1
  4. MLT-2

Answer: 2. ML-1T-1

Question 49. The densities of water and water vapour are 1.0 g.cm¯³ and
0.0006 g.cm¯³ respectively at 100°C and 1 atm pressure. At this temperature, the total volume occupied by water molecules in 1L of water vapour is—

  1. 2.24 cc
  2. 0.6 cc
  3. 0.12 cc
  4. 1.72 cc

Answer: 2. 0.6 cc

Question 50. The most probable velocities of the molecules of gas A (molar mass 16 g.mol¯¹) and that of the molecules of gas B (molar mass 28 g.mol¯¹) are the same. If the absolute temperatures of the gases A and B are T(A) and T{B) respectively, then—

  1. T{A) = 2T{B)
  2. T(B) = 3T(A)
  3. T(B) = 1.75 T (A)
  4. T(B) = 2.5 T (A)

Answer: 3. T(B) = 1.75 T (A)

Question 51. At a given temperature and pressure, the volume of 1 mol of an ideal gas is 10L. At the same temperature and pressure, the volume of 1 mol of a real gas is VL. At this temperature and pressure, if the compressibility factor of the real gas is greater than 1, then—

  1. V- 10L
  2. V< 10L
  3. V> 10L
  4. V< 10L

Answer: 3. V> 10L

Question 52. The pressure of a gas increases when its temperature is increased at constant volume. This is because with an increase in temperature—

  1. The collision frequency of the gas molecules increases.
  2. Motions of the gas molecules become more random
  3. Gas molecules make more collisions with the walls of the container
  4. The compressibility factor of the gas increases

Answer: 3. Gas molecules make more collisions with the walls of the container

Question 53. Under given conditions, the rate of diffusion of CH4 gas is times that of f2 gas. Gas 2 reacts with element A to form gaseous compounds AB2 and AB3. Under a given condition, the rate of diffusion of AB2 is 1.12 times that of AB3 The atomic mass of A (in g-mol-1) is—

  1. 32
  2. 16
  3. 8
  4. 24

Answer: 1. 32

Question 54. Two flasks are connected by a valve: One of them with volume 5L contains 0.1 mol of H2 at 27°C and the other with volume 2L contains 0.1 mol of N2 at the same temperature. If the valve is opened keeping temperature constant, then at equilibrium the contribution of H2 gas to the total pressure of the gas mixture—

  1. Is the same as that of n2 gas
  2. Is greater than that of n2 gas
  3. Is less than that of n2 gas
  4. Cannot be predicted

Answer: 1. Is the same as that of n2 gas

Question 55. A balloon filled with acetylene is pricked by a pin and dropped readily in a tank of H2 gas under identical conditions. After a while the balloon will—

  1. Enlarge
  2. Shrink completely
  3. Collapse remain
  4. Unchanged in size

Answer: 1. Enlarge

Question 56. At STP, the density of a gas is 1.25g-L-1. The molar concentration (mol-L-1) of 0.7g of this gas at 27°C and a pressure of 2 atm is—

  1. 0.27
  2. 0.08
  3. 0.19
  4. 0.64

Answer: 2. 0.08

Question 57. 100 persons are sitting at equal distances in a row XY. Laughing gas (N2O) is released from side X and tear gas (mol. mass = 176) from side Y at the same moment and the same pressure. The person who will tend to laugh and weep simultaneously is—

  1. 34th from side X
  2. 67th from side X
  3. 76th from side X
  4. 67th from side Y

Answer: 2. 67th from side X

Question 58. van der Waals constant, b of a gas is 4.42 centilitre – mol 1. How near can the centres of 2 molecules approach each other—

  1. 127.2pm
  2. 427.2pm
  3. 327.2pm
  4. 627.2pm

Answer: 3. 327.2pm

Question 59. Which of the following liquids has the least surface tension—

  1. Acetic acid
  2. Diethyl ether
  3. Chlorobenzene
  4. Benzene

Answer: 2. Diethyl ether

Question 60. At P atm pressure and TK, a spherical air bubble is rising from the depth of a lake. When it comes to the surface of the lake the percentage increase in the radius will be (assume pressure and temperature at the surface to be PI4 atm and 27TC respectively)—

  1. 100%
  2. 50%
  3. 40%
  4. 200%

Answer: 1. 100%

Question 61. A given mass of a perfect gas is first heated in a small and then in a large vessel, such that their volumes remain unaltered. The P- T curves are—

  1. Parabolic with the same curvature
  2. Linear with the same slope
  3. Linear with different slopes
  4. Parabolic with different curvatures

Answer: 3. Linear with different slopes

Question 62. At a given temperature, most of the molecules in a sample of oxygen gas move with a velocity of 4.08 x 104 cm-s-1. The average velocity of the molecules of the gas at the same temperature is—

  1. 1.7 x 104 cm.s¯¹
  2. 4.6 x 104 cm.s¯¹
  3. 5.0 x 104 cm.s¯¹
  4. 8.9 x 103 cm.s¯¹

Answer: 2. 4.6 x 104 cm.s¯¹

Question 63. There is a depression in the surface of the liquid inside a capillary tube when—

  1. The cohesive force is greater than
  2. The adhesive force the adhesive force is greater than
  3. The cohesive force both adhesive and cohesive forces are equal
  4. None of the above is true

Answer: 1. The cohesive force is greater than

Question 64. One mol of a real gas following the equation, P(V-b) = RT, has a compressibility factor of 1.2 at 0°C and 200 atm pressure. The value of ‘b’ for this gas is—

  1. 0.03521 L-mol-1
  2. 0.0224 L-mol-1
  3. 0.04610 L-mol-1
  4. 0.01270 L-mol-1

Answer: 2. 0.0224 L-mol-1

Question 65. At a given temperature, the root mean square velocity of O2 molecules is times that of the molecules of a gas. The molar mass of the gas (in g-mol-1) is—

  1. 8
  2. 64
  3. 96
  4. 16

Answer: 2. 64

Question 66. At a given condition, 20L of SO2 gas takes 60 for its effusion. At the same condition, the volume of 09 gas that will effuse out in 30 seconds is—

  1. 12.4L
  2. 10.9L
  3. 14.1L
  4. 6.8L

Answer: 3. 14.1L

Question 67. The average velocity of the molecules of a gas at T1K will be the same as the most probable velocity of the molecules of the gas at T2K when—

  1. T1 > r2
  2. t2 >T1
  3. t1=t2
  4. t1> r2

Answer: 2. t2 >T1

Question 68. Two ideal gases A and B have molar masses MA and MB g-mol-1 respectively. Volumes of the same mass of A and B are the same, and the rms velocity of A molecules is twice that of the molecules of B. If MB: MA = 2:1, then the ratio of the pressures of A to B is—

  1. 4:1
  2. 8:1
  3. 2:1
  4. 1:6

Answer: 1. 4:1

Question 69. Containing gas molecules, the percentage of molecules moving with velocities 2x104cm*s-1 and l x 10-1 cut-s.1 are 30% and 45% respectively, and the rest one moving with velocity 5 x 104 cm-s.1. The root mean square velocity of the molecules is—

  1. 3.7 X 104cm.s-1
  2. 1.8 x 104 cm.s-1
  3. 6.2 X 103 cms.-1
  4. 2.8 x 104 cms-1

Answer: 4. 2.8 x 104 cms-1

Question 70. An open vessel has a temperature of TK. When the vessel is heated at 477°C, three-fifths of the air in the vessel escapes out. What fraction of air in the vessel would have been expelled out if the vessel were heated at 900K (assume that the volume of the vessel remains unchanged on heating)—

  1. 4
  2. 3
  3. 2
  4. 5

Answer: 2. 2

Question 71. Critical temperatures of the gases A, B, C and D are 126K, 155K, 304K and 356K respectively. Among these gases, the one with the strongest intermolecular forces of attraction is—

  1. A
  2. B
  3. C
  4. D

Answer: 4. D

Question 72. The volumes of two gases A and B at 0°C and 200 atm pressure are 0.112L and 0.09L respectively. Which of the following comments is true for these gases at this temperature and pressure—

  1. The compressibility of gases a and b are the same
  2. The compressibility of a is less than that of b
  3. The compressibility of a is more than that of b
  4. Both gases show positive deviation from ideality

Answer: 3. Compressibility of a is more than that of b

Question 73. Which of the following correctly represents the relation between capillary rise (h) and radius of the capillary (r) —

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Radius Of Capillary

Answer: 2. States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Radius Of Capillary.

Question 74. For CO2 gas the P vs V isotherms at temperatures above 31.1°C are—

  1. Straight line
  2. Rectangular hyperbolic
  3. Elliptical
  4. Hyperbolic

Answer: 2. Rectangular hyperbolic

Question 75. At a certain temperature, lmol of chlorine gas at 1.2 atm takes 40 sec to diffuse while 1 mol of its oxide at 2 atm takes 26.5 sec. The oxide is—

  1. C12O
  2. C1O2
  3. Cl2O6
  4. Cl2O7

Answer: 1. C12O

Question 76. At 10 bar pressure, a 4:1 mixture of He and CH4 is contained in a vessel. The gas mixture leaks out through a hole present in the vessel. The mixture effusing out has an initial composition of—

  1. 1:1
  2. 2:1
  3. 4:1
  4. 8:1

Answer: 4. 8:1

Question 77. A gas mixture consisting of N2 and 3 mol of O2 had a pressure of 2 atm at 0 °C. Keeping the volume and the temperature of the mixture constant, some amount of O2 was removed from the mixture. As a result, the total pressure of the mixture and the partial pressure of N2 in the mixture became 1.5 atm and 0.5 atm respectively. The amount of oxygen gas removed was—

  1. 8g
  2. 16g
  3. 32g
  4. 64g

Answer: 3. 32g

Question 78. The quantity — represents

  1. Mass of a gas
  2. Translation energy of a gas
  3. Number of moles of a gas
  4. Number of molecules in a gas

Answer: 4. Number of molecules in a gas

Question 79. At STP, O2 gas present in a flask was replaced by SO2 under similar conditions. The mass of SO2 present in the flask will be—

  1. Twice that of O2
  2. Half that of O2
  3. Equal to that of O2
  4. One-third of O2

Answer: 1. Twice that of O2

Question 80. The relative densities of oxygen and carbon dioxide are 16 and 22 respectively. If 37.5cm³ of oxygen effuses out in 96s, what volume of carbon dioxide will effuse out in 75s under similar conditions—

  1. 25cm³
  2. 37.5cm³
  3. 14cm³
  4. 30.8cm³

Answer: 1. 25cm³

Question 81. At 27°C, the average translational kinetic energies of the molecules in 8g of CH4,8g of 02 and 8g of He are, e2 and e2 respectively and the total kinetic energies of the molecules in these gases are E1, E2 and E3 respectively. Which of the following is true—

  1. \(\bar{\epsilon}_1=\bar{\epsilon}_2=\bar{\epsilon}_3\)
  2. \(\bar{\epsilon}_3=\bar{\epsilon}_2=\bar{\epsilon}_1\)
  3. E1 = E2 = E3
  4. E2<E1<E3

Answer: 1. \(\bar{\epsilon}_1=\bar{\epsilon}_2=\bar{\epsilon}_3\)

Question 82. Several molecules of an ideal gas present in a flask of volume 2L are 1023. The mass of each gas molecule is 6.64 x 10-23 g and the root mean square velocity of the molecules is 4.33 x 104 cm-s-1. Hence—

  1. The pressure of the gas is 3.27 atm
  2. The average kinetic energy of each molecule is 6.23 x ltr14J
  3. The total kinetic energy of the molecules is 6.23 x 109J
  4. The total kinetic energy of the molecules is 1.492 x 109 J

Answer: 2. Average kinetic energy of each molecule is 6.23 x ltr14J

Question 83. In which conditions does the most probable velocity of O2 molecules have maximum value and in which conditions does it have minimum value—

  1. O2 : P = 1 atm, d (density) = 0.0081 g mL-1
  2. O2 : P = 4 atm, V = 2L and w (mass) = 4g
  3. O2 : r=300K
  4. O2: STP

Answer: 1. O2 : P = 1 atm, d (density) = 0.0081 g mL-1

Question 84. The time required to effuse V mL of H2 gas through a porous wall at a constant temperature and pressure is 20 min. Under the same conditions time required to effuse V mL of the following gases is—

  1. He:28.28min
  2. CO2:90.82min
  3. CH4:60.52 min
  4. N2:74.83 min

Answer: 1. He:28.28min

Question 85. At a particular temperature and pressure, if the number of moles of an ideal gas is increased by 50%, then—

  1. The final volume of the gas will be 1.5 times its initial volume
  2. The most probable velocity of gas molecules becomes 1.5 times its initial value
  3. The total kinetic energy of the gas molecules becomes 1.5 times its initial value
  4. The density of gas becomes 1.5 times its initial value.

Answer: 1. Final volume of the gas will be 1.5 times its initial volume

Question 86. The pressure and temperature of a gas are P and T respectively. If the critical pressure and critical temperature of the gas are Pc and Tc respectively, then liquefaction will be possible when—

  1. P<PC,T<TC
  2. P = PC,T=TC
  3. P = PC,T>TC
  4. P>PC,T=TC

Answer: 2. P = PC,T=TC

Question 87. If the orders of the values of van der Waals constants a and b for three gases X, Y and Z are X < Y < Z and Z < Y < X respectively, then—

  1. Liquefaction will be easier for gas than gases and z.
  2. The size of the molecule, y will be in between the sizes of the molecules x and z.
  3. The order of the critical temperatures of these three gases is: x< y<z.
  4. The gas, z, at 0°c and 1 atm will behave most ideally.

Answer: 2. The size of the molecule, y will be in between the sizes of the molecules x and z.

Question 88. Identify the correct statements—

  1. At a particular temperature, the vapour pressure of dimethyl ether is greater than water because the molar mass of dimethyl ether is higher than that of water.
  2. The vapour pressure of a liquid remains the same when the surface area of the liquid is increased at a given temperature.
  3. The correct order of viscosity coefficient is ethylene glycol < glycerol.
  4. The surface tension of water at 30°c is greater than that at 20°c.

Answer: 2. The vapour pressure of a liquid remains the same when the surface area of the liquid is increased at a given temperature.

Question 89. P(V-b) = RT equation of state is obeyed by a particular gas. Which of the given statements is correct—

  1. For this gas, the isochoric curves have slope = \(=\frac{R}{V-b}\)
  2. The compressibility factor of the gas is less than unity.
  3. For this gas, the isobaric curves have slope = r/p
  4. In this gas, the attraction forces are overcome by repulsive forces.

Answer: 1. For this gas, the isochoric curves have slope = \(=\frac{R}{V-b}\)

Question 90. Four gas balloons P, Q, R and S of equal volumes containing H2, N2O, CO, and CO2 respectively were pricked with a needle and immersed in a tank containing CO2. Which of them will shrink after some time—

  1. P
  2. Q
  3. R
  4. S

Answer: 1. P

Question 91. A liquid is in equilibrium with its vapour at its boiling point. On average, the molecules in the two phases have—

  1. Equal total energy and potential energy.
  2. Equal kinetic energy different total
  3. Energy and potential
  4. Energy is different from kinetic energy.

Answer: 2. Equal kinetic energy different total

Question 92. The root mean square velocity of an ideal gas in a closed vessel of fixed volume is increased from 5 x 104cm-s-1 to 10 x 104cm-s-1. Which of die following statements clearly explains how the change is accomplished —

  1. By heating the gas, the die temperature is quadrupled.
  2. By heating die gas, the temperature is doubled by heating the gas,
  3. The pressure is quadrupled by heating the gas,
  4. The pressure is doubled

Answer: 1. By heating the gas, the die temperature is quadrupled.

Question 93. Which of the following pairs of gases have the same type of intermolecular force of attraction—

  1. Ch4, CI2
  2. SO2,CO2
  3. HC1, CHCI3
  4. N2,NH2

Answer: 1. Ch4, CI2

Question 94. Select the correct orders—

  1. Critical temperature < boyleg’s temperature < inversion temperature
  2. Van der waals constant ‘a’: H2O> nh3 > N2 > ne
  3. Van der waals constant ‘b’: CH4> O2 >H2
  4. Mean free path: he > H2 >O2 >  N2 > CO2
  5. All the above

Answer: 4. All the above

Question 95. Which are responsible for the liquefaction of H2

  1. Coulombic forces
  2. London forces
  3. Hydrogen bonding
  4. Van der Waals forces

Answer: 2. London forces

Question 96. Which of the following gases will have the same rate of effusion under identical conditions—

  1. CO
  2. N2O
  3. C2H4
  4. CO2

Answer: 2. N2O

Question 97. Select the correct statements—

  1. The presence of impurities invariably increases the viscosity of a liquid.
  2. In the presence of impurities, the viscosity of a liquid remains unaltered
  3. The viscosity coefficient of associated liquids is larger than that of non-associated liquids.
  4. Viscosity coefficients of non-associated liquids are larger than those of associated liquids.

Answer: 1. Presence of impurities invariably increases the viscosity of a liquid.

Question 98. Select the correct statements—

  1. Surface energy of a liquid = \(=\frac{\text { force } \times \text { distance }}{\text { area }}\)
  2. Surface energy can be represented as force/area
  3. The addition of NaCl increases and the addition of acetone decreases the surface tension of water.
  4. The addition of NaCl decreases and the addition of acetone increases the surface tension of water.

Answer: 1. Surface energy of a liquid = \(=\frac{\text { force } \times \text { distance }}{\text { area }}\)

Question 99. Precisely lmol of He and lmol of Ne are placed in a container. Select correct statements about the system—

  1. Molecules of the strike the wall more frequently
  2. Molecules of he have greater average
  3. The molecular speed molecule of the two gases strikes the wall of the container with the same frequency
  4. He has a larger pressure

Answer: 1. Molecules of he strikes the wall more frequently

Question 100. Which of the following is correct for different gases under the same condition of pressure and temperature—

  1. Hydrogen diffuses 6 times faster than oxygen
  2. Hydrogen diffuses 2.83 times faster than methane
  3. Helium escapes at a rate 2 times as fast as sulphur dioxide does
  4. Helium escapes at a rate 2 times as fast as methane does

Answer: 2. Hydrogen diffuses 2.83 times faster than methane.

WBCHSE Class 11 Chemistry States Of Matter Gases And Liquids Notes

Gaseous State Introduction

Anything that possesses mass and occupies space is called matter. Based on physical state, they can be of three types i.e., solid, liquid, and gas. Any substance can exist in any one ofthe three states, depending on the temperature and pressure.

Along with these three states, matter can existin two other states also. They are plasma and Bose-Einstein condensate. However, the physical state of a substance at normal temperature (usually 25°C) and pressure {i.e. 1 atm) depends on its normal melting point and normal boiling point. A substance is said to be in a gaseous state if its normal boiling point is below room temperature.

According to kinetic molecular theory, the matter is composed of minute particles (like atoms, molecules, or ions), which are held together by intermolecular forces of attraction. However, particles of matter also possess thermal energy due to temperature. The forces arising from thermal energy have a disruptive effect and tend to cause the particles to get separated from each other.

Thus, the effect of intermolecular forces of attraction and that of thermal energy are just opposite, and they counteract each other. The relative magnitudes of those counteracting effects determine whether a substance would existin a solid, liquid, or gaseous state at a given temperature and pressure.

If the effect of intermolecular forces of attraction is much less than that of the thermal energy of the molecules in a substance, then the substance exists in the gaseous state.

Because intermolecular forces of attraction in a gas are very weak or negligible, gas molecules do not occupy fixed positions. Instead, they are always in ceaseless, rapid, and random motion, and move out independently throughout the entire volume ofthe container holding the gas. This explains why gases do not have any definite shape or volume.

When the effect of intermolecular forces of attraction is comparatively greater than that of the thermal energy of the molecules of a substance, then the substance exists in the liquid state.

Because intermolecular forces attract liquids that are not so strong for their molecules to be held at well-defined positions, liquids do nothave a definite shape.

They assume the shape of the container in which they are kept. However, intermolecular forces of attraction in a liquid are strong enough to hold the molecules together and prevent them from moving apart. This is why liquids have a definite volume.

When the effect of intermolecular forces of attraction is much stronger compared to that of thermal energy in a substance, then the substance exists in a solid state. In a solid due to strong intermolecular forces of attraction, particles in I Solid state making up the solid are held at fixed locations and remain very close to each other.

Particles, being held at fixed positions, do not possess translational motion although they can vibrate about their mean positions. As the particles in a solid have fixed positions and lack translational motion, solids have a definite shape and volume.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids

Various Kinds Of Intermolecular Attractive Forces And Their Nature

Attractive Forces Acting Between The molecules (atoms in the case of monoatomic gas) in a substance are called intermolecular forces of attraction.

These forces are different from the electrostatic force existing between the two oppositely charged ions and the forces that hold the atoms together with molecular covalent bonds intermolecular forces of attraction are relativley weaker than the forces of attraction by which atoms are held in vovelent bonds or the electrostatic forces of hydrogen by which oppositely charged ions are held.

Different Types Of Intermolecular Forces of Attraction

Intermolecular forces of attraction are classified as follows:

  1. Instantaneous induced dipole-instantaneous induced dipole attractions.
  2. Dipole-dipole attractions.
  3. Dipole-induced dipole attractions
  4. Ion-dipole attractions
  5. Hydrogen bond. Among the above forces, the first three are collectively known as the van der Waals forces because van der Waals explained the deviation of real gases from ideal behaviour in terms of these forces. In this chapter, we will focus only on the van der Waals forces.

Instantaneous induced dipole-instantaneous induced dipole attraction (London forces or dispersion forces)

These forces are found to occur in all substances because they exist between all atoms, molecules, and ions. In the case of non-polar substances, however, these are the only intermolecular forces that operate.

Due to the existence of these forces, it is possible to transform non-polar gases (such as H2, N2, O2, CH4, etc.) or inert gases (such as He, Ne, Ar, etc.) into liquid, when cooled to very low temperatures.

These forces are commonly known as London forces, after the name of a German physicist. Frit London, explained the origin and nature of these forces.

Origin: To understand the origin of London forces, let us consider the generation of a dipole in an atom. Electrons are symmetrically distributed around the nucleus of an atom.

This symmetrical distribution is a time average distribution and the centers of gravity of the positive charge and negative charge (electron cloud) remain at the same point in this distribution.

However, at any instant, the density of the electron cloud on one side of the nucleus may be greater than the other.

Consequently, an instantaneous dipole develops in the die atom due to the separation of charge centers and as a result, a partial negative charge (O’-) on one side ofthe atom and a partial positive charge (5+) on the other side are created.

This short-lived dipole continuously changes its direction with the movement of electrons in such a way that the time average dipole moment becomes zero. The instantaneous dipole formed in one atom distorts the symmetrical distribution of the electron cloud of a neighboring atom and induces an instantaneous dipole in that atom.

Similar temporary dipoles are induced in polar molecules also. This leads to an interatomic or intermolecular attraction. Such forces of attraction are known as instantaneous-induced dipole-instantaneous induced dipole attraction. illustrates how instantaneous induced dipole-instantaneous induced dipole forces develop between the atoms in He gas.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids instantaneous Induced Dipole instantaneous induced dipole attraction between two he atoms

Characteristics:

  1. The strength of London forces decreases very rapidly as the distance between particles increases. If the distance between two interacting particles is r then the strength of London forces varies as 1/r6.
  2. The strength of this force generally lies between 0.05 to 40 kj.mol-1
  3. The magnitude of London’s force depends on the polarisability ofthe atoms or molecules. The polarisability of an atom or a molecule is a measure of the ease with which its electron clouds can be distorted.

An atom or a molecule with a large size (or large molar mass) contains a large number of electrons and hence possesses a large diffused electron cloud, which can get distorted easily. This is why atoms or molecules with larger size (or molar mass) are more polarisable and found to possess stronger London forces.

For the halogens, molecular sizes follow the order: F2 < Cl2 < Br2 < I2: accordingly, the order of their increasing strength of London forces is F, < Cl, < Br2 < I2. Because of this, their boiling points follow the order F2 < Cl2 < Br2< I2 Similarly, the order of boiling points of inert gases is He < Ne < Ar < Kr < Xe. This is because the atomic size of inert gases increases in die same order.

Dipole-dipole attraction

These forces exist between neutral polar molecules (e.g., H2O, NH3, HC1, etc.). However, in addition to these forces, London forces also act between the molecules.

Origin: Polar molecules have permanent dipoles. They possess a partial positive charge at one end and a partial negative charge at the other end.

The dipole-dipole attractive force causes the polar molecules to align themselves in such a manner that the positive end of one polar molecule is directed towards the negative end of another polar molecule. As a result, a net attractive force acts between the two polar molecules. This attractive force is called the dipole-dipole attractive force.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Dipole-dipole attractive force between two HC1 molecules

Dipole-dipole attraction Characteristics:

  1. Dipole-dipole attractive forces are generally stronger than London forces and have a magnitude ranging from 5-25 kj.mol-1.
  2. The strength of dipole-dipole attractive forces increases with the increasing polarity of the molecules
  3. As the distance between the two dipolar molecules increases, the strength of these forces decreases. If the distance between two dipoles is r, then dipole-dipole attractive forces will be proportional to l/r6.

Dipole-induced dipole attractions

These forces act between polar molecules having permanent dipole moments and non-polar molecules or polar molecules having very low dipole moments. For example— H2O….I2, Kr….(phenol)2, etc.

Origin: Whenever a polar molecule comes closer to a polarisable non-polar molecule, the polar molecule induces a dipole moment in the non-polar molecule by deforming or polarising its electron cloud.

Thus, the non-polar molecule becomes a dipole. We call it an induced dipole as it is induced by the polar molecule. As a result, attractive forces are generated between the permanent dipole and the induced dipole. This attractive force is called dipole-induced dipole attractive force.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Dipole-induced dipole interaction

Dipole-induced dipole attractions Characteristics:

  1. If the distance between the molecule with a permanent dipole and that with an induced dipole is r, then the dipole-induced dipole attractive force between them is found to be proportional to 1/r6.
  2. The strength of this force increases with the increasing dipole moment of a polar molecule and the polarisability of a non-polar molecule.
  3. The magnitude of this force is generally 2-10 kj.mol-1.

Physical And Measurable Properties Of Gaseous Substances

The physical properties of different gaseous substances are generally the same although their chemical properties may differ Some important properties

The physical properties of a gas can be explained with the help of four measurable properties such as pressure, temperature, mass, and volume. Different gas laws are based on the relationships among these properties.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Characteristic Physical Properties Of Gaseous Substances

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Characteristic Physical Properties Of Gaseous Substances.

Mass And Volume Of Gas

Mass of gas: The mass of a gas enclosed in a container can be determined by subtracting the mass of the empty container from the mass of the container filled with the
gas. In the gas laws, the amount of a gas is generally expressed in terms of moles. The number of moles of a gas enclosed in a container is obtained by dividing the mass of the gas by its molar mass.

Volume of a gas: At a particular temperature and pressure, the volume of a gas enclosed in a container is equal to the volume ofthe container

Units of volume: Generally, volume is expressed in the (L), milliliter (mL), cubic centimeter (cm3), cubic meter (m3), or cubic decimetre (dm3).

The relationship among these different units are—

⇒ \(1 \mathrm{~L}=10^3 \mathrm{~mL}=10^3 \mathrm{~cm}^3=10^3 \times\left(10^{-1}\right)^3 \mathrm{dm}^3=1 \mathrm{dm}^3\)

In the SI system, the unit of volume is a cubic meter (m3).

⇒ \(1 \mathrm{~m}^3=\left(10^2 \mathrm{~cm}\right)^3=10^6 \mathrm{~cm}^3=10^6 \mathrm{~mL}=10^3 \mathrm{dm}^3=10^3 \mathrm{~L}\)

The pressure of a gas

The pressure of a gas arises due to the collisions of the gas molecules with the walls of the container in which it is kept. It is defined as the force exerted by the gas molecules per unit area ofthe walls of the container.

Measurement of atmospheric pressure: Atmospheric pressure is measured with the help of an apparatus known as a barometer To construct a barometer, a glass tube, about 80 cm long, with one end closed is filled with dry mercury.

And placed vertically with its open end immersed in a dish of mercury. As some mercury lows out of the tube, the height of the mercury level in the tube drops gradually. This continues until the downward pressure exerted by the mercury column and the atmospheric pressure over the mercury in the dish become equal.

When the mercury level inside the tube becomes fixed, it is nd placed vertically with its open end immersed in a dish of mercury. As some mercury lows out of the tube, the height of the mercury level in the tube drops gradually. This continues until the downward pressure exerted by the mercury column and the atmospheric pressure over the mercury in the dish become equal. When the mercury level inside the tube becomes fixed, it is

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Mercury Barometer

Inside The Tube Is Perfect Vacuum, The Pressure Due To The Mercury Column Is Equal To The Pressure Of The Atmosphere. Thus, The Height Of The Mercury Level In The Barometer Tube Is A Direct Measure Of The Atmospheric Pressure.

For This Reason, Atmospheric Pressure Is Usually Expressed In Terms Of Height Of The Mercury Level In The Barometer Tube. For Example, The Atmospheric Pressure Of 76 Cm (Or 760 Mm) Hg Means That The Atmospheric Pressure Is Equal To The Pressure Exerted By 76 Cm (Or 760 Mm) mercury column.

The pressure exerted by the mercury column: Let us consider a mercury column of hem height in a glass tube with a uniform cross-sectional area of Acm². The downward force exerted by the mercury column is equal to its weight, and this force per unit area is the pressure exerted by the column.

Therefore, the pressure exerted by the mercury column,

⇒ \(P=\frac{\text { force }}{\text { area }}=\frac{\text { mass } \times \text { acceleration due to gravity }}{A}=\frac{m \times g}{A}\)

Where m and g are the mass of the mercury inside the tube and acceleration due to gravity respectively. If the volume and density of mercury inside the tube are V and d, respectively, then- V – Ax h and m = Vxd = Axhxd and \(P=\frac{m \times g}{A}=\frac{A \times h \times \mathrm{d} \times g}{A}\)

By using equation [1], we can calculate the pressure exerted by a mercury column of height if the density (d) of mercury and the acceleration due to gravity (g) are known. of a place depends on the height of that place from the sea level.

The higher the altitude, the lower the atmospheric pressure. Atmospheric pressure also depends on the temperature and weather conditions.

The pressure exerted by a mercury column of 76 cm or 760 mm height at sea level is defined as the standard or normal atmospheric pressure

Determination of the pressure of gas: The instrument used for measuring the pressure of a gas in a vessel is called a manometer. Using this instrument, the pressure of gaseous reactants or products in a chemical reaction can be measured. Manometers are of two types: open-end manometers and closed-end manometers.

Open-end manometer: It consists of aU-tube partly filled with mercury. One arm ofthe tube is longer than the other. The shorter arm is connected to a container holding a gas whose pressure is to be determined. The longer arm is open to the atmosphere, Three possibilities may arise during the determination of the pressure of a gas using such a manometer.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Open End manometer

  1. The level of mercury in both the arms of the U-tube is the same. Therefore, the pressure of the gas enclosed in the bulb is equal to the atmospheric pressure, i.e., Pgas = Patm.
  2. The level of mercury in the longer arm of the U-tube is above that in the shorter arm. This occurs when the pressure of the gas inside the bulb is greater than the atmospheric pressure i.e., Pgas Pa pressure of the gas = atmospheric pressure + difference between the heights of mercury levels in the two arms of die U-tube i.e., Pgns = Patm.
  3. The level of mercury in the longer arm is below that in the shorter arm, indicating the pressure of the gas inside the bulb is less than the die atmospheric pressure i.e., Pgns < Patm. Therefore, the pressure of the gas = atmospheric pressure – the difference between the heights of mercury levels in the two arms of the tube, ie., Psas = Paatmh

Closed-end manometer: If the pressure of the gas inside the die container is less than the die atmospheric pressure, then this type of manometer is generally used to determine the pressure ofthe gas.

It also consists of a U-tube with arms of different heights, The space above the mercury level ofthe closed-end arm of the U-tube is made perfectly vacuum by partially filling up the tube with mercury.

The shorter arm is connected to the container filled with gas whose pressure is to be determined. Because of the pressure exerted by the gas, the mercury level goes down in the shorter arm and goes up in the longer arm. The difference between the mercury levels in the two arms gives the pressure of the gas.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Closed End Manometer

Therefore, the pressure ofthe gas= The difference between the mercury levels in the two arms = h i.e., Pgas = h

Units of pressure: The pressure of a gas is generally expressed in the unit of the atmosphere (atm). The pressure exerted by exactly 76 cm (or 760 mm) of a mercury column at the level of 0°C is called 1 atmosphere (1 atm).

Sometimes, pressure is also expressed in torr [named after Torricelli], The pressure exerted by exactly 1 mm of mercury column at sea level at 0°C is called 1 torr.

1 atm = 760 torr

The value of 1 atm pressure in torma of dyn/cm² and N/m²: At 0°C, the density of pure mercury, d = 13.5951 g. cm-3, standard acceleration due to gravity, g =9110.665 cm. s¯³; height of mercury column, h = 76cm.

Applying the relation P = lix g gives, 1 atm =76 cm x 13.5951 g enr3 X 980.665 cm. s¯² = 1.013 X 106 dyn cm¯² [v dyn = gems¯²) = 1.013 X 105 N m‾² 1N = 105dyn and 1m = 100 cm] The SI unit of pressure is Pascal.

The pressure exerted when a force of 1 newton acts on an area of lm² is called 1 pascal. Therefore,[l Pa = 1 N m-2J, and 1 atm = 1.013 x 105 N.m² = 1.013 x 105 Pa=101.3 kPa

1 atm = 76.0 cm Hg = 760 mm Hg = 760 torn = 1.013 X 105 N m¯² = 1.013 x 105 Pa Another unit used for gas pressure is a bar.

1 bar = 105 Pa = 0.9869 atm = 750.062 torr and atm = 1.013 bar

The pressure is also expressed in the unit pound per square inch or psi. 1 atm = 14.7 psi

Numerical Examples

Question 1. At a certain place, the atmospheric pressure is 740 mm Hg. What will be the value of this pressure in the units of— torr atm Pa and bar
Answer: Given: atmospheric pressure = 740 mm Hg.

1 torr =1 mm Hg.

Therefore, 740 mm Hg = 740 torr

1 atm = 760 mm Hg

Thus, 740 mm Hg \(=\frac{1 \mathrm{~atm}}{760 \mathrm{~mm} \mathrm{Hg}} \times 740 \mathrm{~mm} \mathrm{Hg}\)

= 0.97 atm

atm = 760 mm Hg = 1.013 X 105 Pa

Therefore, 740mm Hg \(=\frac{1.013 \times 10^5 \mathrm{~Pa}}{760 \mathrm{~mm} \mathrm{Hg}} \times 740 \mathrm{~mm} \mathrm{Hg}^{-10}\)

= 9.86 X 104 Pa

1 atm = 760 mm Hg = 1.013 bar

Hence, 740 mm Hg \(=\frac{1.013 \text { bar }}{760 \mathrm{~mm} \mathrm{Hg}} \times 740 \mathrm{~mm} \mathrm{Hg}\)

= 0.986 bar.

Question 2. A bulb filled with a gas is connected to an open-end manometer. The level of mercury in the arm attached to the gas bulb is 20 cm lower than that in the open-ended arm. Calculate the pressure of the gas in the bulb in the units of atm and Pa. Consider the atmospheric pressure to be 76 cm Hg.
Answer: Since the height of the mercury level in the open-end arm is higher than that in the arm attached to the bulb,

⇒ \(P_{\text {gas }}=P_{\text {atm }}+h=(76+20) \mathrm{cm} \mathrm{Hg}=96 \mathrm{~cm} \mathrm{Hg}\)

h=20cm, p atm=76cm hg]

As 1 atm = 76 cm Hg = 1.013 X 105 Pa

⇒ \(96 \mathrm{~cm} \mathrm{Hg}=\frac{1 \mathrm{~atm}}{76 \mathrm{~cm} \mathrm{Hg}} \times 96 \mathrm{~cm} \mathrm{Hg}=1.26 \mathrm{~atm}\)

Question 3. An open-end manometer was used to determine the pressure of a gas present in a container. It was found that the height of the mercury level in the arm attached to the gas-filled container was 4 cm higher than that in the open-end arm. If the atmospheric pressure was measured to be 76 cm Hg, then what would be the pressure of the gas inside the container in the atm unit
Answer: As the height of the mercury level in the arm attached to the container is higher than that in the open-end arm

⇒ \(P_{\text {gas }}=P_{\text {atm }}-h\)

⇒ \(P_{\text {gas }}=P_{\text {atm }}-h=(76-4.0) \mathrm{cm} \mathrm{Hg}=72 \mathrm{~cm} \mathrm{Hg}\)

Thus, the pressure of gas Inside the container

⇒ \(=72 \mathrm{~cm} \mathrm{Hg}=\frac{72 \mathrm{~cm} \mathrm{Hg}}{76 \mathrm{~cm} \mathrm{Hg}} \times 1 \mathrm{~atm}=0.94 \mathrm{~atm}\)

Temperature of a gas

Temperature is a measure of the degree of hotness or coldness ofa the body. It is a property that determines the direction of heat flow from one body to another.

The temperature of a body is measured by an instrument known as a thermometer. Three types of temperature scales are generally used. These are the Celsius scale, Fahrenheit scale, and Kelvin scale.

Celsius scale: On the Celsius scale, the normal freezing and the normal boiling temperatures of pure water are O’C and 100°C, respectively. On this scale, 0°C (lower fixed point) and ItMTC (upper fixed point) are used as reference points, and the space between these two temperatures is divided into 100 equal divisions. Each division corresponds to 1°C.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Different Type Of Tempertaure Scales

 

Fahrenheit scale: On the Fahrenheit scale, the normal freezing and the normal boiling temperatures of pure water are 32°F and 212°F respectively.

On this scale, 32°F (lower fixed point) and 212°F (upper fixed point) are used as reference points, and the space between these two temperatures is divided into 180 equal divisions. Each division corresponds to 1°.

Kelvin or absolute scale: On this scale, -273°C temperature is considered as zero point and is termed as absolute zero temperature. Hence, the Kelvin scale is also called the absolute scale of temperature.

Each division on this scale is called IK [Note the temperature unit is K, not °K. The conventional degree symbol (°) is not written] and is equal to each division on the Celsius scale (i.e. equal to 1°C). So, the zero point on the Kelvin scale is 273-degree units below the zero point on the Celsius scale [i.e., 0°C).

Hence, 0°C = 273K and 0 K = -273°C. According to the absolute scale, the value of temperature is called absolute temperature and is generally expressed by the letter, T.

Relation between Celsius and Kelvin scale: Let, a particular temperature in the Celsius scale be t°C and in the Kelvin scale be 7K. As 0°C = 273 K, so (0 + f)°C = (273 + 1)K or’l t°C = (273 + t)K

Therefore, if the temperature on the Celsius scale is t°C, then this temperature kelvin scale will be (273 + t)K.

Example: 25 °C = (273 + 25) = 298 K,

-40°C = (273-40) = 233K

  • The SI unit oftemperatureiskelvin(K).
  • The value of temperature on the Kelvin scale is always positive.
  • The numerical values of the change in temperature in both Celsius and Kelvin scales are the same.

Gas laws

The gaseous state is the simplest state of matter. All gases irrespective of their chemical nature, obey some general laws called gas laws. These laws are related to four measurable properties viz., pressure (P), volume (V), temperature (I), and amount or number of moles (n) of a gas.

Boyle’s law: Relation between volume & pressure Robert Boyle performed a series of experiments to know how the volume of a given mass of gas at a constant temperature is changed with the pressure. The results of his experiments led him to put forward a law which is known as Boyle’s law.

Boyle’s law: At constant temperature, the volume of a given mass of gas is inversely proportional to its pressure.

Mathematical expression of Boyle’s law:

Suppose, at a constant temperature, the pressure and volume ofa definite mass of gas are P and V, respectively. According to Boyle’slaw,

⇒ \(V \propto \frac{1}{p}\) [when mass and temperature are constant]

⇒ \(\text { or, } V=K \times \frac{1}{P} \quad \text { or, } P V=K\)

Pressure Of A Gas 

The equation is the mathematical expression of Boyle’s law. In this equation, If is a constant, whose value depends on the mass and temperature ofthe gas.

Therefore, according to Boyle’s law, at a constant temperature, the product of pressure and volume of a given mass of gas is always constant.

Let us consider, that at a particular temperature, the pressure and volume of a definite mass of gas are P1 and Vl, respectively.

Keeping the temperature constant, if the volume of the gas is changed from V1 to V2 by changing the pressure from P1 to P2, then according to Boyle’s law, at the initial state, P1V1 = K, and at the final state, P2V2 = K.

Therefore, P1V1 = P2V2 or, P1/P2 = V2/V1

Explanation of Boyle’s law: Suppose, the pressure and volume of a definite amount of gas at a particular temperature are P and V, respectively. Thus, according to Boyle’s law, at a constant temperature, if the pressure of the gas is doubled (2P), the volume of the gas will become half of its initial volume ( V/2), and if the pressure is increased by a factor of four, then the volume will become one-fourth of its initial value ( V/4).

On the other hand, at a constant temperature, the pressure of the gas is halved (P/2), and the volume of the gas will become twice its initial volume (2V). Similarly, if the pressure is decreased to one-fourth of its initial pressure (P/4) the volume will become four times its initial volume (4 V).

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids At constant temperature, volume of definite amount of a gas is inversely proportional to its pressure

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Graphical Representations Of Boyle's law

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Graphical Representations Of Boyle's law.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Graphical Representations Of Boyle's law..

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Graphical Representations Of Boyle's law...

Applicability of Boyle’s law: At normal temperature and pressure, H2, N2, and light inert gases obey this law with some degree of approximation but gases such as NH3, CO2, etc. do not obey this law. Most gases follow Boyle’s law only at very high temperatures or at relatively low pressures.

Molecular Interpretation of Boyish law: The pressure of a gas is the result of collisions of gas molecules with the walls of the container. At constant temperature if the volume of a given mass of gas is reduced, the number of molecules per unit volume of the gas increases.

This results in an enhanced frequency of collisions of molecules with the walls of the container. As a result, the pressure of the gas increases. Alternatively, the frequency of collisions with the walls decreases with the increasing volume of a given mass of gas at a constant temperature, resulting in a decrease in the pressure of the gas.

Corollary of Boyle’s law—Relation between pressure and density: Suppos, a gas with a mass of m has a pressure, volume, and density of P, V, and d, respectively, at a constant temperature. According to Boyle’s law, PV = K (constant); when the mass and temperature of the gas are constant.

⇒ \(\text { Density }(d)=\frac{\text { mass }}{\text { volume }}=\frac{m}{V} \text { or, } V=\frac{m}{d}\)

Therefore, \(P \times \frac{m}{d}=K \text { or, } \frac{P}{d}=\frac{K}{m}\)

Since m is fixed and K is constant at a given temperature
for a fixed mass of a gas, so \(\left(\frac{K}{m}\right)\) is also a constant. Thus, \(\frac{P}{d}\)= Constant or \(P \propto d\)

Hence, at a constant temperature, the density of a gas is directly proportional to its pressure i.e., the density ofa gas increases with increasing pressure and decreases with decreasing pressure.

If at a constant temperature, the densities of gas at pressures P1 and P2 are d1 and d2, respectively, then according to equation [1], we obtain

p1/p2=d1/d2

Numerical Examples

Question 1. A balloon contains 1.2L of air at a particular temperature and 90 cm Hg pressure. What will be the volume of air if the pressure is reduced to 70 cm Hg while keeping the temperature constant?
Answer: Given,Px= 90 cmHg, P2= 70 cmHg, V1= 1.2 L & V2 = ?

From the relation, P1V1 – P2V2, We have

⇒ \(V_2=\frac{P_1 V_1}{P_2}=\frac{90 \mathrm{~cm} \mathrm{Hg} \times 1.2 \mathrm{~L}}{70 \mathrm{~cm} \mathrm{Hg}}=1.54 \mathrm{~L} .\)

Thus, the volume of air at 70 cm Hg is 1.54L

Question 2. The volume of a certain amount of gas containing an incompressible solid is 100 cc at 760 mm Hg and 80 cc at 1000 mm Hg. What is the volume of the solid?
Answer: Suppose the volume ofthe solid= V∝So, the volumes ofthe gas at 760 mm Hg and 1000mm Hg are (100- V)cc and (80- V)cc, respectively.

Using the relation, P1= P2V2, we have 760(100- V) = 1000(80- V) or, V = 16.7 cc Therefore, the volume ofthe solid is 16.7 cc

Charles’ law: Relation between volume and temperature

In 1787, French scientist Jacques Charles suggested a law describing the effect of temperature on the volume of a given amount of a gas at a fixed pressure. This law is known as Charles’ law.

Charles law: At constant pressure, the volume of a given mass of gas is increased or decreased by 1/273 part of its volume at 0°C for every 1-degree rise or fall in temperature. The fraction, 1/273 is the coefficient of volume expansion. The exact value of this fraction is 1/273.15 per °C, but it is generally taken as 1/273. The value of the coefficient of volume i.e., 1/273 per °C is the same for all gases.

Mathematical Explanation: Let at constant pressure the volumes of a given mass of gas are V0, V1, Vt, and vt at 0°C, 1°C, t°C and -t°C respectively. According to Charles’ Law, increase in volume for a 1°C rise in temperature \(=\ \frac {V_0}{273}\) and increase in volume for a t°C temperature rise \(=t \times \frac{V_0}{273}\). Therefore the volume of the gas at 1°C,

⇒ \(V_1=V_0+\frac{V_0}{273}=V_0 \times\left(1+\frac{1}{273}\right)\) and that at t°C \(V_t=V_0+\frac{t \times V_0}{273}=V_0 \times\left(1+\frac{t}{273}\right)\)

Similarly, decrease in volume for t°C fall in temperature \(=t \times \frac{V_0}{273}\)

Hence, the volume ofthe gas at t°C

⇒ \(V_t^{\prime}=V_0-\frac{t \times V_0}{273}=V_0 \times\left(1-\frac{t}{273}\right)\)

Celsius temperature vs volume of a given amount of gas at a fined pressure: At a fixed pressure, the volume of a definite mass of a gas increases with the rise in temperature on the Celsius scale (t°C), but the variation of volume with Celsius temperature does not occur in direct proportion.

For example, at a fixed pressure if the temperature (on the Celsius scale) of a definite mass of a gas is doubled, its volume is not twice its initial volume.

Plotting the volume (V) of a definite mass of gas against Celsius temperatures (t°C) at different constant pressures gives a straight line for each constant pressure. Each of these lines does not pass through the origin, as indicated by the relation \(V_t=V_0\left(1+\frac{t}{273}\right)\)

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Graph Of V Vs t C For A Given Mass Of Gas At Fixed Pressure

This means that the volume of the gas is not directly proportional to the Celsius temperature. If the straight lines are extrapolated backwards, then all these lines meet the temperature axis at -273°C.

Therefore, at constant pressure and at a temperature of -273°C, the volume of a gas becomes zero. Below this temperature, the volume of the gas becomes negative, which is absurd. Thus -273°C is the lowest possible temperature and is called absolute zero.

Definition of absolute zero and absolute temperature:

Absolute zero: The lowest possible temperature at which the volume of any gas is zero.

The temperature -273°C is called absolute zero because at -273°C the volume of any gas would become zero and any temperature below this would correspond to a negative volume of gas. In practice, absolute zero temperature can never be reached; however, a temperature very close to absolute zero can be attained.

Reason for using the term absolute in absolute zero: The absolute zero of temperature is independent of the nature, amount, pressure, or volume ofthe gas and it is not possible to get any temperature below absolute zero. Hence, the term ‘absolute’ is used in absolute zero.

The volume of a gas does not become zero at -273-C because the gas becomes liquid or solid before attaining this temperature.

So, at this temperature, Charles’ law is not applicable. Moreover, a gas is a substance of definite mass, and any mass will always occupy some volume. So, even if a substance exists in a gaseous state at – 273 °C, it must have a certain volume.

Absolute temperature: The temperature scale which has been set up by taking -273°C as zero point and each degree is equal in magnitude to the one degree in Celsius scale is termed as absolute scale of temperature. The values of temperature obtained from this absolute scale are called absolute temperatures.

Relation between volume & absolute temperature of a gas:

At constant pressure if the volumes of a certain amount of gas at 0°C and t°C are V0 and V, respectively, then,

⇒ \(V=V_0\left(1+\frac{t}{273}\right)=V_0\left(\frac{t+273}{273}\right)=\frac{V_0}{273} \times T\)

The quantity V0/273 for a definite mass of a gas is constant. So, V∝T. Thus at constant pressure, the volume of a given mass of gas is directly proportional to its absolute temperature.

For a given mass of gas at constant pressure, if we measure the volumes (V) of the gas at different absolute temperatures (T) and then draw a graph by plotting V against T, a straight line passing through the origin is obtained. The nature of the line implies that the volume of a given mass of gas at constant pressure is related to absolute temperature in the form of an equation as V = constant x T.

This means that the volume of a definite amount of a gas is directly proportional to its absolute temperature at constant pressure.

Alternative form of Charles’ law: At constant pressure, the volume of a given mass of gas is directly proportional to the absolute temperature ofthe gas.

Mathematical form: If at constant pressure, the volume of a given mass of gas at absolute temperature T is V, then according to Charles’ law V∝T or v=kt

where K is a constant whose value depends on the mass and pressure of the gas.

Corollary-1: If at constant pressure, a certain amount of gas occupies the volumes V1 and V2 at temperatures T1 and T2, respectively, then according to Charles’ law V1∝ T1 and V2 ∝ T2.

Therefore, V1/V2 =T1/T2

Corollary-2: If T2 = T1/2 then according to equation V2 = V1/2 and if T2 = 27, then V2 = 2V1.

So, at constant pressure, if the absolute temperature ofa definite mass of gas is reduced by half, the volume of the gas will be halved, and if the absolute temperature is doubled, the volume will become double.

E:\Chemistry cls -11\images\Unit-5\States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Graphical Representations Of Charles law.png

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Graphical Representations Of Charles law

Applicability of Charles’ law: Only a few gases approximately follow Charles’ law at ordinary temperature and pressure. For foremost gases, this law is best followed at low pressures or at very high temperatures.

Molecular interpretation of Charles law: Velocity of gas molecules depends upon temperature. If the temperature of a gas is increased, the average velocity as well as the average kinetic energy of gas molecules increases.

Consequently, molecules collide with the walls of the container more frequently with greater force. This would increase the pressure ofthe gas if the volume ofthe gas remains constant. If the pressure of the gas is kept constant during the increase of temperature, then the volume ofthe gas must increase.

Corollary of Charles law—relation between density and temperature: Let at constant pressure and absolute temperature T, the volume and density of a definite amount (m) of gas are V and d, respectively.

Therefore, \(K T=\frac{m}{d} \text { or, } d=\left(\frac{m}{K}\right) \times \frac{1}{T}\)

Since m is constant and K is fixed for a given mass of gas at constant pressure \(\left(\frac{m}{K}\right)\) is also a constant. Therefore \(d \propto \frac{1}{T}\)

Thus, at constant pressure, the density of a definite amount of gas is inversely proportional to the absolute temperature of the gas. If the absolute temperature of a gas is increased, its density decreases and vice-versa.

If at constant pressure, the densities of a definite amount of gas at absolute temperatures T1 and T2 are dx and d2 respectively, then, \(d_1 \propto \frac{1}{T_1} \text { and } d_2 \propto \frac{1}{T_2}\)

Therefore,d1/d2=t2/t1

Numerical Examples

Question 1. At constant pressure, the temperature of a definite amount of a gas is increased from 0°C to t°C. As a result, the volume of the gas is increased by a factor of three. Calculate the value of t.
Answer: We know, Vl/V2 = T1/T2

Given, Ty = 273 K, T2 = (273 + l)K and V2 = 3V1

(where V1 is the volume ofthe gas at 0°C)

∴ \(\frac{V_1}{3 V_1}=\frac{273}{273+t} \text { or, } 273+t=819\)

∴ t= 546°C.

Question 2. A 16 sample of oxygen at 760 mm Hg pressure and 27°C is kept In a container of 12.30 L capacity. What will be the temperature of the gas If the entire gas is transferred to a container of 24.6 L capacity, keeping the pressure constant?
Answer: In this process, the mass and pressure of the gas remain fixed.
Hence according to Charles’ law, V1 /V2 = T1/T2

Given, Vx = 12.30 L, V2 = 24.60 L,

T1 = 273 + 27 = 300 K and T2 = ?

∴ \(T_2=T_1 \times \frac{V_2}{V_1}=300 \times \frac{24.60}{12.30}=600 \mathrm{~K}\)

Therefore, the temperature of the gas in the container of 24.6L will be =(600- 273)°C = 327°C.

Question 3. When ice and sample water, of hydrogen, occupies is an immerse exact volume of mixture 69.37 ccs at 1 atm. At the same pressure, if the gas is immersed in boiling benzene, then its volume expands to 89.71 cc. What is the boiling point of benzene?
Answer: As the pressure and amount of the H2 gas are fixed, according to Charles’ law, V1/V2 = T1/T2

Temperature of the mixture of ice and water = 0°C = 273 K. Given, Vx = 69.37cc and V2 = 89.71cc.

∴ \(T_2=T_1 \times \frac{V_2}{V_1}=273 \times \frac{89.71}{69.37}=353.05 \mathrm{~K}\)

∴ The boiling point of benzene = (353.05- 273)°C = 80.05 °C

Gay-Lussac’s law of pressure: Relation between the pressure and temperature of a gas

Gay-Lussac’s law of pressure: At constant volume, the pressure of a given mass of gas is directly proportional to its absolute temperature.

Mathematical form of Gay-Lussac’s law: Let us assume, the pressure of a certain amount of gas at constant volume is P at absolute temperature T. According to Gay-Lussac’s law, P oc T when the volume and mass of the gas are fixed. Therefore, P = KT where K is a constant whose value depends on the mass and volume of the gas.

Corollary: At fixed volume, if die pressures of a certain amount of gas are Py and Px at absolute temperatures 2’1 and 7’2, respectively, then according to Gay-Lussac’s law P2 = KT1 and P2 = KT,

Therefore, p1/p2=T1/T2 From this equation [2], the value of any of the four quantities can be calculated If the other three quantities are known.

Molecular Interpretation of Gay-Lusm’s law: with an increase in the temperature of a gas, the average velocity, as well as the average kinetic energy of the gas molecules, increases, thereby making the molecules strike the walls of the container more frequently with greater force.

As a result, the force applied on the walls per unit area by the gas molecules increases with an increase in temperature, leading to the pressure of the gas

Numerical Examples

Question 1. An iron cylinder contains He gas at a pressure of 250 kPa at 300K. The cylinder can withstand a pressure of 1 x 106 Pa. The room in which the cylinder is placed catches fire. Predict whether the cylinder will blow up before it melts or not. [M.P. ofthe cylinder = 1800K]
Answer: We know, P1/P2 = Ty/T2.

Given, Py = 250 kPa = 25 x 104 Pa,

Tx = 300 K,P2 = 106 pa and T2 = ?

⇒ \(T_2=\frac{P_2}{P_1} \times T_1=\frac{10^6}{25 \times 10^4} \times 300=1200 \mathrm{~K}\)

As the final temperature is less than the melting point of iron, the cylinder would explode, instead of melting.

Question 2. A cylinder of cooking gas can withstand a pressure of 14.9 atm. At 27°C, the pressure gauge of the cylinder records a pressure of 12 atm. Due to a sudden fire in the building, the temperature starts rising. At what temperature, will the cylinder explode?
Answer: We know, \(\frac{P_1}{P_2}=\frac{T_1}{T_2} \text {, }\)

The cylinder can withstand a pressure of 14.9 atm If the pressure ofthe cylinder at T2K is 14.9 atm then \(T_2=\frac{P_2}{P_1} \times T_1=\frac{14.9}{12} \times 300=372.5 \mathrm{~K}\)

Since P1 = 12 atm and Tx = (273 + 27) = 300 K]

As the cylinder can withstand pressure upto 14.9 atm, it will explode at a pressure above 14.9 atm. The pressure of the cylinder becomes greater than 14.9 atm when the temperature is greater than 372.5 K or 99.5°C. Hence the cylinder will explode at a temperature greater than 99.5°C.

Avogadro’s law: Relation between the volume and amount (number of moles) of a gas.

Avogadro’s law: At a constant temperature and pressure, the volume of a gas is directly proportional to the number of moles ofthe gas.

Explanation: At constant temperature and pressure, if the volume of n mole of a gas is V, then according to Avogadro’s law, V∝n or, V = Kx n where K= proportionality constant. The value of K depends on temperature andpressure.

At constant temperature and pressure, if the volumes of nl and n2 moles of a gas are V1 and V2, respectively, then according to Avogadro’s law, V1ocn1 and V2 oc n2.

Therefore \(\frac{V_1}{V_2}=\frac{n_1}{n_2}\)

This equation tells us that at constant temperature and pressure, if the number of moles of a gas is halved, the volume of the gas will become half of its initial volume, and, the volume of the gas becomes twice its initial value when the number of moles of the gas is doubled.

Suppose, two gases A and B with the number of moles n1 and n2, respectively, have volumes V1 and V2, at a given temperature and pressure. If: n1 = n2, then according to equation [l], V1= V2. i.e., at the same temperature and pressure equal volumes of two gases contain the same number of molecules. This deduction is commonly known as Avogadro’s hypothesis.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Graphical Representations Of Gay Lussac's Law of Pressure

Molecular interpretation of Avogadro’s law: At constant temperature, increasing the number of moles of the gas does not alter the average kinetic energy of the gas molecules. But the frequency of collisions ofthe molecules with the walls of the container increases as the number of molecules of the gas increases. This would increase the pressure of the gas if the volume of the gas is held constant. If the pressure of the gas remains constant, then the volume of the gas must increase.

A combination of Boyle’s law and Charles’ law

Suppose, the pressure, temperature, and volume of a given mass of gas are P, T, and V respectively.

According to Boyle’s law \(V \propto \frac{1}{p}\) [at constant temperature and for a given mass of gas] According to Charles’ law, Foe T [at constant pressure
and for a given mass of gas] Combining these two relations gives a relation that shows
the variation of the volume of a given mass of gas with pressure
and temperature. Doing the combination, we have \(V \propto \frac{T}{P}\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } \boldsymbol{V}=\boldsymbol{K} \times \frac{\boldsymbol{T}}{\boldsymbol{P}} \quad \text { or, } \frac{\boldsymbol{P V}}{\boldsymbol{T}}=\boldsymbol{K} \text { or, } \boldsymbol{P V}=\boldsymbol{K} \boldsymbol{T}\)

where K is a proportionality constant whose value depends on the amount of the gas. Equation [1] i.e. PV = KT is the combined form of Boyle’s law and Charles’ law. This equation explains that the product of pressure and volume of a definite mass of gas is directly proportional to its absolute temperature. If P1 Vy, and T1 are the pressure, volume, and temperature, respectively, of a definite mass of gas at a certain state and P2, V2 and T2 are the pressure, volume, and temperature, respectively, for the same gas at another state, then from equation [1], we get

⇒ \(\frac{P_1 V_1}{T_1}=K \text { and } \frac{P_2 V_2}{T_2}=K\)

therefore \(\frac{P_1 V_1}{T_1}=\frac{P_2 V_2}{T_2}\)

Using this ‘equation, we can calculate any one of the quantities if the values ofthe remaining are known ∴

Standard temperature and pressure (STP): Since properties of I gases change with a change in pressure and temperature, we must use a common reference state to compare the properties of different gases. For this reason, scientists have set a standard temperature and pressure for comparing the properties of gases.

The standard pressure is taken as 1 atm (or 76 cm Hg or 760 mm Hg) and the standard temperature is taken as 0°C. The conditions 0°C and 1 atm are called Standard Temperature and Pressure (STP).

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Standard temperature and pressure

Numerical Examples

Question 1. At a given temperature and pressure, the volume of 10 g of He gas is 61.6L. How much of He gas has to be taken out at the same temperature and pressure to reduce its volume to 25L?
Answer: 10 g He \(=\frac{10}{4}=2.5 \mathrm{~mol}\) Atomic mass of He = 4 molar mass of He (monatomic gas) = 4 g.mol-1 ]

We know at constant temperature and pressure \(\frac{V_1}{V_2}=\frac{n_1}{n_2}\)

Given, V1 = 61.6 L, V2 = 25 L, n1 = 2.5 and n2 =?

∴ \(n_2=n_1 \times \frac{V_2}{V_1}=2.5 \times \frac{25}{61.6}=1.015 \mathrm{~mol}\)

1.015 mol He = 4 x 1.015 = 4.06 g He

∴ The volume of the gas will be 25L if (10 – 4.06) = 5.94g of He gas is taken out

Question 2. At a particular temperature and pressure, the volume of 12 g of H2 gas is 134.5 L. What will be the final volume of the gas if 4 g of H2 gas is added to it at the same temperature and pressure?
Answer: 12g H2 \(=\frac{12}{2}=6\) of H2.

Similarly, 4 g H2 = 2 mol of H2.

We know, at constant temperature and pressure \(\frac{V_1}{V_2}=\frac{n_1}{n_2}\)

Given that, n1 = 6, n2 = 6 + 2 = 8, V1 = 134.5 L and V2 = ?

∴ \(V_2=\frac{n_2}{n_1} \times V_1=\frac{8}{6} \times 134.5=179.3 \mathrm{~L}\)

Therefore, at the same temperature and pressure, if 4 g of H2 gas is added to 12 g of H2 gas, then the final volume of the gas will be 179.3 L.

Equation Of State For An Ideal Gas

Four variables, viz. pressure (P), volume (V), temperature (X) and number of moles (n) are generally found to be sufficient to describe the state ofa gas. The relation connecting P, V, and Tandn of a gas is called the equation of state of the gas.

The gas laws, i.e., Boyle’s law, Charles’ law and Avogadro’s law can be combined into an equation that describes the behaviour of an ideal gas. This relation is called the equation of state of an ideal gas.

Derivation of the equation of state of an ideal gas:

According to Boyle’s law, \(V \propto \frac{1}{P}\); [ T & n are constant]

According to Charles’ law, V∝T,[P &t n are constant]

According to Avogadro’s law, V∝ n [P & T are constant]

Combining these three relations, we have \(V \propto \frac{T \times n}{P}\) when P, T and n ofthe gas vary therefore \(V=K \times \frac{n T}{p}\)

K is the proportionality constant. It has been experimentally found that the value of K for 1 mol of any gas is the same. For 1 mol of a gas, K is denoted by R, which is called the molar gas constant. As the value of R is the same for all gases, ‘JR’ is also called the universal gas constant.

Substituting R for equation [1], we obtain

⇒ \(V=R \times \frac{n T}{P}\) or, PV=nRT

Equation [2] expresses the equation of state for n mol of an ideal gas. In this equation, if the values of the three variables are known, the value ofthe fourth variable can be calculated by this equation.

For 1 mol of an ideal gas i.e., when n = 1, PV = RT— this expresses the equation of state for 1 mol of an ideal gas.

In equation PV = RT, P and V are the pressure and volume, respectively, of 1 mol of an ideal gas at temperature T.

In equation PV = nRT, P and V are the pressure and volume, respectively, of n mol of an ideal gas at temperature T.

The equation PV = NRT does not have any quantity related to the nature of the gas. Thus, this equation applies to an ideal gas.

Ideal gas: A gas which obeys the equation of state, PV = nRT under all conditions is called an ideal gas. But in reality, there is no such gas which perfectly obeys the ideal gas equation under all conditions.

Therefore, the concept of ideal gas is a hypothetical one. However, it has been found experimentally that gases are nearly deadly at very low pressures and high temperatures.

Real gas: Gases which do not obey the equation of state, PV = nRT in any condition except at very high temperatures and very low pressures are said to be real gases. All naturally occurring gases are real gases.

Significance of R and values of R in different units

Significance of molar gas constant (R): For n mol of an ideal gas Pv=nRT or \(\frac{P V}{n T}\). The physical significance of R can be explained from its dimension.

Dimension of R. = \(\frac{\text { pressure } \times \text { volume }}{\text { number of moles } \times \text { temperature }}\)

We know, dimension of pressure = \frac{\text { force }}{(\text { length })^2}\(\)

On the other hand, the dimension ofvolume= (length)3 Temperature is expressed Kelvin scale. Dimension of R =

⇒ \(\frac{\frac{\text { force }}{(\text { length })^2} \times \text { length }^3}{\text { mole } \times K}=\frac{\text { work (or energy) }}{\text { mole } \times \mathrm{K}}\)

Hence, R= work (or energy) per kelvin per mole of gas Therefore, the value of R gives the measure of the work performed by 1 mol of an ideal gas when the temperature of the gas is raised by IK against a fixed pressure. This is the physical significance of R.

Values of R in different units: We know \(R=\frac{P V}{n T}\) Therefore, the values and units of R depend upon the values and units ofP, V, n and T. Temperature is always expressed in kelvin scale and n is expressed in the unit of mole.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Values Of R In Different Units

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Determination Of The Values Of R In Different Units

Boltzmann constant: Dividing molar gas constant (R) by Avogadro’s number (A) gives a new constant, termed as Boltzmann constant (k). It indicates the universal gas constant for a single molecule.

Therefore, \(k=\frac{R}{N}=\frac{R}{6.022 \times 10^{23} \mathrm{~mol}^{-1}}\)

In CCSA System \(k=\frac{R}{N}=\frac{8.314 \times 10^7 \mathrm{erg} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}}{6.022 \times 10^{23} \mathrm{~mol}^{-1}}\)

=1.38 X 10-16 erg. K-1

In SI, \(k=\frac{R}{N}=\frac{8.314 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}}{6.022 \times 10^{23} \mathrm{~mol}^{-1}}\)

= 1.38 X 10-23J . K-1

Application to the Ideal gas equation

Determination of density and molar mass of an ideal gas: The equation of state for n mol of an ideal gas is PV = nRT, where V is the volume of nmol of the ideal gas at pressure P and temperature T. If m and M are the mass (in gram) and molar mass (in g.mol-1 ) of the gas, respectively, then the number of moles ofthe gas (n) is given by \(\frac{m}{M}\)

Substituting \(\frac{m}{M}\) for n in the equation PV = nRT

we have \(P M=\left(\frac{m}{V}\right) R T\)

So, PM = dRT or, \(d=\frac{P M}{R T}\)

Equation [1] is the relationship among the density, pressure, absolute temperature and molar mass of an ideal gas. This equation can be used to calculate the molar mass (A) of an ideal gas if the density ofthe gas (d) at a given and T is known or the density of an ideal gas at a given P and T, if the molar mass ofthe gas is known.

Important points related to the equation, d = PM/RT:

The relation between the density and molar mass of an ideal gas at a particular temperature and pressure: According to the equation, d = PM/RT, the density of an ideal gas at a particular temperature and pressure is directly proportional to its molar mass i.e., d∝M.

Therefore, at a given temperature and pressure a heavier gas has higher density than a lighter gas. The average molar mass of air is greater than the molar mass of He gas. So at a particular temperature and pressure, the density of He gas is less than that of air. This is why, a balloon filled with gas floats in the air.

The relationship of density with pressure and absolute temperature of a gas: According to the equation, \(d=\frac{P M}{R T}\) the density of ideal gas is directly proportional RT to its pressure and inversely proportional to its absolute temperature. Therefore, at a given temperature the density of a gas increases (or decreases) as the pressure of the gas increases (or decreases).

On the other hand, at a given pressure the increasein temperature of a gas results in the lowering of its density and the decrease in temperature increases its density. The density of hot air is less than that of cold air. This is why the balloon filled with hot air easily moves upward in the air.

The relation among pressure, temperature and density ofa gas at two different pressures and temperatures: Let dx be the density of a gas at pressure Px and temperature T1 and d2 be the density of the same gas at pressure P2 and temperature T2. Therefore, according to the equation, \(d=\frac{P M}{R T}\)

The densities of the gas at two conditions are d1 = \(d_1=\frac{P_1 M}{R T_1} \text { and } d_2=\frac{P_2 M}{R T_2}\)

Thus, \(\frac{d_1}{d_2}=\frac{P_1}{P_2} \times \frac{T_2}{T_1}\)

This equation expresses the relation between the densities of a gas at two different pressures and temperatures. If the density of a gas at a particular temperature and pressure, is known, then the density of the gas at another temperature and pressure can be determined from equation [2].

Validity of ideal gas equation

The ideal gas equation is not exactly followed by any gas. However, it has been found that most gases approximately follow this equation when pressure is not too high or temperature is not too low.

Despite its limitations, the ideal gas equation is often used to determine the approximate values of the various properties of real gases under ordinary conditions. But for the estimation of the exact values of the properties, this equation can never be used.

Question 1. Find the volume of 2.2g CO2 gas at 25°C & 570 mm Hg pressure. Consider that CO2 behaves ideally.
Answer: Given, \(P=\frac{570}{760}\) 0.75 atm; T= (273 + 25) = 298 K.
\(n=\frac{2.2}{44}=0.05 \mathrm{~mol}\) Molar mass of C02 = 44g mol-1]

⇒ \(V=\frac{n R T}{P}\)

⇒ \(=\frac{(0.05 \mathrm{~mol}) \times\left(0.0821 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}\right) \times 298 \mathrm{~K}}{0.75 \mathrm{~atm}}=1.63 \mathrm{~L}\)

Therefore, at 25°C and 570 mm Hg pressure, the volume of 2.2 g of CO2 gas is 1.63 L.

Question 2. A sample of Ar vapour contains 3 x 104 atoms of a vacuum tube with a volume of 5 mL at -100°C. Calculate the pressure of the vapour in the microtorr unit.
Answer: Given, V = 5 mL = 5 x 10-3 L; T = 273- 100 = 173 K

⇒ \(\text { and } n=\frac{\text { number of molecules }}{\text { Avogadro’s number }}=\frac{3 \times 10^4}{6.022 \times 10^{23}}=4.98 \times 10^{-20} \mathrm{~mol}\) Argon is monoatomic.

⇒ \(P=\frac{n R T}{V}\)

⇒ \(=\frac{4.98 \times 10^{-20} \mathrm{~mol} \times 0.0821 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times 173 \mathrm{~K}}{5 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~L}}\)

= 1.414 x 10-16 atm

As, 1 atm = 760 torr,

P = (1.414 x 10-16 X 760) = 1.074 x 10-13 torr

= 1.074 x 10-7 microtorr

1 torr = 106 microtor

Therefore the pressure of argon vapour = 1.074 x10-7 micro torr

Question 3. At 273K and 76 pressure, the volume of 0.64 g of gas is 224 mL. At what temperature 1g of this gas will occupy a volume of1 litre at atmospheric pressure?
Answer: Given, P = 76 cm Hg = 1 atm, T = 273 K, V = 224 mL = 0.224 L

Number of moles (n) = \(\frac{0.64}{M} \mathrm{~mol}\)

[molar mass of the gas =M .g .mol-1]

Putting the values of P, V, n and T into the equation PV = nRT gives

1 atm x 0.224L \(=\frac{0.64}{M} \times 0.0821 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times 273 \mathrm{~K}\)

Substituting 8 P = 1 atm, V – 1 L, \(n=\frac{1}{64.04} \mathrm{~mol}\) into equation PV – nRT, we obtain \(T=\frac{P V}{n R}=\frac{1 \mathrm{~atm} \times 1 \mathrm{~L}}{\frac{1}{64.04} \mathrm{~mol} \times 0.0821 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}}=780.02 \mathrm{~K}\)

Therefore, at (780.02-273) = 507.02°C and 1 atm pressure the volume of lg of gas will be 1 L.

Question 4. At 25°C and a certain pressure, 3.7g of a gas occupies the same volume as the volume occupied by 0.184g of H2 gas at 17°C and the same pressure. Calculate the molar mass of the gas.
Answer: For H2 gas: T=(273 + 17) = 290K and \(n=\frac{0.184}{2}=0.092 \mathrm{~mol}\)

∴ PV= nRT=0.092 mol x 0.0821 L-atm-moH-K-1 x 290K =2.19 Latm

In case ofthe unknown gas: T = (273 + 25)K = 298 K; \(n=\frac{3.7}{M} \mathrm{~mol}\)

∴ \(\begin{aligned}
P V=n R T & =\frac{3.7}{M} \mathrm{~mol} \times 0.0821 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times 298 \mathrm{~K} \\
& =\left(\frac{90.52}{M}\right) \mathrm{L} \cdot \mathrm{atm}
\end{aligned}\)

Since the values of P and V are the same for both gases, the values of PV will also be the same for both gases

∴ \(\frac{90.52}{M}=2.19 \text { or, } M=41.33\)

Therefore, the molar mass ofthe other gas =41.33 g-mol-1

Question 5. A He balloon is such that it can rise to a maximum height of 50 km above the Earth’s surface. When the balloon rises to this height, its expansion reaches a maximum with a volume of 105 L. If the temperature and pressure of the air at this height are 10 °C and 1.8 mm Hg, respectively, then what mass of He gas will be required for the maximum expansion of the balloon?
Answer: Given, P = 1.8 mm Hg \(=\frac{1.8}{760}=2.368 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~atm} \text {; }\)

T = (273- 10)K = 263 K ; V = 105Landn = ?

∴ \(n=\frac{P V}{R T}=\frac{\left(2.368 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~atm}\right) \times\left(10^5 \mathrm{~L}\right)}{\left(0.0821 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1}\right) \times 263 \mathrm{~K}}\)

∴ 10.96 mol He = 10.96 x 4 = 43.84 g ofHe

since 1 mol of = 4 g He] 43.84 g of He will be required for the full expansion of the balloon.

Question 6. At 300K, an evacuated cylinder with a volume of 10L is filled with 2g of H2 and 2g of D2. Find the pressure of the gas mixture in the cylinder. Will the pressure be the same if the container is cubical having the same volume?
Answer: 2 g H2 \(=\frac{2}{2}\) H2 and 2 g D2= \(=\frac{2}{4}\) 0.5 mol D2

Since molar masses Of H2 And D2 Are 2 and 4 g. mol-1 respectively]

No. of moles of H2 & D2 gas in the cylinder,

n = 1 + 0.5 = 1.5 mol

Given, T = 300 K and V = 10 L

Therefore, \(P=\frac{n R T}{V}=\frac{1.5 \times 0.0821 \times 300}{10}=3.69 \mathrm{~atm} .\)

Thus, the pressure ofthe mixture of H2 and D2 gas in the cylinder will be 3.69 atm.

For a given mass of gas at a fixed temperature, the pressure of the gas depends on the volume ofthe container but not on the shape ofthe container. Thus, the pressure will be the same if the container is cubical with the same capacity.

Question 7. When an open vessel at 27°C was heated, three-fifths of the air escaped from It. If the volume of (the lie vessel remained unchanged, calculate the temperature arc at which the vessel was healed.
Answer: The amount of air present in the vessel at 27G was nmol, and when it was heated to 7’K \(\frac{3}{5}\) the air was expelled.

So, the amount of air in the vessel after heating \(=\left(n-\frac{3 n}{5}\right)=\frac{2}{5} n \mathrm{~mol}\)

As the vessel was open and its volume remained unchanged on heating, the pressure (P) and the volume ( V) of the air presenting the vessel would be the same as those at 27°C.

At temperature 300 K: PV = nR X 300

At temperature 7K : \(P V=\frac{2}{5} n R T\)

Thus, no X 300 \(=\frac{2}{5} n R T\) or, T = 750 K

∴ The vessel was heated at (750- 273)°C = 477°C

Question 8. A spherical balloon with a diameter of 21 cm is to be filled with hydrogen gas at STP from a cylinder of H2 gas at 20 atm pressure and 27°C. If the cylinder can hold 2.82 L of water, how many balloons can be filled with the hydrogen gas from the cylinder?
Answer: Volume ofeach balloon \(=\frac{4}{3} \pi \times\left(\frac{21}{2}\right)^3=4851 \mathrm{~cm}^3=4.851 \mathrm{~L}\)

Since the cylinder can hold 2.82 L of water, the volume of the cylinder is 2.82 L and hence the volume of H2 gas at 20 atm and 27°C is 2.82 L.

Let, volume of H2 gasin the cylinder at STP = V2L.

we know, \(\frac{P_1 V_1}{T_1}=\frac{P_2 V_2}{T_2}\)

Given, P1 = 20 atm; P2 (STP) = 1 atm; V, = 2.82 L; T1 = (273 + 27)K = 300 K ; T2 (STP) = 273 K and V2 = ?

∴ \(V_2=\frac{T_2}{T_1} \times \frac{P_1}{P_2} \times V_1=\frac{273 \mathrm{~K}}{300 \mathrm{~K}} \times \frac{20 \mathrm{~atm}}{1 \mathrm{~atm}} \times 2.82 \mathrm{~L}=51.324 \mathrm{~L}\)

After the balloons are filled with H2 gas, the cylinder will contain H2 gas with a volume equal to its volume, l.e., 2.8.2 Hence, the volume of H2 gas available for filling up the balloons will be = (51.324- 2.82)L =48.504 L Thus, no. of balloons that can be filled up \(=\frac{48.504}{4.851}=10\)

Question 9. When 2 g of a gas ‘Af is introduced into an empty flask at 30°C, its pressure becomes 1 atm. Now, if 3g of another gas ‘N’ is introduced in the same flask at the same temperature, the total pressure becomes 1.5 atm. Find the ratio of the molar masses of the two gases
Answer: Let the molecular masses of gases, M and N be a and b gaol-1 respectively and the volume ofthe flask = VL

In case of gas Af: P = 1 atm, T = (273 + 30)K = 303 K number of moles (n) \(=\frac{2}{a} \mathrm{~mol}\) Therefore, according to the equation PV = NRT \(1 \mathrm{~atm} \times V \mathrm{~L}=\frac{2}{a} \mathrm{~mol} \times 0.0821 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times 303 \mathrm{~K}\)

∴ \(V=\frac{49.75}{a} \mathrm{~L}\)

The number of moles of N gas \(=\frac{3}{b} \mathrm{~mol}\)

In case of the mixture of gases M and N: Total number of moles in the mixture of gases M and N \(\left(\frac{2}{a}+\frac{3}{b}\right)\) mol.

The total pressure of the mixture = 1.5 atm

By applying the equation, PV = nRT in the case of the mixture of gases, we obtain

⇒ \(1.5 \times \frac{49.75}{a}=\left(\frac{2}{a}+\frac{3}{b}\right) \times 0.0821 \times 303\)

or, \(\frac{74.62}{a}=\left(\frac{2}{a}+\frac{3}{b}\right) \times 24.87=\frac{49.75}{a}+\frac{74.62}{b}\)

or, \(\frac{24.87}{a}=\frac{74.62}{b}\)

∴ \(\frac{a}{b}=\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 10. What is the density (in g-cm’3) of nitric oxide (assuming ideal behaviour) at 27 °C and 1 atm pressure?
Answer: Given, P = 1 atm, T = (273 + 27)K = 300 K

Molar mass (M) of NO2 = 30 g-mol-1

∴ \(d=\frac{P M}{R T}=\frac{1^{\prime} \mathrm{atm} \times 30 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}}{0.0821 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times 300 \mathrm{~K}}\)

=1.218 g.L-1 = 1.218 X 10-3 g.cm-3

Question 11. The density of CO2 at STP is 1.96 g-L1. A sample of CO2 occupies a volume of 480mL at 17°C and 800mm Hg pressure. What is the mass of the sample?
Answer: we know, \(\frac{d_1}{d_2}=\frac{P_1}{P_2} \times \frac{T_2}{T_1}\)

STP: dx = 1.96 g-L-1, Px =1 atm, =273 K

At 17°C and 800 mm Pressure:

⇒ \(P_2=\frac{800}{760}=1.053 \mathrm{~atm} ; T_2=(273+17) \mathrm{K}=290 \mathrm{~K}, d_2=?\)

∴ \(d_2=d_1 \times \frac{P_2}{P_1} \times \frac{T_1}{T_2}=1.96 \times \frac{1.053}{1} \times \frac{273}{290}=1.94 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}\)

if the mass of 480 mL of C02 gas be w g, then \(d_2=\frac{w}{0.48} \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}\)

∴ \(1.94 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}=\frac{w}{0.48} \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{L}^{-1}\)

∴ w= 09312g

Therefore, the mass of CO2 gas is = 0.9312 g

Partial Pressure Of A Gas Dalton’s Law

Partial pressure

Let us consider that two non-reacting gases, A and B are kept in a closed vessel (i.e., of fixed volume) at a particular temperature. At this temperature, the mixture of gases (A and B) exerts a definite pressure on the vessel.

If gas B is completely removed from the gas mixture at the same temperature, then the pressure exerted on the vessel by gas A alone is known as the partial pressure of A. Similarly, if gas A is completely removed from the gas mixture at the same temperature, then the pressure exerted on the vessel by B alone is known as the partial pressure of B.

Partial pressure Definition: At a given temperature the pressure contributed by a component gas in a mixture of two or more non-reacting gases to the total pressure of the mixture is called the partial pressure of that component.

In 1807, John Dalton proposed a law regarding the partial pressures of two or more non-reacting gases, which is known as Dalton’s law ofpartial pressures.

Dalton’s law of partial pressures: At constant temperature, the total pressure exerted by a mixture of two or more non-reacting gases present in a container of definite volume is equal to the sum of the partial pressures of component gases in the mixture.

If P is the total pressure of a gas mixture enclosed in a container of definite volume at constant temperature and p1 p2, p3 etc., are the partial pressures of the component gases at the same temperature, then according to Dalton’s law ofpartial pressures, p=p1+p2+p3

This law does not work if the component gases react with each other. For example, in the case of a mixture of NH3 and HC1 gases, this law is not applicable because these two gases react to form NH2C1.

Explanation: Suppose, two non-reacting gases A and B separately enclosed in two closed containers, each with a volume of V. Let us assume that the temperature of both gases is the same and the pressures of A and B gases are pA and pB, respectively.

If two gases, instead of enclosing separately, are mixed in another closed container with a volume of V, keeping the temperature constant, then the total pressure of the gas mixture will be (pA+pB).

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Relation Between Total Pressure Of A Gas Mixture And PArtial Pressure Of Its Componenet Gases At Constant Temperature And Volume

Mathematical form of Dalton’s law of partial pressure

Suppose, a mixture of reacting gases 1, 2, 3.. with the number of moles n1 n2 n3—, n- is enclosed in a closed container with a volume of V at a constant temperature T.

Also suppose, the partial pressure ofthe components 1, 2, 3,… i in the mixture are p1 p2,p3—, , respectively. If the component gases and the gas mixture obey the ideal gas law, then the total pressure ofthe gas mixture is.

⇒ \(P=\left(n_1+n_2+n_3+\cdots+n_i\right) \frac{R T}{V}\)

Applying the ideal gas equation separately to each component gas ofthe mixture, we have,

⇒ \(p_1=\frac{n_1 R T}{V}, p_2=\frac{n_2 R T}{V}, p_3=\frac{n_3 R T}{V} \text { etc. }\)

So the total pressure ofthe gas mixture,

⇒ \(\left(p_1+p_2+p_3+\cdots+p_i\right)=\left(n_1+n_2+n_3+\cdots+n_i\right) \frac{R T}{V} \cdots[2]\)

Comparing equations [1] and [2], we obtain p=p1+p2+p3+….pi

This is the mathematical expression of Dalton’s law of partial pressures.

The relation between the partial pressure and mole fraction

The mole fraction of a component in a gaseous mixture is the ratio of the number of moles of that component to the total number of moles of all components in the mixture. It is a unitless quantity with a value always less than one (1).

If a mixture of the number of moles of a component and the total number of moles of all the components be n. and n, respectively, then the mole fraction ofthe component,\(x_i=\frac{n_i}{n}\) The sum of the mole fractions of all the components in a mixture is always 1.

Relation between partial pressure and mole fraction: Suppose, at constant temperature T, there is a mixture of some non-reacting gases in a container with a fixed volume of V and the pressure ofthe gas mixture is P.

If the number of moles of different component gases present in the mixture is n1 n2,n3 …respectively, then the total number of moles of all components in the mixture, n = nl + n2 + n3 + If, the partial pressures of the component gases of the mixture are pv p2, P3 …etc., then according to Dalton’slaw ofpartial pressures, die total pressure ofthe gas mixture,

P = p1 + p2 + p3+……………………[1]

Applying the ideal gas equation to the gas mixture gives PV = nRT

If this equation is applied to each component in the mixture, then

P1V = n1RT………………………….[2]

p2V = n2RT………………………….[3]

p3V = n3RT………………………….[4]

Dividing equation [2] by equation [1] gives \(\frac{p_1}{P}=\frac{n_1}{n}=x_1\)

or, p1 = x1XP [xa = mole fraction ofthe component 1] Dividing equation [3] by equation [1] gives,

⇒ \(\frac{p_2}{P}=\frac{n_2}{n}=x_2 \text { or, } p_2=x_2 \times P\)

Similarly, for the ith component, if the partial pressure and mole fraction are pt and x; respectively, then— p1=xixp

Where P is the total pressure of the gas mixture. Equation [5] represents the relation between the partial pressure and mole fraction of a component gas in a gas mixture at a constant temperature. So, the partial pressure of a component in a gas mixture = mole-fraction of the component x total pressure of the mixture.

Determination of partial pressure

Suppose, at a given temperature T, a bulb with a fixed volume of VA contains nA moles of an ideal gas with a pressure PA, and another bulb with a fixed volume of VB contains nB moles of another ideal gas with a pressure PB. These two flasks are connected by a stop-cock of negligible volume. Initially, the stop-cock is closed, so all molecules of gas A are in one bulb and that of gas B are in another bulb.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Pressures and volumes of two gases A and B

On opening the stop-cock, the two gases will mix, and the total volume ofthe gas mixture becomes (VA + VB). Let the partial pressures of A and B in the gas mixture be pA and pB, respectively, and the total pressure ofthe mix.

Before opening stop-cock: In case of gas A:

PAVA = nART

In case of gas B: PBVB = nBRT

After opening stop-cock:

In case of gas A: pA(VA VB) = nARP

In case of gas B: pB{VA+ VB) = nBRPT

Note that PA PA because the volumes of gas A before and after the opening of stop-cock are VA and VA + VB respectively. For the same reason, PB≠ PB

In case of gas A: PAVA = pA(VA+ VB). Thus,

⇒ \(p_A=\frac{P_A V_A}{V_A+V_B}p_A=\frac{P_A V_A}{V_A+V_B}\)

In case ofgas B: PBVB = PB(VA + VB) and

⇒ \(p_B=\frac{P_B V_B}{V_A+V_B}\)

Equations [1] and [2] express the partial pressures of gas A and B, respectively, in the gas mixture. According to Dalton’s law ofpartial pressures, the total pressure ofthe gas mixture,

⇒ \(\boldsymbol{P}=p_A+p_B=\frac{P_A V_A}{V_A+V_B}+\frac{P_B V_B}{V_A+V_B} \text { or, } \quad \boldsymbol{P}=\frac{\boldsymbol{P}_A V_A+P_B V_B}{V_A+V_B}\)

if the volume of two bulbs is the same, i.e., VA = 1/B, then the total pressure of the gas mixture, \(P=\frac{\left(P_A+P_B\right) V_A}{2 V_A}=\frac{1}{2}\left(P_A+P_B\right)\)

Application of Dalton’s law of partial pressures (Determination of actual pressure of a gas collected by the downward displacement of water): During the laboratory preparation, gases lighter than air and insoluble in water are usually collected in gas jars by downward displacement of water.

So, the gas becomes saturated with water vapour. Thus, the observed pressure (P) of the collected gas is the pressure ofthe moist gas.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Collection Of Gas By Downward Displacement Of Water

The pressure of the moist gas (P) = pressure of the dry gas (Pg) + saturated vapour pressure of water (Pw) at laboratory temperature. Therefore pg=p-pw The saturated vapour pressure of water (Pw) at laboratory temperature is known from Regnault’s table. So from equation (1), the pressure of the dry gas can easily be calculated.

The vapour pressure of water, present in the gas collected in a gas jar is called aqueous tension.

Validity of Oalton’s law of partial pressure: Under ordinary conditions, real gases do not obey Dalton’s law of partial pressure. But they approximately obey Dalton’s law at very low pressures and high temperatures as intermolecular
attractive forces become negligible at this condition.

Molecular Interpretation of Dalton’s law of partial pressures: in an ideal gas, molecules do not feel any forces of attraction or repulsion. So in a mixture of non-reacting ideal gases, molecules behave Independently of one another and the pressure exerted by a component gas is not influenced by the presence of other gases.

So, at constant temperature and volume, the pressure exerted by a mixture of two or more non-reacting ideal gases is equal to the sum of the partial pressures of the component gases.

The partial volume of a gas in a mixture of non-reading gases—Amagato law: According to this law, at constant temperature and pressure, the total volume of a mixture of two or more non-reacting gases is equal to the sum of partial volumes of component gases in the mixture.

If V is the total volume of a gas mixture at constant temperature and pressure, and v1, v2, v3…..etc., are the partial volumes ofthe component gases ofthe mixture at the same temperature and pressure, then according to Amagat’s law ofpartial volumes V = v1 + v2 + v3 +…

At constant temperature and pressure, if v-t and xt are the partial volume and mole fraction of the f-th component respectively and V is the total volume of the gas mixture, then it can be shown that v1= x1xv

Therefore, at constant temperature and pressure, the partial volume of a component gas in a gas mixture = mole fraction of that component x total volume of the mixture.

Numerical Example

Question 1. At 27°C, a cylinder of volume 10 L contains a gas mixture consisting of 0.4 g He, 1.6 g 02 & 1.4 g H2. Determine the total pressure of the mixture and the partial pressure of He in the mixture.
Answer: Total number of moles of He, O2 and N2 gas in the mixture \((n)=\frac{0.4}{4}+\frac{1.6}{32}+\frac{1.4}{28}\) 0.1 + 0.05 + 0.05 = 0.2 mol.

[Molar masses of He, O2 and N2 are 4, 32 and 28gmol-1 respectively)

Given, V = 10 L, T = (273 + 27)K= 300 K

We know, PV= nRTor, P \(=\frac{n R T}{V}\)

∴ \(\mathrm{p}_{=}=\frac{0.2 \mathrm{~mol} \times 0.0821 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times 300 \mathrm{~K}}{10 \mathrm{~L}}=0.4926 \mathrm{~atm}\)

∴ Total pressure ofthe gas mixture = 0.4926 atm

Number of moles of He gas =0.1 and its mole fraction \(=\frac{0.1}{0.2}=0.5\)

∴ Partial pressure of He gas in mixture = mole-fraction of He in the mixture x total pressure of the mixture = 0.5 x 0.4926 = 0.2463 atm

Question 2. The volume percentages of N2, O2 and He in a gas mixture arc were 25, 35 and 40, respectively. At a given temperature, the pressure of the mixture is 760 mm Hg. Calculate the partial pressure of each gas at the same temperature.
Answer: According to Amagat’s law, at constant temperature and pressure, the partial volume of a component gas in a gas mixture = mole-fraction of that component x total volume of the mixture.

Therefore, in the given mixture, \(x_{\mathrm{N}_2}=\frac{25}{100}=0.25\)

⇒ \(x_{\mathrm{O}_2}=\frac{35}{100}=0.35 \text { and } x_{\mathrm{He}}=\frac{40}{100}=0.40\)

∴ In the mixture, partial pressure of N2 = xN x P =0.25 x 760 =190 mm Hg partial pressure of O2 =xQ x P= 0.35 x 760 =266 mm Hg and partial pressure of He =xHe x P=0.40 x 760 =304 mm Hg

Question 3. A mixture of N2 and O2 at 1 bar pressure contains 80% N2 by weight. Calculate the partial pressure of N2 in the mixture.
Answer: As 80 g N2 is present in 100 g of mixture, the amount of O2 in the mixture is 20 g.

Therefore, the number of moles of N2 in the mixture \(\left(n_{N_2}\right) \frac{80}{28}=2.857 \mathrm{~mol}\) and the number of moles of O2 in the mixture \(\left(\mathrm{n}_{\mathrm{O}_2}\right)=\frac{20}{32}=0.625 \mathrm{~mol} .\)

∴ Total moles of the mixture (total)=nN2 + NO2 = 2.857 + 0.625 = 3.482mol

∴ Mole fraction of N2 gas (xN2) \(=\frac{n_1}{n}=\frac{2.857}{3.482}=0.82\) and that of 02 gas {xO2) \(=\frac{n_2}{n}=\frac{0.625}{3.482}=0.18\)

In the mixture, the partial pressure of N2 gas =rN2 total pressure of the mixture, = 0.82 x 1 bar = 0.82 bar and that of 02 gas = xQ x total pressure of the mixture = 0.18 X 1 bar = 0.18 bar.

Question 4. At a given temperature, the pressure in an oxygen cylinder is 10.3 atm. At the same temperature, the pressure in another oxygen cylinder of volume 1/3 rd of the first cylinder is 1.1 atm. Keeping temperature constant, if the two cylinders are connected, then what will be the pressure of O2 gas in the system?
Answer: Suppose the volume of the first cylinder = VL.

So, the volume of another cylinder \(\frac{V}{3} L.\)

In the case of the first cylinder: If the number of moles of O2 gas

be n1, then according to the equation PV = nRT

10.3 atm x VL =n1X 0.0821 L.atm. moH-1. K-1 x TK

∴ \(n_1=\frac{125.45 \times V}{T} \mathrm{~mol} .\)

In the case of the second cylinder: If the number of moles of O2 gas is n2, then according to the equation PV = nRT

⇒ \(1.1 \mathrm{~atm} \times \frac{V}{3} \mathrm{~L}=n_2 \times 0.0821 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times T \mathrm{~K}\)

∴ \(n_2=\frac{4.46}{T} \times V \mathrm{~mol}\)

If two cylinders are connected, then die total volume of the system \(=\left(V+\frac{V}{3}\right) \mathrm{L}=\frac{4}{3} V \mathrm{~L}\) and the total number of moles of 02 gas = nx + n2 Applying equation PV = nRT, we obtain
\(P \times \frac{4}{3} V \mathrm{~L}=\left(n_1+n_2\right) \mathrm{RT}=\left(\frac{125.45 \times \mathrm{V}}{T}+\frac{4.46 \times \mathrm{V}}{T}\right) \times 0.0821 \times \mathrm{T}\)

or, \(\begin{aligned}
P & =\frac{3}{4} \times \frac{(125.45+4.46)}{T} \times 0.0821 \times T \\
& =\frac{3}{4} \times 129.91 \times 0.0821 \mathrm{~atm}=7.99 \mathrm{~atm}
\end{aligned}\)

∴ The pressure of the O2 gas in the system will be 7.99 atm.

Question 5. Thermal decomposition of x g of KC1O3 produces 760 mL O2, which is collected over water at 27°C and 714 mm Hg pressure. Find the value of x. [Given that at 27°C, aqueous tension = 26 mm Hg and atomic weights of K=39, Cl=35.5, 0=16
Answer: Actual pressure of O2 collected over water = atmospheric pressure- aqueous tension \(=(714-26)=688 \mathrm{~mm} \mathrm{Hg}=\frac{688}{760}=0.9052 \mathrm{~atm}\)

According to the given conditions volume of O2 = 760 mL = 0.76 L and T = (273 + 27)K = 300 K If the number of moles of O2 gas is n then, \(n=\frac{P V}{R T}=\frac{0.9052 \mathrm{~atm} \times 0.76 \mathrm{~L}}{0.0821 \mathrm{~L} \cdot \mathrm{atm} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times 300 \mathrm{~K}}=0.028 \mathrm{~mol}.\)

Equation for the thermal decomposition of KC1O3 is \(2 \mathrm{KClO}_3(s) \rightarrow 2 \mathrm{KCl}(s)+3 \mathrm{O}_2(g)\)

Therefore, 3 mol O2(g) = 2 mol KC1O3 = 2 X 12250 g =245g KCIO3

∴ \(0.028 \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{O}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \equiv \frac{245}{3} \times 0.028 \mathrm{~g}=2.286 \mathrm{~g} \mathrm{KClO}_3\)

∴ x= 2.286 g

Diffusion And Effusion Of A Gas

Diffusion of a gas: Due to rapid and random molecular motions and large average intermolecular distance, when two or more non-reacting gases come in contact with each other, they spontaneously mix to form a homogeneous mixture.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Before The Opening of stop cock after the opening of stop cock

For instance, when a bottle of perfume is opened at one corner of a room, a person at the other end of the room smells the pleasant odour of the perfume after some time.

Similarly, when a bottle containing a concentrated solution of ammonia is opened at one end of a laboratory desk, a person at the other end of the desk smells the odour of ammonia. This is because the molecules of the perfume or ammonia Intermix with air rapidly and spread. Such a phenomenon of spontaneous In let mixing of gases In called diffusion.

Diffusion of a gas Definition: The process by which two or more non-reacting gases without any external help Intermix with one another spontaneously, Irrespective of their densities or molar masses to form a homogeneous gas mixture Is termed as diffusion.

Efusion of a gas: like diffusion, a process involving the flow of gas molecules IN effusion. If a container holding some gas is kepi In a vacuum and a tiny hole (or pinhole) is made in the container, the enclosed gas flows through the tiny hole Into the vacuum.

This process is called effusion, Effusion Is also found to occur when the pressure of a gas enclosed In a porous container (like a rubber balloon) is higher than that of the outside pressure. Due to higher pressure Inside the container, gas flows out through the pores of the container.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Effusion Of A Gas

Efusion of a gas Definition: The process by which a gas escapes its container through a tiny hole (or pinhole) into a vacuum or a region of lower pressure Is called an effusion.

Graham’s law of diffusion or effusion Law of diffusion: At constant temperature and pressure, the rate of diffusion of a gas is inversely proportional to the square root of the density of the gas. This law applies to an effusion process also. For an effusion process, according to Graham’s law, the rate of effusion of a gas at constant temperature and pressure is inversely proportional to the square root of its density.

Mathematical form: If at a particular temperature and pressure, the rate of diffusion (or effusion) of a gas =r and the density of that gas = d, then according to Graham’s law \(r \in \frac{1}{\sqrt{d}} \text { or, } r=\frac{K}{\sqrt{d}}\) [k= proportionality constant]…..[1]

Equation [1] is the mathematical form of Graham’s law. If under the same conditions of temperature and pressure, the rates of diffusion (or effusion) of two gases A and B be r A and B respectively, then according to Graham’s law,

⇒ \(r_A \propto \frac{1}{\sqrt{d_A}} \text { and } r_B \propto \frac{1}{\sqrt{d_B}}\)

∴ \(\frac{r_A}{r_B}=\sqrt{\frac{d_B}{d_A}} \quad \cdots\{2]\)

dA and dB are the densities of A and B respectively. Relation between the rate of diffusion (or effusion) and the vapour density of a gas: At a particular temperature, the density (d) of a gas is proportional to its vapour density (D); i.e., d oc D Therefore, equation (2) can be expressed as-

⇒ \(\frac{r_A}{r_B}=\sqrt{\frac{d_B}{d_A}}=\sqrt{\frac{D_B}{D_A}} \text { or, } \frac{r_A}{r_B}=\sqrt{\frac{D_B}{D_A}} \quad \cdots[3]\)

DA and DB are the vapour densities of A and B, respectively.

Hence, at constant temperature and pressure, the rate of diffusion (or effusion) of a gas is inversely proportional to the square root of its vapour density.

Relation between the rate of diffusion or effusion and the molar mass of a gas:

Vapour density \((D)=\frac{\text { molar mass }(M)}{2}\)

⇒ \(\frac{r_A}{r_B}=\sqrt{\frac{D_B}{D_A}}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B / 2}{M_A / 2}}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}} \text { or, } \frac{r_A}{r_B}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}} \quad \cdots[4]\)

MA and MB are the molar masses of A and B, respectively. Therefore, at constant temperature and pressure, the rate of diffusion (or effusion) of a gas is inversely proportional to the square root of its molar mass.

Relation between the volume of a gas effused and its molar mass: At a constant temperature and pressure, if VA volume of gas A and VB volume of gas B effused through the same porous wall in the same time t, then—

⇒ \(r_A=\frac{V_A}{t} \text { and } r_B=\frac{V_B}{t}\)

∴ \(\frac{r_A}{r_B}=\frac{V_A / t}{V_B / t}=\frac{V_A}{V_B}\)

Substituting this value into equation [4], we obtain

⇒ \(\frac{V_A}{V_B}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}}\)

Thus, under the identical set of conditions, the effused quantities of the two gases have volumes that are inversely proportional to the square roots of their molar masses.

Relation between the time taken for effusion and the molar mass: Suppose, at constant temperature and pressure, two gases A and B are effusing through a porous wall. If tA and tB are the times required for effusion ofthe same volume ( V) of gases A and B, respectively, then

⇒ \(r_A=\frac{V}{t_A} \text { and } r_B=\frac{V}{t_B}\)

According to Graham’s law of effusion,

⇒ \(\frac{r_A}{r_B}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}} \text { or, } \frac{V / t_A}{V / t_B}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}} \text { or, } \frac{t_B}{t_A}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}} \text { or, } \frac{t_A}{t_B}=\sqrt{\frac{M_A}{M_B}} \cdots[6]\)

Therefore, under the same conditions of temperature and pressure, the times required for the effusion of the same volume of two gases through a porous wall are directly proportional to the square roots oftheir molar masses.

At a particular temperature, the rate of diffusion or effusion (r) of any gas is proportional to the pressure (P) of the gas and inversely proportional to the square root of the molar mass (Af) of the gas.

Therefore, If at a constant temperature, two gases A and B diffuse (or effuse) at pressures PA and PB, respectively, and their molar masses are MA and MB, then \(r_A \propto P_A / \sqrt{M_A} \text { and } r_B \propto P_B / \sqrt{M_B}\) where rA and rB are the rates of diffusion (or effusion) of gases A and B, respectively therefore \(\frac{r_A}{r_B}=\frac{P_A}{P_B} \sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}}\)

Applications of diffusion (effusion) of gases:

Determination of the molar mass of a gas: Under identical conditions of temperature and pressure, if equal volumes of two gases, A and B pass through a porous wall in times tA and tB, respectively, then according to Graham’s law

⇒ \(\frac{t_A}{t_B}=\sqrt{\frac{M_A}{M_B}} \text { or, }\left(\frac{t_A}{t_B}\right)^2=\frac{M_A}{M_B}\)

[MA and MB are the molar masses of A and B respectively]

If the time taken for the diffusion of the same volume of two gases under the same conditions of temperature and pressure and the molar mass of one of the gases is known, then from equation [1], the molar mass of the other gas can be calculated.

Separation of the component gases from the mixture of two gases: At constant temperature and pressure, the rate of diffusion or effusion of any gas is inversely proportional to the square root of its molar mass. So, if a mixture of two gases is allowed to pass out through a porous wall, then the quantity ofthe gas diffused out after a definite interval will be enriched by the lighter gas.

In the same manner, two gases can be entirely separated by repeated diffusion or effusion through a porous wall. Such a process of separation of the components of a gaseous mixture based on the diffusive properties of gases is called atmolysis.

Example: Two common isotopes ofhydrogen gas, protium (JH) and deuterium (ÿH)can be easily separated by this method. But in most of the cases, separation ofisotopes is not easier by this method because ofthe very small ratio of the atomic masses ofthese isotopes.

Detection of marsh gas in coal mines: To indicate the presence of marsh gas in coal mines, an electric alarm is used, which works on the principle of diffusion.

An experiment of gaseous diffusion

Diffusion of gases can be understood from the following experiment. A cotton plug soaked in concentrated HC1 solution is inserted into one end of a long tube, and another cotton plug soaked in concentrated NH3 solution is inserted into the other end ofthe tube.

The two ends ofthe tube are then closed with rubber corks so that HC1 and NH3, After some time, a white fume first appears at a point P inside the tube. It is the vapour of NH4C1 formed by the reaction between NH3 and HC1 vapours.

Point P lies near the cotton ball soaked in HC1 solution than that soaked in NH3 solution. This is because the diffusion rate of the lighter NH3 gas is greater than that of the heavier HC1 gas and hence NH3 molecules travel a longer distance than HC1 molecules in a given time.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Experiment Of Diffusion

Numerical Examples

Question 1. The rate of diffusion of a gas is 2.92 times that of NH3 gas. Determine the molecular weight of that gas.
Answer: if the rates of diffusion of the unknown gas and NH3 gas at constant temperature and pressure are rx and r2, then according to Graham’s law of diffusion

⇒ \(\frac{r_1}{r_2}=\sqrt{\frac{M_{\mathrm{NH}_3}}{M}}\)

gas and MNH3 = 17

Since, rx = 2.92 X r2

∴ \(2.92=\sqrt{\frac{17}{M}} \quad \text { or, } M=2\)

Therefore, the molecular weight ofthe unknown gas = 2

Question 2. 432 mL of gas A effuses out through a fine orifice in 36 min. 288 mL of another gas B effuses out through the same orifice in 48 min. If the molecular weight of B is 64, what is the molecular weight of A?
Answer: According to Graham’s law of effusion \(\frac{r_A}{r_B}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}}\)

Given \(r_A=\frac{432 \mathrm{~mL}}{36 \mathrm{~min}}=12 \mathrm{~mL} \cdot \mathrm{min}^{-1},\)

⇒ \(r_B=\frac{288 \mathrm{~mL}}{48 \mathrm{~min}}=6 \cdot \mathrm{mL} \cdot \mathrm{min}^{-1} \text { and } M_B=64\)

∴ \(\frac{12}{6}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}}\)

∴ \(M_B=4 \times M_A \text { or, } M_A=\frac{64}{4}=16\)

Question 3. The molecular weights of the two gases are 64 and 100 respectively. If the rate of diffusion of the first gas is 15 mL.sec-1, then what is the rate of diffusion of the other?
Answer: According to Graham’slaw ofdiffusion \(\frac{r_A}{r_B}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}}\)

Here, MA = 64, MB = 100, rA = 15 mL.s-1, rB = ?

∴ \(\frac{15 \mathrm{~mL} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}}{r_B}=\sqrt{\frac{100}{64}}=\frac{10}{8}\)

∴ rB = 12 mL-s-1

∴ The rate of diffusion ofthe other gas = 12 mL.s -1.

Question 4. Determine the relative rates of diffusion of 235 UF6 And 2363 UF6 Gases.
Answer: Molecular weight of UF6 =235 + 6 X 19 = 349 and molecular weight of 238 Uf6 = 238 Uf6 = 238+6×19= 352

At a given temperature and pressure if r1 and r2 are the rates of diffusion of and 238UF6 respectively, then according to Graham’s law, \(\frac{r_1}{r_2}=\sqrt{\ \frac {M_2}{M_1}}=\sqrt{\frac{352}{349}}=1.0043\)

∴ r1=1.0043xr2

∴ The rate of diffusion of 23SUF6 is 1.0043 times that of 238UF6.

Question 5. In a mixture of O2 and an unknown gas, the percentage of the unknown gas Is 20% by mass. At a given temperature and pressure, the time required to effuse VmL of the gas mixture through an aperture is 234.1 s. Under the same conditions, the time required to effuse the same volume of pure 02 gas is 223.1 s. What is the molar mass of unknown gas?
Answer: Average molecular mass of the gas-mixture ,\(=\frac{20 \times M+80 \times 32}{100} ;\) where M= molar mass ofunknown gas. According to the problem, the rate of effusion of VmL of unknown gas mixed with oxygen, \(r_1=\frac{V}{234.1} \mathrm{~mL} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\) and the rate of effusion of 7raL of pure oxygen \(r_2=\frac{V}{223.1} \mathrm{~mL} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\)

we know, ,\(\frac{r_1}{r_2}=\sqrt{\frac{M_2}{M_1}}\) and \(\frac{r_1}{r_2}=\sqrt{\frac{M_2}{M_1}}\)

Now, \(\frac{M_2}{M_1}=\frac{32}{\frac{20 M+2560}{100}}=\frac{160}{M+128}\)

∴ \(\frac{223.1}{234.1}=\sqrt{\frac{M_2}{M_1}}=\sqrt{\frac{160}{M+128}} \quad \text { or, } 0.9082=\frac{160}{M+128}\)

∴ M= 48.17

The molar mass of unknown gas = 48.17gmol-1

Question 6. A gas mixture consisting of He and CH4 gases in a mole ratio of 4:1 is present in a vessel at a pressure of 20 bar. Due to a fine hole in the vessel, the gas mixture undergoes effusion. What is the composition (or ratio) of the initial gas mixture that is effused out?
Answer: If the total number of moles in the mixture is n, then the numbers of moles of He and CH4 are \(\frac{4}{5} n \text { and } \frac{1}{5} n\) or, 0.8n and 0.2 n respectively.

In the mixture, the partial pressure of He (pHe)

⇒ \(=\frac{0.8 n}{n} \times 20=16 \text { bar and that of } \mathrm{CH}_4\left(p_{\mathrm{CH}_4}\right)\)

⇒ \(=\frac{0.2}{n} \times 20=4 \text { bar }\)

Rate of effusion of a gas at a constant temperature, \(r \propto \frac{P}{\sqrt{M}}\)

where P = pressure ofthe gas and M molar mass ofthe gas.

Therefore, the rate of effusion of He gas, \(r_1 \propto \frac{p_{\mathrm{He}}}{\sqrt{M_{\mathrm{He}}}}\)

⇒ \(\text { or, } r_1 \propto \frac{p_{\mathrm{He}}}{\sqrt{4}} \text { and that of } \mathrm{CH}_4 \text { gas, } r_2 \propto \frac{p_{\mathrm{CH}_4}}{\sqrt{M_{\mathrm{CH}_4}}} \text { or, } r_2 \propto \frac{p_{\mathrm{CH}_4}}{\sqrt{16}}\)

∴ \(\frac{r_1}{r_2}=\frac{p_{\mathrm{He}}}{p_{\mathrm{CH}_4}} \times \sqrt{\frac{16}{4}}=\frac{2 p_{\mathrm{He}}}{p_{\mathrm{CH}_4}}=\frac{2 \times 16}{4}=8\)

∴ The ratio of the number of moles of He and CH4 (composition) in the initial gas mixture effused out 8:1

Question 7. ‘X’ and ‘ Y’ are the two open ends of a glass tube with a length of lm. NH3 gas through ‘X’ and HC1 gas through ‘Y’ are simultaneously allowed to enter the tube. As NH3 and HC1 gases diffuse towards each other inside the tube, they meet and react to form NH4Cl(s), as a result of a white fume appears. Where will the white fume appear first inside the tube?
Answer: Suppose, NH3 gas first comes in contact with HC1 gas after it traverses a distance of / cm from the X-end of the tube. At the same time, HC1 gas moves a distance of (100-/) cm from the K-end of the tube. Therefore, the first white fume, appearing due to the formation of NH4Cl(s) from the reaction of NH4 with HC1, will be seen tit u distance of /cm f/otn the X -end.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids X and Y Are two Open Ends Of Glass Tube

If r1 and r2 are the rates of diffusion of Nil., and MCI respectively, then

⇒ \(r_1=\frac{l}{t} \text { and } r_2=\frac{(100-t)}{t}\)

∴ \(\frac{r_1}{r_2}=\sqrt{\frac{M_{\mathrm{HCl}}}{M_{\mathrm{NH}_3}}}\)

Or, \(\frac{l}{100-l}=\sqrt{\frac{36.5}{17}} \text { or, } \frac{l}{100-l}=1.465\) or, l = 59.43 cm

So, the white fume first appears at a distance of 59.43 cm from the ‘X’-end ofthe tube

The Kinetic Theory Of Gases

The kinetic theory of gases Is based on some postulates to elucidate the behaviour of Ideal gases, This theory was first proposed by Bernoulli and was considerably extended and elaborated by Clausius, Boltzmann, Maxwell, van der Waals arid Jeans.

Fundamental Postulates Of Kinetic Theory Of Gases

  1. A gas consists of a large number of tiny discrete particles, called molecules.
  2. The gas molecules are solid, spherical and perfectly elastic.
  3. Molecules of a gas are alike In all respects.
  4. The actual volume occupied by the molecules Is negligible in comparison to the volume of the container.
  5. Gas molecules are always in ceaseless chaotic motion.
  6. They constantly collide with each other and with the walls of the container. Collisions of gas molecules with the walls of the container give rise to (lie pressure of a gas.
  7. All molecular collisions are perfectly elastic i.e., during collisions, molecules do not gain or lose kinetic energy.
  8. There exist no forces of attraction or repulsion among (lie gas molecules, l, a., molecules in a gas behave Independently of one another.
  9. The average kinetic energy of the molecules of a gas is directly proportional to the absolute temperature ofthe gas.

Justification for the postulates of the kinetic theory of gases:

  1. According to the kinetic theory of gases, the total volume of the gas molecules is negligible compared to the volume of the container holding the gas. This means that most of the volume occupied by a gas in a container is empty. The high compressibility ofgases justifies this assumption.
  2. The kinetic theory of gases proposes that the gas molecules are always in ceaseless random motion. If the molecules of a gas were not in ceaseless random motion, the gas would have a definite shape and size. But in fact, gases do not have a definite shape and size, which supports the ceaseless random motion of gas molecules.
  3. According to the kinetic theory of gases, there exists no force of attraction or repulsion among gas molecules. The indefinite expansion of a gas supports this postulate.
  4. The kinetic theory of gases tells us that the pressure of a gas arises due to the collisions of gas molecules with the walls of the container. Molecule In a gas his terms that move randomlyIn straight lines In all directions. As a result, they constantly collide with one another and with the walls of the container. The force exerted by the molecules unit area of the wall of the container represents the pressure of the gas.
  5. The collisions of gas molecules among themselves and also against the walls of the container are perfectly elastic. This means there Is no loss or gain of kinetic energy during collisions, i.e., the total kinetic energy of the gas molecules before and after collisions remains the same. If the kinetic energy of the gas molecules enclosed in an insulated container were not conserved during collisions, the pressure of the gas In that insulated container would also fluctuate.
  6. But, the fact is that the pressure of the gas enclosed In an insulated container remains the same. So, this confirms that the collisions of gas molecules among themselves and with the walls of the container are perfectly elastic.
  7. According to the kinetic theory of gases, the average kinetic energy of gas molecules is proportional to the absolute temperature of the gas. With increasing temperature, the pressure of a gas increases at constant volume.
  8. Again, the pressure of a gas increases as the number of collisions of the gas molecules with the walls ofthe container increases, which in turn, increases with the increase in average kinetic energy of gas molecules.
  9. Thus, it can be concluded that the average kinetic energy of the gas molecules is proportional to the absolute temperature of the gas

Kinetic gas equation

Based on the postulates of the kinetic theory of gases, an equation for the pressure of a gas can be deduced. This equation is known as the kinetic gas equation.

The equation is \(P=\frac{1}{3} \frac{m n c_{r m s}^2}{V}\)

where P and V are the pressure and volume of tyre gas, arms are the root mean square velocity of the gas molecules, m = mass of each gas molecule, and n – is the number of molecules present in volume V.

Average velocity and mean square velocity

Let, the total number ofmolecules in a sample of gas be n. Of these molecules, suppose, n, molecules move with velocity C1, C2, molecules move with velocity C2 n3 molecules move with velocity C3, and so on.

Average velocity: It is the arithmetical mean of the velocities of all the molecules in a gas at a given temperature.

Average velocity, \(\begin{aligned}
\bar{c} & =\frac{n_1 c_1+n_2 c_2+n_3 c_3+\cdots}{n_1+n_2+n_3+\cdots} \\
& =\frac{n_1 c_1+n_2 c_2+n_3 c_3+\cdots}{n}
\end{aligned}\)

‘Bar’(-) over c indicates the average value of c]

If the absolute temperature and the molar mass of a gas are T and M, respectively, then it can be shown that \(\bar{c}=\sqrt{\frac{8 R T}{\pi M}}.\)

Mean square velocity: It is the arithmetical mean of the square velocities of all the molecules in a gas at a given temperature.
Mean square velocity \(\begin{aligned}
\overline{c^2} & =\frac{n_1 c_1^2+n_2 c_2^2+n_3 c_3^2+\cdots}{n_1+n_2+n_3+\cdots} \\
& =\frac{n_1 c_1^2+n_2 c_2^2+n_3 c_3^2+\cdots}{n}
\end{aligned}\)

Root mean square velocity

The square root of the mean square velocity of the molecules in a gas at a given temperature is called the root mean square (RMS) velocity. Root mean square velocity

⇒ \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\overline{c^2}}=\sqrt{\frac{n_1 c_1^2+n_2 c_2^2+n_3 c_3^2+\cdots}{n}}\)

The average velocity (c) and the root mean square velocity of the molecules of a gas are not the Suppose, we have 2 molecules with velocities 2 m-s-1 and 4 m-s-1, respectively. Average velocity of the two molecules, \(c=\frac{(2+4) \mathrm{m} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}}{2}=3 \mathrm{~m} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\) and root mean square velocity \(c_{t \mathrm{~ms}}=\sqrt{\frac{2^2+4^2}{2}}=3.16 \mathrm{~m} \cdot 5^{-1}\)

To determine the tbs average kinetic energy of gas molecules, the root mean square velocity is used instead of the average velocity Gases are isotropic i.e. the properties of gases are Independent of direction. So, gas molecules can move in all directions with equal probability.

Therefore, the average velocity of the gas molecules along a particular axis (x or y or z )is zero because at any instant the probability ofthe number ofmolecules moving along the positive x-axis and the negative x-axis is equal. As a result, the average velocity along the x-axis (similarly y-axis or z-axis) becomes zero.

For this reason, the average velocity is not used to determine the average kinetic energy of the gas molecules. On the other hand, the root mean square velocity of the gas molecules is determined from their mean square velocity.

As the square of a positive or negative quantity Is always a positive quantity, the root mean square velocity is always positive. Hence, the root-mean-square velocity is used to determine the average kinetic energy of the gas molecules.

Determination of arms from the kinetic gas equation: From the kinetic gas equation we have \(P V=\frac{1}{3} m n c_{r m s}^2\)

P and V are the pressure and volume of gas respectively, at a particular temperature, arms are the root mean square velocity of molecules in the gas at the same temperature, m is the mass of the gas molecule and n is the number of ofmolecules present in volume V. For 1 mol gas, n = N (Avogadro’s number)

Therofore P V=\frac{1}{3} m N c_{r m s}^2 \text { (for } 1 \mathrm{~mol} \text { gas). }\(\)

Molar mass (Af) of a gas = mass of each molecule of the gas x Avogadro’s number =mN and for 1 mole of gas, PV = RT.

Therefore. \(R T=\frac{1}{3} M c_{r m s}^2\) or, \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}\)

This equation represents the root mean square velocity at a given temperature T of the molecules in a gas with a molar mass of Af. It is evident from this equation that the root mean square velocity of the molecules of a gas is directly proportional to the square root of absolute temperature and inversely proportional to the square root of the molar mass of the gas.

f the molar masses of A and B gases be MA and Affi respectively and the root mean square velocities of the molecules of A and B and (arms), respectively, then at a particular temperature (T),

⇒ \(\left(c_{r m s}\right)_A=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M_A}} \text { and }\left(c_{r m s}\right)_B=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M_B}}\)

So, \(\frac{\left(c_{r m s}\right)_A}{\left(c_{r m s}\right)_B}=\sqrt{\frac{M_B}{M_A}}\)

Therefore, at a particular temperature is greater for a lighter gas. For example, at a given temperature c value for H2 molecules is 4 times as high as that of O2 molecules

⇒ \(\frac{\left(c_{r m s}\right)_{\mathrm{H}_2}}{\left(c_{r m s}\right)_{\mathrm{O}_2}}=\sqrt{\frac{32}{2}}=\sqrt{16}=4\)

Or, \(\left(c_{r m s}\right)_{\mathrm{H}_2}=4 \times\left(c_{r m s}\right)_{\mathrm{O}_2}\)

Most probable velocity (cm)

Gas molecules move randomly in all directions, collide with each other and also against the walls oftheir container. Due to such frequent collisions, there is always a redistribution of velocities among the molecules.

At any instant in time, the gas contains molecules moving with very high to very low velocities. Maxwell, by extensive mathematical calculation of the distribution of molecular velocities, has shown that at a particular temperature, the velocity with which the maximum fraction of molecules in a sample of gas move has a constant value. This velocity is known as the most probable velocity and it is represented by the equation.

⇒ \(c_m=\sqrt{\frac{2 R T}{M}}\)

Where T and M are the absolute temperature and molecular mass ofthe gas respectively.

Relation among different molecular velocities: At a given temperature T the average velocity (c), root mean square velocity (arms) and most probable velocity (cm) of the molecules ofa gas with molar mass M are-

⇒ \(\bar{c}=\sqrt{\frac{8 R T}{\pi M}}, c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}} \text { and } c_m=\sqrt{\frac{2 R T}{M}}\)

∴ \(\left[c_m: \overline{\boldsymbol{c}}: c_{r m s}\right]=\sqrt{\frac{2 R T}{M}}: \sqrt{\frac{8 R T}{\pi M}}: \sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}\)

⇒ \(=\sqrt{2}: \sqrt{\frac{8}{\pi}}: \sqrt{3}=1: 1.128: 1.224\)

Relation between c and Crms: At a definite temperature, for a particular gas Z/cÿ = j8/3n = 0.921 Average velocity = 0.921 root mean square velocity.

Relation between and Crms =S/3 = 0.816 Most probable -velocity = 0.816 x root mean square velocity

For the gas molecules of a given gas at a definite temperature, crmsM>c>cm

Average kinetic energy of gas molecules

Since all the molecules in a gas do not move at the same velocity, they do not have the same kinetic energy. Thus, the kinetic energy of the molecules in ofa gas is always expressed in terms of average kinetic energy.

Let n be the total number of 6 molecules in a sample of gas, and m be the mass of each molecule. If at a given temperature, molecules move with velocity c1, n2 molecules with velocity c2, n3 molecules with velocity c3— etc., and the respective kinetic energies ofthese molecules are ex, e2, e3 … etc., then

⇒ \(\epsilon_1=\frac{1}{2} m c_1^2, \epsilon_2=\frac{1}{2} m c_2^2, \epsilon_3=\frac{1}{2} m c_3^2 \cdots e t c .\)

Therefore, the average kinetic energy of the molecules,

⇒ \(\bar{\epsilon}=\frac{n_1 \epsilon_1+n_2 \epsilon_2+n_3 \epsilon_3+\cdots}{n}\)

⇒ \(=\frac{1}{2} m\left[\frac{n_1 c_1^2+n_2 c_2^2+n_3 c_3^2+\cdots}{n}\right]=\frac{1}{2} m \overline{c^2}\)

Also, mean square velocity = (root mean square velocity)2 i.e., \(\overline{c^2}=c_{r m s}^2\)

∴ Average kinetic energy of a gas molecule \(=\frac{1}{2} m c_{r m s}^2\)

Equation [1] expresses the relation between the average kinetic energy and the root mean square velocity of the molecules in a gas.

Value of average kinetic energy: The average kinetic energy of the molecules in a gas at a particular temperature, \(\bar{\epsilon}=\frac{1}{2} m c_{r m s}^2\) where m is the mass of a gas molecule, cms is its root mean square velocity At a given temperature for the molecules in a gas,

⇒ \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 k \times N \times T}{m \times N}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 k T}{m}}\)

Since Molar mass (M) of a gas = mass of a molecule (m) of the gas Avogadro’s’ number (N) and R = k (Boltzmann constant) x N]

∴ \(\bar{\epsilon}=\frac{1}{2} m c_{r m s}^2=\frac{1}{2} \times m \times \frac{3 k T}{m}=\frac{3}{2} k T\)

It is evident from this equation that the average kinetic energy of the gas molecules is proportional to the -absolute temperature. Therefore, at TK, the total kinetic energy of the molecules of1 mol ofa gas.

⇒ \(=\epsilon \times N=\frac{3}{2} k T \times N=\frac{3}{2} R T\)

[since r=kxN]

Numerical Examples

Question 1. Determine the ratio of root mean square velocity and average velocity of the molecules in a gas at a given temperature
Answer: If M and T be the molar mass and temperature ofthe gas, then the root mean square velocity \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}\) and the average velocity, \((\bar{c})=\sqrt{\frac{8 R T}{\pi M}}\)

∴ \(\frac{c_{r m s}}{c}=\sqrt{\frac{3 \pi}{8}}=1.085\)

Question 2. Show that the root mean square velocity of an O2 molecule at 54°C is not twice its root mean square velocity at 27°C
Answer: At 54°C, i.e., at (273 + 54)K = 327K the root mean square velocity of 02 molecule, \(\left(c_{r m s}\right)_1=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 \times 8.314 \times 10^7 \times 327}{32}}\)

= 5.048 XlO4 cm-s-1

and at 27°C i.e., at (273 + 27)K = 300K

⇒ \(\left(c_{r m s}\right)_2=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 \times 8.314 \times 10^7 \times 300}{32}}\)

=4.835 x 104cm.s-1.

∴ (cms)1≠2(cms)2.

Question 3. Determine the rms velocity, average velocity and most probable velocity of H2 molecules at 300 K.
Answer: Molar mass (Af) of H2 gas = 2g.mol-1

∴ Root mean square velocity of H2 molecule = \(\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 \times 8.314 \times 10^7 \times 300}{2}}=1.934 \times 10^5 \mathrm{~cm} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\)

Average velocity = \(=\sqrt{\frac{8 R T}{\pi M}}=\sqrt{\frac{8 \times 8.314 \times 10^7 \times 300}{3.14 \times 2}} ;\)

= 1.782×105 cm.5 cm.s-1

Mostprobable velocity \(\sqrt{\frac{2 R T}{M}}=\frac{2 \times 8.314 \times 10^7 \times 30}{2}\)

= 1.58 x105 cm.s-1

Question 4. At what temperature will the most probable velocity of the H2 molecule be equal to the root mean square velocity of 02 molecules at 20°C?
Answer: At 20°C temperature, root mean square velocity of O2 molecule = \(\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 \times 8.314 \times 10^7 \times(273+20)}{32}} \mathrm{~cm} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\)

Let at temperature T1 the most probable velocity of H2 = the rms velocity of 02 at 20°C.

At TK, the most probable velocity of H2

⇒ \(=\sqrt{\frac{2 R T}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{2 \times 8.314 \times 10^7 \times T}{2}} \mathrm{~cm} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\)

∴ \(\sqrt{\frac{2 \times 8.314 \times 10^7 \times T}{2}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 \times 8.314 \times 10^7 \times 293}{32}}\)

or, \(T=\frac{3 \times 293}{32}=27.50\) Therefore at —245.5°C, the most probable velocity of H2 molecules will be equal to the rms velocity of 02 at 20 °C.

Question 5. The density of O2 gas at 1 atm pressure and 273K is 1.429 g-dm-3. Calculate the root mean square velocity of 02 molecules at 273 K
Answer: The root mean square velocity, \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 P V}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 P}{d}}\)

Given, P = 1 atm and d = 1.429 g-dm-3

P = latm = 1.013 x 106 dyn-cm-2

= 1.013 X 106 g-cm-s-2 -cm-2 = 1.013 X 106 g-cm-1-s-2

and d = 1.429 g.dm-3 = 1.429 x 10-3 g-cm-3

∴ \(c_{r m s}=\sqrt{\frac{3 \times 1.013 \times 10^6 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{cm}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-2}}{1.429 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{cm}^{-3}}}\)

= 4.611 X104 crn-s-1

Question 6. Determine the total kinetic energy of the molecules of 1 g CO2 at 27°C in the units of erg and calorie. Assume the ideal behaviour of the gas.
Answer: \(1 \mathrm{~g} \mathrm{CO}_2=\frac{1}{44}=2.27 \times 10^{-2} \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{CO}_2 \text { and }\)

T = (273 + 27)K = 300 K

The total kinetic energy of the molecules in mol of an ideal gas. \(=\frac{3}{2} R T\) Therefore, the total kinetic energy of the molecules of \(\begin{gathered}
2.27 \times 10^{-3} \mathrm{~mol} \mathrm{CO}_2 \text { gas }=2.27 \times 10^{-2} \times \frac{3}{2} R T \\
=2.27 \times 10^{-2} \times \frac{3}{2} \times 8.314 \times 10^7 \times 300
\end{gathered}\)

= 8.5 X 108 erg =20.31 cal

since 1 cal = 4.18 x 107erg]

Question 7. Determine the total kinetic energy of the molecules of 8.0 g CH4 at 27°C in the unit of joule.
Answer: \(8.0 \mathrm{~g} \mathrm{CH}_4=\frac{8}{16}=0.5 \mathrm{molCH}_4\)

since Mch4 = 16g.mol-1]

Total kinetic energy ofthe moleculesin1 mol gas \(=\frac{3}{2} R T\)

∴ Total kinetic energy ofthe molecules of 0.5 mol CH4 gas

⇒ \(=0.5 \times \frac{3}{2} R T=0.5 \times \frac{3}{2} \times 8.314 \times(273+27)=1870.65 \mathrm{~J} .\)

Question 8. At a given temperature, the average kinetic energy of H2 molecules is 3.742 kj-mol-1. Calculate the root mean square velocity of H2 molecules at this temperature
Answer: Suppose, at TK, the average kinetic energy of H2 gas molecules =3.742 kj.mol-1.

∴ \(\frac{3}{2} R T=3.742 \times 10^3 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

or, \(\frac{3}{2} \times 8.314 \times T=3.742 \times 10^3\)

∴ t= 300k

Therefore, the root mean square velocity of the H2 molecule

⇒ \(\text { at } 300 \mathrm{~K}=\sqrt{\frac{3 R T}{M}}=\sqrt{\frac{3 \times 8.314 \mathrm{~J} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1} \cdot \mathrm{K}^{-1} \times 300 \mathrm{~K}}{2 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}}}\)

⇒ \(=\sqrt{\frac{3 \times 8.314 \times 10^3 \mathrm{~g} \cdot \mathrm{m}^2 \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-2} \times 300}{2 \mathrm{~g}}}=1934.2 \mathrm{~m} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}\)

Maxwell’s distribution of velocity

In a collection of gas molecules, there exists a wide distribution of velocity, ranging from very low to very high value. Molecules moving with very low to very high velocities are very small. Most of the molecules move with intermediate velocities.

Maxwell showed that the molecular velocity distribution in a gas depends on the temperature and molar mass of the gas and gave an equation, commonly known as Maxwell’s distribution law of molecular velocity.

According to this law, at a given temperature, the distribution of velocities remains the same although individual velocities of gas molecules may change due to collision. Let the total number of molecules in a gaseous sample be n and at a particular temperature, dn is the number of molecules having velocities in the range c to c + dc \(\left(\frac{d n}{n}\right)\) is a small interval of velocity).

Tints, the fraction of molecules having velocity in the range c to c + dc is \(\left(\frac{d n}{n}\right)\). The value of f changes with a change in the value of c. Maxwell’s distribution is obtained by plotting \(\left(\frac{d n}{n}\right)\) as ordinate and c as abscissa.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Max wells Sistribution Of Velocity At A given Temperature

Description of the graph: The given graph shows that— 1] The fraction ofmolecules \(\left(\frac{d n}{n}\right)\) increases with c, reaches a V 71 s maximum, and then decreases rapidly. The velocity corresponding to the maximum in the distribution curve indicates the velocity possessed by most of the molecules.

This velocity is called the most probable velocity (cm). For a gas with molar mass M, the most probable velocity of its molecules at temperature T is: \(c_m=\sqrt{\frac{2 R T}{M}}\)

The number of molecules moving with very high or very low velocities is very small.

The average velocity of the molecules is slightly greater than the most probable velocity and the root mean square velocity is still slightly greater than the most probable velocity

Effect of molar mass on the distribution of molecular velocity at constant temperature: According to the equation \(c_m=\sqrt{\frac{2 R T}{M}}\) at a given temperature, the most probable velocity of molecules of a gas is inversely proportional to the molar mass of the gas.

Therefore, at a particular temperature, the most probable velocity of a gas with a larger molar mass will be lower than that of a gas with a smaller molar mass, and the maxima in the distribution curve for a lighter gas will occur at a higher velocity than that for a heavier gas. As a result, the curve for a lighter gas becomes more flattened than that for a heavier gas

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Effects Of Molar mass On The Velocity Distrubution Of Gases At The same Temperature

Influence of temperature on velocity distribution: The change in temperature changes the velocity of the molecules. As a result, the distribution of molecular velocities also changes The velocity distribution curves at three different
temperatures (T1, T2 and T3 ) is given below

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Velocity Distrubution Of The Molecules Of A Gas At Different Constant Temperatures

With increasing temperature, the curve gets flattened and the maximum the curve shifts to the right. This means that with temperature rise, the most probable velocity (cm) of the molecules increases although the number of molecules moving with this velocity decreases. Thus, the velocity distribution curve broadens at higher temperatures.

The middle portion of the curve gets flattened with the increase in temperature. This indicates that with an increase in temperature, the number of molecules with higher velocity increases and that with lower velocity decreases.

If the temperature decreases, the distribution curve becomes gradually narrow and the most probable velocity of the molecules decreases, while the number of molecules with this velocity increases.

Deviation Of Real Gases From Ideal And Behaviour

The equation of state for n mol of an ideal gas is PV = nRT. In practice, there is no such gas which obeys PV = nRT under all conditions of pressure and temperature. Gases which do not obey the equation, PV = nRT, except at very low pressure and high temperature, are said to be real gases. All naturally occurring gases are real gases. Fegnault, Andrews, Amagat, KamerJing and other scientists have studied the deviation of real gases from ideal behaviour.

Amagat curves

Amagat carried out an extensive study on the behaviour of real gases. From the results of his observations, he plotted PV against constant temperature for different gases.

If the gas obeys the equation, PV = NRT (ideal gas), then at a constant temperature, the PV vs P plot will be a straight line parallel to the P-axis and at any temperature, and the value of PV will be equal to that of RT (forI mol of gas). This is shown by a dotted line. In the case of real gases, however, the plots of PV vs P are not a horizontal line Instead they deviate from the line of ideas gas and take a curve-like shape as shown by unbroken lines.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Amagat CUrves For Different Gases At 0degreeC

The curves for real gases are of two types. These are—

In the case of gases like N2, CO2 etc., with the increase in pressure, the value of PV initially decreases from the expected value of nRT, passes through a minimum and then goes on increasing, even after exceeding the value of nRT.

Such gases show a negative deviation in the beginning, reach a minimum value and then show a positive deviation after crossing the line for ideal gas. Depression in the curve of gas is characteristic ofthe gas and it also depends on the experimental temperature.

For gases like H2, He etc., the value of PV increases with pressure right from the beginning. No depression appears in their curves. Although at 0°C, the PV vs P curves obtained in the case of H2 and He etc. do not have any depression or concave part, they become identical to those obtained for gases like N2 and O2 etc.

when PV values for H2 and He are measured at temperatures below their respective Boyle temperatures. PV vs P isotherms at different pressures upto 1 atm are found to be straight lines but they are not parallel to the P -axis.

Keeping the temperature fixed at 0°C, when PV vs P curves for mol of different real gases at various pressures upto 1 atm are drawn and extrapolated, it is observed that all the straight lines meet the PV-axis at 22.424 L-atm value at P = 0 J. This value of PV for any real gas is equal to the value of PV for 1 mol ideal gas at STP.

So, at extremely low pressure (P→ 0), real gases exhibit ideal behaviour

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Pv vs P Curves For 1 MOl Of Different Gases At 0C And Low Pressure

Deviations Concerning pressure: For real gases the deviations from ideal behaviour concerning pressure can be studied by plotting pressure vs volume at a given temperature. If we plot experimental values of pressure vs volume at constant temperature (i.e., for real gas) and p theoretically calculated values from Boyle’s law (i.e., for ideal gas) the two curves do not coincide.

From this plot, we observe that at very high pressure, the volume of the real gas is more than that of an ideal gas. Pressure, these two volumes approach each other.

Deviation from ideal behaviour and Boyle temperature: For a given gas, if PV vs P curves at different fixed temperatures are drawn, then it is found that with the increase in temperature, the depths in the curves gradually decrease (curves become more and more flat) along with the simultaneous shifting of the minimum values of PV to the left.

For every gas, there is a certain temperature, characteristic of the gas, at which the PV-P coincides with the line ofthe ideal gas over an appreciable range of pressure. This temperature is called Boyle temperature ofthe gas.

This is so called because the PV value for the gas remains constant over the range of pressure indicating that the gas obeys Boyle’s law.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Pv vs p Curves For N2 At Different Constant Temperatures

Boyle temperature

For any real gas, there is a certain temperature, characteristic of the gas, at which the gas follows the ideal gas laws over a wide range of pressure.

This temperature is called the Boyle temperature ( TB) or Boyle point of the gas. The Boyle temperature for gas following the van der Waals equation is given by the relation given by, \(T_B=\frac{a}{R b}\)

Alternative definition: The temperature at which the plot of PV vs P for areal gas results in a line parallel to the P-axis over an appreciable range of pressure, is called the Boyle temperature of the gas.

Alternatively, the particular temperature at which the value of PV for a real gas becomes constant over an appreciable range of pressure is called the Boyle temperature of that gas. -Ideal gas -Real gas V-

The values of Boyle’s temperature are different for different gases. For example—the Boyle temperatures of H2 and N2 are -156°C and 50°C, respectively. Generally, the liquefaction of a gas becomes easier for a gas having a higher Boyle temperature.

Boyle temperatures for most of the gases are found to be higher than the ordinary temperature. For this reason, a concave region is found in the PV vs P plots of N2 O2 CH4 etc. gases at ordinary temperature.

On the other hand, such kind of concave region is absent in the case of the PV vs P plots of H2 and He gases as their Boyle temperatures are much lower than the ordinary temperature. However, such plots for H2 and He gases at temperatures below their respective Boyle temperatures exhibit minima.

Conclusion: A real gas behaves like an ideal gas at very low and high temperatures. exhibits a large 10- 10-pressure deviation from ideal behaviour at very high pressures and low temperatures. behaves like an ideal gas at its Boyle temperature over a wide range of pressure.

Compressibility factor of real gases

Looking at the reveals that in the high-pressure region, for a given value of pressure, the value of PV for a real gas is larger than that for an ideal gas. On the other hand, in the low pressure, region at a given pressure, the value of PV is smaller than that for an ideal gas.

The different values of PV for a real gas and an ideal gas imply that a real gas deviates from the behaviour of an ideal gas. The extent of deviation of a real gas from the ideal behaviour is usually expressed in terms of a quantity, called the compressibility factor.

The equation of state for n mol of an ideal gas, PV = nRT. However, the equality of PV and nRT does not hold well for a real gas so PV nRT. Let, in the case of a real gas PV = Zx nRT; where Z= compressibility factor. Therefore \(\mathrm{Z}=\frac{P V}{n R T}\)

For an ideal gas, PV = nRT, hence Z = 1 For areal gas, PVnRT, hence Z £1

Let at pressure P and temperature T, the volume for nmol of an ideal gas be V1 and that forn mol of a real gas be V.

For an ideal gas, Z = 1, so, 1 =\frac{P V_i}{n R T} \text { or, } n R T=P V_i\(=\frac{P V_i}{n R T} \text { or, } n R T=P V_i\)

∴ \(Z=\frac{P V}{n R T}=\frac{P V}{P V_i}=\frac{V}{V_i}\)

⇒ \(\begin{aligned}
& \text { the volume of } n \text { mol of a real gas } \\
& =\frac{\text { at a given pressure and temperature }}{\text { the volume of } n \text { mol of an ideal gas }} \\
& \text { at the same pressure and temperature } \\
&
\end{aligned}\)

When V = V1, Z = 1; i.e., the real gas behaves like an ideal gas.

When V> V1, Z> 1; i.e., under the same conditions of temperature and pressure, the real gas is less compressible than the ideal gas and it deviates from ideal behaviour. This type of deviation is called positive deviation.

When V<Vi, Z <l; i.e., under the same conditions of temperature and pressure, the real gas is more compressible than the ideal gas and it deviates from ideal behaviour. This type of deviation is called negative deviation.

Therefore, when a real gas deviates from the ideal behaviour, its value of Z becomes greater than orless than 1. Z vs P plots for several reed gases at 0°C are given below From the plots, it is found that for N2, CO2, CH4 etc., the values of Z at very low pressures are very close to 1 Hence at very low pressures, these gases behave nearly like ideal gas.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Z vs P Curve Of Different Gases At 0C

Causes of deviation of real gases from ideal behaviour

The Dutch scientist van der Waals explained the causes of the deviation of real gases from ideal behaviour. He mentioned two faulty assumptions ofthe kinetic theory ofgases. These are-

  1. In the kinetic theory of gases, the gas molecules are considered point particles of very small dimensions, and the total volume occupied by them is negligible compared to the volume of their container.
  2. But actually, a gas molecule always has a finite volume although it is extremely small. Thus, in a real gas, the actual volume available to the molecules for free movement is somewhat less than the volume of the container in which the gas is kept.
  3. According to the kinetic theory of gases, the molecules in a gas do not experience any intermolecular forces of attraction. But, this is not true as this is evident from the fact that a real gas always exerts less pressure than that calculated for an Ideal gas under an identical set of conditions.

The gas molecules in a real gas occupy a certain volume and they do feel intermolecular forces of attraction. By applying pressure or decreasing temperature, a gas can be converted into a liquid or a solid. Since a liquid or a solid has molecules in a gas, then it would not be possible condense a gasinto a liquid or a solid.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Diiference Between Ideal And Real Gas

Explanation of the plot of \(Z\left(=\frac{P V}{n R T}\right)\) vs P: The reasons for the deviation of real gases from ideal behaviour are— OInlow pressure region, the effect of intermolecular attractive forces predominates over the effect of the volume of gas molecules (i.e., repulsion among gas molecules). As a result, the compressibility of the gas becomes greater than that of an ideal gas and Z<l.

In high-pressure regions, the effect of volume i.e., repulsion among gas molecules predominates over the effect of intermolecular forces of attraction. Consequently, the compressibility of the gas becomes less than that of ideal gas and Z> 1.

The equation of state for a real gas: van der Waals equation van der Waals pointed out two faulty assumptions in the kinetic theory of gases as the cause for the failure of real gases to obey the Ideal gas equation.

These faulty assumptions are -volume assumptions and pressure assumptions. He modified the equation, PV m to rectify those two defects and presented a revised equation which Is widely known as the van Dor Winds equation.

Volume correction: Let us consider, n moles of a real gas enclosed in a container of volume V at temperature 7’K. As each ofthe gas molecules occupies a definite volume the entire space in the container Is not available to them for free movement. So, the space available for free movement will be somewhat less than (the volume of the container, if the total volume of 1-mole molecules is then the volume for n moles molecules will be’ nb Here the term ‘b’ Is called volume correction term or co-volume or excluded volume.

Therefore, the corrected volume available for the motion ofthe molecules = (V -nb).

The quantity ‘b‘ is related to the actual volume of the gas molecules. It can be shown by calculation that the value of ‘b’ is four times the total volume of1 mole molecules. If the radius of each gas molecule is r, then, the volume of each molecule \(\frac{4}{3} \pi r^3\).

∴ Total volume of 1 mol molecules \(=N \times \frac{4}{3} \pi r^3[N=\text { Avogadro no. }]\)

Therefore \(b=4 \times N \times \frac{4}{3} \pi r^3\)

Pressure correction: According to the kinetic theory of gases, there exist no attractive forces among the molecules in a gas. But, it has been proved by different experiments that intermolecular attractions exist among the gas molecules. A molecule (A) in the bulk of a gas is surrounded by other molecules and attracted equally from all directions.

Consequently, the net force on this. molecule is zero. However, the situation is different for molecule (B) near the wall of the vessel. Here, the molecule ‘B’ is attracted towards the centre by the molecules inside the vessel. So, the force with which the molecule strikes the wall is less than that with which it would strike if there were no intermolecular forces of attraction. Thus the observed pressure, (P) of the gas will be lower than that calculated for an ideal gas Pi

E:\Chemistry cls -11\images\Unit-5\States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Intermolecular Forces Of Attrcations Among Gas Molecules.png

Hence, the ideal pressure (Pi) can be obtained if we add a correction term (Pa) to the observed pressure. Therefore, P. = P+ Pa Here, P a is the measure of cohesive force due to the intermolecular forces of attraction. It can be shown by calculation, Pa = (n2a)/V2; where n and V are the moles and the volume of the gas respectively and a = constant.

⇒ \(\left(P+\frac{n^2 a}{V^2}\right)\) or Pi and (Y- nb) for into the ideal gas equation PiVi = nRT, we get, reduces \(\left(P+\frac{n^2 a}{V^2}\right)(V-n b)=n R T\)

This is the van der Waals equation for nmol of real gas

if n=1, then \(\left(P+\frac{a}{V^2}\right)(V-b)=R T\)

This is the van der Waals equation for 1 mol of areal gas. In this equation, P and V are the pressure and volume of 1 mol of a real gas, respectively, at temperature, TK.

The explanation for the deviation of real gases from ideal behaviour by the van der Waals equation

Amagat’s curves indicate the deviation of real gases from ideal behaviour. The nature of Amagat’s curves as well as the behaviour of a real gas at different temperatures and pressures can be explained by the van der Waals equation.

For mol of a real gas, the van der Waals equation is:

⇒ \(\left(P+\frac{a}{V^2}\right)(V-b)=R T\)

let us see the forms of this equation in the following special cases

At very low pressure: At very low pressure, as the volume (V) of a gas is very large, the value of ‘b’ Is negligible compared to V i.e., {V- b) « V. So, the van der Waals equation becomes-

⇒ \(\left(P+\frac{a}{V^2}\right) V=R T \quad \text { or, }\left(P V+\frac{a}{V}\right)=R T \text { or, } P V=R T-\frac{a}{V}\)

Thus, at a very low pressure, the value of PV is less than that of RT. Also, with increasesin pressure, the volume (V) of a gas decreases, and hence the value of (a/V) increases. As a result, the value of PV decreases with an increase in pressure. In Amagat’s curves for gases like N2, CO2, CH4 etc., the initial decrease in the value of PV with an increase in pressure can thus be explained.

At very high pressure: At a very high pressure, the volume (V) of a gas is very small, and the value of the gas cannot be neglected in comparison to V. But the value of a/V2 is very small in comparison to P, and hence \(\left(P+\frac{a}{V^2}\right) \approx P\) Therefore, the van der Waals equation reduces to P(V- b) = RT or, PV = RT+Pb From this equation, it is seen that the value of PV is greater than RT. The value of Pb increases with an increase in pressure. Consequently, the value of PV goes on increasing. This explains the continuous increase of PV with pressure in the Amagat’s curves, for gases like N2, CO2, CH4 etc.

Exceptional behaviour of H2 and He gases: Because of the very small molar masses of H2 and He, the strength of molecular forces attracting these gases is very weak, and hence the value of V2 at any value of P can be neglected. So, the van der Waals equation for these gases can be expressed as P(V-b) = RT or, PV = RT+Pb. This equation shows that the value of PV is always greater than RT. Thus, PV for H2 and He increases linearly with pressure from the very beginning.

Causes (or ideal, behaviour of real gases at very low pressure and high temperature:

At a very low pressure, the volume ( V) as well as the intermolecular distances among the gas molecules is very large. As a result, the intermolecular forces of attraction become very weak, making the value of ‘a’ negligible.

Thus, the value of the term a/V2 becomes negligible at very low pressure because of the very large value of V and the very small value of a So, the term a V2 can be ignored in comparison to P. The term b can be neglected in comparison to V because of the large value of V. Therefore, at very low pressure \(P+\frac{a}{V^2} \approx P \text { and } V-b \approx V \text {. }\) In this condition, the van der V2 Waals equation reduces to PV = RT Thus at very low pressure, areal gas behaves like an ideal gas.

At a very high temperature, the volume of a gas becomes very large and the average kinetic energy of the molecules of the gas becomes very high. Hence the intermolecular forces of attraction become insignificant. As a result, the term \(\frac{a}{V^2}\) in comparison to very high temperature therefore \(P+\frac{a}{V^2} \approx P \text { and } V-b \approx V\) So, at a very high temperature, van der Waals equation reduces to PV = RT and a real gas exhibits ideal behaviour.

van der Waals constants

The terms ‘a ‘ and ‘b’ in the van der Waals equation are called van der Waals constants. The values of these constants depend on the nature of a gas.

Significance of van der Waals constants: Significance of a: ‘a’ measures the magnitude of intermolecular forces of attraction in a gas. The stronger the intermolecular forces of attraction in a gas, the larger the value of the gas.

A gas with a larger value can be liquefied easily. Hence, the larger the value of a gas, the greater the ease of its liquefaction.

Significance of a: The term ‘b’ for a gas gives us an idea of the size of the molecules ofthe gas. The larger the value of ‘b’ the larger the size of the gas molecules, and hence lower the compressibility ofthe gas.

Units of and ‘h’: The units of and are as follows—

Unit of a: van der Waals equation for moles of a real gas,

⇒ \(\left(P+\frac{n^2 a}{V^2}\right)(V-n b)=n R T\)

As the term (n2a)/v2 is added to the pressure term, its unit will be the same as that ofthe of the pressure. Therefore, the unit of \(\frac{n^2 a}{V^2}\)\frac{n^2 a}{V^2} = unit of pressure

∴ Unit of ‘a’ = unit of pressure \(\text { unit of pressure } \times \frac{(\text { unit of volume })^2}{(\text { number of mole })^2}\)

Unit of b: As nb is subtracted from the volume, its unit will be the same as that ofthe volume. Therefore, Unit of nb = unit of volume

∴ \(\text { Unit of } b=\frac{\text { unit of volume }}{\text { number of mole }}=\mathrm{L} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Unit of ‘a’ atm- L2 -mol 2 Unit of ‘b’ : L.mol-1

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids VAn der Waals Constant Of Some Common Gases

Liquefaction Of Gases

Liquefaction of a gas is the physical transformation of the gas into its liquid state. By increasing pressure or decreasing temperature, a gas can be converted into its liquid state.

Fundamentally, the gaseous state and liquid state are different for their intermolecular distances. Let the molecules gaseous state be widely separated from each other but in a liquid state, they are comparatively close to each other. So, to liquefy a gas, the molecules must be brought closer to each other.

It is possible to bring the molecules closer the pressure ofthe gases increase or its temperatureis decreases. Due to an increase in pressure, the gas molecules come closer to each other and they come under the influence of strong attractive forces. As a result, the gas changes into a liquid state.

On the other hand, due to a decrease in temperature, the average kinetic energy of the gas molecules decreases, which, in turn, increases the strength of intermolecular forces of attraction.

This causes, the gas molecules to get closer to each other, and ultimately the gas changes into the liquid state. Andrews discovered the conditions necessary for the liquefaction of a gas. He stated that there is a particular temperature for every gas above which it cannot be liquefied no matter how high the pressure is. This temperature is called the critical temperature ofthe gas. The liquefaction ofa gas is possible only when the gas exists at or below its critical temperature.

Critical Temperature: Every eas has a certain characteristic temperature above which the gas cannot be liquefied even if the pressure is very high. This particular temperature is called the critical temperature of the gas.

It is denoted by Tc. The liquefaction is easier for gases with high critical temperatures.

Critical pressure: The minimum pressure required to liquefy a gas at its critical temperature is termed the critical pressure (Pc) of the gas.

Critical volume: The volume occupied by 1 mol of a gas at its critical temperature and critical pressure is termed the critical volume (Vc) of the gas.

Critical Constants: The values of critical temperature (Tc), critical pressure (Pc) and critical volume (Vc) are constant for a particular gas. Thus, Tc, Vc and Pc are called critical constants.

Critical temperature and pressure of some gases

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Critical Temperature And Pressure Of Some Gases

The critical temperature is low for a gas whose intermolecular forces of attraction are weak. For example, the values of critical temperatures for H2 He, O2 etc. are very low because of their weak intermolecular forces of attraction.

The critical temperature is high for a gas whose intermolecular forces for attraction are strong. For example, the critical temperatures for CH4, NH3, CO, etc. are very high because of their very strong intermolecular forces of attraction.

The behaviour of a gaseous substance at its critical state Andrews was the first to investigate the behaviour of a gas in the neighbourhood of its critical temperature. He carried out his experiment on CO2 gas and studied the variation of volume of CO2 gas with pressure at different constant temperatures. Each curve corresponds to a constant temperature and is called an isotherm. It is evident that some isotherms lie above 31.1 °C, some below it and one at 31.1°C.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Isotherms For CO2 Gas

Isotherms below 31.1°C: These isotherms have three parts. Let us consider the isotherm, ABCD corresponding to temperature Tl. The first part of this isotherm i.e., line AB indicates the change in volume of CO2 gas with a change in pressure.

Thus, AB corresponds to the gaseous state of CO2. At point B, CO2 gas begins to liquefy and thereafter the pressure of the system remains the same although the volume of the system goes on decreasing. Along line BC, the transition of CO2 gas to liquid CO2 takes place, and as a result, the pressure of the system remains constant. The line BC denotes the coexistence of gas & liquid. At point C, CO2 completely convert into a liquid state.

At constant temperature, the liquid does not suffer any significant change in volume with pressure, so the volume change of liquid CO2 with the increased pressure is extremely small, as shown by the die steep line CD.

As the temperature is raised, the horizontal portion is gradually shortened until the temperature of 31.1 °C is reached at which it reduces to a point (C). This state is referred to as the critical state of CO2 gas.

Isotherms at 31.1°C: In the isotherm obtained at 31.1°C, die horizontal portion vanishes and is reduced to a point. At or below 31.1°C, CPO2 gas can be transformed into liquid by applying pressure. Thus, the liquefaction of CO2 cannot be caused at any temperature above 31.1°C whatever the magnitude of applied pressure may be. Hence, 31.1°C is the critical temperature of CO2.

Isotherms above 31.1°C: P-V isotherms above 31.1°C are approximately rectangular hyperbolic. In these conditions, CO2 gas behaves more or less as an ideal gas.

Conditions for liquefaction of gases: Two conditions must be fulfilled for die condensation of a gas into a liquid.

These are— die temperature of the gas must be brought equal or below the critical temperature and necessary pressure is to be applied on the gas keeping the nature ofthe gas equal or below its critical temperature.

An ideal gas cannot be liquefied due to the absence of intermolecular forces of attraction in it.

Important points related to the critical state of a gas:

Above the critical temperature, due to the very high average kinetic energy of molecules, attractions, between die molecules become negligible. As a result, it is not possible to bring the molecules closer to each other, which is necessary for the condensation of a gas.

Hence, a gaseous substance cannot be liquefied above its critical temperature even by applying very high pressure.

At the critical point, die densities of both gaseous and liquid states of a substance become equal, and the surface of separation between these two phases disappears

If a substance remains above its critical temperature then the substance is called a gas. And if a substance remains below its critical temperature, then the dead substance is called a vapour. Thus, vapours can be liquefied only by applying pressure, but not a gas.

To liquefy a gas, at first, the temperature ofthe gas should be brought below its critical temperature. The gas can then be converted into a liquid by applying the necessary pressure. Critical temperatures of some permanent gases such as N2, O2, He etc. are much lower than ordinary temperatures.

Therefore, at ordinary temperatures, these gases cannot be liquefied by applying pressure. On the other hand, as the critical temperatures of gases like CO2, CH4 etc. are higher than ordinary temperatures, these gases can be liquefied easily at ordinary temperatures by applying pressure

The expressions of critical temperature (Tc), critical pressure (Pc) and critical volume ( Vc) for a gas obeying van der Waals equation are as follows—

⇒ \(\begin{array}{|c|c|c|}
\hline V_c=3 b & P_c=\frac{a}{27 b^2} & T_c=\frac{8 a}{27 R b} \\
\hline
\end{array}\)

∴ \(\frac{R T_c}{P_c V_c}=\frac{8}{3} \approx 2.66\)

⇒ \(\frac{R T_c}{P_c V_c}\) is called coeffiecient.

Continuity of state

We have already seen that at the critical temperature, there is no difference between the gas and the liquid phases in the P vs V diagram of CO2 because the surface of separation between these two phases disappears at the critical temperature.

However, an isotherm at a temperature below critical temperature has a horizontal portion along which the gas and the liquid phases coexist. This indicates that the transformation of gas into liquid is a discontinuous process.

However, a close examination of an isotherm below the critical temperature reveals that it is possible to convert the gas into liquid or vice versa without any discontinuity. The phenomenon of continuous transition from gas to liquid or liquid to gas phase is called continuity of state.

The following illustrates the continuous transition from gas to liquid or liquid to gas phase. The linesEGF and ABCD indicate the respective P vs V isotherms at critical temperature (Tc) and a temperature below the critical temperature (< Tc). Any point inside the parabolic portion indicates the coexistence of gas and liquid of a substance.

On the other hand, any point outside the parabolic portion represents either the gaseous or liquid state of the substance. Initially, CO2 is present at the gaseous state indicated by point A. The gas is then heated at constant volume till its pressure increases to a value corresponding to the point H. It is then the point H.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Continuity Of State

It is then cooled at the same pressure until its volume decreases to a value corresponding to point D. But at point D, CO2 exists in its liquid state. Thus, gaseous CO2 is converted into liquid CO2 without any discontinuity because during this transition co-existence of gas and liquid phases does not occur. Hence, there exists a continuity of state during the transition from gas to liquid. The continuity of state is also found to exist during the transition from liquid to gas.

Numerical Examples

Question 1. 2 mol of a van der Waals gas at 27 °C occupies a volume of 20 L. What is the pressure of the gas? [a = 6.5 atm-L2-mol_2; b = 0.056 L-mol-1]
Answer: van der Waals equation for mol of a real gas: \(\left(P+\frac{n^2 a}{V^2}\right)(V-n b)=n R T\)

Given, n = 2 mol, V = 20L, T = (273 + 27) = 300 K, a=6.5 atm-L2-mor2 and b = 0.056 L-mol-1

∴ \(P=\frac{n R T}{V-n b}-\frac{n^2 a}{V^2}=\frac{2 \times 0.0821 \times 300}{(20-2 \times 0.056)}-\frac{(2)^2 \times 6.5}{(20)^2}
\)

= (2.477 -0.065)atm = 2.412 atm

Question 2. A container with a volume of 5 L holds lOOg of C02 at40°C. For C02 gas, a =3.59 L2 -atm-mol2 and b = 4.27 x 10-2 Lrnol-1. Determine the pressure of C02 gas. How much does this value differ from that calculated by using the ideal gas equation?
Answer: van der Waals equation for mol of a real gas:

⇒ \(\left(P+\frac{n^2 a}{V^2}\right)(V-n b)=n R T\)

Given, V=5L, T= (273 + 40) =313K \(n=\frac{100}{44}=2.27 \mathrm{~mol}\)

a = 3.59 L2-atm-mol-2 & b = 4.27 x 10-2 L.mol-1

∴ \(P=\frac{n R T}{V-n b}-\frac{n^2 a}{V^2}\)

⇒ \(=\frac{2.27 \times 0.0821 \times 313}{\left(5-2.27 \times 4.27 \times 10^{-2}\right)}-\frac{(2.27)^2 \times 3.59}{(5)^2}\)

=(11.9-0.74)atm = 11.16 atm

Substituting the given values of V, T and n in the ideal

gas equation PV = nRT we get,

⇒ \(P=\frac{n R T}{V}=\frac{2.27 \times 0.0821 \times 313}{5}=11.66 \mathrm{~atm}\)

∴ The pressure of CO2 obtained from the van der Waals equation is less than that calculated from the ideal gas equation by (11.66-11.16) = 0.50 atm.

Question 3. 2 mol of gas is kept in a 4-litre flask. The pressure of the gas at 300K is 11 atm. If the value of the gas is 0.05 L-mol_1, then determine the value of by using the van der Waals equation
Answer: van derWaals equation for’n’ mol of areal gas:

⇒ \(\left(P+\frac{n^2 a}{V^2}\right)(V-n b)=n R T\)

Given, P = 11 atm, V = 4 L, T = 300 K, n = 2 mol, b = 0.05 L.mol-1

∴ \(\left[11+\frac{(2)^2 \times a}{(4 \mathrm{~L})^2}\right][4-2 \times 0.05]=2 \times 0.0821 \times 300\)

or, (11 + 0.25 x a)(3.9) = 49.26 or, 11 + 0.25 x a = 12.63

∴ a= 6.52L2-atm-mol-2

Liquid State

The liquid state is the intermediate state between the solid and gaseous states. Liquids have several properties similar to solids and gases. Like gases, liquids are isotropic. The molecules in a liquid are in continuous random motion.

So a liquid does not have a definite shape and flows like a gas. However, liquids maintain a fairly constant density like solids. Hence, liquids are incompressible like solids.

The molecules in a liquid remain ordered, somewhere between the molecular order of a solid and the molecular randomness of a gas. In liquids, the short-range ordered state extends up to a few molecular distances, whereas in solids, it extends to long-range order.

Properties Of Liquids

Shape Of A Liquid

Liquids do not have a definite shape; they take up the shape ofthe container in which they are kept.

Reason: In liquids, the intermolecular forces of attraction are not strong enough to hold the molecules at fixed positions and thus allow them to move past one another. Hence, liquids do not have a definite shape.

Volume Of A liquid

Liquids have a definite volume. If some of the liquid is placed in a container of any shape (like a beaker, conical flask, test tube etc.), the volume of the liquid in the container will be exactly 10 mL. Like gases, liquids do not occupy the entire volume ofthe container.

Reason: In liquids molecules are always in motion but the movements are not as random as gas molecules. There exist stronger intermolecular forces of attraction in liquids compared to gases.

Due to this, molecules in a liquid are not widely separated from each other. Hence, liquid molecules are bound firmly but not rigidly and do not occupy the total volume ofthe container

Density of a liquid

At ordinary temperature and pressure, the density of a liquid is much higher than that of a gas. On the other hand, the density of a substance in the liquid state is only about 10% lower than the tilting solid state.

Reason: As the intermolecular forces of attraction are stronger in liquids than in gases the molecules are more closer to each other than the molecules in gases. This results in a little space between the molecules in liquids. This is why liquids are denser than gases.

Compressibility Of A Liquid

Liquids are much less compressible than gases. The change in the volume of liquid due to the application of pressure on it is found to be negligible.

Reason: As the space between the molecules of liquid is very small, sufficient free space is not available for its compression. This is why the application of pressure on a liquid cannot reduce its volume appreciably.

Diffusion of a liquid

Molecules of both gases and liquids are always in random motion. Consequently, they move from one place to another. Hence, diffusion properties are shown in both gases and liquids. However, liquids diffuse very slowly compared to gases.

Reason: As the intermolecular distances in liquids are smaller than those in gases, the molecules in a liquid suffer a large number of collisions when they move about, and hence take longer time for movement from one place to another. Hence, the diffusion of liquids occurs slowly.

Evaporation of a liquid

The gaseous state of a liquid is called its vapour. Evaporation is a process by which molecules of a liquid escape from the surface of the liquid into the gas phase. Drying of a floor after it is mopped, the gradual drying of damp clothes, the drying of water from the pond or lake in summer etc. are examples of evaporation.

Although evaporation is a slow process, some liquids have a higher rate of evaporation at ordinary temperatures. They are called volatile liquids. Ether, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, acetone etc. These are examples of volatile liquids. On the other hand, liquids that have a very low rate of evaporation are called non-volatile liquids. Glycerol, mercury etc. are some examples of volatile liquids.

Reason for evaporation: During evaporation, the liquid molecules at the surface of a liquid leave the liquid and go into the gaseous phase.

The molecular interpretation of this phenomenon is as follows. Like gases, all the molecules in a liquid do not have the same kinetic energy. In a liquid, there is a distribution of kinetic energies of the molecules as there is a gas, A molecule at the surface of a liquid leaves the liquid when it overcomes the forces of attraction of its neighbour.

To overcome the forces of attraction, the molecule needs to have a kinetic energy equal to or greater than a minimum kinetic energy. Only those molecules at the surface of the liquid will leave the liquid and go to the vapour phase, which has kinetic energies greater than or equal to the minimum kinetic energy necessary for overcoming forces of attraction.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Distribution Of Kinetic Energy Of The Liquid Moleculues At Constant Temperature

This process in which molecules at the surface of a liquid escape and go to the vapour phase by overcoming the forces of attraction oftheir neighbours is called evaporation of liquid.

Evaporation causes cooling: During evaporation, only the molecules having kinetic energies greater than the characteristic kinetic energy (£) escape from the liquid surface.

Therefore, the average kinetic energy of molecules left in the liquid decreases. As a result, the temperature of the liquid decreases. Thus liquid cools down during its evaporation.

Factors affecting the rate of evaporation: Factors on which the evaporation of a liquid depends are as follows:

Nature of liquid: The rate of evaporation of a liquid depends on intermolecular forces of attraction in the liquid. This rate is slow for a liquid with a strong liquid with a weak force The strength of the intermolecular force of attraction In ethyl alcohol is weaker than that In water, but It is stronger than that in ether.

Consequently, at a given temperature, the evaporation of ethyl alcohol Is faster than that of water but slower than that of ether.

Temperature: The rate of evaporation of a liquid Increases as temperature rises. With the temperature rise, the fraction of molecules having kinetic energy greater than characteristics kinetic energy (above which the liquid molecules can escape from the liquid surface) Increases. Therefore, the rate of evaporation increases with the temperature rise.

The surface area of the liquid: The evaporation of a liquid occurs only from its surface. Therefore, the larger the surface area of a liquid, the greater the rate of Its evaporation.

Flow of air: The rate of evaporation of a liquid increases when a current of air is blown across die surface of the liquid. The current of air carries away the molecules in the vapour phase of the liquid and prevents them from going back to a liquid state. This leads to faster evaporation ofthe liquid. This is why, wet clothes dry up faster when air blows rapidly.

Vapour pressure of a liquid

The evaporation of a liquid occurs from its surface at all temperatures. If a liquid is kept in a closed vessel, the vapours cannot escape from the vessel, and the vapour molecules are trapped in the space over the liquid surface.

The vapour molecules in the space of the vessel are always in random motion, so they collide with one another, with the walls ofthe container and with the liquid surface. Of the vapour molecules striking the liquid surface, those which have lower kinetic energies are recaptured by intermolecular forces of attraction in liquid.

This transfer of molecules from the vapour to the liquid phase is called condensation. Initially, the rate of condensation is slower than the rate of evaporation as the amount of vapour over a liquid surface is very small.

Gradually, the amount of vapour increases over the surface of the liquid. With increasing the amount of vapour, the rate of condensation also increases as the number of gas molecules colliding with the surface of the liquid increases.

After a certain time, the rate of evaporation and the rate of condensation become equal and an equilibrium is established between the two opposite processes, viz., evaporation and condensation. At equilibrium, the amount of liquid and that of vapour become invariant with time.

The vapour that exists over the liquid surface at equilibrium is called saturated vapour because this is the maximum amount of vapour that can be present in the space over the liquid surface at the experimental temperature. The pressure exerted by the saturated vapour is called the saturated vapour pressure or simply the vapour pressure at that experimental temperature

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Evaporation Of A Liquid In A Closed Vessel

Vapour Pressure

At a given temperature, the pressure exerted by a vapour in equilibrium with its liquid is called the vapour pressure of the liquid at that temperature

At a definite temperature, the vapour pressure of a liquid is always constant. Factors affecting the vapour pressure of a liquid:

Nature of the liquid: The vapour pressure of a liquid depends on its volatility.

The more volatile a liquid is, the higher the vapour pressure of the liquid. The volatility of a liquid depends on its rate of evaporation, which in turn depends on the intermolecular forces of attraction in the liquid.

A volatile liquid possesses weak intermolecular attractions and has high rate of evaporation, and hence high vapour pressure. Consequently, at a particular temperature, the vapour pressure of a volatile liquid is greater than that of a non-volatile liquid.

The rate of evaporation of diethyl ether, ethyl alcohol and water at a definite temperature follows the sequence—diethyl ether > ethyl alcohol > water. Thus at a particular temperature, the order of their vapour pressures is—diethyl ether > ethyl alcohol > water.

Temperature: The vapour pressure of a liquid increases with the increase in temperature. Because, with the increase in temperature, more and more liquid molecules escape into the vapour phase, thereby increasing, the amount of vapour over the liquid surface. As a result, the vapour pressure ofthe liquid increase

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Variation Of Vapour Pressue With Temperature Of Some liquids

Boiling Of A Liquid

A liquid evaporates at any temperature. If the temperature of a liquid is increased gradually by applying heat, the rate of evaporation increases, and consequently the vapour pressure of the liquid also increases.

When the temperature of the liquid reaches a value at which the vapour pressure becomes equal to the external pressure, the bubbles of vapour are formed inside the liquid.

A very small (infinitesimal amount) increase in temperature will be sufficient for the bubbles of vapour to rise freely to the surface and escape into the air. This phenomenon is called the boiling of a liquid

Boling Of A liquid: Process vaporisation of a liquid accompanied by the rapid formation and growth of bubbles of vapour that break outward through the surface of the liquid.

Boiling Point Of Liquid: The Temperature at which the vsp[our pressure of a liquid becomes equal to the external pressure is termed as the boiling temperature or boiling of that liquid.

The normal Boiling point of a liquid: The Temperature at which the vapour pressure of a liquid becomes equal to the normal atmospheric pressure (1 atm) is termed the normal boiling point of that liquid.

For example, the normal boiling point of water is 100°C. This means that at 100°C, the vapour pressure of water becomes equal to the atmospheric pressure. Water under atmospheric pressure (1 atm) starts boiling at this temperature.

Effect of external pressure on the boiling point of a liquid: The boiling point of a liquid can be altered by changing external pressure. The higher the external pressure, under which a liquid exists, the higher the boiling point of the liquid.

Explanation: The vapour pressure of a liquid becomes equal to the external pressure at its boiling point. If the external pressure is high, then it is necessary to heat a liquid at a higher temperature to make its vapour pressure equal to the external pressure so that it can start boiling.

Conversely, if the external pressure is low, then heating a liquid at a lower temperature will make its vapour pressure equal to the external pressure, thereby causing the liquid to boil.

Difference between boiling and evaporation: Both boiling and evaporation involve the transformation of liquid into vapour. Although it would seem that evaporation and boiling might be the same process they differ in some respects. The differences are as follows—

  1. Evaporation occurs only at the surface of a liquid, whereas boiling involves the formation of bubbles inside the liquid.
  2. Evaporation occurs slowly, whereas boiling occurs rapidly.
  3. Evaporation occurs at any temperature, whereas boiling occurs at a specific temperature.
  4. During evaporation, the temperature of liquid decreases, whereas during boiling the temperature of a liquid remains the same.

Surface Tension Of A Liquid

Molecular interpretation of surface tension: The molecules at the surface of a liquid are energetically different from the molecules in its bulk. Let us consider a molecule, ‘A’ inside the liquid.

The molecule ‘A’ is surrounded by other molecules and thus it is attracted equally from all sides by other molecules. So, die resultant force acting on ‘A’ is zero; that is, there is no unbalanced force acting upon’ A ‘.

Now consider a molecule ‘ B’ at the surface of the liquid. The molecules lying below it are in liquid state and above it are in the vapour state. The molecule ‘B’ is attracted by the molecules of both liquid and vapour.

However, as the density of vapour is much less than the density of the liquid, the number of molecules per unit volume of the liquid is much greater than that of vapour.

As a result, the molecule ‘B’ will experience a net downward force acting at right angles along the surface of the liquid. Similarly, other surface molecules will also be attracted towards the bulk of the liquid.

Hence, work is to be done to bring a molecule from the bulk to the surface ofthe liquid against the downward force of attraction. As a result, the potential energy of the surface molecule is increased. Therefore, a molecule in the bulk has a lower potential energy than a molecule on the surface.

As the energy of the surface tension of the surface tension molecule is higher, the liquid will try to minimise the energy of the surface layer (surface energy) by decreasing its surface area to a minimum. This tendency to reduce the surface area originates the concept of a new property of liquid known as surface tension.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Molecular Interpretation Of Surface Tension

Due to this property, the surface of a liquid always remains under tension. This is the molecular interpretation of the surface tension of the liquid.

If we imagine a line on the surface of the liquid,l then because of the tendency of ZZ to reduce surface area, the liquid surface on one side of the line tends to move away from the liquid surface on the other side of the line. As a result, tension acts along the imaginary line from both sides. This tension is termed surface tension.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids The Surface Tension Of Liquid

Surface Tension: The surface tension of a liquid is defined as the force acting along the surface of the liquid at right angles to an imaginary line of unit length, drawn on the surface of the liquid.

The surface tension of a liquid is denoted by the symbol, γ (Gamma)

Units of surface tension: Surface tension \(\frac{\text { Force }}{\text { Length }} \text {; }\) So the units of surface tension in CGS system: dyn-cm-1 ; and in SI: N-m-

Surface energy of a liquid: The surface of a liquid always remains under a state of tension. For this reason, the surface of a liquid tends to contract to the smallest possible surface area.

Thus, it is necessary to do some work to increase the surface area against this tension. This work is ultimately stored on the surface of the liquid as potential energy. This potential energy is termed as the surface energy of a liquid.

Surface energy of a liquid Definition: The Word Needed To Increase The Unit Area Of The Surface Of A Liquid At a defined Temperature Is termed The Surface Energy Of That liquid.

Units of surface energy: Surface energy \(=\frac{\text { Work }}{\text { Area }}\)

So, the unit of surface energy in the CGS system: is erg-cm-2 and in SI: J-m-2.

It can be proved that the magnitudes of surface tension and surface energy per unit area of a liquid are the same. Although the units of these two quantities are different, they are the same. The unit of surface tension in the SI system is N-m-1. In this system, the unit of surface energy is J.m-2. But J-m-2 = N-mnv2 = N-m-1.

∴ 1 N-nr1 = lJ-m-2

The unit of surface tension in the CGS system is dyn-cm-1. In this system, the unit of surface energy is erg-cm-2. But erg-cm-2 – dyn-cm-cm”2 = dyncm-1 .

∴ 1 dyn-cm-1 = lerg-cm-2

Alternative Definition Of Surface Tension: The surface tension of a liquid is defined as the amount of work necessary to increase the surface area of the liquid by a unit amount at constant temperature.

The surface tension of water at 20°C is 7.27 x lo 2 N-m-1. This means, that at 20°C, 7.27 x 10-2 work is needed to increase the surface area of water by m2.

Surface tension of a liquid and intermolecular force of attraction: For a liquid with strong intermolecular forces of attraction, a great deal of work is required to bring molecules from the interior to the surface i.e., in increasing the surface area of the liquid. The potential energy of the surface molecules will thus be high for such type of liquid.

The surface tension of some common liquids at 20°C

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Surface Tension Of Some Common Liquids At 20c

Water has a very high surface tension among the commonly known liquids. Molecules in water remain associated through hydrogen bonds. Because of this, the intermolecular forces of attraction in water are much stronger than in any other commonly known liquids.

The surface tension of mercury is much higher than that of water. This is because mercury possesses metallic bonds, which are much stronger than hydrogen bonds. Factors affecting the surface tension of a liquid:

Temperature: The surface tension of a liquid decreases with the increase in temperature. The average kinetic energy of the molecules In liquid Increases with the increase in temperature, causing the weakening of its intramolecular forces of attraction.

Consequently, the surface tension of the liquid decreases. At the critical temperature, the interface between a liquid and its vapour disappears, and the surface tension of the liquid becomes zero.

Presence of soluble substance in liquid: The surface tension of a liquid varies according to the nature of the soluble substance present in it.

For example, soap detergents, methanol, ethanol etc. are the surface active agents. The addition of such substances to water lowers the surface tension of water. These types of substances prefer to concentrate at the surface.

The concentration of such a substance in its aqueous solution is found to be more at the surface than in the bulk.

This causes the surface tension of water to decrease to an appreciable extent. The aqueous solution of soap or detergent can spread like a thin layer due to its very surface tension

Some typical phenomena related to surface tension:

Spherical shape of the free-falling liquid drop: Due to the property of surface tension, the exposed liquid surface behaves like a sheet of rubber stretched on the top of a beaker and always tends to contract to the smallest possible surface area.

Again, we know the sphere has a minimum surface area for a definite volume. So, in the absence of any external influence, a free liquid drop assumes a spherical shape.

Floating of a clean oil-free needle on the surface of water: When a clean oil-free needle is carefully placed horizontally onto the surface of water, it is found to be floating on the surface. This happens due to the surface tension of water.

The surface ofa liquid, due to the surface tension, always tends to be in a contracted state with a minimum space between the surface molecules. This makes the surface impervious to other molecules. This is why a clean oil-free needle can float on the surface of water without sinking.

A water drop spreads over the clean glass surface i.e., it can wet the surface ofthe glass. But, if a small amount of mercury is placed on the surface of a glass, it does not wet the glass surface; instead, it forms small beads: The forces of attraction between the molecules of the same substance are called cohesive forces. The attractive forces acting between the molecules in water or mercury atoms in mercury are cohesive.

When a substance comes in contact with another substance, the molecules of these two substances attract each other at the surface of contact. The attractive forces between the molecules of different substances are called adhesive forces.

When water is in contact with a glass surface, the attractive forces between the molecules of water and glass are the adhesive forces. The adhesive forces between the molecules of water and glass are stronger compared to the cohesive forces in water.

or in glass. For this reason, a water drop spreads over the glass surface i.e., it can wet the surface of the glass. On the other hand, adhesive forces between the molecules of glass and mercury are weaker in comparison to the cohesive forces in mercury or water.

For this reason, if mercury is placed on the surface of a glass, it forms small beads on the glass surface instead of wetting the glass.

Capillarity or capillary action: A tube with a very small internal diameter is called a capillary tube. If a capillary tube is dipped into a liquid that wets glass, for example, water, the liquid rises spontaneously in the capillary tube to a certain height.

This phenomenon is known as capillary action. Surface tension is responsible for this phenomenon. The surface of any liquid when kept in a container acquires a curved shape called a meniscus.

When a capillary tube is partially immersed in a liquid-like water (that wets the glass surface), the water level inside the tube is found to be higher than that outside the tube. Also, the meniscus of water is concave.

The opposite phenomenon occurs in the case of liquids (e.g., mercury) that do not wet glass surfaces. The mercury level inside the capillary tube resides at a lower level than the level outside the tube. The meniscus of mercury is of convex nature

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Capillarity Or Capillary Action

The forces of adhesion between the glass surface and water are stronger than the forces of cohesion in water or glass.

To put it another way, water molecules are attracted to the glass surface more strongly than they are attracted to one another. As a result, water rises in the capillary tube and the surface becomes concave.

On the other hand, the forces of adhesion between glass surface and mercury are weaker than the forces of cohesion in mercury orin glass.

In other words, mercury atoms are attracted to the glass surface less strongly than they are attracted to one another. As a result, the mercury surface becomes convex.

Viscosity of a liquid

If a liquid flows in such a manner that its velocity at any point always remains constant in magnitude and direction, then the flow is called streamline flow. Streamline flow generally occurs when the velocity of a liquid is low.

When a liquid flows slowly and steadily along a tube i.e., when the flow is streamlined, the liquid can be considered to be made up of stratified layers.

Among the layers, the layer ofthe liquid in immediate contact with the surface is stationary due to adhesion. The highest velocities are observed in the middle of the tube along its axis. The velocity diminishes as we approach the walls.

Now, consider two adjacent layers B and C. The layer C is moving with a higher velocity than the layer B because the former is above the latter.

Because of its higher velocity, layer C tends to increase the velocity of the adjacent lower layer B. Similarly, the slower-moving layer B tends to decrease the velocity of the adjacent upper layer C.

These two layers thus tend to destroy their relative emotions. This means that a dragging force acts on the layers in the backward direction. This force is called viscous force, which arises due to cohesion. The viscous force has a similarity with the frictional force so it is also often called the force of internal friction.

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Streamline Flow Of Liquid

Viscous force resists the flow of a liquid and ultimately stops it. An equal and opposite force ofthe viscous force is to be applied to maintain the flow of the liquid with a constant velocity. If the liquid remains stagnant then viscous force does not act upon it.

Viscosity: Viscosity of a liquid is the property of the liquid that resists the flow of the liquid. It is a measure of the ease with which a liquid flows.

Different liquids have different values of viscosity. The higher the viscosity of a liquid, the lower its tendency to flow. For example, the viscosities of liquids like glycerin, honey, castor oil etc. are high, and hence their flow rates are low.

On the other hand, the lower the viscosity of a liquid, the higher its tendency to flow. For example, the viscosities of liquids like water, alcohol, ether etc. are low, resulting in high flow rates of these liquids.

Coefficient of viscosity: Consider a liquid which is flowing steadily and slowly over a flat horizontal surface (streamline flow). The layer just next to the solid surface is at rest due to adhesion.

With increasing the distances of the layers from the solid surface, the velocities of the layers also increase. Let us consider, two layers C and D having velocities v and v + dv, respectively. The distances of these two layers

States Of Matter Gases Of Liquids Velocity Gradient

from the solid surface are x and x + dx respectively [Fig. 5.36]. So, the velocity gradient i.e., the rate of change in velocity along the x-axis (axis perpendicular to the flow of liquid) is \(\left(\frac{d v}{d x}\right)\) direction opposite to the direction of flow. To maintain the flow, an equal and opposite force to the viscous force is to be applied from outside.

According to Newton’s law of viscous flow, the value of the viscous force (F) is proportional to O the area of the surface in contact (A) and the velocity gradient \(\left(\frac{d v}{d x}\right)\)

Therefore \(F \propto A \text { and } F \propto \frac{d v}{d x}\)

∴ \(F \propto A \frac{d v}{d x} \text { or, } F=\eta \times A \times \frac{d v}{d x}\)

Where n (eta) is the proportionality constant called the viscosity coefficient. The value of TJ depends upon the temperature and nature of the liquid.

If A =1 and \(\frac{d v}{d x}=1\) Then according to equation F=n

Viscosity Coefficient: It is the tangential force applied per unit area to maintain a unit velocity gradient between two parallel layers at a constant temperature

Liquids with high viscosity have high values of viscosity coefficients (for example, glycerin, oil, honey etc.). Similarly, liquids with low viscosity have low viscosity coefficients (for example, water, alcohol etc.)

Units of viscosity coefficient:

In the CGS system: The CGS unit of viscosity coefficient is poise (after the name of a French scientist Poiseuille). From equation [1], we get,

⇒ \(\eta=\frac{F}{A \times \frac{d v}{d x}}=\frac{\text { dyn }}{\mathrm{cm}^2 \times \frac{\mathrm{cm} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}}{\mathrm{~cm}}}=\text { dyn } \cdot \mathrm{s} \cdot \mathrm{cm}^{-2}\)

1 poise =1 dyn-s-cm-2.

Poise: The force in dyne required per 1cm2 area to maintain a velocity difference of lcm-s-1 between two parallel layers of a liquid, separated by 1 cm is called 1 poise.

The viscosity coefficients are also expressed in some smaller units like centipoise, millipoise, micropoise etc.

1 centipoise = 10-2 poise,1 millipore = 10-3 poise, 1 microphone = 10-6 poise

In the SI system: The SI unit of viscosity coefficient is poiseuille (PI) From equation [1] we get

⇒ \(\eta=\frac{F}{A \times \frac{d v}{d x}}=\frac{\mathrm{N}}{\mathrm{m}^2 \times \frac{\mathrm{m} \cdot \mathrm{s}^{-1}}{\mathrm{~m}}}=\mathrm{N} \cdot \mathrm{s} \cdot \mathrm{m}^{-2}=\mathrm{Pa} \cdot \mathrm{s}\)

Since 1 N-m-2 = 1 Pa

Since 1 poiseuille or 1 PI =1 N s m-2 = 1 Pa s

1 poise = lady-s-cm-2 = 10_5N-s X (10-2m)-2

= 0.1 N-s-m-2 = 0.1 PI

∴ 1 PI = 10 poise

Factors that influence the viscosity of a liquid:

Intermolecular forces of attraction in a liquid: Viscosity is the property of a liquid that originates from its intermolecular forces of attraction. The stronger the intermolecular forces of attraction, the higher the viscosity of a liquid.

Example: At a constant temperature, the viscosity coefficient of ethyl alcohol is greater than that of dimethyl ether. In dimethyl ether, molecules experience dipole-dipole attractive forces in addition to London forces.

In ethanol, molecules form hydrogen bonds. London forces also exist between the molecules in ethanol.

Attractive forces due to hydrogen bonding are much stronger than dipole-dipole attractive forces. So, intermolecular forces of attraction are stronger in ethanol than those in dimethyl ether. This results in a higher value of coefficient of viscosity for ethanol compared to dimethyl ether.

Temperature: With the increase in temperature, the average kinetic energy of the molecules in a liquid increases, this causes the weakening of its intermolecular forces of attraction which are responsible for the viscosity of the liquid.

For this reason, the viscosity of a liquid decreases with the increase in temperature. Experimentally, it has been found that the viscosity of a liquid decreases approximately by 2% for a 1° rise in temperature.

WBCHSE Class 11 Chemistry Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Notes

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Electronic theory of valency kossel-Lewis theory

Earlier the term ‘valency’ was defined as the combining capacity of an element. In order words, an element can combine with another element.

Theories of valency were a direct consequence of the development of the atomic structure. w. Kossel and G.N. Lewis were the pioneers in this field, who provided logical explanations of valency, based on the internees of noble gases, which was later known as the noctule. the rule was later modified by Langmuir based on the following-

One or more than one electron(s) of the valence shell i.e., the outermost shell (both penultimate and ultimate shell in some cases) of an atom participates in the chemical reaction. Hence they are responsible for the valency of the atom. These electrons are called valence electrons

Helium (2He), Neon (10Ne), Argon (18Ar), Krypton (36Kr), Xenon (54Xe), and Radon (86Rn) — these noble gaseous elements possess very high ionization potential but very low electron affinity.

They do not undergo any reaction under normal conditions. Thus they are called inert gases and are placed in the zero group ofthe periodic table which means they are zero-valent. The electronic configuration of He is 1s² and the general electronic configuration of other inert gases is ns²np6. Thus, the total no. of electrons in the outermost shell of the inert gases (other than Helium) is 8. As the noble gas elements are reluctant towards chemical bond formation, this type of electronic configuration is assumed to be stable.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Electronic Configuration

Octet And Duplet Rule

The study of noble gases showed that they are chemically inert, as they have very stable electronic configurations. Kossel and Lewis stated that the stability of noble gases is due to the presence of eight electrons in their valence shell (called octet)

or two electrons (called duplet) as in the case of helium. Most of the two electrons (called duplet) as in the case of helium. Most of the elements take part in chemical reactions or bond formation to complete their respective octet or duplet.

Octet rule Atoms of various elements (except H, Li and Be) combine either by transfer of valence electron(s) from one atom to another (gain or loss) or by sharing of valence electrons so that they have eight electrons (an octet) in their outermost (valence) shells.

Duplet rules the element’s dose to helium (H, Li, Be) in the periodic table to attain the stable electronic configuration of He (Is2) by gaining, losing, or sharing electrons in their valence shells.

Significance and Limitations of Octet Rule:

Significance of Octet Rule: The reason behind the formation of covalent or ionic bonds by the atoms of different elements can be explained by the octet rule.

Limitations of Octet Rule: A few limitations of octet rule are as follows—

  1. The central atom of some molecules, despite having more or less than 8 electrons in the valence shell is quite stable.
  2. There are some molecules whose outermost shell contains an odd number of electrons. For example— NO, NO2, etc.
  3. Though the octet rule is based on the inertness of the noble gases, some noble gases form compounds with oxygen and fluorine This rule cannot predict the shape of molecules.
  4. The comparative stability of the molecules cannot be predicted from this rule.

Lewis symbols

All the electrons present in an atom are not involved during chemical combination. It was proposed that the inner shell electrons are well protected and generally do not take part in chemical combinations.

It is mainly the outer shell electrons that take part in chemical combinations. Hence, these are also called valence shell electrons.

G. N. Lewis introduced simple notations to represent the valence electrons in an atom. The outer shell electrons are shown as dots surrounding the symbol of an atom.

These notations showing the symbol of an atom surrounded by an appropriate number of dots are known as Lewis symbols or electron dot symbols.

Lewis symbols ignore the inner shell electrons. For example, the Lewis symbols for the elements of the second period are—

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Lewis Symbols

Significance of Lewis symbols: The number of dots present in the Lewis symbol of an atom gives the number of electrons present in the outermost (valence) shell of that atom. This number is useful for the calculation of the common valency of an element.

The common valency of an element is either equal to the number of dots in the Lewis symbol (when these are < 4) or % 8 – the number of dots (when these are > 4).

For example, the common valencies of Li, Be, B, and C are equal to the number of electrons present in their valence shell i.e., 1, 2, 3, and 4 respectively, while those of N O, F, and Ne are 8 minus number of dots, i.e., 3, 2, 1 and 0 respectively.

When the monovalent, divalent, trivalent, etc., metal atoms are converted to unipositive, dipositive, tripositive, etc., ions, no electrons are present in their outermost shell.

On the other hand, when the monovalent, divalent, trivalent, etc., non-metal atoms are converted to negative, negative, try negative, etc., ions, the outermost shell of each of them contains 8 electrons. Lewis symbols of some cations and anions are given below.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure significance of Lewis Symbols

Chemical bonding

Chemical bonding Definition: The force of attraction between the atoms participating in a chemical reaction, to attain the stable electronic configuration of the nearest noble gas by gaining, losing, or sharing electrons in their valence shells, is called chemical bonding.

Atoms acquire the stable inert gas configuration in the following ways—

By complete transfer of one or more electrons from one atom to another: This process leads to the formation of a chemical bond termed an electrovalent bond or ionic bond.

By sharing of electrons: This occurs in two ways—

  1. When two combining atoms contribute an equal number of electrons for sharing, the bond formed is called a covalent bond. The shared electron pair(s) remains common to both the atoms.
  2. When the shared pair of electrons is donated by one of the two atoms involved in the formation of a bond, then the bond.

Types of chemical bonds: Chemical bonds are of 3 types—

  1. Electrovalent or ionic bond
  2. Covalent bond and
  3. Coordinate or dative bond.

Electrovalency And Electrovalent Bond

An ionic or electrovalent bond is formed by the complete transfer of one or more electrons from the valence shell of an electropositive (metal) atom to that of an electronegative (nonmetal) atom so that both atoms can achieve the stable electronic configuration ofthe nearest noble gas.

In this process, the metal atom and non-metal atom result in the formation of a cation and an anion respectively. These two oppositely charged species combine through the electrostatic force of attraction to form an ionic crystal (electrovalent compound.

Elecrovalency To achieve the stable electronic configuration, some atoms give up one or more valence electrons completely to form stable cations while some other atoms gain these electrons to form stable anions and ultimately these two types of oppositely charged species combine through electrostatic forces of attraction to form compounds. The capacity of the elements for such a chemical combination Is known as electrovalency.

Ionic Or Electrovalent Bond The coulomblc or electrostatic force of attraction which holds the oppositely charged Ions of combining atoms formed by the complete transfer of one or more electrons from the electropositive to the electronegative atom is called an ionic or electrovalent bond.

Ionic Or Electrovalent Compound Compounds Containing inoinc or electrovalent bonds are called electrovalent compounds.

In the formation of an electrovalent compound, the number of electrons (s) lost or gained by an atom of any participating element gives the measure of its electrovalency.

For example, in the compound sodium chloride (NaCl), the electrovalent of sodium = 1 and the electrovalency ofchlorine = 1. In magnesium chloride (MgCl2), each Mgatom loses two electrons and each Cl-atom gains one electron, so the electrovalency of magnesium and chlorine are 2 and 1 respectively.

Examples of ionic compound formation: The formation of some ionic compounds is discussed below—

Formation of sodium chloride (NaCl): The electronic configuration of sodium (11Na) atom: Is22s22p63s1 and that of chlorine (17C1) atom: ls22s22p63s23p5. Na has only one electron in its valence shell. Being an electropositive element, sodium tends to lose electrons.

So, it loses its valence electron to acquire the configuration of the nearest noble gas, Ne (ls22s22p6). On the other hand, Cl atom has seven electrons in its valence shell. Being an electronegative element, chlorine tends to gain electrons.

So, it can acquire the stable electronic configuration of the nearest noble gas. Ar (ls22s22p63s23p6) by gaining one electron. Therefore, when a Na-atom combines with a Clatom, the former transfers its valence electron to the latter resulting in the formation of sodium ion, Na+, and chloride ion, Cl respectively. These two ions may be considered as two charged spherical particles.

The charge is distributed throughout the surface of these spheres, and the field of the electrostatic attraction is distributed in all directions. Hence, even after the formation of the ion-pair Na+Cl, these ions can attract oppositely charged ions towards themselves, the Columbia attractive forces of these two oppositely charged ions are not satisfied.

Because of this, a large number of Na+Cl ion pairs attract each other to form an aggregate and consequently, the energy of the system decreases.

This process is completed when a stable crystal of NaCl having a suitable shape and size is obtained. Since the formation of crystal lattice is a thermodynamically favorable process, therefore, the formation of ionic compounds like NaCl is a result of the formation of a three-dimensional crystal lattice.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Sodium Chloride (Na Cl)

Formation of calcium oxide (CaO):

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Calcium Oxide CaO

Formation of magnesium nitride (Mg3N2):

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Magnesium Nitride

Formation of aluminium oxide(A12O3):

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Aluminium Oxide

Electrovalent or ionic bond and periodic table

The tendency of an element to form a cation or an anion depends on its position in the periodic table.

The elements of group-1(1A), the alkali metals, and group-2(2A), the alkaline earth metals, belonging to s-block are highly electropositive and have very low ionization enthalpy because of larger atomic size.

Therefore, to achieve the octet, these elements can easily form monovalent or divalent cations by losing one or two valence electrons respectively.

On the other hand, the elements of groups 15 (5A), 16(6A), and 17(7A) belonging to the p-block are highly electronegative and possess higher values of electron gain enthalpy (electron affinity] owing to smaller atomic size.

Therefore, to achieve the octet, these elements can easily accept 3, 2, or 1 electron respectively to form the corresponding anions.

Hence, the metals of groups 1(1A) and 2(2A) react chemically with the non-metals (nitrogen, oxygen, halogen, etc.) of groups- 15(5A), 16(6A),and17(7A) to form ionic compounds.

Note that nitrides, halides, oxides, sulfides, hydrides, and carbides of alkali metals (Na, K, Rb, Cs) and alkaline earth CaO metals (Mg, Ca, Sr, Ba) are generally ionic compounds.

Factors favoring the formation of ionic compounds

Number of valence electrons: The atom forming the cation should have 1, 2, or 3 valence electrons, whereas the atom forming the anion should have 5, 6, or 7 electrons in its outermost shell.

The difference in electronegativity: There should be a large difference in electronegativities of the combining atoms. The greater the difference in electronegativities of the two atoms, the greater the ease of of ionic bond.

Sizen of the ions: The formation of ionic bonds is favored by large cations and small anions.

Ionization enthalpy and electron affinity: The lower the Ionisation enthalpy of the electropositive atom, the easier the formation of the cation. The higher the negative electron gain enthalpy of the electronegative atom, the easier the formation of the anion.

The magnitude of charges: The higher the charge on the ions, the greater the force of attraction. Hence, the larger the amount of energy released, the greater the stability ofthe bond.

Lattice enthalpy (or energy): The higher the value of of lattice enthalpy (electrostatic attraction between charged ions in a crystal), the greater the tire stability of the ionic bond and hence greater tire ease of formation of the compound.

Lattice Energy

The cations and anions combine to form three-dimensional solid substances known as ionic crystals. During the formation of a crystalline ionic compound, the ions of opposite charges come closer from an infinite distance and pack up three-dimensionally in a definite geometric pattern.

This process involves the liberation of energy because the attractive force between the ions of opposite charges tends to decrease the energy of the system. The energy thus liberated is called lattice energy or lattice enthalpy. Generally, it is denoted by U.

Lattice Energy Definition

Lattice enthalpy or lattice energy may be defined as the amount of energy evolved when one gram-formula mass of an ionic compound is formed by the close packing of the oppositely charged gaseous ions.

M+ (g) + X(g) → M+ X(s) + U (lattice energy)

The higher the value of lattice enthalpy, the greater the stability of the ionic compound. It has been observed that

⇒ \(U \propto \frac{\text { Product of ionic charges }}{\text { Distance between cation and anion }}\)

Thus, lattice enthalpy depends on the following factors:

Charges on ions: The higher the charge on the ions, the greater the forces of attraction, and consequently, a larger amount ofenergy is released. Thus, the lattice enthalpy is high.

Charges on ions Example: The lattice enthalpy of CaO (3452.7 kJmol1 ) is greater than that of NaF(902.9 kJmol-1). This is because the charges on the two ions in CaO (+2 and -2) are greater than those on the two ions in NaF (+1 and -1).

Size of the ions: The smaller the size of ions, the lesser the internuclear distance. Thus, the interionic attraction is greater resulting in higher lattice enthalpy.

Size of the ions Example: The lattice enthalpy of KF (802.6 kJ.mol1) is higher than that of KI (635.4 kJ.mol1). This is because the ionic radius of the F ion (1.36 A) is less than that of the r ion (2.16 A).

Similarly, the lattice energy of NaCl is greater than that of KC1. However, lattice energy is more dependent on the charge of an ion rather than its size.

Hence, the order of lattice energy is—

  1. LiF > NaF > KF > RbF > CsF
  2. LiF > LiCl > LiBr >Li

Born-lande equation: Lattice energy (U) cannot be determined directly. However, its theoretical value can be calculated using the equation given below

⇒ \(U=-\frac{A e^2 Z_{+} Z_{-} N}{r}\left(1-\frac{1}{n}\right)\)

where, A = Madelung constant, N=Avogadro’s number, n = a constant called Bom exponent (depends on the repulsive force arising from interionic penetration and generally taken to be 9), e = charge of an electron, Z+ and Z ¯ are the charges on the cation and the anion respectively, r = interionic distance (minimum distance between the centers of oppositely charged ions in the lattice).

Calculation of lattice enthalpy from Born-Haber cycle: Lattice enthalpy of an ionic compound cannot be measured directly by experiment.

It can be measured indirectly from the Born-Haber Cycle. In 1919, Max Bom and Fritz Haber proposed a method based on Hess’s law for the calculation of lattice enthalpy by relating it with other thermochemical data.

It can be illustrated as follows:

Calculation of lattice enthalpy of NaCl: The ionic compound, NaCl(s) may be formed from its constituent elements by two different paths.

It may be formed by the combination of its constituent elements directly i.e., from sodium and chlorine. This is an exothermic process. The heat evolved at 25°C and 1 atm pressure is called standard enthalpy of formation \(\left(\Delta \boldsymbol{H}_f^{\mathbf{0}}\right)\).

⇒ \(\mathrm{Na}(s)+\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{Cl}_2(s) \rightarrow \mathrm{NaCl}(s) ; \Delta \mathrm{H}_f^0=-411.2 \mathrm{~kJ} \mathrm{~mol}^{-1}\)

The formation of 1 mol of NnCl(s) may also be considered indirectly through the following steps: O Sublimation of solid Nu to gaseous Na: Energy needed to break down the metal lattice of sodium is called sublimation energy (S) or enthalpy of sublimation \(\left(\Delta H_s^0\right)\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{Na}(s) \rightarrow \mathrm{Na}(\mathrm{g}) ; \Delta H_s^0=+108.4 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Formation of gaseous Na+ ion: The energy required in this process is called the ionization energy (I) or ionization enthalpy \(\left(\Delta H_i^0\right)\)

⇒ \(\mathrm{Na}(\mathrm{g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{Na}^{+}(\mathrm{g})+e^{-} ; I=+495.6 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Dissociation of Cl2 molecule into Gl-atoms: The dissociation energy (D) or enthalpy of dissociation \(\left(\Delta H_d^0\right)\) is the amount of energy needed to convert 1 mol of Cl2 molecules into 2mol of Clatoms. To produce 1 mol of Cl-atoms, half dissociation energy is required.

⇒ \(\frac{1}{2} \mathrm{Cl}_2(\mathrm{~g}) \rightarrow \mathrm{Cl}(\mathrm{g}) ; \frac{1}{2} \Delta H_d^0=+121 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Formation of Cl- ions: It is an exothermic process. The energy evolved is called electron-gain enthalpy (JE).

⇒ \(\mathrm{Cl}(\mathrm{g})+e \rightarrow \mathrm{Cl}^{-}(\mathrm{g}) ; E=-348.6 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

Formation of NaCl(s) from Na+(g) and Cl(g): It is an exothermic process that results in the liberation of energy known as lattice energy lattice enthalpy (U).

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Nacl from na

According to Hess’s law: \(\Delta H_f^0=\Delta H_s^0+I+\frac{1}{2} \Delta H_d^0+E+U\)

∴ U =-411.2 -108.4 -495.6 -121 -(-348.6)

= -787.6 kl-mol-1

Thus, the lattice enthalpy of NaCl(s) has a large negative value. This indicates that the compound is highly stable.

Importance of lattice enthalpy:

  1. A negative value of lattice enthalpy indicates that the formation of a crystalline ionic compound from its constituent ions is an exothermic process, i.e., an ionic crystal is more stable compared to its constituent ions.
  2. The magnitude of lattice enthalpy gives an Idea about the forces and the stability of the ionic compound. The higher the negative value of lattice enthalpy greater the stability of the ionic compound.
  3. A higher value of lattice enthalpy indicates that the ionic crystal is hard, has a high melting point, and is less soluble in water.

The order of lattice enthalpy of some ionic compounds:

  1. LiX > NaX > KX > RbX > CsX
  2. MgO > CaO > SrO > BaO
  3. MgCO2 > CaCO3 > SrCO3 > BaCO3
  4. Mg(OH)2> Ca(OH)2 > Sr(OH)2 > Ba(OH)2

Most of the ionic compounds are formed by reaction between cations (of metals) and anions (of non-metals). However, ammonium ion (NH), a cation obtained from two non-metallic elements is a very common exception.

Variable electrovalency and exceptions to the octet rule

Several metals like Ga, In, Tl, Sn, Pb, Bi, etc. (belonging to groups 13, 14, and 15 of-block) and Cr, Mn, Fe, Cu, etc. (belonging to d-block) exhibit variable electrovalency by losing different numbers of electrons. The reasons for exhibiting several electrovalency are

  1. Unstable electronic configurations of the ions and
  2. Inert pair effect. Some exceptions to the octet rule are also observed in the case of these metals.

Variable valency of heavy p-block elements: Some heavier p -block elements having the valence shell electronic configuration: ns2npl-6 exhibit variable electrovalency.

However, their primary valency is equal to the number of electrons present in the ultimate and penultimate shells.

Why is it so? The electronic configuration of these elements has revealed that both d and f-electrons are present in the valence shell of these elements.

Due to the poor screening effect of the d and orbitals, the s-electrons of the outermost shell are held tightly to the nucleus.

As a result, a pair of electrons present in the ns orbital are reluctant to take part in the reaction. This is called the inert pair effect. Due to the inert pair effect, heavier p-block elements show variable valency.

Example: Lead (Pb) shows a +2 oxidation state predominantly due to the inert pair effect.

Pb: [Xe]4f145d106s26p2. The two 6p¯ electrons are easily lost to attain the +2 oxidation state.

However, due to the very poor shielding effect of the 4f and 5d -electrons, the pair of 6s¯ electrons get closer to the nucleus and hence, are more tightly bound by the nuclear force.

A large amount of energy must be expended to unpair the electron pair in the 6s -orbital and hence, they tend to exist as an inert pair.

Hence, the common oxidation state of Pb in most of its compounds is +2. It is only in the presence of highly electronegative elements like fluorine and oxygen that the pair of electrons in the 6s¯ orbital can be unpaired and one of the electrons is promoted to the 6p¯ orbital giving rise to the +4 oxidation state of Pb.

Hence, only two compounds of Pb in the +4 oxidation state are known, viz., lead tetrafluoride (PbF4) and lead dioxide (PbO2).

Variable valency of d-block (transition) elements: The general electronic configuration of d-block elements is (n-l)d1-10ns1-2.

Here, apart from the s-electrons of the 71st shell, one or more d-electron(s) of (n-1)th shell contribute to the valency and hence to the oxidation state of the elements. Hence, the d-block elements exhibit variable valency.

Examples:

The electrovalency of iron (Fe) may be 2 or 3. The electronic configuration of Fe ls22s22p63s23p63d64s2. It forms a Fe2+ ion by the loss of two electrons from the 4s orbital. Soin ferrous compounds, the electrovalency of Fe is +2. Fe2+ ion has a less stable d6 configuration.

Therefore, it loses one electron more to form Fe3+ ion thereby attaining a relatively more stable configuration. So, the electrovalency of Fe in ferric compounds is 3.

In the outermost shells of Fe2+ and Fe3+ ions, there are 14 and 13 electrons respectively. Thus, the octet rule is violated in both cases. The electrovalency of copper (Cu) can either be 1 or 2, i.e., it may either form Cu+ or Cu2+ ions.

The electronic configuration of Cu is  ls22s22p63s23p63d104s1. A single Cu-atom loses one 4s -electron and gets converted into a Cu+ ion. So in cuprous compounds, the electrovalency of Cu is 1.

The nuclear charge of Cu is not sufficient enough to hold 18 electrons of Cu+ ion present in the outermost shell and hence, to acquire greater stability, Cu+ ion loses one more electron from the 3d -orbital to form Cu2+ ion.

So, the electrovalency of copper in cupric compounds is 2. In the outermost shells of Cu+ and Cu2+, there are 18 and 17 electrons respectively. Thus, the octet rule is violated in both cases.

Exceptions to the octet rule in some elements

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Exceptions To the Octet Rule In Some Elements

Shapes of ionic compounds

For the maximum stability of ionic compounds, cations, and anions form crystals by arranging themselves in regular and definite geometrical patterns so that the coulom forces of repulsion among the ions of similar charge, as well as electron-electron repulsion among the extranuclear electrons, are minimum.

The shape of the crystals depends on the charges of the ions, their packing arrangements, and the ratio of the cation to anion radius.

It can be shown by simple geometrical calculation that if the radius ratio is greater than 0.414 but less than 0.732, each cation is surrounded by the six nearest anionic neighbors. Such an array gives rise to the octahedral crystal ofthe compound

So, during the formation of a NaCl crystal, each Na+ ion is surrounded by six neighboring Clions, and each such Clton is similarly surrounded by six neighboring Na+ ions, each ion lies at the center of an octahedron and the oppositely charged ions reside at tire corners of that octahedron. This type of arrangement is called 6-6 coordination.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Nacl Crystal

Coordination number In an ionic crystal, the number of oppositely charged adjacent ions that are equidistant from a particular ion (in 3D close packing) is called the coordination number (C.N.) of that ion.

Positive and negative ions both have the same coordination number when there are equal numbers of both types of ions present (NaCl), but the coordination numbers for positive and negative ions are different when there are different numbers of oppositely charged ions (CaCl2).

Example: When the radius ratio (r+/r-) is less than 0.414, the coordination number is less than 6, but when the radius ratio (r+/r-) is more than 0.732, the coordination number is more than 6. In cesium chloride (CsCl), rCs+/rcr = L69A/1.8lA = 0.933.

So in a CsCl crystal, each Cs+ ion is surrounded by eight Cl- ions, and each Cl- ion is similarly surrounded by eight Cs+ ions. In this case, the coordination number of both the Cs+ and Cl- ions is 8. On the other hand, in zinc sulfide (ZnS) crystal, rZni+/rS2- = 0.74A/1.84A = 0.40.

In the ZnS crystal, each Zn Ion is surrounded by four S2- ions, and each S2- lon is surrounded by four Zn2+ ions. So, the coordination number of both ions is 4.

In the formation of ternary ionic compounds [such as calcium fluoride crystal (CaF2) to maintain electrical neutrality, the coordination number of calcium ions (Ca2+) becomes twice the coordination number of fluoride ions (F).

In CaF, crystal, each Ca2+ ion is surrounded by eight F ions while each F ion is surrounded by four Ca2+ ions

Role of cation and anion in the formation of stable crystal:

The definite position of the anions surrounding a cation in a stable octahedral crystal is shown. Two anions, aligned vertically above and below the central cation have not been shown.

In this case, the radius ratio (r+/r_) is in the range: of 0.414 – 0.732. If the size of the cation is small, then the value of (r+/r-) will be diminished and in this condition, the anions in contact will repel each other.

But the cation, not being in contact with tire anions, will not attract them. Consequently, a stable octahedral crystal will not be formed. Instead, the ionic compound assumes a tetrahedral structure with coordination number 4 by disposing of its ions suitably, so that it gains stability.

Stated differently, if the cation is much smaller in size than the anion, four anions are sufficient to surround the central cation—six anions are not required. When the cationic size is very large, the value of (r +/r-) increases.

In such a case, the anions touch the cation but do not touch each other. So, a stable octahedral structure will not be formed. Hence, more anions should surround the central cation so that they touch each other to give rise to a stable cubic structure with coordination number 8.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Stable Octahedral Structure

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Radius Ratio And Crystal Structure

The given rules relating radius ratio with crystal structure apply only to those ionic compounds in which the cation and the anion bear the same charge (electrovalency).

For example, in NaCl, the electrovalency of both Na+ and Clis 1, and in ZnS, the electrovalency of both Zn2+ and S22- is 2, etc. The radius ratio rule (mentioned above) is not applicable for those ionic compounds in which the electrovalencies of cations and anions are not equal.

Note that a conglomeration of countless number of cations and anions leads to the formation of crystals of an ionic compound. Hence, there is no existence of a separate molecule and the entire crystal exists as a giant molecule.

Properties and characteristics of ionic compounds

Physical state: In ionic compounds, there is no existence of separate molecular entities. Oppositely charged ions arrange themselves three-dimensionally, forming a crystal of definFite geometrical shape. The compounds are solids at ordinary temperature and pressure.

Melting and boiling points: In ionic compounds, the oppositely charged ions are held together, tightly by strong electrostatic forces of attraction, and hence a huge amount of energy is required to overcome these forces, i.e., to break the compact and hard crystal lattice. As a result, the melting and boiling points of ionic compounds are generally very high.

Directional nature: Electrostatic force in an ionic compound extends in all directions. Hence, ionic bonds are non-directional.

Isomerism: Due to the non-directional nature of ionic bonds, ionic compounds do not exhibit isomerism.

Electrical conductivity: Ionic compounds do not conduct electricity in the solid state because oppositely charged. ions are held together strongly with a coulomb force of attraction extending in all directions.

But in the molten state or solution in a suitable solvent (like water), the ions being free from crystal lattice, conduct electricity.

Solubility: Ionic compounds generally dissolve in polar solvents i.e., solvents possessing high dielectric constant, (e.g., water), and insoluble in non-polar solvents (e.g., carbon disulfide, carbon tetrachloride, benzene, etc.).

Isomorphism: Isoelectronicionic compounds generally exhibit the property of isomorphism (both of the ions have similar electronic configurations).

Two pairs of isomorphous compounds are—

Sodium Fluoride (Naf) and magnesium oxide (MgO): potassium sulfide (K2S) and calcium chloride (CaCl2)

Example:

⇒ [Na+(2, 8) F2, 8)], [Mg2+(2, 8) O2-(2, 8)]; [K+(2, 8, 8) S2+(2, 8, 8)], [Ca2+(2, 8, 8) Cl(2, 8, 8)]

Ionic reaction and its rate: In aqueous solution, electrovalent compounds exist as ions. In any solution, the chemical reaction of ionic compounds is the chemical reaction of the constituent ions of that compound. As a result, a chemical reaction between ionic compounds in solution is very fast.

For example, on addition of an aqueous solution of AgNOg to an aqueous solution of NaCl, a white precipitate of AgCl is formed immediately: \(\mathrm{Na}^{+} \mathrm{Cl}^{-}+\mathrm{Ag}^{+} \mathrm{NO}_3^{-} \rightarrow \mathrm{AgCl} \downarrow+\mathrm{Na}^{+} \mathrm{NO}_3^{-}\)

Solvation of ions and solvation energy or enthalpy

Ionic compounds dissolve in polar solvents (for example water). Such solvent molecules strongly attract the ions present in the crystal lattice of solid ionic compounds and detach them from the crystal.

When any ionic compound dissolves in a polar solvent, the negative pole of the solvent molecule attracts the cation that forms the crystal while its positive pole attracts the anion. As a result, the electrostatic force of attraction between the cations and anions decreases.

If the magnitude of this attractive force of the polar solvent molecules exceeds the lattice energy of the solute, the ions present in the crystal get detached from the crystal lattice and are dispersed in the solvent.

Ions present in the solvent, being surrounded by a suitable number of solvent molecules (i.e., being solvated) are stabilized.

For example, at the time of dissolution of NaCl in water, each Na+ and Cl ion being surrounded by six water molecules, becomes solvated to form stable hydrated ions. This process is known as solvation.

The amount of energy released when one mole (one gram formula mass) of an ionic crystal is solvated in a solvent, is known as the solvation.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Dissolution Of Nacl In Water

Energy evolved in the dissolution of ionic compounds: The solvation energy is die driving force that brings about die total collapse ofthe structural framework work ofthe crystal.

Higher the dielectric constant the capacity of the solvent to weaken the forces of attraction) and dipole moment of the solvent, the higher the die magnitude of die solvation energy. Moreover, solvation energy also depends on the sizes ofthe cations and anions. ΔH solution = ΔH solvation lattice where ΔHsolution = energy evolved in the dissolution of the ionic compound, ΔH solvation = solvation enthalpy, and ΔHlattice

enthalpy of the ionic compound. If the solvation energy exceeds the lattice energy, then that ionic compound is soluble in that solvent but if It is much less, then the ionic compound is insoluble in that solvent.

Example: CaF2 is insoluble in water while CaCl2 is appreciably soluble. This implies that the lattice energy of CaF2 is more than the solvation energy of its constituent ions, but the lattice energy of CaCl2 is less than the solvation energy of its constituent ions.

  • It is to be noted that ionic compounds do not dissolve in non-polar solvents (turpentine oil, gasoline, etc.) because solvation of ions by the non-polar solvent is not possible.
  • For most of the ionic compounds, ΔH° is +ve, i.e., the dissolution process is endothermic. Hence, the solution solubility of most of the salts in water increases with the temperature rise.

Covalency And Covalent Bond

Formation of ionic bonds is not possible when the atoms of similar or almost similar electronegativities combine. This is because the electron affinity of both atoms is of the same or approximately the same order.

Therefore, the electron transfer theory’ (as discussed in the case of ionic bond formation) cannot explain the bonding in molecules such as H2, O2, N2, Cl2, etc.

To explain the bonding in such molecules, G. N. Lewis (1916) proposed an electronic model, according to which, the chemical bond in a non-ionic compound is covalent.

He suggested that when both the atoms taking part in a chemical combination are short of electrons than the stable electronic configuration of the nearest noble gas, they can share their electrons to complete their octets (duplet in the case of H).

This type of bond, formed by mutual sharing of electrons, is called a covalent bond.

During the formation of a covalent bond, the two combining atoms contribute an equal number of electrons for sharing. The shared electrons are common to both atoms and are responsible for holding the two atoms together.

Since such a combination of atoms does not involve the transfer of electrons from one atom to another, the bonded atoms remain electrically neutral.

Covalency To achieve the electronic configuration of the nearest noble gas, an equal number of electron(s) from the outermost shells of two combining atoms remaining in the ground state or excited state, form one or more electron pairs that are evenly shared by the two atoms. The capacity of the elements for this type of chemical combination is called covalency.

Covalent bond The force Of attraction that binds atoms of the same or different elements by the mutual sharing of electrons is called a covalent bond. The atoms involved in covalent bond formation contribute an equal number of electrons for sharing. The shared electron pair(s) are common to both atoms.

Covalent Molecules The molecules that consist of atoms held together by covalent bonds are called covalent molecules.

The number of valence electrons shared by an atom of an element to form covalent bonds is called the covalency of that element.

Therefore, the covalency of an element in a covalent molecule is, in fact, equal to the number of covalent bonds formed by its atom with other atoms of the same or different element. For example, in a carbon dioxide molecule (0=C=0), the covalency of carbon is 4 and that of oxygen is 2.

Driving force behind covalent bond formation: Any covalent bond is formed by the combination of two electrons of opposite spin.

The driving forces behind the formation of a covalent bond are the electromagnetic force of attraction developed in the pairing of two electrons of opposite spin and the attainment of stability by forming an inert electron core.

Types of covalent molecules

Homonuclear covalent molecule: The molecules formed when atoms of the same element are joined together by covalent bonds are called homonuclear covalent molecules, for Example; H2, O2, N2, Cl2, etc.

Heteronuclear covalent molecule: The molecules formed when atoms of different elements are joined together by covalent bonds are called heteronuclear covalent molecules, Example; NH3, H2O, HC1, CH4, etc.

Types of covalent bonds

Single bond: The bond formed by the sharing of one electron pair between two atoms is known as a single bond and is represented by ( — ).

Double bond: The bond formed by sharing two electron pairs between two atoms is known as a double bond and is represented by (=).

Triple bond: The bond formed by the sharing of three electron pairs between two atoms is known as a triple bond and is represented by (=).

Examples: There exists a single bond between the two hydrogen atoms in a hydrogen molecule (H —H), a double bond between the two oxygen atoms in an oxygen molecule (0=0), and a triple bond between the two nitrogen atoms in a nitrogen molecule (N=N).

Lewis dot structure

The structure of a covalent compound expressed by writing Lewis symbols ofthe participating atoms using one pair of dots between each pair of atoms for each covalent bond where a dot represents an electron is called Lewis dot structure.

Electrons are normally represented by dot or cross (x) signs. Lewis dot structures of fluorine and hydrogen chloride are shown here.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Lewis dot structure

Valence electrons that do not participate in covalent bond formation are simply written as pairs of dots surrounding the symbol of the concerned atom.

The steps involved in writing Lewis dot structure are as follows:

  1. The total number of valence electrons ofthe atoms present in a particular molecule, Orion should be calculated.
  2. If the species is a cation, the number of electrons equal to the units of +ve charge should be subtracted from the total, and if the species is an anion, the number of electrons equal to the units of -ve charge should be added to the total. This gives the total number of electrons to be distributed.
  3. The skeletal structure is written by placing the least electronegative atom in the center (except hydrogen) and more negative atoms in the terminal positions. Note that the monovalent atoms like H and F always occupy the terminal positions.
  4. One shared electron pair should be placed between every pair of atoms to represent a single bond between them. The remaining pairs of electrons are used either for multiple bonding or to show them as lone pairs, keeping in mind that the octet of every atom (except) is completed.
  5. Remember that oxygen atoms do not bond to each other except in cases of O2, O3, peroxides, and superoxides.

Example: Lewis dot structure of HCN molecule:

  1. Total number of valence electrons of the atoms in HCN molecule =I (for H-atom) +4 (for C-atom) +5 (for Natom)=10.
  2. The skeletal structure of the molecule is HCN.
  3. One shared pair of electrons is placed between H and C and one shared pair is placed between C and N. The remaining electrons are treated as two lone pairs on N and one lone pair on C. H:C: N:O
  4. Since the octets of C and N are incomplete, multiple bonds are required between them.
  5. To complete their octets, a triple bond (i.e., two more shared pairs of electrons) should be placed between them. Thus, the Lewis dot structure of the hydrogen cyanide molecule is: Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Lewis dot structure of HCN Molecule

lewis dot structure of some molecule or ions 

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Lewis Dot Structure Of Some molecules Or Ions

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Lewis Dot Structure Of Some molecules Or Ions.

Example of covalent bond formation:

Formation of a chlorine molecule (Cl2): Two Cl-atom combine to form a Cl2 molecule. Electronic configuration of a Cl -atom (Z = 17) 1s22s22p63s23p5 i.e., 2, 8, 7.

Thus, each Cl -atom has seven electrons In Its valence shell and needs one more electron to attain a stable electronic configuration of Ar (2, 8, 8), i.e., to achieve the octet.

During combination, both the Cl -atoms contribute one electron each to form a common shared pair. In this way, both of them complete their octets.

As a result, a covalent bond Is formed between the two chlorine atoms to produce a chlorine molecule. The completed octets are generally represented by enclosing the dots around the symbol of the element by a circle or ellipse.

The electron pair (s) shared by the bonding atoms is known as the shared pair or bond pair and the electron pair not involved In sharing is known as the unshared pair or lone pair.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Chlorine Molecule

Formation of oxygen molecule (O2):

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Oxygen Molecule (O2)

Formation of nitrogen molecule (N2):

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation of nitrogen molecule (N2)

Formation of water molecule (H2O)

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation of water molecule (H20)

Formation of carbon dioxide molecule (CO2):

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Oxygen Molecule (O2)

Formal Charge

A molecule Is neutral and its constituent atoms do not carry charges. In polyatomic ions, the net charge is possessed as a whole and not by individual atoms. In some cases, charges are assigned to individual atoms. These are called formal charges.

The formal charge of an atom in a polyatomic molecule or ion is defined as the difference between the number of valence electrons of that atom in an isolated atom and the number of electrons assigned to that atom in the Lewis structure. It can be expressed as follows.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formal Charge

If the atom has more electrons in the molecule Orion than in the free or isolated state, then the atom possesses a negative formal charge and if the atom has fewer electrons in the molecule or ion than in the free or isolated state, then the atom possesses a positive formal charge.

Calculation of Formal Charges Of some Molecules And Ions 

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Cqalculation Of Formal Charges Of Some Molecules And Ions

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Cqalculation Of Formal Charges Of Some Molecules And Ions.2

Advantage of formal charge calculation: The main advantage of the calculation of formal charges is that It helps to select the most stable structure from many possible Lewis structures for a given molecule or Ion. Generally, the lowest energy structure (most stable) is the one with the lowest formal charges on the constituent atoms for a particular molecule or ion.

Factors favoring the formation of covalent bonds

Number of valence electrons: Formation of a covalent bond is favored when each of the combining atoms possesses 4, 5, 6, or 7 (except H) valence electrons. Such atoms can form 4, 3, 2, or 1 electron pair(s) with one or more atoms to achieve the octet by mutual sharing. So, elements of groups 14, 15, 16, and 17 form covalent bonds easily.

High ionization enthalpy: The atoms having high ionization energy are unable to form electrovalent bonds. They form molecules through the formation of covalent bonds. This behavior is observed in the case of p-block elements.

Comparable electron-gain enthalpies: The formation of a covalent bond is favored when the participating atoms have equal or nearly equal electron-gain enthalpies, they should have equal or nearly equal electron affinity.

Comparable electronegativities: The two atoms involved in covalent bond formation should have equal or nearly equal values of electronegativity because in that case no transfer of electron from one atom to another takes place and thus, the formation of a covalent bond is favored.

High nuclear charge and small internuclear distance: During the formation of a covalent bond the electron density is concentrated between the two nuclei of the combining atoms, which is responsible for holding the two nuclei together.

The greater the nuclear charge and the smaller the internuclear distance, the greater the tendency for the formation of covalent bonds.

Characteristics of covalent compounds

Physical state: Covalent compounds are composed of discrete molecules. The intermolecular forces of attraction between them are usually very weak.

Hence, covalent compounds exist in a gaseous or liquid state. However, a few covalent compounds such as urea, sugar, glucose, etc. exist as solids because of stronger intermolecular forces.

Melting and boiling points: The attractive force between the molecules of covalent compounds is usually weak and consequently, a lesser amount of energy is required to overcome these forces.

As a result, covalent compounds possess low melting and boiling points compared to ionic compounds.

Electrical conductivity: Covalent compounds do not possess negatively and positively charged ions so, they usually do not conduct electricity in the fused or dissolved state.

However, in some cases, the covalent compound dissolved in a polar solvent reacts with the solvent molecules to form ions and thus conduct electricity.

For example, being a covalent compound, hydrogen chloride is a non-conductor of electricity in the pure state but when dissolved in water, it reacts with water to form hydronium ions and chloride ions. Hence, an aqueous solution of hydrogen chloride (i.e., hydrochloric acid) is capable of conducting electricity.

⇒ \(\mathrm{HCl}+\mathrm{H}_2 \mathrm{O} \rightleftharpoons \mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{O}^{+}+\mathrm{Cl}^{-}\)

Solubility: Covalent compounds are usually soluble in non-polar solvents but insoluble in polar solvents (in conformity with the principle, “like dissolves like”).

For example, the covalent compound carbon tetrachloride does not dissolve in a polar solvent (like water) but it readily dissolves in the non-polar solvent, benzene. However, some covalent compounds such as alcohol, acetic acid, hydrogen chloride, glucose, etc. dissolve In a die polar solvent, water.

This Is because they are themselves polar compounds and react with water or participate In the formation ofhydrogen bonds with water molecules. For example, HC1 dissolves In water and forms H3O+ and Cl- Ions while glucose (C6H12O6) having five hydroxyl (-Oil) groups, dissolves In water by forming hydrogen bonds with water molecules.

Rate of chemical reaction: The reactions of covalent compounds Involve the breaking of strong covalent hond(s) present In their molecules.

Since It requires sufficient energy and time, the chemical reactions of covalent compounds occur at a relatively slower rate. For example, the formation of ethanol from glucose by fermentation takes nearly 3 days.

⇒ \(\mathrm{C}_6 \mathrm{H}_{12} \mathrm{O}_6 \rightarrow{\text { Zymase }} 2 \mathrm{C}_2 \mathrm{H}_5 \mathrm{OH}+\mathrm{CO}_2\)

Directional characteristics of covalent bond: Since the atomic orbitals have definite spatial orientation and the covalent bonds are formed by overlapping of atomic orbitals, the bonds possess directional properties.

For example, 4 covalent bonds of an sp3 -hybridized C-atom are directed towards the four corners of a tetrahedron and for days, the shape of the CH4 molecule is tetrahedral.

Isomerism: Since the covalent bonds are rigid and directional, the atoms involved in the formation of a covalent molecule may be oriented differently.

Two or more structurally different compounds having different chemical and physical properties may be represented by a single molecular formula.

Such compounds are called structural isomers, In other words, covalent compounds exhibit structural isomerism. For example, both dimethyl ether and ethyl alcohol have the same molecular formula (C2H6O), but different structural formulas i.e., they are isomers.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Differences Between Ionic And Covalent Compounds

For elements such as hydrogen and nitrogen, oxygen, and fluorine (elements of the second period of the periodic table), the number of unpaired electrons (s) in their valence shells
gives a measure of their covalency. Therefore, the covalencies of H, N, O, and F are 1,3, 2, and 1 respectively.

⇒ \(\begin{gathered}
\mathrm{H}: 1 s^1 ; \mathrm{N}: 1 s^2 2 s^2 2 p_x^1 2 p_y^1 2 p_z^1 ; \mathrm{O}: 1 s^2 2 s^2 2 p_x^2 2 p_y^1 2 p_z^1 \text {; } \\
\mathrm{F}: 1 s^2 2 s^2 2 p_x^2 2 p_y^2 2 p_z^1
\end{gathered}\)

For elements such as Be, B, and C, their covalencies are not determined by the number of unpaired electrons(s) in their valence shells in the ground state.

In the excited state, out of two electrons in the 2s-orbital, one electron gets promoted to the 2p-orbital.

Thus, there are 2, 3, and 4 unpaired electrons respectively in the valence shells of Be, B, and C. So, their covalencies are 2, 3, and 4 respectively.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Electronic Confriguration Ground And Excited Stages

Elements belonging mainly to the 3rd, 4th, and 5th periods of the periodic table possess variable covalencies.

These elements possess vacant orbitals in their valence shell and are capable of promoting one of the paired electrons of that shell to the vacant orbitals. The number of electrons to be promoted depends on the energy available for excitation.

Thus, such an element exhibits more than one covalency depending on the availability of unpaired electrons. This is termed as variable covalency. For example— In PCl3 and PCl5, covalencies of P are 3 and 5 respectively;

In H2S, SF4, and SF6, sulfur exhibits covalencies of 2, 4, and 6 respectively, and in IC1, IC13, IF5, and IF7 iodine has covalence of 1, 3, 5, and 7 respectively.

Variable covalency of phosphorus: 3,5

Trlcovalency of P: The outermost electronic configuration of phosphorus in its ground state:

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Tricovalency of p

In the ground state, phosphorus1 has only three unpaired valence electrons in 3px, 3py, and 3pz orbitals. So, the normal covalency of phosphorus is 3.

Example: In phosphorus trichloride (PC13), phosphorus (sp3 hybridized) exhibits a covalency of 3.

Pentacovalency of P: In the excited state, phosphorus possesses five unpaired electrons in its valence shell by promoting one of its 3s -electrons to the vacant 3dorbital. Thus, it exhibits a covalence of 5.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Pentacovalency Of P

Example: In phosphorus pentachloride (PCl3), phosphorus (sp³d -hybridized) possesses a covalency of 5.

Variable covalency of sulphur: 2,4,6

Bicovalency of S: The outermost electronic configuration of sulfur in its ground state.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Bicovalency Of S

In the ground state, sulfur has only 2 unpaired electrons in 3py and 3pz orbitals. Hence, the covalency of sulfur in the ground state is 2.

Example: In hydrogen sulfide (H2S), sulfur (sp³ hybridized) exhibits a covalency of 2.

Tetracovalency of S: On excitation, one of the paired electrons in 3px -orbital is promoted to vacant 3d -orbital. This results in 4 unpaired electrons in its valence shell.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Tetracovalency of s

So, the covalency of sulfur in the first excited state is 4. Example: in sulfur tetrafluoride(SF4), sulfur (sp3 d hybridized) exhibits a covalency of 4.

Hexacovalency of S: In the case of second excitation, one of the 3s -electrons gets promoted to vacant 3d -orbital. This results in 6 unpaired electrons in its valence shell.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Hexacovalency Of S

Hence, the covalency of S in the second excited state is 6.

Example: In sulfur hexafluoride (SF6), sulphur {sp3d2 hybridised) exhibits a covalency of 6.

Variable covalency of iodine: 1,3, 5, 7

Monocovalency of I: The outermost electronic configuration of iodine in its ground state.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Monocovaency Of I

One unpaired electron indicates the monovalency of I.

Tricovalency of I: In its first excited state, one of the paired electrons from the 5p -orbital gets promoted to a vacant 5d -orbital. This leads to the presence of unpaired
electrons in its valence shell.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Tricovalency Of I

Hence, the covalency of iodine in the first excited state is 3.

Example: In iodine trifluoride (IF3), iodine (sp²d -hybridized) exhibits a covalency of 3.

Pentacovalency of I: In the second excited state, one of the paired electrons from 5px -orbital is promoted to vacant 5d -orbital.

This results in the presence of 5 impaired electrons in the valence shell of the I-atom.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Tricovalency Of I

Example: In iodine pentafluoride (IF5), iodine (sp³d³ – hybridized) exhibits a covalency of 5.

Heptacovalency of I: I-atom attains the third excited state by promoting one of the paired electrons from 5s -orbital to vacant 5d -orbital. This leads to the presence of 7 unpaired electrons in the valence shell of i-atoms.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Heptacovalency Of I

Since the Iodine atom now possesses 7 unpaired electrons the covalency of iodinein in the third excited state is 7.

Example: In iodine heptafluoride (IF), iodine (sp³d³- hybridized) exhibits a covalency of7.

Maximum covalency: Maximum covalency of an element is the maximum number of unpaired electrons that an atom of an element possesses after promoting electrons from s and the p -orbitals to d -orbitals, i.e., it is the maximum number of covalent bonds that an atom of an element can form. For example, the maximum covalencies of P, S, and I are 5, 6, and 7 respectively.

Limitations of the octet rule

The octet rule, although useful for understanding the structures of most organic compounds, fails in many cases and has several exceptions.

Some important exceptions to the rules are as follows:

Incomplete octet of the central atom: Elements of group-1, 2, and 13 are not expected to form covalent compounds as they possess less than four electrons in their valence shell and cannot achieve an octet by sharing electrons.

But, several covalent compounds of these elements are known to exist, which violates the octet rule such as LiCl, BeCl2, BF3, A1C13, etc.

These compounds with an incomplete octet of the central atom are called hypovalent compounds or electron-deficient compounds.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Hypovalent Compounds or Electron Deficient Compounds

Expansion of octet of the central atom: The octet rule is also found to be violated in compounds like PC15, SF6, and IF7 in which the central atoms possess more than eight electrons in their valence shells, i.e., they possess expanded octet.

These compounds with an expanded octet of the central atom are called hypervalent compounds.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Exceptions To the Central Atom

Odd electron molecules: There are some molecules and ions in which the atoms bonded to each other contain an odd no. of electrons (usually 3).

These bonds formed by three electrons are called odd electron bonds and the corresponding molecules are called odd electron molecules. Octet rule is not satisfied for all the atoms of such molecules. Some common examples are as follows:

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure odd Electron Molecules

Formation of compounds by noble gases: Noble gases have filled octets and hence are not expected to form compounds.

However, it has been found that some noble gases like xenon and krypton combine with oxygen and fluorine to form a large number of compounds such as XeF2, XeOF2, XeOF4, XeF6, KrF2, etc. In these compounds, Xe or Kr have expanded octets.

This theory cannot explain the shapes of covalent molecules. It cannot explain the relative stability of the molecules in terms of energy

The explanation for the deviations from the octet rule

Sidgwick’s concept of maximum covalency: According to Sidgwick, it is not always necessary for an atom of an element to achieve the octet combination.

He postulated his views in the form of an empirical rule called the rule of maximum covalency. According to this rule, the maximum covalency of an element depends on its position in the periodic table.

For example, the maximum covalency for H belonging to the first period is 2, the second period (Li to F) is 4, the third (Na to Cl) and fourth period (K to Br) is 6, and for elements of higher periods, it is 8. So, the formation of compounds like PC15 and SF6 where P and S exhibit penta covalency and hexa covalency respectively, is not irrelevant. The modem electronic concept supports Sidgwick’s concept.

Explanation: In the formation of covalent bonds, atoms of the elements belonging to the second period use one orbital of 2s -subshell and three orbitals of 2p -subshell of L -shell {n = 2). Therefore, they can share a maximum of 8 electrons to form covalent bonds, i.e., their maximum covalency is 4.

The maximum covalency shown by the elements of the third period and that of the higher periods is more than 4. This is because their atoms can form compounds using s, p, and d -orbitals of their outermost shell [M(n = 3), N(n = 4), 0(n = 5), etc], For exhibiting higher valency, one or more electrons are promoted from s and p -orbitals to vacant d -orbitals having slightly higher energy. So these elements, depending on the requirement of valency, can utilize 5, 6, 7, or 8 orbitals.

Sugden’s concept of single electron linkage or singlet linkage: According to Sugden, the central atoms of molecules like PCl5, SF6, etc., attain octets by the formation of one or more than one-electron bonds. To explain their structures, he proposed the formation of a new type of bonding called singlet linkage.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Sugdens Concept Of Single Electron Linkage Or Singlet Linkage

Example: In the PCl5 molecule, the P-atom with the help of its 5 valence electrons, forms 3 shared pairs or normal single covalent bonds with three Cl-atoms, and the remaining 2 electrons are used to bond with two Cl-atoms by singlet linkages.

Similarly, the S-atom in SFg molecule forms 2 normal single covalent bonds with two F-atoms using 2 of its 6 valence electrons and the remaining 4 electrons are used to form singlet linkages with four F-atoms.

Limitations of the concept of singlet linkage: Singlet electron linkage is weaker than a normal covalent bond.

Vapors of PC15 dissociate into PC13 and Cl2 at 300°C. This indicates that two P —Cl bonds in PClg are comparatively weaker than the remaining three P—Cl bonds. However, SFg is a very stable molecule and experimental results show that all the six S —F bonds are similar.

Hence, it is not possible to distinguish between singlet electron linkage and normal covalent bond in the case of SFg. There are 5 valence electrons present in the outer shell of both nitrogen and phosphorus.

However, nitrogen forms only trihalides (NX3, X = Cl, Br, I), while phosphorus forms both trihalides (PX3) and pentahalides (PX5). If singlet electron linkages exist, then nitrogen would also have formed pentahalides. Although the concept of singlet electron linkage explains the formation and properties of a few molecules, it fails in most ofthe cases.

There are 5 valence electrons present in the outer shell of both nitrogen and phosphorus. However, nitrogen forms only trihalides (NX3, X = Cl, Br, I), while phosphorus forms both trihalides (PX3) and pentahalides (PX3).

If singlet electron linkages exist, then nitrogen would also have formed pentahalides. Although the concept of singlet electron linkage explains the formation and properties of a few molecules, it fails in most ofthe cases octet occurs for them.

Group 16 elements like S, Se, etc., belonging to third, fourth,. periods form covalent compounds in which the normal valency of the elements is 2 and higher valencies of the elements are 4 and 6.

In normal valency, those elements have fulfilled octet. In higher valencies, octets occur. Group 17 elements like Cl, III, I (tie, belonging to third, fourth, fifth….. form covalent compounds In

Ionic distortion anil development of covalent character In Ionic compounds: Fajan’s rule hikes several covalent compounds possessing ionic characters, many Ionic compounds are also found to carry a partial covalent nature.

For example, Is an Ionic compound hut due to its significant covalent character, It Is more soluble in organic solvents water.

Development of covalent character in an ionic compound: When two oppositely charged Ions approach each other, the cation attracts the electron cloud of the anion but repels Its nucleus.

  • This results in distortion of (the electron cloud around the anion.
  • This Is known as the polarisation of the anion.
  • The power of the cation to polarise the anion Is called Its polarising power.
  • The tendency of the anion to get polarised by the cation is called Its polarisability. Such polarisation results In the transportation of electron cloud towards the cation to produce an overlapping zone.
  • Consequently, the Ionic character of the bond decreases and the covalent character increases. The following picture shows the gradual development of covalent character with an increase in polarisation.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Increase In Polarsation And development of Covelent Character

It is to be noted that the reverse polarisation ofthe cationic charge cloud by the anion will indeed be very small, as the cation has a more compact charge cloud.

The polarising power of the cation is expressed by the term ‘ionic potential: It is the ratio of charge to radius of the corresponding cation and is expressed by the sign, (Phi). Thus,

⇒ \(\text { Ionlc potential, } \phi=\frac{\text { Charge of the cation }}{\text { Radlus of the cation }}\)

On moving front from left to right In a period, the charge of the cation Increases while Its radius decreases. This results In an Increase lu the value of phi.

⇒ \(\text { For example, } \phi\left(\mathrm{Na}^{+}\right)<\phi\left(\mathrm{Mg}^{2+}\right)<\phi\left(\mathrm{Al}^{3+}\right)<\phi\left(\mathrm{Si}^{4+}\right)\)

On the other hand, on moving down the group the cationic charge remains unaltered but the cationic radius increases. Consequently, the value of decreases. For example

⇒\(\phi\left(\mathrm{LI}^{+}\right)>\phi\left(\mathrm{Na}^{+}\right)>\phi\left(\mathrm{K}^{+}\right) ; \phi\left(\mathrm{Be}^{2+}\right)>\phi\left(\mathrm{Mg}^{2+}\right)>\left(\mathrm{Ca}^{2+}\right)\)

In the case of some metals with different oxidation states, the value of phi Increases with an Increase In oxidation number,

⇒ \(\text { For example, } \phi\left(\mathrm{Sn}^{2+}\right)<\phi\left(\mathrm{Sn}^{4+}\right) ; \phi\left(\mathrm{Fe}^{2+}\right)<\phi\left(\mathrm{Fe}^{3+}\right)\)

With an Increase In the value of <p, the polarising power of the cullon increases which ultimately Increases the covalent character ofthe Ionic compound.

Fajan’s rule: The polarising power of the cation and the polarisability of the anion (i.e., the extent of polarization causing the development of covalent character in an ionic
compound) is governed by certain rules known as Fajan’s rules.

According to these rules, the covalent character of an ionic compound depends on the following factors:

Size of the cation: For the cations having the same charge, the value Φ increases with a decrease in the size of the cation.

Hence, the deformation of the anion increases which in turn enhances covalency. From the table given below, it is observed that the melting point decreases (i.e., the covalent character of anhydrous chlorides of alkaline earth metals increases) with a decrease in the radii of the cations.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Melting point of Andhdrous Chlorides.

The melting point however decreases from NaCl to KC1 to RbCl, due to successive decreases in in the lattice energy

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Melting Point of Anhydrous Chlorides

Size of the anion: In a large-sized anion, the outermost electrons are less tightly held by the nucleus and hence, would be more easily distorted by the cation.

Thus, the larger the anion, the higher its polarisability and the greater the covalent character of the compound formed. The following table shows that the melting points decrease (i.e., the covalent character of the anhydrous calcium halides increases) with the increase in the size ofthe anion.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Melting Point Of Anhydrous Calcium Halides

The greater amount of charge on the cation or anion: The ionic potential Φ of the cations increases with an increase in cationic charge and a decrease in cationic radii. Consequently, the resulting compound is found to possess a more covalent character. It becomes evident.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Melting point of anhydrous chlorides covelnt character

As the charge on an anion increases, valence electrons become more loosely held by the nucleus and therefore, it gets more easily deformed by the cation. Thus, the greater the charge on an anion, the higher its polarisability, and the greater the covalent character ofthe compound formed.

Configuration of cation: Between the two cations having the same size and charge, the one with 18 electrons in the outermost shell (S2p6d10) i.e., with pseudo noble gas configuration, has greater polarising power than the other with 8 electrons in the outermost shell (S2p6), i.e., with noble gas configuration.

This is because, in the case of cations having 18 valence electrons, there is a poor screening effect due to the presence of d electrons.

Thus, a more effective nuclear charge polarises the anion to a greater extent causing the development of a more covalent character in the compound formed, the following table shows that the melting points of the anhydrous chlorides of coinage metals are less compared to those of the anhydrous chlorides of alkali metals with noble gas electronic configuration.

The chlorides of Cu, Ag, and Au, therefore, possess a greater covalent character.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Mp Of Anhydrous Chlorides

The dielectric constant of the medium: A polar medium possessing a high dielectric constant tends to weaken electrostatic forces of attraction existing between oppositely charged ions. As a result, ions remain separated in a polar medium and effective polarisation does not take place.

However, effective polarisation takes place in a nonpolar medium having a low dielectric constant. Hence, an ionic compound exhibits more covalent character in a non-polar medium than in an apolar medium.

Effect of polarisation on the properties of compounds

Solubility: As polarisation increases, the covalent character as well as the tendency of ionic compounds to get dissolved in non-polar solvents increases.

Solubility of silver halides (AgX) in water: Order of polarisability of halide ions: I¯> Br¯ > Cl¯ > F¯ (polarisability increases with increase in size).

Therefore, the covalent character of silver halides follows the order: Agl > AgBr > AgCl > AgF, i.e., the ionic character of these halides follows the reverse order.

Consequently, the solubility of silver halides in the polar solvent, water, follows the order: AgF > AgCl > AgBr > Agl

Solubility of KC1 and K1 in alcohol: Since I¯ ion is larger than Cl¯ ion, I¯ gets more easily polarised than Cl¯. So, KI possesses more covalent character compared to KC1 and thus, it is more soluble in alcohol (a less polar solvent having low dielectric constant) compared to KC1.

Thermal stability of metal carbonates: For the carbonates of Be, Mg, and Ca belonging to group-2 and possessing common anion (CO3), ionic potential (cf2) of the cations follows the order: Be2+ > Mg2+ > Ca2+. So, the ionic nature of these compounds runs as follows:

BeCO3 < MgCO3 < CaCO3. Thus, their thermal stability follows the order: of BeCO3 < MgCO3 < CaCO3. Therefore, on moving down a particular group, the thermal stability ofthe metal carbonates gradually increases.

Color of different salts of metal: The tendency of the anions to getpolarised increases with an increase in size. This facilitates the transition of electrons from the filled orbital of anions to the unfilled orbital of cations.

The energy required for the electronic transition of an anion having high polarisability is lower than the energy required for that having low polarisability.

Anions having high polarisability obtain the energy required for the electronic transition from the visible range while those with low polarisability, from the ultraviolet region.

Thus the compounds having anions with high polarisability, are generally colored, depending on the wavelength absorbed, while those having anions with low polarisability are generally white.

For example, HgCl2 is white but Hgl2 is red; AgCl is white but Agl is yellow; PbCl2 is white, but Pbl2 is golden yellow. Non-existence of compound: PbCl4 exists but Pbl4 has no existence. In Pbl4, the charge on the cation, Pb4+ is much higher and it strongly polarises the large anion, I-.

The degree of polarisation is so high that the two I- ions are oxidized to the I2 molecule by donating two electrons and the Pb4+ ion is reduced to the Pb2+ ion by gaining two electrons.

⇒ \(\stackrel{+4}{\mathrm{PbI}_4} \rightarrow \stackrel{+2}{\mathrm{PbI}_2^{-1}}+\stackrel{0}{\mathrm{I}}_2\)

Hence, Pbl4 does not exist. On the other hand, PbCl4 exists as the degree of polarization of relatively small Cl¯ is not very high, and hence no such electron transfer occurs. For the same reason, Fel3 does not exist but Fel2 does.

Coordinate Covalency Bond And Coordinate Bond Or Dative Bond

In 1921, Perkins suggested a special type of covalency known as coordinate covalency.

Coordinate Covalency is a special type of covalent bond in which the shared pair is contributed by only one of the two combining atoms.

This electron pair is shared by both of the combining atoms due to which both of them attain octet and the valency hence generated is called coordinate covalency.

Coordinate Bond A coordinate bond is a special type of covalent bond in which the shared pair of electrons is contributed by one of the two combining atoms

Coordinate Compounds Compounds

A coordinate bond is formed between two atoms, one of which has completed its octet and the other is short of two electrons to complete its octet.

The former atom which donates a pair of electrons (lone pair) is known as the donor and the latter atom which accepts the electron pair to complete its octet is known as an acceptor.

A coordinate bond is represented by an arrow pointing from the donor towards the acceptor Like a covalent bond, a coordinate bond is formed by overlapping of atomic orbitals of two atoms.

As the atomic orbitals have specific orientations in space, coordinate bonds also have specific orientations in space. Note that a coordinate bond once formed cannot be distinguished from a covalent bond.

Conditions for the formation of coordinate bonds

  1. The donor atom must contain at least one lone pair of electrons in its valence shell.
  2. The acceptor atom must have at least one vacant orbital in its valence shell where the lone pair of electrons from the donor atom can be accommodated.
  3. The lone pair of the donor atom must be equally shared by both the donor and the acceptor atoms.

The electron pairs, which present the valence shell ofthe atoms or ions, which do not participate in the bond formation are termed as ‘lone pair of electrons

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Mechanism for the formation of coordinate bond

For example, N-atom in NH3 molecule and O-atom in H2O molecule The molecules having atoms with lone pair of electrons e.g., ammonia (NH3), water (H26), methyl amine (CH3NH2), aniline (CgH5NH2), phosphine (PH3), triphenylphosphine (PH3P), alcohols (ROH), phenol (C6H5OH), diethyl ether (C2H5OC2H5), etc.] act as a donor in the coordinate bond formation.

On the other hand, hydrogen ions (H+) or molecules having atoms with electron sextet (e.g., BF3, BH3, etc.), or metal ions containing vacant orbital in their valence shell act as acceptors in the coordinate bond formation.

Mechanism for the formation of coordinate bond

The donor atom transfers one electron of its lone pair to the acceptor atom and as a result, the donor atom acquires a positive charge and the acceptor atom acquires a negative charge.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular The donor atom transfers one electron of its lone pair to the acceptor

The two ions then contribute one electron each and this electron pair is shared by both the atoms to form a single covalent bond between them.

⇒ \(\stackrel{+}{\mathrm{A}}+\stackrel{\rightharpoonup}{\cdot} \longrightarrow \stackrel{+}{\mathrm{A}}: \overline{\mathrm{B}} \text { or } \stackrel{\mathrm{A}}-\overline{\mathrm{B}} \text { or } \mathrm{A} \rightarrow \mathrm{B}\)

Thus, the formation of a coordinate bond involves the transfer of electrons (as in the formation of an electrovalent bond) as well as the sharing of electrons (as in the formation of a covalent bond).

Therefore, a coordinate bond may be regarded as a combination of a polar electrovalent bond and a non-polar or less polar covalent bond. For this reason, a coordinate bond is termed a semipolar bond.

Examples of coordinate bond formation:

Formation of an addition compound (complex) involving ammonia and boron trifluoride: In ammonia (NH3), the nitrogen atom has a lone pair and the boron atom in boron trifluoride (BF3)is short of two electrons to achieve its octet.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Examples Of Coordinate Bond Formation

Therefore, when NH3 is subjected to react with BF3, the N-atom donates its lone pair to the Batom to form a coordinate bond which holds them together forming the addition compound, \(\mathrm{H}_3 \mathrm{~N} \rightarrow \mathrm{BF}_3.\)

An ion or a molecule that can donate an electron pair is called a Lewis base and an ion or a molecule that can accept an electron pair is called a Lewis acid. In the above example, ammonia is a Lewis base while boron trifluoride is a Lewis acid.

Formation of ammonium ion (NH+4 ): [Donor: N-atom of NH3 molecule, Acceptor: H+-ions]

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Ammonium Ion

From experimental observations, it can be said (bat all the four N— 1-1 bonds in ammonium ions are equivalent. So the ammonium ion can be represented as shown above. This concept is also applicable to those compounds in which coordinate bonds are present.

Formation of fluoroborate ion (BF4): [Donor: F -ion, Acceptor: B -atom of BF3 molecule]

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Fluoroborate Ion

Formation of hydronium ion or hydroxonium ion (H3O+): [Donor: O-atom of H2O molecule, Acceptor: H+-ion]

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Hydronuim Ion Or Hydroxonium

Formation of ozone molecule (O3): [Donor: Central O-atom, Acceptor: Terminal O-atom]

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Ozone Molecule

Formation of the sulphuric acid molecule (H2SO4): [Donor: S-atom, Acceptor: O-atom]

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Sulphuric Acid Molecule

Formation of the nitric acid molecule (HNO3): [Donor: N atom, Acceptor: O-atom]

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Nitric Acid Molecule

Formation of an orthophosphoric acid molecule (H3PO4) : [Donor: P-atom, Acceptor: O-atom

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Formation Of Orthophosphoric Acid Molecule

Formation Of ammonium chloride (coexistence of electrovalent valency, covalency, and coordinate valency): Ammonia reacts with an aqueous solution of hydrogen chloride to form ammonium chloride. In the HC1 molecule, the highly As a result, polarity develops in the H—Cl bond.

In the presence of H2O molecules, the polar H —Cl bond undergoes dissociation forming the H+ ion and Cl ion. The O-atom of H2O donates a pair of electrons to H+ to produce hydroxonium ion (H3O+) through the formation of a coordinate bond.

In the NH3 molecule, since the N-atom is less electronegative than the O-atom, it exhibits a greater tendency to donate its unshared pair. So, NH3 accepts a proton (H+) from H3O+ and produces an NH4 ion by forming a coordinate bond.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Some important Bond parameters

The NH4 ion thus formed combines with Cl- ion through electrostatic force of attraction to produce crystals of NH4C1.

Thus, in NH4Cl, three H -atoms are attached to the N-atom by three covalent bonds, the fourth H-atom is attached to it by a coordinate bond and the two ions (NH4 and Cl-) are held together by an ionic bond, i.e., in NH4C1, there exists electrovalency, covalency and Coordinate covalency. Some other examples of this type of compound are LiAlH4, NaBH4, Na2HPO4, etc.

Characteristics of coordinate compounds

Coordinate bonds are a special type of covalent bond and coordinate compounds are in fact, covalent compounds. Hence, the characteristics of coordinate compounds are similar
to those of the covalent compounds.

Some of their important characteristics are described below:

  1. Physical state: Coordinate compounds exist as gases, liquids, and solids under ordinary conditions.
  2. Melting and boiling points: Coordinate bonds are semipolar. Due to this, coordinate compounds are more polar than covalent compounds but less polar than ionic compounds.
  3. Consequently, the melting and boiling points of these compounds are usually higher than those of covalent compounds but lower than those of ionic compounds.
  4. Solubility: Coordinate compounds are usually insoluble or less soluble in polar solvents like water but soluble in non-polar (organic) solvents.
  5. Electrical conductivity: Coordinate compounds do not ionize in a fused state or solution and hence, these compounds do not conduct electricity.
  6. Isomerism: Since coordinate bonds are rigid and possess directional properties, coordinate compounds exhibit the property of isomerism.
  7. Type of relictions: Court in compiles undergoes molecular reactions which are much slower than those of ionic reactions.

Similarities and dissimilarities between covalent and coordinate bonds

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Similarities And Dissimilarities Between Covalent And Coordiante Bonds

Some Important Bond Parameters

Covalent bonds are characterized by certain parameters such as bond length, bond dissociation enthalpy or bond enthalpy, and bond angle.

Bond length

  • Bond length is defined as the equilibrium distance between the centers of the nuclei of two bonded atoms in a covalent molecule.
  • The bond lengths of different covalent bonds are determined by X-ray diffraction electron diffraction or spectroscopic methods. For a covalent bond, it is the sum of the covalent radii of the bonding atom.
  • For example, if in a covalent molecule A — B, rA, and rB are the covalent radii of the atoms, A and B respectively, and the bond length is d, then d = rA + rB.
  • It is generally expressed in terms of angstrom (lA = 10-10m) picometer (1 pm = 10‾12m).

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Bond Length

Factors affecting bond length: Bond length depends on the following factors.

  1. Size of the atoms: Bond length increases with an increase in the size of the atoms. For example, bond lengths of —X Follow the order: H—I > H—Br > H—Cl > H—F. This is because the order of covalent radii of halogen atoms follows the sequence: I > Br > Cl > F.
  2. Bond multiplicity: Bond length decreases with an increase in multiplicity.

Bond lengths of different carbon-carbon bonds follow the order:

C=C (120 pm) < C=C(134 pm) < C—C(154 pm)

Types of hybridization (discussed later in article 4.8):

Any s-orbital is closer to the nucleus than a p -p-orbital. So, electrons in the s -orbital are more tightly held by the nucleus than the electrons in the p -p-orbital.

For this AATB [covalent molecule] [atoms or free radicals] A + B reason, with an increase in s -the character of the hybrid orbital the attraction on the electron increases and so, the length of the hybrid orbital decreases.

As a consequence, the length of the bond obtained by overlapping the hybrid orbital with the s -s-orbital of another atom decreases.

The s -characters of sp³, sp², and sp orbital are 25%, 33.33%, and 50% respectively.

Thus, the lengths of C—H bonds involving C -atoms with different hybridizations follow the order:

Electronic effects: Bond length also depends on resonance, hyperconjugation, aromaticity, etc. For example, due to resonance, the carbon-carbon bond length in benzene is 1.39A while in the case of ethylene, the carbon-carbon bond length reduces to 1.34Å.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Bond Lenghtd Of Some Covalent bonds

Bond dissociation enthalpy or bond enthalpy

When a bond is formed between two atoms, some amount of energy is released. The same amount ofenergy is required to break the bond to get the atoms separated.

This is called bond dissociation enthalpy which is a measure of bond strength and may be defined as the amount of energy required to break be gaseous state to produce neutral gaseous atoms or be gaseous state to produce neutral gaseous atoms or free radicals.

The bond dissociation enthalpy is usually expressed kJ.mol¯¹. It is to be remembered that the greater the bond dissociation enthalpy, the stronger the bond.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Bond Dissociation Enthalpy Or Bond Enthalpy

When a compound contains two or more same type of bonds, the average of their bond dissociation enthalpies is considered as bond enthalpy or bond energy.

Example: Bond dissociation enthalpies of four C — H bonds of a methane molecule (CH4) are 435.7, 444.14, 444.14, and 339.4 kj.mol¯¹.

Therefore, the average value of bond dissociation enthalpies of four C-H bonds = (435.7 + 444.14 + 444.14 + 339.4)/4= 415.84 kj-mol-1.

This average value of bond dissociation enthalpy is the bond enthalpy or bond energy of the C — H bond of methane. In the case of diatomic molecules like H2, Cl2, O2, N2, HC1, etc., the bond dissociation enthalpy and bond enthalpy are the same. For example, the bond dissociation enthalpy and bond enthalpy of chlorine (Cl—Cl) molecule are the same (247 kj.mol¯¹ ).

Factors affecting bond dissociation enthalpy:

Size of the bonded atoms: The larger the size of the bonded atoms, the greater the bond length and less the bond dissociation enthalpy.

Thus, the bond enthalpy decreases on moving down a group in the periodic table. For example, the bond dissociation enthalpy of the H —Cl bond (431 kj.mol¯¹) is larger than the bond dissociation enthalpy of the H—Br bond (368 kj.mol¯¹ ).

Bond multiplicity: The Greater the bond multiplicity, the greater the bond dissociation enthalpy of the bond between two atoms. For example—

C—C < C=C < C=C; N—N <N=N < N=N

No. of lone pairs of electrons on the bonded atoms: As the number of lone pairs of electrons present on the bonded atoms increases, the electron-electron repulsion between the lone pairs of electrons on the two atoms increases. Thus, bond dissociation enthalpy decreases.

For example, bond dissociation enthalpies of C—C (with no lone pair), O —O (with 2 lone pairs on each atom), and F—F bond (with 3 lone pairs on each atom) follow the order: C—C (377 W-mol-1) >(213kj- mol-1 > F—F (159 kj-mol-1 ).

Types of hybridization: Bond enthalpy increases with an increase in s -character but decreases with an increase in p -character of the hybrid orbitals. For example, C(sp) —C(sp) (435.1 kj.mol¯¹) > C(sp²)—C(sp²) (384.6 kl-mol-1) > C(sp³)—C(sp³) (347.6 kj.mol¯¹).

Types of bond: The bond enthalpy of a sigma (cr) bond is greater than that of api (r) bond.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Bond Dissociation Enthalpies In Different Compounds

Bond angle

The bond angle is defined as the angle between two bonds around the central atom in a molecule. For example, the H — C —H bond angle in methane (CH4) is 109°28′, the H — N —H bond angle in ammonia (NH3) is 107.3° and the H — O —H bond angle in water (H2O) is 104.5°.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Bond Angle

Factors affecting bond angle:

  1. Types of hybridization: The bond angle depends on the type of hybridization of the central atom in a molecule. For example, in the case of sp3 -hybridization of carbon, the bond angle is 109°28′, for sp2 -hybridization, it is 120°, and for sp -hybridization, it is 180°.
  2. Number of lone pairs of electrons: As the number of lone pairs of electrons present on the central atom increases, the bond angle decreases.
  3. Electronegativity of the central atom: As the Electronegativity of the central atom of a molecule of type ABx increases the bond angle increases.
  4. Electronegativity of the atoms hooded to the central atom: As electronegativity of the atom bonded to the Shape of the molecule Hood angles central atom of a molecule of AB- type decreases, the bond angle Increases.

[The last three points are discussed later in VSEPR theory.]

Shapes Of Covalent Molecules And Valence Shell Electron Pair Repulsion (VSEPR) Theory

As already mentioned, Lewis’s concept is unable to explain the shapes of molecules. The first simple theory providing the simple procedure to predict the shapes of covalent molecules is known as the Valence Shell Electron Pair Repulsion (VSEPR) theory. The theory was proposed by Sidgwick and Powell in 1940 and was further developed by Nyholm and Gillespie in 1957. VSEPR theory may be expressed in terms of the following five rules:

Rule 1: The shape of a molecule depends on the total number of valence shell electron pairs i.e., the total number of bond pairs and lone pairs of electrons or steric number (SN) around the central atom. All electron pairs repel each other. To minimize repulsions, the electron pairs tend to occupy a geometrical position such that the angular distance between them is maximum.

If the central atom of n molecule does not possess a pair of electrons, the geometry of the molecule will be regular ami Is determined only by the bond pairs

Number of bond pairs and shapes of molecules

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Number Of Bond Pairs And Shapes Of Molecules

Rule 2: If the central atom Is surrounded by bond pairs as well as lone pairs of electrons, the repulsions among themselves are different. As a result, the molecule possesses an irregular or distorted geometry.

The repulsive interactions of various electron pairs decrease in the order: lone pair-lone pair (Ip-lp) > lone pair-bond pair (Ip-bp) > bond pair-bond pair {bp-bp).

When the angle between two electron pairs increases, the extent of repulsion decreases. These repulsions are found to be relatively greater If the electron pairs are to each other. If the angle between them Is 120° the repulsion becomes comparatively weaker and at 180° It Is the minimum.

Effect of lone pairs of electrons: Nyholm and Gillespie (1957) pointed out that there is an important difference between lone pair and bond pair. While a lone pair is localized on the central atom (i.e., it is under the influence of only one atom), each bond pair is shared between two atoms.

As a consequence, a lone pair occupies more space compared to a bond pair. This results in greater repulsive interactions between two lone pairs as compared to lone pair-bond pair and bond pair-bond pair repulsions.

For example, In a CH4 molecule, the C -atom contains four electron pairs in its valence shell and they are situated tetrahedrally.

Thus, CH4 is a regular tetrahedron with H —C —H bond angles of 109°28′. But, in the case of NH3, the central N atom contains 3 bond pairs and 1 lone pair of elections, and as die Ip-bp repulsion is greater than that of bp-bp repulsion, the H —N —2 bond angle shrinks from 109°28´ lo 107.3°, In H2, O-atom possesses 2 lone pairs along will) 2 bond pairs. Due to the strong repulsive forces of these two lone pairs acting on each bond pair, the — O —H bond angle significantly reduces to 104°2B´.

Rule 3: As the electronegativity of the hooded atoms for the central atom increases, the extent of repulsion between two bond pairs decreases and this is because the electron pairs are shifted away more from the central atom towards the bonded atoms.

On the contrary, if the electronegativity of the central atom increases the electron pairs move towards the central atom giving rise to an increasein repulsion between the bond pairs.

Example: The lone pairs and the bond pairs are tetrahedrally arranged in both NH3 and NF3 molecules. In the NF3 molecule, the N —p bond pair is drawn more towards the more electronegative F-atom. But in the NH3 molecule, the N — 11 bond pair is drawn more towards the more electronegative N -atom.

Therefore, bp-bp repulsion in NH3 is more than that in NF3.

Consequently, there is more distortion in NF3 (F—N—F bond angle: 102°29/) when compared to the NH3 molecule (H —N — H bond angle: 107.3°).

For the same reason, the bond angle of H2O (104.5°) is greater than that of F2O (102°).

Rule 4: The effect of electrons involved in the formation of a 7t -bond is not generally considered in determining the geometrical shape of a molecule.

The electron cloud of a JI -bond is not tightly held by the nuclei of two atoms like that in a rr -bond. Therefore, a triple bond (one rr and two r -bonds) and a double bond (one a and one n -bond) occupy more space than a single bond. So, a multiple bond causes more repulsion than a single bond and the order is: multiple bond-multiple bonds> multiple bond single bond > single bond-single bond.

Example: In ethylene (CH2=CH2) molecule, the H—C—H bond angle reduces from 120° to 116° because of greater repulsion between the C —H and C=C bonds. For a similar reason, the Cl—C—Cl bond angle in phosgene (COCI2) reduces to 112°.

Two exceptional cases:

PH3(94°) < PF3(98°): Fluorine is more electronegative than hydrogen. So, according to rule III, the order of bond angles is expected to be the reverse [NF3(102.2°) <NH3 107.3°). This can be explained in terms of bond multiplicity.

A coordinate covalent pn-dn bond is found to be formed between a filled 2p -orbital of F and an incomplete 3d -orbital of P. Due to resonance, each P —F bond in PF3 assumes a partial double bond character.

Consequently, the P —F bond order becomes greater than 1, i.e., its multiplicity increases. With the increase in bond multiplicity, repulsion between bond pairs increases and consequently, the F—P—F bond angle becomes greater than the H —P —H bond angle.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Fluorine

In the PH3 molecule, on the other hand, similar coordinate covalent n-bond formation is not possible because hydrogen has no unshared electron pair.

F2O(102°) < H2O(104.5°) < C12O(111°): The increasing order of electronegativity of the terminal atoms of these compounds is: H < Cl < F.

Therefore, the order of bond angles should be: F2O< C12O< H2O. In this case, also, the correct order of bond angles can be explained in terms of bond multiplicity.

The coordinate covalent pn-dn bond is formed between the filled 2p -orbital of an oxygen atom and the vacant 3d -orbital ofchlorine atom and because of resonance, each O—Cl bond possesses a partial double-bond character. Due to an increase in bond multiplicity, the repulsive force operating between bond pairs increases and as a result, the value of the bond angle increases.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Fluorine..

As there is no vacant orbital in the valence shells of hydrogen and fluorine, the formation of similar π-bonding is not possible. Therefore, it is the electronegativity of the terminal atoms which decides the bond angles of H2O and F2O.

Rule 5: The unshared electron pair on a central atom having an incomplete valence shell (i.e., with vacant d-orbital) causes greater repulsion towards bond pairs or other lone pairs resulting in the significant contraction in bond angle compared to that on a central atom having complete valence shell.

Example: There is no vacant orbital in the valence shells of the elements such as C, N, and O belonging to the second period of the periodic table. These elements can accommodate four electron pairs in their valence shells which are tetrahedrally arranged.

In such cases, the repulsive interaction caused by the lone pair is less and this results in a small deviation in bond angle. For example, in an NH3 molecule, the H —N — H bond angle is 107.3° and in H2O, the H — O — H bond angle is 104.5°.

On the other hand, the elements such as Si, P, and S belonging to the third period have vacant d -d-orbitals in their valence shells. If four electron pairs in their valence shells are tetrahedrally placed, then as a result of stronger repulsion by the lone pairs, considerable contraction in bond angle occurs.

In fact, due to the availability of larger space, repulsion between bond pairs decreases and the stronger lone pair-bond pair repulsion compresses the bond angle almost to 90°. For example, in PH3 and H2S, the bond angles, instead of being 109°28´, are reduced to 94° and 92° respectively.

Determination of shapes of molecules and ions by valence shell electron pair repulsion (VSEPR) theory

A central atom having 2 electron pairs in its valence shell:

Beryllium chloride (BeCla) molecule: In BeCl2, the total number of electrons in the valence shell of the central Beatom = 2 valence electrons of Be-atom + 2 electrons of two Cl-atoms involved in cr -bond formation = 4 electrons = 2 electron pairs of = 2 cr -bond pairs.

These two bond pairs experience minimum repulsion when they remain at an angle of 180°. Hence, the shape of the BeCl2 molecule is linear.

Carbon dioxide (CO2) molecule: The total number of electrons in the valence shell of the central C -atom of CO2 molecule = 4 valence electrons of C -atom +4 electrons of two doubly-bonded O-atoms = 8 electrons = 4 electron pairs = 2cr -bond pairs + 2n -bond pairs, π-bond pairs have no role in determining the shape of a molecule. Therefore, the shape of the molecule is determined only by the two cr bond pairs.

Repulsion between these two bond pairs is minimal if they exist at an angle of 180°. Hence, the angular distance between two C=0 bonds is 180°, i.e., the shape ofthe CO2 molecule is linear.

[The shape of the carbon disulfide (S=C=S) molecule is also similar to that of the carbon dioxide molecule.]

Hydrogen cyanide (HCN) molecule: In the HCN molecule, the total number of electrons in the valence shell of the central C -atom = 4 valence electrons of C-atom +3 electrons of one triply-bonded N -atom +1 electron of one singly-bonded H atom= 8 electrons = 4 electron pairs -2a -bond pairs +2 7T -bond pairs, n -bond pairs play no role in determining the shape of a molecule.

The two bond pairs experience minimum repulsion when they remain at an angle of 180°. Hence, the shape of the molecule is linear.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Hydrogen Cyanide molecule

Acetylene (HC=CH) molecule: The number of electrons surrounding each carbon atom of acetylene molecule = 4 valence electrons of carbon atom +3 electrons of one triply-bonded C-atom +1 electron one singly-bonded H -atom=8 electrons =4 electron pairs =2 a -bond pairs +2n bond pairs.

To minimize the force of repulsion between the bond pairs, the shape of the acetylene molecule is linear.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Acetylene molecule

Central atom having 3 electron pairs in its valence shell: Boron trifluoride (BF3) molecule: The total number of electrons in the valence shell ofthe central B-atom of BF3 electron of b- atom +3 electron of three sin gly bonded f atoms =6 elctron3 electron pair trigonal planar bf3 Molecule= 3 bond pairs.

The three bond pairs experience minimum repulsion if they remain at a 120° angle concerning each other.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Boron Trifluoride Molecule

Therefore, the geometrical shape of BF3 is trigonal planar Nitrate (NOg) ion: The total number of electrons surrounding the N -atom of NO2 ion =5 valence electrons of N-atom + 2 electrons of one doubly-bonded O-atom +1 electron of one singly-bonded O -atom (no electron from the O-atom.

Attached by a coordinate bond because bond oxygon In or deb iron bond n-bond only, loud puli plays no rob In the dimming shape of Ion, bond pahs, To minimize repulsion among hinted towards Trigonal planar of a triangle, nil NO bond minimi are 120-, Honca, the shape of Ion In trigonal planar.

Sulfur (NO2) molecules In HO2 molecule: of electrons surrounding Central H -atom valence electrons of 8-atom 2 electrons of one doubly-hooded O-aloin (no electron from the O-atom a coordinate covalent bond) electrons or 4 electron pair n 2 <r -bond 11 lone pair r 1 n -bond pair. The n-bond pair has no role In determining the shape of the molecule.

To minimize the extent of repetition, 2 electron palms are oriented toward the corners of an equilateral triangle. However, because of greater lone pair-bond pair repulsion compared to bond pair-bond pair the— S — 0 bond angle IN reduced from 120° to 119.5°. Thun, SO molecule is angular.

The n-bond pair has no role In determining the shape of the molecule. To minimize the extent of repetition, 2 electron palms are oriented toward the corneum of an equilateral triangle. However, because of greater lone pair-bond pair repulsion compared to lo bond pair-bond pair population, the — S — 0 bond angle IN reduced from 120° to 119.5°. Thun, SO2 molecule IN angular

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Tetrahedral Molecule

Ammonium (NH3) Molecule: Ion, the total number of electrons surrounding the central N-atom i.e., In Its valence shell 3 valence electrons of N-atom +3 electrons of three singly-bonded H-atoms (no electron from the Hatom attached by a coordinate covalent bond) =8 electrons or 4 electron pairs =4 rr -bond pairs.

To Ammonium to be torn In NH Ion, the total number of electrons surrounding the central N-atom i.e., In Its valence shell 3 valence electrons of N-atom +3 electrons of three singly-bonded H-atoms (no electron from the Hatom attached by a coordinate covalent bond) =8 electrons or 4 electron pairs =4 rr -bond pairs. To 107.3°, i.e., the tetrahedron is somewhat distorted. Excluding the lone pair, the shape of the molecule is trigonal pyramidal.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Boron Tetrahedral Ion

Water (H2O) molecule: In an H2O molecule, the total number of electrons surrounding the central O-atom = 6 valence electrons of O-atom +2 electrons of two singly-bonded Hatoms =8 electrons or 4 electron pairs =2o- -bond pairs +2 lone pairs. To minimize the extent of mutual repulsion, these four electron pairs are oriented towards the four comers of a tetrahedron.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Boron Tetrahedral BF-4ion

However, the tetrahedron is somewhat distorted due to the strong repulsive forces exerted by the lone pairs on each bond pair of electrons. The H —O —H bond angle is reduced to 104.5° from the normal tetrahedral angle of 109°28′. Excluding the lone pairs, the shape of the molecule is angular or V-shaped.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Trigonal Pyramidal Molecule

Hydrogen sulfide (H2S) molecule: In an H2S molecule, the total number of electrons surrounding the central S-atom =6 valence electrons of S-atom +2 electrons of two singly bonded H-atoms =8 electrons or 4 electron pairs =2crbond pairs +2 lone pairs.

These 4 electron pairs experience minimum repulsion if they occupy the four comers of a tetrahedron. Since the repulsion between two lone pairs is greater than that between two bond pairs, the tetrahedron is distorted and the H — S — H bond angle is decreased to 92° from the ideal tetrahedral angle (109°28′).

Due to the presence of vacant d -d-orbital in S-atom, the bond angle, in this case, reduces significantly. Therefore, excluding the lone pairs, the shape of the molecule is angular or V-shaped.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Angular Or V shaped H2S Molecule

A central atom having 5 electron pairs in its valence shell:

Phosphorus pentachloride (PCI5) molecule: In the PC15 molecule, the total number of electrons surrounding the central P-atom =5 valence electrons of P-atom +5 electrons of five Cl-atoms =10 electrons or 5 electron pairs =5<r -bond pairs. These electron pairs experience minimum mutual repulsion if they orient themselves towards the five vertices of a trigonal.

In this geometry, all five P—Cl bonds are not equivalent. The three bonds lying In the trigonal plane are called equatorial bonds. The remaining two bonds, one lying above and the other below the trigonal plane and both making an angle of 90° with the plane, are called axial bonds. The axial bonds arc slightly longer than the equatorial bonds.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Angular Or V shaped H2S Molecule

It is to be noted that the structure of the PC15 molecule is unsymmetrical. As a result, it is less stable and therefore, is more reactive.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Trigonal Bipyramidal Molecule

An axial bond is longer than an equatorial bond: It can be explained in terms of repulsive forces between electron pairs due to different bond angles. Let us consider the repulsive interactions experienced by an axial and an equatorial bond pair. An axial bond pair is repelled by three equatorial bond pairs at 90° and one axial bond pair at 180°.

On the other hand, an equatorial bond pair is repelled by two axial bond pairs at 90° and two equatorial bond pairs at 120°. It is known that the repulsion between two electron pairs decreases with an increase in the angle between them and hence, the repulsion between electron pairs at 120° and 180° may be neglected in comparison to hose at 90°.

Thus, considering only the repulsive interactions between electron pairs situated at 90° to each other, we find that each axial bond pair is repelled by three electron pairs while each equatorial bond pair is repelled by two electron pairs.

Therefore, an axial bond pair experiences greater repulsion than an equatorial bond pair and as a consequence, an axial bond becomes slightly longer than an equatorial bond.

Sulfur tetrafluoride (SF4) molecule: In SF4 molecule, the total number of electrons surrounding the central Satom = 6 valence electrons of S-atom +4 electrons of four F-atoms =10 electrons or 5 electron pairs =4 a -bond pairs +1 lone pair. Thus, to minimize the extent of repulsion, the five electron pairs around sulfur. orient themselves in a trigonal bipyramidal geometry.

The lone pair preferably occupies the equatorial position to stabilize the structure. For such orientation of the lone pair, the trigonal bipyramidal structure is distorted (the bond angles are 89° and 177° instead of 90° and 180° respectively). Thus, the shape of the molecule is described as a distorted tetrahedron or a see-saw.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Distorted Tetrahedral SF4 Molecule

Chlorine trifluoride (CIF3) molecule: In the C1F3 molecule, the total number of electrons surrounding the central Clatom =7 valence electrons of Cl-atom +3 electrons of three singly bonded F-atom = 10 electrons or 5 electron pairs =3 cr -bond pairs +2 lone pairs.

Thus, to minimize mutual repulsion, the five electron pairs orient themselves in a trigonal bipyramidal geometry in which two equatorial positions are occupied by two lone pairs. This is because, in such orientation, the structure acquires maximum stability. But, due to the presence of two lone pairs in the equatorial position, the trigonal bipyramidal structure is distorted (Ffl —Cl —Fe bond angle becomes 87°29′) and the molecule is T-shaped.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure T-shaped Molecule

ICI2- ion: In ICl-2 ion, the total number of electrons surrounding the central I-atom = 7 valence electrons of atom +2 electrons of two cr -bonded Cl-atoms +1 electron for the negative charge = 10 electrons = 5 = 2 electron pairs bond pairs and 3 lone pairs.

These five electron pairs arrange themselves in a trigonal bipyramidal geometry with three equatorial positions occupied by the three lone pairs because such an arrangement ensures maximum stability.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Liner Ion

Since the three lone pairs are present at the comers of an equilateral triangle, there is no distortion of the Cl —I — Cl bond angle of 180°. Hence, the ion has a linear shape. Similar examples are XeF2.

A central atom having 6 electron pairs in its valence shell:

Sulfur hexafluoride (SF6) molecule: In SF6 molecule, the number of electrons surrounding the central S -atom = 6 valence electrons of S -atom + 6 electrons of six cr bonded F-atoms = 12 electrons or 6 electron pairs = 6 cr-bond pairs.

To have the minimum force of repulsion, the six electron pairs are oriented towards the corners of a regular octahedron. Hence, the shape of the SFg molecule is octahedral with a bond angle of 90°.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular sp3 d- hybrid

Bromine pentafluoride (BrFs) molecule: In BrF5, the total number of electrons surrounding the central Br-atom = 7 valence electrons of Br-atom +5 electrons of five crbondedF-atoms = 12 electrons or 6 electron pairs =5 bond pairs +1 lone pair. To minimize the extent of mutual repulsion, these six electron pairs arrange themselves octahedrally in which any one of the positions (all positions are equivalent) is by the lone pair.

Due to the presence of a lone pair of electrons, the Br-atom slightly deviates from the equatorial plane. So, the BrFg molecule is square pyramidal. A similar example is IF5.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Square Pyramidal BrF5 Molecule

Xenon tetrafluoride (XeF4) molecule: In XeF4 molecule, the total number of electrons surrounding the central Xe-atom = 8 valence electrons of Xeatom + 4 electrons of four cr -bonded F-atoms =12 electrons or 6 electron pairs = 4 cr -bond pairs + 2 lone pairs. To minimize the extent of mutual repulsion, these electron pairs arrange themselves octahedrally in which two opposite axial positions are occupied by the two lone pairs. Therefore, the shape of the XeF4 molecule is square planar.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Pentagonal Bipyramidal IF7 Molecule

A central atom having 7 electron pairs In Its valence shell Iodine hepts (1F7) molecule/in IF7 molecule, the total number of electrons surrounding the central Iatom = 7 valence electrons ofI-atom +7 electrons of seven σ -bonded F-atoms = 14 electrons or 7 electron pairs – 7 σ-bond pairs.

To have the minimum force of repulsion, the seven electron pairs are oriented toward the corners of a pentagonal bipyramid. Hence, the shape of the IF7 molecule is pentagonal bipyramidal with bond angles of 72°, 90°, and 180°.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Square Planar XeF4 Molecule

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Shapes Of Different Types Of Molecules Or Ions according To VSEPR Theory

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Shapes Of Different Types Of Molecules Or Ions according To VSEPR Theory.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Sturture Shapes Of Different Types Of Molecules Or Ions according To VSEPR Theory..

Modern Bond Concept(Vbt) Of Covalency Valence Bond Theory

The valence bond theory was given by W. Heitler and F. London in 1927 and was later improved and developed by L. Pauling and J. C. Slaterin in 1931. It is based on atomic orbitals, electronic configurations of elements, overlap criteria of atomic orbitals, and stabilities of molecules.

Basic characteristics of valence bond theory

  1. A covalent bond is formed by overlapping the atomic orbitals of the two combining atoms having unpaired electrons of opposite spin. Opposite spins of the two electrons are mutually neutralized during the formation of the covalent bond.
  2. The extent of overlapping of the two half-filled atomic orbitals determines the strength of a covalent bond. The greater the overlapping of atomic orbitals, the stronger the covalent bond formed.
  3. The atomic orbitals having only unpaired electrons are involved in overlapping.
  4. Multiple bonds are for median atoms possessing more than one atomic orbital containing unpaired electrons.
  5. Atoms do not lose their identity in the molecule formed by the combination.
  6. During bond formation, only the valence electrons of each bonded atom lose their identity. The other electrons remain unaffected.
  7. The formation of a bond is accompanied by the release of some energy. The larger the amount of energy released, the stronger the bond.
  8. The orientations of the atomic orbitals involved in the overlapping determine the orientation of the covalent bond formed.

Explanation of the formation of H2 molecule with the help of valence bond theory

Letus consider the formation ofhydrogen molecule which is the simplest of all molecules. Consider two hydrogen atoms, A and B approaching each other having nuclei NA and Nfi respectively and their electrons are represented by eA and eB. When the two atoms are far apart from each other, there is no attractive or repulsive interaction between them, and the potential energy of the system (isolated atoms)is assumed to be zero. When the two atoms come closer to each other, new attractive and repulsive forces start operating. These are:

  1. The force of attraction between the nucleus and its electron i.e., Ng-eg,
  2. The force of attraction between the nucleus of B and electrons of A (Ng-eA) and the nucleus of A and electrons of B (NA-eB), the
  3. The force of repulsion between nuclei ofthe two atoms (NA-Nb) and
  4. The Force repulsion between electrons of the two atoms (eA-eb)- The diagrammatic representation ofthese forces is given in

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Forces Of Attraction And Replusion During The Formation Of H2 Molecule

We know that attractive forces tend to bring the atoms closer while repulsive forces tend to push them apart.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure The Potential Energy Diagram For The Fomation Of H2 Molecule As A Funtion Of Internuclear Disatance Of The Two H Atoms

It has been observed experimentally that the magnitude of new attractive forces is greater than the new repulsive forces. As a consequence, the potential energy of the system decreases gradually as the two atoms come closer and closer.

Finally, a stage is reached where the total force of attraction is just balanced by the total force of repulsion. In this situation, the two hydrogen atoms are said to be bonded together to form a stable molecule, and the distance (r0) between the two nuclei is called bond length which is equal to 74 pm.

If the two atoms are brought still closer, the repulsive forces predominate. As a consequence, the potential energy of the system increases and the system becomes unstable. Hence, the two hydrogen atoms cannot be brought closer than 74 pm. The change in potential energy takes place in the formation of a hydrogen molecule.

Since a certain amount of energy is released when a bond is formed between the two H -atoms, the hydrogen molecule is more stable than the isolated hydrogen atoms.

⇒ \(\mathrm{H}(\mathrm{g})+\mathrm{H}(\mathrm{g}) \longrightarrow \mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+435.8 \mathrm{~kJ} \cdot \mathrm{mol}^{-1}\)

The energy so released is known as bond enthalpy or bond energy. The larger the amount of energy released, the stronger the bond formed and vice-versa. Conversely, 435.8 kg of energy is required to break the bond, i.e., to separate the atoms in one mole of H2 molecules.

⇒ \(\mathrm{H}_2(\mathrm{~g})+435.8 \mathrm{~kJ} \longrightarrow \mathrm{H}(\mathrm{g})+\mathrm{H}(\mathrm{g})\)

It is to be noted that the decrease in energy of the system during the formation of a chemical bond determines the strength of the bond formed and vice-versa.

Non-existence of helium molecule: when two helium atoms (HeA and HeB ) approach each other, four new forces of attraction and five new forces of repulsion come into play. The old and new attractive as well as repulsive forces, Since the overall repulsive forces are more than the attractive forces, the energy of the system increases. Hence, the formation of a chemical bond between two atoms is not possible.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Attractive And Repulsive Forces Which Operate Between He Atoms Apporaching Each Other

Atomic Orbitals

The three-dimensional region in space around the nucleus of an atom where the probability of finding an electron is maximum is called an atomic orbital. The size and shape of any orbital depend on the energy of the electron present in that orbital, i.e., on the principal energy level and subshell in which the electron resides.

According to the energy content of electrons, the orbitals are expressed as s, p, d, and f. With the increase in principal quantum number, the size of orbital of the same type (i.e., s, p, d, or/) increases.

s-orbital: It is the spherical three-dimensional region in space around the nucleus having a fixed radius where the probability of finding the electron is maximum. Electron density on the surface ofthe sphere is maximum.

Although different s -orbitals (Is, 2s, 3s, etc.) are expressed as spheres of different radii, the density of the electron cloud is not the same throughout the sphere (as 1=0 and m – 0); for Example for 2s -orbital, electron density increases upto some distance from the nucleus then decreases and again increases at the surface of the sphere.

The intermediate space where the electron density is minimum is called a spherical node. 2s and 3s-orbitals contain one and two nodes respectively but the ls-orbital does not contain any node.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Different S- Orbitals

P-Orbital: In the case of p -subshell,l = 1 and m =-1,0 and +1. So, it consists of three orbitals, designated as px, py, and pz. From the solutions of Schrodinger’s wave equation, it is known that p -p-orbitals have three possible orientations along the x-axis, y-axis, and z-axis, mutually perpendicular to each other.

Each orbital has two lobes, separated by a plane where the probability of finding the electron is zero. This plane is called the nodal plane and the point at which the two lobes meet indicates the position of the nucleus of the atom and is called the node of the orbital. Each orbital is thus dumbbell-shaped.

The electron density is maximum on the surface of the dumbbell. Being situated along the three axes, they have definite directions. Spatial orientations of px, py, and pz.

Chemical Bonding And Molecular Structure Different P-orbitals

d-orbital: In the case of d -subshell,l = 2 and m – -2, -1, 0, +1 and +2. So there are five d -orbitals with equivalent energies.